BHARATI VIDYAPEETH

(Deemed to be University), Pune

'A+' Accreditation (Third Cycle) by 'NAAC' in 2017

Category-I Deemed to be University Grade by UGC

Grade University Status by MHRD Govt. of India

Ranked 91th by NIRF 2023

FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT STUDIES

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

MBA(GENRAL)

MBA [Regular/ Distance and Online Mode]

(Interdisciplinary , Multidisciplinary and Holistic Approach)
CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM (CBCS - 2022)

PO-CO MAPPING

Applicable with effect from 2023-24

 …CONTENTS…

Sr.No. Particulars
I Title
II Preamble
III Rationale for Syllabus Revision
IV Vision Statement
V Broad Objectives of the Learning Outcome based Curriculum
Framework (LOCF)
VI Aim
VII Postgraduate Attributes
VIII Qualification Descriptors
IX Learning Outcomes
X Eligibility for Admission
XI Structure of the Programme
XII Credits- Total
XIII Examinations
XIV A) Dual Specialization
B) Summer Internship

XV Question Paper Pattern for University Examinations

XVI Structure Of The Syllabus

XVII Proposed Programme Module

XVIII List Of Specialization – Electives

 BHARATI VIDYAPEETH
(DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), PUNE
Faculty of Management Studies

Master of Business Administration

MBA [Regular/Distance and Online]

Revised Course Structure (To be effective from 2022-2023)

I. Title:
a) Name of the Programme: Master of Business Administration
MBA
b) Nature & duration of the Programme: [Regular /Distance and Online Post
Graduate Degree Programme of TWO YEARS (Approved by AICTE).

II. Preamble :
The Master of Business Administration is a two-year program offered by
Bharati Vidyapeeth (Deemed to be University), Pune and conducted at its Constituent
Units/ Learner Support Centers in Pune, New Delhi, Navi Mumbai, Karad, Kolhapur,
Sangli, and Solapur. All the Constituent Units / Learner Support Centers have
experienced faculty members, excellent Laboratories, Library, and other modern
facilities to provide proper learning environment to the Students/Learners. This
programme is very well received by the industry.

III. Rationale for Syllabus revision:

The Vision and Mission statements of the MBA programme embodies the spirit
of the mission of the University and vision of Hon‘ble Dr. Patangraoji Kadam, Founder-
Chancellor Bharati Vidyapeeth (Deemed to be University), Pune, which is to usher in
―Social Transformation through Dynamic Education.
In view of the dynamic nature of the market, an economy and evolving
expectation of the stakeholders such as Students/Learners, faculty members and
industry in particular, the syllabus is revised periodically. Last revision was in the year
2020-21.
Over the past two years, feedback was received from various stakeholders and
considering the changes that in the macro environment, a need was felt to revise the
syllabus so as to suffice the requirements of the industry and society. This revised

Page 1
 draft is the result of inputs received from the industry, academia, alumni and all
stakeholders.

IV. Vision Statement of MBA Programme :

To facilitate creation of Dynamic and Effective Business Professionals, HR
Managers, Marketing Managers and Entrepreneurs who can transform the corporate
sector, cater to the needs of the society and contribute towards Nation building.

V. Broad Objectives of the Learning Outcome based Curriculum Framework

(LOCF) of Master of Business Administration Programme:
At Bharati Vidyapeeth (Deemed to be University), Pune the objective of MBA
Program is to provide world class Business Education and develop dynamic HR
Managers, Marketing Managers, entrepreneurs and business leaders. The Program aims
to enhance decision-making capabilities of upcoming HR managers, Marketing
Managers, Leaders and Entrepreneurs by imparting critical thinking and analytical
abilities in leading dynamic organizations. Master‘s Degree is the well-recognized
postgraduate qualification in higher education. The contents of this degree are
determined in terms of knowledge and understanding, expertise and skills that a student
intends to acquire. Students/Learners qualify for joining a profession or to provide
development opportunities in particular employment settings. Graduates are enabled to
enter a variety of jobs or to continue academic study at higher level.

VI. Aim of Master of Business Administration Programme

The aim of this programme is to inculcate the Students/Learners with rigorous
knowledge and understanding the domain of field Management.
Students/Learners/Learners undertaking this programme will:
 Demonstrate an understanding of key terms, theories/concepts and practices
within the field of Management.
 Demonstrate competencies in development and problem solving in the area of
Management
 Provide innovative solutions to problems in the field of Management.
 Be able to identify and appreciate the significance of the ethical issues in Management

Page 2
VII. Postgraduate Attributes in MBA
On completion of the PG course Students/Learners are expected to have
acquired the skills of critical thinking, rational enquiry, effective communication, and
exploring the relationship between the stakeholders of an organization while remaining
sensitive to the fulfillment of societal objectives at large. The Graduate attributes
expected from the postgraduates of M.B.A. are:
 Critically assess existing theory and practice in the field of Management
 Develop an ability to undertake qualitative and quantitative research
 Apply knowledge about qualitative and quantitative research to an
independently constructed piece of work
 Respond positively to problems in unfamiliar contexts
 Identify and apply new ideas, methods and ways of thinking
 Demonstrate competence in communicating and exchanging ideas in a group
context
 Be able to advance well-reasoned and factually supported arguments in both
written work and oral presentations
 Work effectively with colleagues with diverse skills, experience levels and
way of thinking
 Be able to evaluate Management related social, cultural, ethical and
environmental responsibilities and issues in a Global Context

VIII. Qualification Descriptors

Upon successful completion of the PG course, the Students/Learners receive a
M.B.A. Post Graduate degree are expected to branch out into different paths seeking
spheres of knowledge and domains of professional work that they find fulfilling. They
will be able to demonstrate knowledge of major Management functions and the ability
to provide an overview of scholarly debates relating to Management. It is expected that
besides the skills specific to the discipline, these wider life skills of argumentation and
communication, attitudes and temperaments, and general values inherent in a discipline
that studies human beings in their social context, in all its complexity, ultimately enable
learners to live rich, productive and meaningful lives. The list below provides a synoptic
overview of possible career paths provided by postgraduate training in MBA: Human
Resource Manager, Human Resource Generalist, Staffing Director, Technical
Recruiter, Compensation Manager,

Page 3
 Employee Relations Manager, Employment Manager, Director of HR Training and
Development, Marketing Manager, Import Export Manager etc.
IX. MBA Programme Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this Post Graduate Programme, a student /Learners
shall be able to:
o Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business
problems
o Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making
o Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times
o Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and
ethical aspects of business.
o Read, write, and contribute to Business literature
o Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational
goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

X. Eligibility for Admission:

Admission to the programme is open to any Graduate (10+2+3) of any recognized
university satisfying the following conditions:
1. The candidate should have secured at least 50% (45% for SC/ST) in aggregate at
graduate level university examination.
2. The Candidate studying in final year of Bachelor‘s degree may also apply.
Admission of such candidates will remain provisional until submission of final
result certificates in original.
3. Subject to the above conditions, the final admission is based solely on
a) The merit at the All India entrance test (B-MAT) conducted by Bharati
Vidyapeeth (Deemed to be University), Pune.
b) Submission of Migration Certificate, Transference Certificate, anti-ragging
affidavit etc.

XI. Structure of the Programme:

The MBA programme is of 124 credits, which need minimum two years divided into
four semesters to complete. During third semester Students/Learners have to opt for
specialization(s) and study the specialization courses in depth. The programme also
includes Summer Internship / Summer Training of 6 0 days. The medium of

Page 4
 instruction and examination will be only English. A student would be required to
complete the course as per the ABC (Academic Bank Credit) policy of UGC.

XII. Credits- Total: 124 credits

The definition of credits based on the following parameters;
For Regular Mode
i) Learning hours put in by the student
ii) Course Outcomes
iii) Contents of the syllabus prescribed for the course etc.
In this system each credit can be described as a combination of 03 (THREE)
components such as Lectures (L) + Tutorials (T) + Practice (P).
These components are further elaborated for an effective teaching learning
process;
 Lectures (L): Classroom lectures delivered by Faculty member in an
interactive mode.
 Tutorials (T): Sessions that includes participatory discussions, presentations
by the Students/Learners, case study discussions etc.
 Practice (P): It includes LAB sessions for IT related courses & Business
Communication and practice sessions for courses like Accounts,
Mathematics, Statistics and field assignments etc.

ONE Credit = 15 Hours

In terms of a Semester of 15 (FIFTEEN) weeks,
a) Every ONE hour session per week of Lecture (L) = 01 (one) credit per
Semester
b) TWO hour sessions per week of Tutorial (T) = 01(one) credit per Semester
c) TWO hour sessions per week of Practice (P) = 01(one) credit per Semester

For CDOE
i) Synchronous Online Counseling/Webinars/Interactive Live Lectures
ii) Discussion Forum/ Asynchronous Mentoring
iii) Hours spent on E-Tutorial and E-content of Study Material
iv) Self Study Hours including Assignments

Page 5
In this system, each credit can be described as a combination of FOUR components.
Sr. Credit No. of Self-Study Total
No. value Weeks hours Hours
of No. of Interactive Sessions Hours of Study including of Study
the Material Assessment (based on
course etc. 30 hours
per
credit)
Synchronous Discussion e- e-
Online Forum/ Tutorial Content
Counseling/ asynchronous in hours
Webinars/ Mentoring hours
Interactive (2 hours per
Live week)
Lectures
(1 hour per
week)
1 2 6 6 hours 12 hours 10 10 22 60
credits weeks
2 4 12 12 hours 24 hours 20 20 44 120
credits weeks
3 6 14 14 hours 28 hours 30 30 66 180
credits weeks
4 8 16 16 hours 32 hours 40 40 88 240
credits weeks

XIII: Examinations:

For Regular
A) Scheme of Examination:
Courses having Internal Assessment (IA) / Internal Examination(IE) and University
Examinations (UE) shall be evaluated by the respective institutes and the University at
the term end for 50(fifty) and 50(fifty) Marks respectively. The total marks of IA and
UE shall be 100 Marks and it will be converted to grade points and grades.
For courses having only Internal Assessment (IA) the respective institutes will evaluate
the Students in various ways through Class Test, Presentations, Field Assignments
and Mini Projects for a total of 100 marks during the term. Then the marks will be
converted to grade points and grades.

Open Courses shall be evaluated for 100 marks only (hundred marks only).
(Note: MOOCs and Open Courses are compulsory)

Page 6
 B) Components of continuous evaluation system (CES):
Following are the suggested components of CES,
a) Case Study/Case let/Situation Analysis- (Group Activity or Individual Activity)
b) Class Test
c) Field Assignment
d) Role Play
e) Industry Analysis (Group Activity or Individual Activity)
f) Business Plan
g) Quiz
h) Workbook / Scrapbook
i) Presentations
j) Mini Research Projects

Breakup of CES marks (50)

Class Participation / Attendance 10
Mid-term 15
End-term 15
Class Tests, Assignments, MOOCs, Presentation/ 10
Project, Case Study/Lab work etc.

For CDOE
A) Scheme of Examinations:
Courses having Internal Assessment (IA) and University Examinations (UE) shall be
evaluated by the respective Learner Support Centers and the University at the term end
for 30(IE) and 70(UE) Marks respectively. The total marks of IA and UE shall be 100
Marks and it will be converted to grade points and grades.

For courses having only Internal Assessment (IA) the respective Learner Support
Centers will evaluate the learners in various ways through home assignments, online
assignments, for a total of 100 marks during the term. Then the marks will be converted
to grade points and grades.

Open Courses shall be evaluated for 100 marks only (hundred marks only).

Page 7
 B) Components of continuous evaluation system (CES/CCA):
Following are the suggested components of CES/CCA,
k) Online Case Study
l) On line Test
m) Online Assignment
n) Online Business plan
o) Online Quiz
p) Online Presentations
Breakup of CES marks –Home Assignments, online Assignments: 30Marks
C) MOOCS Guidelines –
MOOCS stands for Massive Open Online Courses. The student will complete MOOCS
courses prescribed by Institute from following sources in respective semesters.
Following are the sources from where Students/Learners can undertake MOOCs
1. iimb.ac.in
2. swayam.gov.in
3. alison.com
4. edx.org
5. nptel.com (technical courses)
6. Coursera
7. harvardx.harvard.edu
8. udemy.com
9. futurelearn.com
10. Indira Gandhi National Open University (IGNOU)
11. National Council of Educational Research and Training (NCERT)
12. National Institute of Open Schooling (NIOS)
13. National Programme on Technology Enhanced Learning (NPTEL)
Important Note:
 Students should complete the MOOCs during four semesters of the program.
 Students have to submit completion certificate of all MOOCs. Unless certificate of all
MOOCs are not submitted the mark sheet of the final semester will not be issued.

Page 8
Grading System for Programmes under Faculty of Management Studies:
The Faculty of Management Studies, Bharati Vidyapeeth (Deemed to be University),
Pune has suggested the use of a 10-point grading system for all programmes designed by
its different Board of Studies.
The 10 point Grades and Grade Points according to the following table

Range of Marks (%) Grade Grade Point

80≤Marks≤100 O 10
70≤Marks≤80 A+ 9
60≤Marks≤70 A 8
55≤Marks≤60 B+ 7
50≤Marks≤55 B 6
40≤Marks≤50 C 5
Marks < 40 D 0

Standard of Passing:
For all courses, both UE and IA constitute separate heads of passing (HoP). In order to pass
in such courses and to earn the assigned credits, the student must obtain a minimum grade
point of 5.0 (40% marks) at UE and also a minimum grade point of 5.0 (40% marks)at IA.
 If Students/ Learners fails in IA, the Students/ Learners passes in the course provided,
he/she obtains a minimum 25% marks in IA and GPA for the course is at least 6.0 (50%
in aggregate). The GPA for a course will be calculated only if the student passes at UE.
 A Students/ Learners who fails at UE in a course has to reappear only at UE as backlog
candidate and clear the Head of Passing. Similarly, a Students/ Learners who fails in a
course at IA he/she has to reappear only at IA as backlog candidate and clear the Head
of Passing to secure the GPA required for passing.
 The performance at UE and IA will be combined to obtain GPA (Grade Point Average)
for the course. The weights for performance at UE and IA shall be 50% and 50%
respectively.
 GPA is calculated by adding the UE marks out of 50 and IA marks out of 50.The total
marks out of 100 are converted to grade point, which will be the GPA.

Page 9
Rules of ATKT
 For course up to four semesters, a student is allowed to carry any number of Backlogs
of a prescribed course in Sem-I, II, III to Sem-IV provided he appears and have
backlogs
A student can appear for any four continuous semesters in an examination season
including the regular semester, provided the student has appeared and have backlogs for
other three semesters.

Formula to calculate Grade Points (GP)

Suppose that ‗Max‘ is the maximum marks assigned for an examination or evaluation,
based on which GP will be computed. In order to determine the GP, Set x = Max/10 (since
we have adopted 10 point system).

Then GP is calculated bythe following formulas

Range of Marks Formula for the Grade Point
8x ≤ Marks≤10x 10
5.5x ≤ Marks≤8x Truncate (M/x) +2
4x ≤ Marks≤5.5x Truncate (M/x) +1

Two kinds of performance indicators, namely the Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA)
and the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) shall be computed at the end of each
term. The SGPA measures the cumulative performance of a student in all the courses in a
particular semester, while the CGPA measures the cumulative performance in all the
courses since his/her enrollment. The CGPA of student when he /she complete the
program is the final result of the student.
The SGPA is calculated by the formula
SGPA= ∑Ck * GPk

∑Ck
Where, Ck is the Credit value assigned to a course and GPk is the GPA obtained by the
student in the course. In the above, the sum is taken over all the courses that the student has
undertaken for the study during the Semester, including those in which he/she might have
failed or those for which he/she remained absent. The SGPA shall be calculated up to
two decimal place accuracy.

The CGPA is calculated bythe following formula

Σ𝐶𝑘 ∗ 𝐺𝑃𝑘
𝐶𝐺𝑃𝐴 =
Σ𝐶𝑘
where, Ck is the Credit value assigned to a course and GPk is the GPA obtained by the

Page 10
 student in the course. In the above, the sum is taken over all the courses that the student has
undertaken for the study from the time of his/her enrollment and also during the semester
for which CGPA is calculated. The CGPA shall be calculated up to two decimal place
accuracy.

The formula to compute equivalent percentage marks for specified CGPA: =

(Final CGPA-0.5)*10

Award of Honors:
A Students/ Learners who has completed the minimum credits specified for the Programme
shall be declared to have passed in the Programme. The final result will be in terms of letter
grade only and is based on the CGPA of all courses studied and passed.

The criteria for the award of honors are given below.

Range of CGPA Final Grade Performance Equivalent Range of Marks (%)

Descriptor
9.5≤CGPA ≤10 O Outstanding 80≤Marks≤100
9.0≤CGPA ≤9.49 A+ Excellent 70≤Marks≤80
8.0≤CGPA ≤8.99 A Very Good 60≤Marks≤70
7.0≤CGPA ≤7.99 B+ Good 55≤Marks≤60
6.0≤CGPA ≤6.99 B Average 50≤Marks≤55

5.0≤CGPA ≤5.99 C Satisfactory 40≤Marks≤50

CGPA below 5.0 F Fail Marks below 40

Important Note:

 Student or Learner is expected to write Two Research Papers and publish it in Peer
Reviewed Journals.

 A Student /Lerner can carry any number of backlog paper till Semester-IV provided
his/her academic term(s) is/are granted

Page 11
XIV: A. Dual Specialization:
M.B.A Programme 2023-24 offers Dual Specialization to the Students/Learners in second
year of MBA Programme. Under dual specialization Students/Learners will have to select
Two Specialization Subjects from the list given below in semester III & IV.

i) Prerequisite for offering a combination of Specialization Groups

The Constituent Unit will offer the Specializations proposed only if minimum Ten
Students opt for the same (Not applicable in case of CDOE Students)

ii) Specialization Combinations:

The specialization may be chosen by the student from the following choices:

Specialization II (Any Two of these)

Marketing Management
Financial Management
Human Resource Management
International Business Management
Production & Operations Management
Information Technology Management
Agribusiness Management
Retail Management
Project Management
Business Analytics
Event Management
Hospitality Management
Sports Management

B. Summer Internship:
Rules for Summer Internship:
1) All students of MBA-I have to undergo a mandatory Summer Internship Program (SIP) of
minimum 60 days in an organization after their Sem-II exams.
2) The Summer Internship is allocated 8 credits as per the University Syllabus
3) Selection of students for Internship: The Institute CRC (Corporate Resource Cell) gets the
Internship requirements from Industry/Organization for specific roles. After the allocation
of internship slots by the industry to the institute, the students undergo the selection process.
At the end the company selects the students based on their performance. Once a student has
taken up a summer internship project from campus, he/she will not be allowed to withdraw
Page 12
 for another off-campus offer that he/she may secure at a later stage. Violation of the rule will result
in barring him/her from the final placement process.
4) During the period of the Internship it is absolutely necessary for the students to conduct
himself/herself professionally during the tenure with the organization as a summer intern.
5) During the Internship period, on all working days, students to be in formal dress code.
Situations may arise when the Company guide may call and wants to have a video call with
students and students are not found in formals. Complaints from the company guide, such
as these will not be tolerated. This will lead to cancellation of the project.
6) At all times during the Internship period, students should be accessible on their Mobile
Phones. Also they are to regularly access their emails for any messages from their Internal
faculty guide or their Company Guide. In addition, if the institute receives any complaint
from the organization‘s regarding the conduct or indiscipline of the student, strict action
will be taken against the student.
7) The permission to extend the period of summer internship is taken in consultation with the
Institute Director.
8) Team CRC will be in constant touch with the Company Guide to take the feedback on
student‘s progress during the Internship.
9) The student‘s need to remember that his/her conduct & performance, can mar or enhance
the Institute‘s image thereby affecting the final placement.
10) During the entire period of the Internship, for subject/project related matters, students are
to be in touch with their Internal Faculty Guide. And for other company matters they can
contact CRC.
11) During the tenure with the organization the student is required to work on a subject relevant
to the organization and society, formulating the problem and devising ways to solve the
same under expert guidance.
12) Before the Students join the Organization for the Internship they are oriented for the do‘s
and don’ts‘ of the Internship by the CRC.
13) Once the Students join the Internship they are oriented by the reporting manager at the new
workplace. This might take the form of a conventional orientation program or merely walk
around the office, depending on the size of the company. Give interns an overview of the
organization; some companies give talks or hand out information about the company‘s
history, vision and services. Explain who does what and what the intern‘s duties will be.
Introduce him or her to co-workers.
14) Guidance/ Regular Feedback: It‘s important to give students lots of feedback. The reporting
manager in the organization gives the students feedback during the course of the

Page 13
 Internship. They‘ll want to know if their work is measuring up to organizational
expectations.
15) Daily progress report of Intern is to be evaluated by industry supervisor as well as by the
Internal Faculty guide.
16) Both the Industry Guide and the Internal Faculty Guide periodically examine what the
intern has produced and make suggestions. Weekly supervision meetings with the
students help to monitor the intern‘s work. After completion of Internship, the student
should prepare a comprehensive report to indicate what he/she has observed and learnt in
the training period. The student has to be in constant touch with Industrial Supervisor/
Faculty Guide/TPO for assigning special topics and problems and should prepare the final
report on the assigned topics.
17) The training report should be signed by the Internship Supervisor, Faculty Guide and the
Director of the Institute. The Internship report will be evaluated on the basis of following
criteria:
 Originality.
 Adequacy and purposeful write-up.
 Organization, format, drawings, sketches, style, language etc.
 Variety and relevance of learning experience.
 Practical applications, relationships with basic theory and concepts taught
in the course.
18) Chapter Scheme used in the project report
Chapter1: Introduction
The purpose of introduction is to introduce the research project to the readers. It should
contain history of the organization, past and current practices, new technology and
future strategies. Enough background should be given to make clear to the readers why
the problem was considered worth investigating. A brief summary of other relevant
research may also be stated so that the present study can be seen in that context. The
hypotheses of study, if any, and the definitions of the major concepts employed in the
study should be explicitly stated in the introduction of the report.
 In this chapter the following minimum contents should be covered.
 Overview of industry as a whole
 Profile of the organization (History,Vision,MissionObjectives,Functions.Etc.)
 Problems of the company/Industry (Growth of Industry, Players in Industry,
size, contribution in GDP, Total employees, global practices, etc.)
 Competitors information

Page 14
  SWOT analysis of the organization
Chapter2: Research Methodology
 Statement of the Problem
 Objectives & Scope of Study
 Managerial usefulness of study
 Type of Research and Research Design
 Data Collection Method
 Limitations of Study
Chapter3: Conceptual Discussion
 Review of Literature (Discussion about the work done by others on similar issues
and published articles/books/research projects, etc.)
 Current Issues (From Newspaper, Journals–For Company and Industry)
 New Development of Company and Industry
Chapter4 : Data Analysis–
 Methods and techniques of data analysis(Questionnaire, Graphs, Statistical
Methods, SPSS etc)
 Primary Data Analysis
 Secondary Data Analysis
Chapter5 :My contribution to the body of knowledge
Chapter6 : Findings,ConclusionandSuggestions
Chapter 7: Summary of the project
Appendix
Here a sample Questionnaire, FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions)and any other
relevant documents may be included.
Bibliography (Use APA format for Bibliography)
ReferenceBooks, Journals, newspapers, Websites, Reports etc are to be listed out
there.(Examples of Books, Magazines, Journals and Newspapers as referred by the
students are given below.)
Books
Kotler Philips, Marketing Management Analysis, Planning Implementations &
Control Edition, 1998. Prentice Hall of India Ltd. New Delhi.
Magazines, Journals & Newspapers.
Name of the articles, e.g. BusinessToday:15-22May2012
Name of the articles, e.g.TheTimesofIndia.Mumbai:1stMay2012.

Page 15
19).The candidate is required to publish internship work in conferences and journals in
consultation with the Internal Faculty guide and after due permission/ consent from the
organization/industry where he/she has undergone the internship.
20) EVALUATION THROUGH PRESENTATION/VIVA-VOCE AT THE
INSTITUTE
The student will give a presentation based on his training report, before an expert
committee constituted by the University and the Institute as per norms of the institute.
The evaluation will be based on the following criteria:
 Quality of content presented.
 Proper planning for presentation.
 Effectiveness of presentation.
 Depth of knowledge and skills.
 Attendance record, daily diary, departmental reports shall also be analyzed along
with the Internship Report.
 This presentation will enable sharing knowledge & experience amongst students
& teachers and build
 Communication skills and confidence in students.
Winter Internship: Willing and eligible students can also do a Winter Internship after their
Ist semester exams. This is voluntary and without any credits. Students who have more than
75% attendance in their Ist semester are eligible to do the Winter Internship. If they are selected
the Institute gives them a No Objection Certificate (NOC) to the Internship. Students need not
attend the sessions but they need to attempt all the internal test/seminars/MOOC‘s/assignments,
etc. as part of the continuous evaluation system(CES).This Internship helps the students gain
practical industry exposure while pursuing their MBA.

Page 16
The Format for joining report to be sent by the reporting manager in the organization:
(Name of the Institute: )
Joining Report for Summer Internship
 Name of the Student :
 Course/Div/Roll No :
 Name of the Company :
 Name of the Internal Faculty Guide :
 Name of the Mentor
 (Company guide) :
 Address :
 Telephone /Mobile No. :
 Date of Joining :
 Title of project :

(Signature of the Student) (Signature of Mentor) Stamp

Note:if the seal of the organization is not available, attach the visiting card/business card
of your organizational guide; otherwise this report will be treated as void.

Page 17
The Format for the three progress reports to be sent by the reporting manager in the
organization:
(Name of the Institute : )
Fortnightly progress report for Summer Internship (to be sent to respective faculty
guide email id)
 Name of the Student :
 Course/Div./Roll No :
 Name of the Organization :
 Department /Assigned :
 Name of the faculty Guide :
 Title of the Project :
 Mentor/Guide in the company :
 Name and Designation :
 Ph no and e-mail :
 Date of Joining :
 Progress made in the fortnight :
 Date : From to
Remarks of the Guide: Progress is Satisfactory/Not satisfactory

(Signature of mentor &stamp of the company)

Note: If the seal of the organization is not available, attach the visiting card/business
card of your organizational guide; otherwise this report will be treated as void

Page 18
XV. Question Paper Patterns for University Examination (Regular):
The pattern of question paper for the courses having University Examinations will be as
follows:
Title of the Course
Day: Total Marks: 50
Date: Time: 03 Hours
Instructions:
1. Section I –Attempt any FOUR questions. Each question carries 07 Marks.
2. Question 7 from Section II is compulsory. It carries 12 marks.
And attempt any ONE questions from rest of the two questions in Section II. This
question carries 10 Marks
SECTION – I 28 Marks
It should contain 06 questions covering the syllabus. CO BL
Questions should be set uniformly from all the units. (CO (Bloom’s
number to Taxonomy
be Level to be
mentioned: mentioned
Refer viz. Create
Syllabus) (1);
Evaluate
(2);
Analyze(3);
Apply (4);
Understand
(5);
Remember
(6)
Question Marks CO BL

Q.1 …………………………… (7 marks)

Q.2 …………………………… (7 marks)
Q.3 …………………………… (7 marks)
Q.4 …………………………… (7 marks)
Q.5 …………………………… (7 marks)
Q.6 Write Short Notes on ANY (7 marks)
TWO
a)
b)
c)
SECTION – II 22
Question No.7 or the first Question of Section II is CO BL
compulsory. This question should be based on case-study
and would carry 12 marks. After this there should be 02
questions each of 10 Marks. Students have to attempt any
one out of two questions.
All these questions in this section should be designed to
evaluate the higher levels of Bloom’s Taxonomy viz.

Page 19
Create, Evaluate, Analyze, Apply.

Q.7…………………….. (12
marks)
Q.8……………………… (10
marks)
Q.9……………………….. (10
marks)

Note:
1. Answers to section I and II should be written in the same answer book.
2. The question paper should be relevant to the set of course outcome.
3. Question Papers shall be prepared to incorporate varying levels of difficulty such
as:
i. Must know – vital (60% weightage)
ii. Should know – essential (20% weightage)
iii. Could know – desirable (20% weightage)
4. The length of the question-reasonably feasible for an average student to answer
with in the stipulated time.

****************

Page 20
 XVI. Question Paper Patterns for University Examination (Distance):
The pattern of question paper for the courses having University Examinations will be as follows:
Title of the Course
Day: Total Marks: 70
Date: Time: 03 Hours
Instructions:
Instructions:
1. Section I Question No 1 is Compulsory.
2. Attempt any THREE questions from Section II. Each question carries 10 Marks.
3. Attempt any TWO questions from Section III. Each question carries 10 Marks.
SECTION – I
CO BL
(CO number (Bloom’s
to be Taxonomy Level
mentioned: to be mentioned
Refer viz.
Syllabus) Create (1);
Evaluate (2);
Analyze (3);
Apply (4);
Understand(5);
Remember (6)
Q 1. Includes 20 objective type sub (20 marks) Each objective
questions to be
questions covering all units of course, each mapped with
sub question carries 1 marks. (Each CO & BL

questions should be mapped with the CO

& BL)
SECTION – II
It should contain 4 questions covering the syllabus. CO (CO BL
Questions should be set uniformly from all the units. number to be
mentioned:
Refer
Syllabus)

Question Marks CO BL
Q.2 …………………………… (10 marks)
Q.3 …………………………… (10 marks)
Q.4 …………………………… (10 marks)
Q.5 Write Short Notes on ANY TWO (10 marks)
a.
b.
c.
SECTION – III
Questions of Section III should be application oriented / CO BL
based on case-study and would carry 10 marks each. Students
have to attempt any two out of three questions. All these
questions in this section should be designed to evaluate the
higher levels of Bloom’s Taxonomy viz. Create, Evaluate,
Analyze, Apply.
Q.6…………………….. (10 marks)

Page 21
 Q.7……………………… (10 marks)

Q.8……………………….. (10 marks)

Note:
5. Answer book for the Section I will be separate and student should return this answer book
within first half an hour.
6. Answers to Section II and III should be written in the SAME ANSWER BOOK.
7. The question paper should be relevant to the set of course outcome.
8. Question Papers shall be prepared to incorporate varying levels of difficulty such as:
iv. Must know – Vital (60% weightage)
v. Should know – Essential (20% weightage)
vi. Could know – Desirable (20% weightage)
The length of the question-reasonably feasible for an average student to answer with in the stipulated time.

****************

Page 22
XVII. STRUCTURE OF THE SYLLABUS

The MBA Programme as per Semesters, Credits and Marks is as follows:

Semester Credits Marks Distribution

I 31 900
II 35 900
III 39 900
IV 19 700
Total 124 3400
XVIII. PROGRAMME MODULE MBA -2022

Semester -I
Course Regular Total
Name of the Subjects Format Credits CDOE
Code Mode Marks
IE UE IE UE
101 Management Concepts & IE&UE 50 50 30 70
3 100
Applications
102 Managerial Economics IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
103 Financial & Management IE&UE 50 50 30 70
4 100
Accounting
104 Organizational Behaviour IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
105 Statistical Techniques IE&UE 4 50 50 30 70 100
106 Business Environment IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
107 Business Communication IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
108 Fundamentals of Information IE 100 - 100 --
2 100
Technology
109 MOOCS – I * - 4 - - - -- -
110 Open- I** IE 2 100 - 100 -- 100
Total No. of Credits 31 550 350 410 490 900

*Student has to complete MOOCS compulsory [Please refer MOOCS guidelines as per point
no. X(C)]
**Open Courses: Students/Learners can opt anyone course from the following

Course Code Open Course

Open Course Agriculture Business Management
Open Course Community Work- I
Open Course Current Affairs
Open Course Universal Human Values
Open Course Counseling Psychology.

Page 23
 Semester - II
Cour Name of the Subjects Format Credits Regular
CDOE Total
se Mode
Code Marks
IE UE IE UE
201 Marketing Management IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
202 Financial Management IE&UE 4 50 50 30 70 100
203 Human Resource Management IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
204 International Business IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
205 Production & Operations IE&UE 50 50 30 70
3 100
Management
206 Research Methodology IE&UE 4 50 50 30 70 100
207 Operations Research For IE&UE 50 50 30 70
3 100
Managers
208 Business Ethics and Corporate IE 100 - 100
2 100
Governance
209 MOOCS – II* - 4 - - - -
210 MOOCS – III* - 4 - - - -
211 Open –II** IE 2 100 - 100 100
Total No. Credits 35 550 350 410 490 900

*Student has to complete MOOCS compulsory [Please refer MOOCS guidelines as per point
no. X(C)]
**Open Courses: Students/Learners can opt anyone course from the following
Course Code Open Course
Open Course Data analysis using Ms- Excel
Open Course E-commerce Application
Open Course Managerial Skills for Effectiveness
Open Course Social Media Management
Open Course Yoga and Meditation

*** In addition to the above; Add on Course having 02 (TWO) credits may be offered by
the Institute on Extra fees for the course from the student.

Page 24
 Semester -III
Course Name of the Subjects Format Credits Regular
CDOE
Code Mode Total
Marks
IE UE IE UE
301 Strategic Management IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
302 Legal Aspects of Business IE&UE 50 50 30 70
3 100

303 Innovation, Design Thinking IE&UE 50 50 30 70

and Entrepreneurship 3 100
Management
See Specialization I - E-(i) IE&UE 50 50 30 70
3 100
groups
See Specialization I - E-(ii) IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
groups
See Specialization II - E-(i) IE&UE 50 50 30 70
3 100
groups
See Specialization II - E-(ii) IE&UE 50 50 30 70
3 100
groups
304 **Summer Internship IE 8 100 --- 100 --- 100
305 MOOCS – IV* - 4 - -- - -- -
306 MOOCS – V* - 4 - -- - -- -
307 Open –III** IE 2 100 -- 100 -- 100
Total No. of Credits 39 550 350 410 490 900

*Student has to complete MOOCS compulsory [Please refer MOOCS guidelines as per point
no. X(C)]
**Open Courses: Students/Learners can opt anyone course from the following
Course Code Open Course
Open Course Digital Marketing
Open Course Corporate Taxation
Open Course Cross Cultural Issues and International HRM
Open Course Artificial Intelligence in HR Practices
Open Course Indian Culture

** In addition to the above, Add on Course having 02 (TWO) credits may be offered by the
Institute on Extra fees for the course from the student.

Page 25
 Semester -IV
Course Regular Total
Name of the Subjects Format Credits CDOE
Code Mode Marks
IE UE IE UE
401 Project Management IE&UE 3 50 50 30 70 100
See Specialization I - E-(iii) IE&UE
3 50 50 30 70 100
groups
See Specialization I - E-(iv) IE&UE
groups 3 50 50 30 70 100

See IE&UE
Specialization II - E-(iii) 3 50 50 30 70 100
groups
See IE&UE
Specialization II - E-(iv) 3 50 50 30 70 100
groups
402 Environment & Disaster
IE 2 100 - 100 - 100
Management
403 Open –IV IE 2 100 - 100 - 100
Total No. Credits 19 450 250 350 350 700

Student has to complete MOOCS compulsory [Please refer MOOCS guidelines as per point
no. X(C)]
**Open Courses: Students/Learners can opt anyone course from the following
Course
Open Course
Code
Open Course Introduction to Data Science
Open Course Human Resource Analytics
Open Course Labour Laws
Open Course Cyber Security
Open Course Financial Planning & Instruments

** In addition to the above, Add on Course having 02 (TWO) credits may be offered by the
Institute on Extra fees for the course from the student.

AS PER AICTE –MODULE

 Total =124 credit

 I year – 66 credit
 II Year =58 credit (50+8 Internship)
 Total Marks- 3400 (I to IV Sem) -(I-900+II-900+III-900+IV-700)
 Structure – UE+IE, IA & CCA

Page 26
XIX. LIST OF SPECIALIZATION – ELECTVES

Elective: Marketing Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
MK01 Consumer Behaviour
MK02 Services Marketing
Sem IV
MK03 Sales & Distribution Management & B2B
MK04 Integrated Marketing Communication

Elective: Financial Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
FM01 Investment Analysis & Portfolio Management
FM02 Management of Financial Services
Sem IV
FM03 Corporate Finance
FM04 International Financial Management

Elective: Human Resource Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
HR(E) 01 Human Resource Planning and Development
HR(E) 02 Labour Laws-I
Sem IV
HR(E) 03 Compensation and Benefits Management
HR(E) 04 Competency Mapping and Performance Management

Elective: International Business Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
IB01 Regulatory Aspects of International Business
IB02 Export Import Policies, Procedures and Documentation
Sem IV
IB03 International Marketing
IB04 Global Business Strategies

Page 27
Elective: Production and Operations Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
PM01 Quality Management
PM02 Business Process re-engineering
Sem IV
PM03 Logistics & Supply Chain Management
PM04 World Class Manufacturing Practices

Elective: Information Technology Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
IT01 System Analysis & Design
IT02 Information System Security & Audit
Sem IV
IT03 RDBMS with Oracle
IT04 Enterprise Business Applications

Elective: Agribusiness Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
AM01 Rural Marketing
AM02 Supply Chain Management in Agribusiness
Sem IV
AM03 Use of Information Technology in Agribusiness Management
AM04 Cooperatives Management

Elective: Retail Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
R01 Introduction to Retailing
R02 Retail Management & Franchising
Sem IV
R03 Merchandising, Display & Advertising
R04 Supply Chain Management in Retailing

Elective: Project Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
PR01 Project Risk Management
PR 02 Software Project Management Tools
Sem IV
PR 03 Managing Large Projects
PR 04 Social Cost and Benefit Analysis of Project

Page 28
Elective: Business Analytics
Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
BA 01 Introduction to Business Analytics and Data Mining
BA 02 Business Statistics and Analytics
Sem IV
BA 03 Digital Transformation of Business
BA 04 Applied Data Visualization for Business Decisions

Elective: Event Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
EM 01 Event Marketing
EM 02 Event Risk Management
Sem IV
EM 03 Customer Relationship in Event Management
EM 04 Human Resource in Event Management

Elective: Hospitality Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
HM 01 Food Service Operation
HM 02 Tour Operations Management
Sem IV
HM 03 Hospitality Marketing Management
4M 04 Accommodation Operations Management

Elective: Sports Management

Sem III
Code. Name of the Course
SM 01 Sports Marketing
SM 02 Basics of Sports Medicine & Nutrition
Sem IV
SM 03 Sports Sponsorships
SM 04 Managing Sports Organization

Page 29
XX. Summary of the Syllabus Content
Sr. Syllabus Content Remark(If Any)
No
1 Total credit (124)
Credit structure in all semester as per AICTE
Norms
2 Total Marks of Subjects- 3400
Marks & Credit distributed
 Sem I= 900 (31)
 Sem-II- 900 (35)
 Sem-III-900(39)
 Sem-IV-700 (19)
 Total -3400 (124)
3 Introduced MOOCS in three semesters at MOOCS becomes
course Structure Mandatorily. Mandatory as per UGC
Semester –I MOOCS- 4 Credit Semester –II and AICTE
MOOCS- 8 Credit Semester –III MOOCS- 8 Norms.
Credit Total = 20 credit

4. Introduce New specialization (4)

 Business Analytics
 Event Management
 Hospitality Management
 Sports Management

New Syllabus- Area of

Specialization = 13
5 Five (5) choice based open subject each
semester

5 Examination Pattern UE-100

MARKS
IE- 50 MARKS
Total = 100
UE- Examination Hours-3 hours

Page 30
 Programme Structure
AQAR Based Course structure – Course mapping and outcome base subjects

Sr.No. Name of the Course No. of

Subjects
1 Core Subjects 22
2 Electives Subjects 52
(13 Elective * 2 Subjects =26 Subjects ) each for semester III & IV
3 Open Subjects 20
4 MOOCS 05
TOTAL 99

Sr.No. Name of the Course No. of

Course
1 Employability Skill 70
2 Entrepreneurship Development 52
3 Skill Development (Life Skill, Knowledge Skill, Personality Skill, 25
Managerial Skill

Sr.No. Name of the Course No. of

Course
1 Combination of Progrmme as per UGC AND AQAR 99
(Core+ Elective + open+ MOOCS) =4 COMBINATION
2 Core Course (Common Subject(Sem-I to IV) 22
3 Generic Elective –Open Elective (Sem-III &IV) 09
4 DSE-Discipline Specific Elective(13 Elective*2) 52
5 Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course ((Sem-I to IV) 16

Total Programmes 99

Page 31
 PROGRAM OUTCOME(PO)

Program Outcome(PO) Description

Program Outcome(PO) 1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices

to solve businessproblems

Program Outcome(PO) 2 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based
decision making

Program Outcome(PO) 3 Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times

Program Outcome(PO) 4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global,

economic, legal andethical aspects of business.

Program Outcome(PO) 5 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature

Program Outcome(PO) 6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of

organizationalgoals, contributing effectively to a team
environment.
MBA (Genral) SEMESTER I
Revised Syllabus

With Effect From (2022 24)

 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised
Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 101 Management Concepts and Applications
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
To understand the basic Management Concepts and Skills.
To study the Principles and Functions of Management.
To learn the Applications of Principles of Management.
To familiar with the Functional areas of management.
To studythe Leadership styles in the organization.
To expose to the Recent trends in management.
Learning Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
Understand the Management Concepts and Managerial Skills.
Focus on the Principles and Functions of Management.
Learn to apply the Principles of Management in practice.
Familiarize with the Functional areas of management.
Use the effective Leadership styles in the organization.
Recognize the Recent trends in management.

Unit Contents Sessio COs Teaching Cognition Evaluati

ns Numbe Methodolo Level on Tools
(Hrs) r gy

1 Introduction to Management: CES

Definition and meaning of PPT and Understand (class test
Management, Characteristics of Discussion or
Management, Management as Art assignme
and Science, Scope of 6 CO1 nt or end
Management, Scientific term)
Management Approach by F.W.
Taylor, Principles of Management
by Henry Fayol, Levels of
management, Skills and
Functions of Manager
2 Planning:
Meaning of Planning, Nature and
importance of Planning, Steps in
Planning Process, Types of Plans,
Objectives-meaning,
Management by Objectives
(MBO), Management by 6 CO2 PPT and Understand CES
Exception. Discussion (class test
Decision Making or
Decision making- Process of assignme
Decision making, Decision nt or end
making models: classical, term)
Administrative, Political and
 Vroom-Jago Model.
3 Organizing: Meaning of
Organizing, Process of
Organizing, Principles of
Organizing , Types of
organizational structures - Formal Flip class
and Informal, Line and Staff 8 CO3 PPT and Analyze or End
Relationship Departmentalization case study Term
- Bases of Departmentalization,. internal
Staffing: Meaning of Staffing,
Human Resource Planning - Job
Analysis, Recruitment
- Sources of Recruitment,
Selection - Process of Selection,
Training of Employees: Methods.
Performance Appraisal: Methods,
4 Directing: Meaning of Directing, 7 8CO4 PPT and Analyze End
Principles of Directing, Span of case study Term
Management - Determinants of Span of internal
Management, Centralization Vs
Decentralization, Authority, Respo nsibility
and Accountability: Delegation of
Authority -
5 Controlling: 7 CO 5 PPT and Evaluate End
Importance of coordination, Meaning Think Term
of Controlling, Need for effective Pair Share internal
controlling, Process of Controlling, (TPS)
Techniques of Controlling,
Leadership: meaning , Importance Styles of L eadership,
6 Functional Departments And 8 CO6 PPT and Create CES
Sections - HR, Marketing, Think (Flip
Production & Operations, Pair Share class or
Finance, etc. (TPS) end term)
Introduction To Business
Sectors: Manufacturing
(Automobile, Pharmaceutical, etc
), Service ( IT, Telecom, Banking,
Insurance, etc),
Management of SMEs.

PO CO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 2 - 1 1 1 -

CO2 2 1 1 - 2 -

CO3 2 1 - 1 1 -

CO4 2 1 - 2 1 1

CO5 1 1 1 - 1 3

CO6 1 1 1 1 1 3
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, put -
(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%

Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6

Class Participation/ 2 2
Attendance 10 2 2 1 1
2 2
PPT 5 - - - 1
Case study - 1
discussion or 5 2 2 - -
assignment /projects
Internal End Term
30 5 5 5 5 5 5
Exam
Internal 50 9 9 6 7 9 10

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year of Publisher

1 National S.A. Sherlekar and Principles ofBusiness Himalaya
V.S. Sherlekar
Management Publishing
2 National Dr. T. Ramasamy Principles andPractice of Himalaya
Management Publishing
3 National L.M. Prasad Principles andPractice of Sultan
Management, Chand &
4 International Koontz, Weihrich and Principles ofManagement Tata
A. Ramchandra McGraw-
5 International Peter F. Drucker Practice ofManagement Harper
Business.
6 International Richard L. Daft Principles ofManagement Cengage

7-Lead Textbook Pravin Durai Principles ofManagement 2019 Pearson

Text & Cases
Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No
1 http://www.ft.com/business-education.
2 http://www.makeinindia.com/policy/new-initiatives.
3 https://india.gov.in/
4 http://pmindia.gov.in/en/
5 http://www.makeinindia.com/policy/new-initiatives
6 https://mygov.in/group/digital-india
7 www.skilldevelopment.gov.in/World%20Youth%20Skills%20Day.html
MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.coursera.org/learn/management-fundamentals-healthcare-
administrators

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is possible only
learners will understand basics of management concepts, principles and skills needed to apply. Hence
Mapped at 2 alignment of CO1 with PO1 has been kept at medium.
CO1 & PO 2 Analytical and critical thinking abilities for data based decision making cannot de developed only by
Mapped at 0 understanding management concepts, it is possible to very limited extent. Hence alignment of CO1 with PO2
has been kept at zero.
CO1 & PO 3 Understanding management concepts and managerial skills can make learners to learn new technologies and be
Mapped at 1 productive while working in organization at a limited extent only. Hence alignment of CO1 with PO3 has been
kept at low.

CO1 & PO 4 Understanding management concepts and managerial skills with perspective of global, economic, legal and
Mapped at 1

CO1 & PO5 Read, write and contribute to Business literature is not primarily aimed while making learners to understand
Mapped at 1 management concepts, principles and managerial skills but this knowledge is definitely help to limited extent
for this objective .Hence alignment of CO1 with PO5 has been kept at low.
CO1 & PO6 Ability to lead cannot be achieved only through understanding theory of management concepts and principles .
Mapped at 0 Hence alignment of CO1 with PO6 has been kept at zero.

CO2 & PO1 Studying principles and functions of management will make learners to apply knowledge of management
Mapped at 2 theory and practice to solve business problems. Hence alignment of CO2 with PO1 has been kept at medium.

CO2& PO2 Studying principles and functions of management will make learners to develop analytical and critical thinking
Mapped at 1 for data based decision making up to a limited extent. Hence alignment of CO2 with PO2 has been kept at low.

CO2& PO3 Understanding principles and functions of management can make learners to learn new technologies and be
Mapped at 1 productive while working in organization at a limited extent only. Hence alignment of CO2 with PO3 has been
kept at low.
CO2& PO4 Studying principles and functions of management will not contribute significantly to understand, analyze and
Mapped at 0 communicate global, ethical, legal and ethical aspects of business. Hence alignment of CO2 with PO4 has been
kept at zero.
CO2& PO5 Studying principles and functions of management will help learners to give exposer to some extent for read,
Mapped at 2 write and contribute to business literature. Hence alignment of CO2 with PO5 has been kept at medium.

CO2& PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a
Mapped at 0 team environment is only possible by skill development and inculcating motivating others. Hence alignment of
CO2 with PO6 has been kept at zero.
CO3 & PO1 Applications of management theory and practice to solve business problems is possible when learners
Mapped at 2 understand principles of management. Hence alignment of CO1 with PO1 has been kept at medium.

CO3 & PO2 Applications of principles of management will make it possible to some extent that learners apply management
Mapped at 1 theory and practice to solve business problems. Hence alignment of CO3 with PO2 has been kept at low.

CO3 & PO3 Learning new technologies to be productive at all times is possible only if students are motivated to develop
Mapped at 0 new skills but since it depends on many other variables. Hence alignment of CO3 with PO3 has been kept at
zero.
CO3 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business is
Mapped at 1 weakly aligned with applications of principles of management. Hence alignment of CO3 with PO4 has been
kept at low.

CO3 & PO5 Applications of principles of management will help learners to some extent about reading and writing to
Mapped at 1 Business literature. Hence alignment of CO3 with PO5 has been kept at low.

CO3 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a
Mapped at 0 team environment is only possible by skill development and inculcating motivating others. Hence alignment of
CO3 with PO6 has been kept at zero.
CO4 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is possible when
Mapped at 2 learners will be familiarize with functional areas of management. Hence alignment of CO4 with PO1 has been
kept at medium.
CO4 & PO2 Applications of principles of management will make it possible to some extent that learners apply management
Mapped at 1 theory and practice to solve business problems. Hence alignment of CO3 with PO2 has been kept at low.

CO4 & PO3 To be aware of functional areas of management is not aligned with learning new technologies with ease and be
Mapped at 0 productive at all times. Hence alignment of CO4 with PO3 has been kept at zero.

CO4 & PO4 Applications of principles of management are important to understand, analyze and communicate global,
Mapped at 2 economic, legal and ethical aspects of business. Hence alignment of CO4 with PO4 has been kept at medium.

CO4 & PO5 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature are not totally aligned as CO 4 will ensure reading and writing
Mapped at 1 ability but whether they will contribute to business literature is doubtful. Hence alignment of CO4 with PO5
has been kept at low.
CO4& PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a
Mapped at 1 team environment is possible only when familiarity with functional areas of management are taken into
consideration up to some extent. Hence alignment of CO4 with PO6 has been kept at low.
CO5 & PO1 Studying leadership styles will slightly help to learners to apply management theory and practice to solve
Mapped at 1 business problems. Hence alignment of CO5 with PO1 has been kept at low.
CO5 & PO2 Studying leadership styles is slightly aligned for foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data based
Mapped at 1 decision making. Hence alignment of CO5 with PO2 has been kept at low.
CO5 & PO3 To be aware of studying leadership is slightly aligned with learning new technologies with ease and be
Mapped at 1 productive at all times. Hence alignment of CO5 with PO3 has been kept at low.
CO5 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business is not
Mapped at 0 aligned with studying leadership styles . Hence alignment of CO5 with PO4 has been kept at zero.
CO5 & PO5 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is slightly aligned as studying leadership styles in
Mapped at 1 organization will help learners to develop this perspective. Hence alignment of CO5 with PO5 has been kept at
low.
CO5 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a
Mapped at 3 team environment is highly aligned with studying leadership styles and its implementation. Hence alignment of
CO5 with PO6 has been kept at high.
CO6 & PO1 Recent trends in management will slightly help learners to apply management theory and practice to solve
Mapped at 1 business problems. Hence alignment of CO6 with PO1 has been kept at low.
CO6 & PO2 Recent trends in management is slightly aligned with foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data
Mapped at 1 based decision making. Hence alignment of CO6 with PO2 has been kept at low.
CO6 & PO3 To be aware of recent trends is slightly aligned with ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of
Mapped at 1 organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment Hence alignment of CO6 with PO3 has
been kept at low.
CO6 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business is
Mapped at 1 aligned with getting exposure to recent trends in management. Hence alignment of CO6 with PO4 has been
kept at low.
CO6 & PO5 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature are slightly aligned as knowing about recent trends of
Mapped at 1 management will make the learners to develop these skills . Hence alignment of CO6 with PO5 has been kept
at low.
CO6 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a
Mapped at 3 team environment is possible only when familiarity with recent trends in management has been taken into
consideration. Hence alignment of CO6 with PO6 has been kept at high.

Mapped by: Dr. Pankaj Saini, BVIMR, New Delh

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised
Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 102 Managerial Economics
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
To acquaint learners with basic concepts and techniques of economic analysis and
their application to managerial decision-making.
To prepare the students for the use of managerial economics tools and techniques
in specific business settings.
Comprehend how changes in the environment in which firms operate influence
their decision-making.
To develop managerial skills for developing business strategyat the firm level.
To understand recent developments in strategic thinking and how it is applied to
economic decision making.
Identify possible external and internal economic risks and vulnerabilities to
economic growth and identify policies to address them.
Learning Outcomes:
Understand the role of managers in firms.
Analyze the demand and supply conditions and assess the position of a company.
Estimation of production function and finding out optimal combination of input using
Isoquant and Isocost.
Design competition strategies including costing, pricing and market environment
according to the nature of the product and structure of market.
Enable to know the importance of various sectors of the economy and their
contribution towards national income.
Investigate potential output and compute output gaps and diagnose the outlook for the
economy.

Unit Contents Session COs Teaching Cognition Evalua

s Number Methodology Level tion
(Hrs) Tools

1 Introduction to Economics CO1 Lecture Remem End

For Business -Nature and ber Term
Scope of Managerial + Inter
Economics, Firm and its Illustrations nals:
Objectives, Theories of Firm, Short
Role of Managerial Ans
Economics in Decision wers
Making.
2 Demand Theory and CO2 Lecture Underst Case
supply- Demand and its and Study,
Determination - Law of + End
Demand, Types of Demand, Illustrations Term
Demand Function, Interna
Economic Concept of ls:
Elasticity (Price, Cross and Short
Income Elasticity). Concept Answe
of Supply, Demand and rs
 Supply Equilibrium, Shift in
Demand and Supply.
3 Theory of Production - CO3 Lecture End
Production function, Law of Underst Term
Diminishing Marginal + and and Interna
Returns, Three stages of Illustrations Apply ls:
Production, The Long run Short
Production function, Isoquant Answe
and Isocost curve, rs
Importance of Production
function in managerial
decision making.
4 Theory of Cost - CO4 Lecture End
Classification of Costs - Understa Term
Short Run and Long Run + nd and Interna
Cost, Cost Function, Scale Illustrations Apply ls:
Economies, Scope Short
Economies, Dual Answe
Relationship Between Cost rs
and Production Function,
Least cost combination of
input (Producer
Equilibrium).
5 Market Structure - CO4 Lecture Evaluate End
Introduction to different and Term
types of Market- Price + Apply Interna
Determination under Perfect Illustrations ls:
Competition- Introduction, Short
Market and Market Answe
Structure, Perfect rs
Competition, Price-Output
Determination under Perfect
Competition, Short-run
Industry Equilibrium, Short-
run Firm Equilibrium,
Long-run Industry
Equilibrium, Long-run
Firm Equilibrium under
Perfect Competition.
Pricing Under Imperfect
Competition -
Introduction, Monopoly,
Price Discrimination under
Monopoly, Monopolistic
Competition, Oligopoly
(Kinked Curve), Game
theory.
6 Macroeconomic markets CO5 & Lecture End
and Integration -Product CO6 wit Underst Term
Market: Saving and + and and Interna
Investment Function, Illustrations Apply ls:
consumption function. Short
Aggregate demand and Answe
Aggregate supply. Fiscal rs
Policy and Monetary Policy
for uplifting the economy.
 Types of Business Cycle.

CO-PO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO102.1 3 3 2 3 1 3
CO102.2 2 3 2 3 1 1
CO102.3 2 3 2 2 1 1
CO102.4 3 3 3 3 2 2
CO102.5 3 2 3 2 1 2

CO102.6 3 3 2 3 2 2
CO 2.66 2.83 2.33 2.66 1.33 1.83
CO 3 3 2 3 1 2
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, put -
(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%

Internal Assessment Mapping

CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5
Parameter Marks CO6
Class 10 1 2 2 1 2 2
Participation
/ Attendance
Mid-term 15 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
End-term 15 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Class Tests, 10 1 2 2 2 1 2
Assignments,
MOOCs,
Presentation/
Project, Case
Study/Lab
work etc.
50 8 7 8 9 9 9

50 8 7 8 9 9 9

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
 80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company
1 National DN Dwivedi Managerial Economics 2015 Vikas
Publishing
2 National G.S Gupta Managerial Economics: 2004 McGraw
Micro Economic Hill
3 National H.L.Ahuja Managerial Economics 2017 S. Chand

4 International D. Salvatore Managerial Economics 2015 Oxford

5 International R.Dornbusch, Macro Economics 2018 McGraw
S.Fischer Hill
6 International A.Koutsoyiannis Micro Economics 1979 Mac
Millan
Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No.
1 www.rbi.org.in
2 www.economicshelp.org
3 www.federalreserve.gov
4 www.economist.com
5 www.bbc.com
6 International Journal of Economic policy in Emerging
Economieshttps://www.inderscience.com/jhome.php?jcode=ijepee
7 Journal of International
Economicshttps://www.journals.elsevier.com/journal-of-international-
economics/

MOOCs:

Resources Web site address

No.
1 Swayam IIT
https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_mg20/preview
2 Swayam IIM
https://swayam.gov.in/nd2_imb19_mg16/preview
3 EDX IIM
https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-to-managerial-economics-2
4 Coursera
https://www.coursera.org/specializations/managerial-economics-business-
analysis

Appendix:
Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:
CO1 & PO1 After understanding of scope & role of managerial economics and firms, this knowledge will be helpful to
Mapped at 3 solve business problems to a certain extent.
CO1 & PO2 The understanding of basic concepts of Managerial Economics may foster analytical and critical thinking
Mapped at 3 abilities for data-based decision making.
CO1 & PO3 The understanding of basic concepts of Managerial Economics is essential for learning new and advanced
Mapped at 2 technologies with ease and help the learner to be productive at all times.

CO1 & PO4 The knowledge of basic concepts of Managerial Economics is required to enhance the ability to
Mapped at 3 understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO1 & PO5 The understanding of basic concepts of Managerial Economics is of limited use for reading, writing, and
Mapped at 1 contributing to Business literature.
CO1 & PO6 The understanding of basic concepts of Managerial Economics is of limited use for developing the ability
Mapped at 3 to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment.
CO2 & PO1 Knowledge of Demand and Supply can be applied to a good extent for solving business problems.
Mapped at 2
CO2 & PO2 Knowledge of Demand and Supply Function is essential for fostering analytical and critical thinking
Mapped at 3 abilities for data-based decision making.

CO2 & PO3 Knowledge of Demand and Supply is helpful to medium extent in learning new technologies with ease and
Mapped at 2 to be productive.

CO2 & PO4 Knowledge of Demand and Supply is helpful to a great extent in developing the ability to understand,
Mapped at 3 analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO2 & PO5 Knowledge of Demand and Supply is of limited use for reading, writing, and contributing to Business
Mapped at 1 literature.
CO2 & PO6 Knowledge of Demand and Supply is of limited use for developing the ability to lead oneself and others in
Mapped at 1 the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

CO3 & PO1 The estimation of production function and finding out optimal combination of input using Isoquant and
Mapped at 2 Isocost is moderately helpful for managers in solving business problems.

CO3 & PO2 The estimation of production function and finding out optimal combination of input using Isoquant and
Mapped at 3 Isocost is highly aligned with analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.

CO3 & PO3 The estimation of production function and finding out optimal combination of input using Isoquant and
Mapped at 2 Isocost is moderately aligned with the process of learning new technologies with ease and being
productive at all times.
Estimation of production function and finding out optimal combination of input using Isoquant and Isocost
CO3 & PO4 is moderately aligned to the ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and
Mapped at 2 ethical aspects of business.

CO3 & PO5 Estimation of production function and finding out optimal combination of input using Isoquant and Isocost
Mapped at 1 is of limited use in reading, writing, and contributing to Business literature.

CO3 & PO6 Estimation of production function and finding out optimal combination of input using Isoquant and Isocost
Mapped at 1 can be useful to a very limited extent to managers in leading themselves and others in the achievement of
organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.
CO4 & PO1 The understanding of Managerial Economics is very useful to managers in solving business problems.
Mapped at 3
CO4 & PO2 Understanding of Production Function is very helpful to managers for fostering analytical and critical
Mapped at 3 thinking abilities for data-based decision making.
CO4 & PO3 Understanding Market Structure can be very helpful to managers for learning new technologies with ease
Mapped at 3 and be productive at all times.
CO4 & PO4 Understanding of Fiscal and Monetary Policy is required for developing the ability to understand, analyze
Mapped at 3 and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.
CO4 & PO5 Understanding of Business Cycle is of moderate use in reading, writing, and contributing to Business
Mapped at 2 literature.
CO4 & PO6 Understanding of Costing and Pricing is of limited use to managers in contributing effectively to a team
Mapped at 1 environment.
CO5 & PO1 The knowledge of various sectors of the economy and their contribution towards National Income can be
Mapped at 3 applied for solving business problems to a high extent.
CO5 & PO2 The knowledge of various sectors of the economy and their contribution towards National Income is used
Mapped at 2 in data-based decision making to a moderate extent.
CO5 & PO3 The knowledge of various sectors of the economy and their contribution towards National Income are
Mapped at 3 highly helpful to managers for learning new technologies in Economics with ease and be productive at all
times.
CO5 & PO4 Knowledge of various sectors of the economy and their contribution towards National Income can be help
Mapped at 2 in understanding, analyzing and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business to a
moderate extent.
CO5 & PO5 The knowledge of various sectors of the economy and their contribution towards National Income is of
Mapped at 1 limited use in reading, writing, and contributing to Business literature.
CO5 & PO6 Knowledge of various sectors of the economy and their contribution towards National Income is
Mapped at 2 moderately aligned with the ability of managers to lead themselves and others in the achievement of
organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.
CO6 & PO1 The CO to familiarize with the investigation of potential output and compute gaps and diagnose the
Mapped at 3 problem is highly aligned with the PO of applying the knowledge of management theories and practices to
solve business problems.
CO6 & PO2 To investigate the potential output and compute gaps and diagnose the outlook for economy can be highly
Mapped at 3 helpful for managers to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.
CO6 & PO3 The investigation of potential output and compute gaps and diagnose the problem in the economy can
Mapped at 2 moderately help managers to learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times.
CO6 & PO4 The investigation of potential output and compute gaps and diagnose the outlook for economy can be very
Mapped at 3 useful to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business to a
certain extent.
CO6 & PO5 The investigation of potential output and compute gaps and diagnose the outlook for economy is of limited
Mapped at 2 use to read, write, and contribute to Business literature.
CO6 & PO6 The investigation of potential output and compute gaps and diagnose the outlook for economy is
Mapped at 2 moderately aligned with the PO of developing the ability to lead oneself and others in the achievement of
organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

Mapped by: Dr.Vrushali Kadam, Yashwantrao Mohite Institute of Management, Karad

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 103 Financial and Management Accounting
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 4 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
To acquaint the learners with the fundamentals of Financial Accounting.
To orient to the Accounting mechanics involved in preparation of Books of Accounts
and
Financial Statements of a sole proprietor
To make the students familiar with International Accounting Standards and
International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
To introduce the concepts of Cost and Management Accounting
To orient the students about application of budgetary control as a technique o
Management Accounting
To acquaint the students with application of Standard Costing and Marginal Costing as
techniques of Management Accounting

Learning Outcomes :
Learners will able to know the fundamentals of Financial Accounting and Accounting
Principles
Learners will demonstrate the ability to prepare Financial Statements of a sole
proprietor
Learners will understand the utility and importance of International Accounting
Standards
and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
Learners will be familiar with concepts of Cost and management Accounting
Learners will be able to apply the technique of Budgetary Control
Learners will be able to apply the technique of Standard Costing and Marginal
Costing.

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Numb Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs er
)
1 Introduction to Financial 7 CO 1 Discussion Understand Test
Accounting through practical & Assignment
Financial Accounting: examples + ppt + remember
Definition, Objectives and Smart board
Scope, Accounting Concepts
and Conventions, GAAP,
Branches of Accounting,
Accounting Cycle, End
Users of Financial
Statements
2 Accounting Mechanics 11 CO 2 Discussion + ppt Apply Test
Principles of Double Entry + Smart board + Case Study
 Book-Keeping, Application based solving
JournalLedger and questions, Case
Preparation of Trial Studies
Balance, Preparation of
Trading, Profit & Loss
Account and Balance Sheet
of a Sole Proprietor,
Meaning of Financial
Statements,
Importance and Objectives
of Financial Statements
3 Introduction to 5 CO 3 Discussion after Analyze Assignment
International Accounting visiting ICAI and Project
Standards IFRS website +
Development of ppt
international accounting
Standards and financial
reporting rules. Role of
ICAI and Ministry of
Corporate affairs in setting
up Accounting Standards.
Need and Advantages of
International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS)
IFRS for Small and
Medium Enterprises

4 Introduction to Cost and 6 CO 4 Discussion Understand Test

Management Accounting through practical & Assignment
Cost Accounting: Meaning examples + ppt + remember
and Importance ,Concept of Smart board
Cost Centre, Cost Unit,
Classification of Costs,
Preparation of Cost Sheet,
Management Accounting:
Definition, Nature and
Scope, Distinction between
Financial Accounting and
Management Accounting
5 Techniques of 8 CO 5 Discussion + ppt Evaluate Test
Management Accounting + Smart board + Case Study
(Budgetary Control) Application based solving
Meaning, Objectives, questions, Case
Advantages and Limitations Studies
of Budgetary ControlTypes
 of Budgets, Preparation of
Flexible Budget and Cash
Budget
6 Techniques of 11 CO 6 Discussion + ppt Create Test
Management + White board + Case Study
Accounting (Standard Application based solving
questions, Case
Costing andMarginal Studies
Costing)
Meaning of Standard
Costing, Steps to implement
Standard Costing Variance
Analysis of Material and
Labour Costs, Marginal
Costing Meaning of
Marginal Cost,
Characteristics and
Advantages of Marginal
Costing, Cost-Volume-Profit
Analysis Profit/Volume
ratio, Break-EvenAnalysis
and Margin of Safety,
Caselets of Management
accounting :
decision making

PO CO Mapping
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6
CO 1 1 1 1 2 3 1
CO 2 3 3 1 3 3 2
CO 3 3 1 1 3 3 1
CO 4 2 1 1 2 2 1
CO 5 3 3 1 3 2 3
CO 6 3 3 1 3 2 3
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, put -
(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping:
Parameter Marks CO 1 CO 2 CO 3 CO 4 CO 5 CO 6
Class 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6
Participation/ 10
Attendance
Mid Term 15 5 5 5
End Term 15 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Assignments/ 2 1 2
5
Projects
MOOCs 5 1 1 1 1 1
Internal
50
Total
End Term
50
(Univ)

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Reference Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher

Books(Publisher) Edition Company
1 National S.N. Maheswari An Introduction to 11th Vikas
Accounting edition
2 National Ambarish Gupta Financial Accounting for 5th Pearson
Management edition
3 National Ashok Seghal, Financial 2015 Taxman
Deepak Seghal Accounting edition
4 International Colin Drury, Cost and Management 7th 2011 Cengage
Huddersfield Accounting Learners
5 International Pauline Weetman Financial and Management 7th 2015 Pearson
Fin Accounting An
introduction,
6 International Jan Williams , Sue Financial & Managerial Acc 18th McGraw
Haka , Mark Bettner , ounting, edition hill
Joseph Carcell

Online Resources:

Online Resources No. Web site address

1 https://www.moneycontrol.com/
2 www.icai.org
3 https://www.ifrs.org/
4 https://icmai.in/icmai
5 https://www.rbi.org.in/
MOOCs:

Resources No. Web site address

1 https://www.coursera.org/learn/wharton-accounting
2 https://www.classcentral.com/course/whartonaccounting-769
 3 https://swayam.gov.in/nd2_cec19_cm04/preview
4 https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_mg36/preview
5 https://www.coursera.org/learn/accounting-for-managers

Appendix:
Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:
CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is
Mapped at 1 achieved by giving knowledge of fundamentals of Financial Accounting and Accounting Principles,
aligned low
CO1 & PO 2 Analytical thinking abilities are developed through foundation of Financial Accounting Principles
Mapped at 1
CO1 & PO 3 Assists in learning technologies in accounting like Tally as not specifically mentioned, alignment is low
Mapped at 1
CO1 & PO 4 Helps in knowing global, economic and ethical aspects of business, alignment is moderate
Mapped at 2

CO1 & PO5 Accounting principles gives base to Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is aligned high
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO6 Helps in achieving organizational goals through proper accounting and communicating to the stakeholders,
Mapped at 1 aligned to low.
CO2 & PO1 Learners will able to prepare financial statements by applying knowledge of accounting which will help
Mapped at 3 to solve business problems, aligned to High.
CO2& PO2 Helps in applying knowledge and prepare financial statements and gives exposure to Entrepreneurs /
Mapped at 3 corporate / managers as leaders to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision
making.
CO2& PO3 As technology is not involved directly, alignment is low.
Mapped at 1
CO2& PO4 Highly aligned as it gives knowledge about global, economic, ethical environment and formal tool of
Mapped at 2 communication to all stakeholders.

CO2& PO5 Financial Statements formally contribute to the business literature, aligned high
Mapped at 3

CO2& PO6 Helps in achievements of goals indirectly, alignment is low.

Mapped at 2

CO3 & PO1 Gives knowledge to understand the utility and importance of International Accounting Standards and
Mapped at 3 International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) helps in resolving problems aligned high

CO3 & PO2 Indirectly helps in fostering critical thinking and decision making, aligned low
Mapped at 1
CO3 & PO3 As technology is not involved directly, alignment is low.
Mapped at 1
CO3 & PO4 Learners get ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects
Mapped at 3 of business is highly aligned through IFRS and International Accounting Standards

CO3 & PO5 By learning reporting standards, it directly contributes in Reading presenting , and contribute to Business
Mapped at 1 literature is aligned high

CO3 & PO6 Helps in achievements of goals indirectly, alignment is low.

Mapped at 1
CO4 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of Management Accounting to solve business problems is achieved by
Mapped at 2 giving knowledge of fundamentals of Cost and Management Accounting

CO4 & PO2 Analytical thinking abilities are developed through foundation of Cost and Management Accounting
Mapped at 1 Principles, aligned low

CO4 & PO3 Helps in knowing global, economic and ethical aspects of business management accounting, alignment is
Mapped at 1 low

CO4 & PO4 Helps in knowing global, economic and ethical aspects of business, alignment is moderate
Mapped at 2

CO4 & PO5 Cost and Management Accounting principles gives base to Read, write, and contribute to Business
 Mapped at 2 literature is aligned moderate

CO4& PO6 Helps in achieving organizational goals through management acoounting principles, aligned to low.
Mapped at 1

CO 5 & PO1 Technique of budgetary control helps highly in resolving business problems and decision making,
Mapped at 3 aligned high

CO 5 & PO2 The technique of Budgetary control fosters analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based
Mapped at 3 decision making, aligned high

CO 5 & PO3 As technology is not involved directly, alignment is low.

Mapped at 1

CO 5 & PO4 Helps to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business,
Mapped at 3 aligned high

CO 5 & PO5 The technique directly contributes to the business literature, aligned at moderate level
Mapped at 2

CO 5 & PO6 Helps highly in achieving organizational goals, aligned high

Mapped at 3

CO 6 & PO1 Technique of standard costing and marginal costing helps highly in resolving business problems and
Mapped at 3 decision making, aligned high

CO 6 & PO2 The technique of standard costing and marginal costing fosters analytical and critical thinking abilities
Mapped at 3 for data-based decision making, aligned high

CO 6 & PO3 As technology is not involved directly, alignment is low.

Mapped at 1

CO 6 & PO4 Helps to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business,
Mapped at 3 aligned high

CO 6 & PO5 The technique directly contributes to the business literature, aligned at moderate level
Mapped at 2

CO 6 & PO6 Helps highly in achieving organizational goals, aligned high

Mapped at 3

Mapped by: Dr. Sonali Dharmadhikari,, BVDU Institute of Management &

Entrepreneurship Development,Pune
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 104 Organizational Behavior
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Full Credit 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To create Dynamic and Effective Business Professionals and Leaders.
To transform the individuals to cater to the needs of the society and contribute to
Nation building
To develop entrepreneurs to register different aspects of their business under
remedial individual and team behavior.
To improve Organizational Behavior by having a sound knowledge of cultural
differences.
Learning Outcomes :
Understand the expected individual and team behavior in business world.
The awareness of applicable leadership qualities for entrepreneurs / corporate /
managers.
To develop skills and inculcate motivational concepts.
To be aware of individual, cultural difficulties of organizations and to be able
to master over them.

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Number Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs
)
1 Introduction to 8 CO 1 Discussion Understand Test
Organizational Behaviour through Assignment
Definition - Evolution of practical &
the Concept of OB- examples + Case Study
ppt + Smart solving
Contributions to OB by
board
major behavioural science
disciplines - Challenges
and Opportunities for OB
managers - Models of
OB study
2 Individual Behavior : 8 CO 1 Discussion Test
Perception Factors through Assignment
influencing perception, practical &
examples + Apply Case Study
Process,Perception (Analyse)
ppt + Smart solving
distortion- halo effect,
board
stereotyping, projection,
Attitudes and Job
Satisfaction - Components
of Attitude - Major Job
Attitudes - Job Satisfaction,
Job involvement,
Organizational
Commitment.Personality
and Values - Personality
 Determinants - MBTI, Big
- Five Model, Values -
Formation - Types of
Values, Learning-
Theories of
Learning reinforcement
3 Motivation Concepts to 8 CO 3 Discussion Analyse Test
applications: Concept of through Assignment
motivation - Definition - practical &
Theories of Motivation - examples + Case Study
ppt + Smart solving
board

theory, McClelland, Porter

and Lawler Model, ERG
Theory - Theory X and
Theory Y Equity Theory -
Vroom's Expectancy
Theory Application of
Motivation concept,
Individual motivation and
motivation in the
organization, Cultural
Differences in Motivation,
Intrinsic and Extrinsic
Motivation, The Job
Characteristics model
Work Redesign
4 Group Behavior: 8 CO1 Discussion Evaluate Test
Group-Formation o through Assignment
fGroup -Classification- practical &
informal andformal examples + Case Study
ppt + Smart solving
groups, Group
board
Properties - Roles,
norms, status, size and
cohesiveness-Group
decision making
Group Shift, Group
Think,Creating
effective teams.Conflict-
Process-Conflict
management
5 Leadership: Concept of 8 CO2 Discussion Create Test
Leadership-Traits of through Assignment
good Leader-Difference practical &
between Leader and examples + Case Study
ppt + Smart solving
Manager-Theories of
board
Leadership Trait
theory, Behavioral
 theory and
Contingency theory,
Ohio State and
MichiganStudies
6 The Organization System : 8 CO4 Discussion Evaluate Test
Stress: meaning and types, through Assignment
burnout, causes and practical &
examples + Case Study
consequences of stress,
ppt + Smart solving
strategies to manage board
stress,
Workforce diversity-
Diversity management
strategies. Culture -
Definition, Culture's
function, need and
importance of Cross
Culturaltraining
Organizational Change
Forces for change,
resistance to change,
Managing organizational
change.

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO104.1 3 2 3 2 1 3

CO104.2 3 3 2 3 - 3

CO104.3 3 1 2 1 - 3

CO104.4 3 - - 3 1 3

CO. 1. 5 1.75 2.25 .5 3

3

CO 2 2 2 1 3
3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, put -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%

Internal Assessment Mapping:

Parameter Marks CO 1 CO 2 CO 3 CO 4 CO 5 CO 6
 Class 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6
Participation/ 10
Attendance
Mid Term 15 5 5 5
End Term 15 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Assignments/ 2 1 2
5
Projects
MOOCs 5 1 1 1 1 1
Internal
50
Total
End Term
50
(Univ)

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
Edition Company
1 National Kavita Singh Organizational 2015, 3rd Pearson
Behaviour edition Publication
2 International Robbins, Timothy Organizational 12th edition Stephen Pearson
Judge, SeemaSanghi Behaviour Prentice Hall
3 National M N Mishra Organizational 2010 Vikas Publishing
Behaviour House Pvt.
Limited
4 International Fred Luthans Organizational 13th edition Mc Grow Hill
Behaviour Inc
5 International John Newstrom and Organizational 11th edition Tata McGrow
Keith Davis Behaviour Hill

Online Resources No. Web site address

1 www.bretlsimmons.com
2 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JIa7vP3gyL4
3 www.positivesharing.com
4 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r2Xv9Am7PWQ

MOOCs:

Resources No. Web site address

1 Alisons
2 Swayam
Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is
possible only if managers understand individual and Team behavior
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 2 Individual and team behavior concepts would be delivered through case studies and projects to foster
Mapped at 2 analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making but is possible to a limited extent.

CO1 & PO 3 Helps to understand how individuals and teams within organizations learn and cope with change to be
Mapped at 3 productive

CO1 & PO 4 Understand the expected individual and team behavior and communicate in the business world globally is
Mapped at 2 important but economic legal and ethical aspects of business are not very relevant to CO 1 hence the
alignment of Co1 to PO 1is moderate .

CO1 & PO5 Understand the expected individual and team behavior in business world can lead to
Mapped at 1 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is aligned very low as writing and contributing to
business literature is not a necessary outcome
CO1 & PO6 Understand the expected individual and team behavior in business world and PO 6 are highly aligned as
Mapped at 3 CO 1 delineates the ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment.

CO2 & PO1 Leadership for entrepreneurs / corporate / managers is possible only if managers apply the knowledge of
Mapped at 3 management theories and practices to solve business problems. So highly aligned.

CO2 & PO2 Entrepreneurs / corporate / managers as leaders need to Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for
Mapped at 3 data-based decision making

CO2 & PO3 Entrepreneurs / corporate / managers as leaders need to Learn new technologies with ease and be
Mapped at 2 productive at all times

CO2 & PO4 Highly aligned as The awareness of applicable leadership qualities for entrepreneurs / corporate /
Mapped at 3 managers results in the ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical
aspects of business.
CO2 & PO5 The awareness of applicable leadership qualities for Entrepreneurs / corporate / managers as leaders do not
Mapped at - require to necessarily Read, write, and contribute to Business literature. No allignment

CO2 & PO6 Leadership qualities an essential for entrepreneurs / corporate / managers to lead themselves and others in
Mapped at 3 the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment. So highly
alligned.
CO3 & PO1
Mapped at 3 To develop and inculcate motivational concepts only when the application of the knowledge of
management theories and practices to solve business problems is possible only when skills are developed
and motivational concepts are inculcated
CO3 & PO2 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making
Mapped at 1 Motivational concepts and skills can be inculcated to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities
through case studies and projects for data based decision making to a limited extent hence the alignment is
low.
CO3 & PO3
Mapped at 2 Learning new technologies to be productive is possible only if students are motivated to develop new
skills but since it depends on many other variables the alignment is moderate

CO3 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business is
Mapped at 1 weakly aligned with develop skills and inculcate motivational concepts

CO3 & PO5 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is not aligned with
Mapped at - developing skills and inculcate motivational concepts.

CO3 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively
Mapped at 3 to a team environment is only possible by skill development and inculcating motivating others

CO4 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve cross cultural issues are very
Mapped at 3 important hence highly aligned.

CO4 & PO2 To be aware of individual, cultural difficulties of organizations and to be able to master over them and
Mapped at - analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making Are not alligned

CO4 & PO3 To be aware of individual, cultural difficulties of organizations and to be able to master over them is not
Mapped at - alligned with Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times

CO4 & PO4 Cultural issues are important to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical
Mapped at 3 aspects of business.

CO4 & PO5 To be aware of individual, cultural difficulties of organizations and to be able to master over them and
Mapped at 1 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature are not totally aligned as CO 4 will ensure reading and
writing ability but whether they will contribute to business literature is doubtful.
CO4 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively
Mapped at 3 to a team environment is possible only when cultural aspects are taken into consideration

Mapped by: Dr.Deepali Nair, BVDU- Daparment of Management Studies Navi Mumbai

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
CBCS
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 105 Statistical Techniques
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 4 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To introduce to the learner the importance of statistical techniques in business
applications
To familiarize with the basic concepts of statistical techniques.
To expose to the Graphical representation of data.
To impart skills in computation and application of correlation and regression.
To understand the basics of probability and testing of hypotheses
Learning Outcomes:
After learning the concepts of Statistical Techniques, students will be able to have a
Develop numerical ability to solve examples on various topics and specifically
formation and Testing of Hypothesis
Have clear understanding of various statistical tools and their applications in Business.
Analyze the importance of Statistical Techniques in different functional areas of
Management.
Apply Correlation and Regression Techniques in Business applications.
To apply the statistical techniques to small data sets for analysis and interpretation

Unit Contents Sessions COs Teaching Cogniti Evaluatio

Number Methodolog on n Tools
y Level
1 Introduction to 6 CO1, Lecture, Understa Quizzes,
Statistics: Introduction CO3 Visual Aids nd, Class
to Statistics, Analysis Discussio
Importance of , Apply ns, Case
Statistics in modern Studies
business environment.
Applications of
Statistics. Frequency
and Frequency
Distribution,
Diagrammatic and
graphic representation
of Data Bar
diagrams, Pie chart,
Histogram, Frequency
polygon, Frequency
curve, Ogive curves
2 Measures of Central 10 CO1, CO5 Lecture, Analysis Assignme
Tendency: Arithmetic Problem , Apply nts, Case
mean, Median and Solving Studies
Mode, examples on
missing frequency,
Positional averages -
Quartiles, deciles and
percentiles.
3 Measures of Dispersion 12 CO1, CO3, Lecture, Analysis Group
Range - Quartile CO4 Case
 deviations, Mean Studies , Apply Projects,
deviation, Standard Case
Deviation, Variance, Studies
Coefficient of
Variation. Applications
in business and
management.
4 Correlation analysis: 6 CO2, CO4 Lecture, Analysi Practical
Correlation, Types of Practical s, Exercises
Correlation, Scatter Exercises Apply ,
diagram, Karl Quizzes,
Case
coefficient, Properties Studies
of
correlation coefficient,

Correlation
Coefficient.
5 Regression analysis: 6 CO2, CO4 Lecture, Analysis Practical
Regression lines, Case Studies , Apply Applicati
Regression on, Case
coefficients. Business Analysis
application
6 Probability & 6 CO1, CO5 Lecture, Analysis Problem
Probability Problem , Create Sets, Case
Distributions: Sets Studies
Elementary
probability concepts:
Random Experiment,
Outcome, Sample
space, Examples on
Tossing of coins,
throwing dice, playing
cards. Probability
Distributions-
Binomial, Poisson and
Normal Distribution

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 2 3 - - - -

CO2 3 3 - - - -

CO3 3 3 - - - -

CO4 2 3 - - - -
 CO5 - 3 - - - -

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, put -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%

Internal Assessment Mapping:

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Class Participation/ 2
10 2 2 2 2
Attendance
Case study 2
10 2 2 2 2
discussion
Assignments/ 2
Projects 10 2 2 2 2

Internal End Term 4

20 4 4 4 4
Exam

Internal 50 10 10 10 10 10

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
Reference Books:

Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher Company
(Publisher) Author Edition
1 National S.C.Gupta& Business 2016 Himalaya Publishing
Indira Gupta Statistics House
2 National Bhardwaj R. S. Business 2009 Excel Books India
Statistics
3 National R.P. Hooda Statistics for 2013 Vikas Publishing
Business and House
Economics
4 International Richard I. Levin Statistics for 1994 Prentice Hall
& David Management
5 International Robert S. Witte, Statistics 2014 John Wiley & Sons
John S. Witte
 6 International Dr. Jim McClave, Statistics for 2011 Pearson
Dr. Terry Sincich Business and
Economics

Online Resources:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 http://www.yourarticlelibrary.com
2 https://en.wikipedia.org
3 https://managementhelp.org
4 https://www.cleverism.com
5 https://commercemates.com
MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 www.swayam.gov.in
2 www.udemy.com
3 www.coursera.org

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 it involves developing numerical abilities, which are essential for data-based decision-making and
problem-solving in business. However, it doesn't directly relate to the other program outcomes.
Mapped at 2
CO1 & PO2 it involves developing numerical abilities, which are essential for data-based decision-making and
problem-solving in business. However, it doesn't directly relate to the other program outcomes.
Mapped at 3
CO2 & PO 1 it focuses on understanding statistical tools and their applications for data-based decision-making. It
Mapped at 3 doesn't directly align with the other program outcomes.

CO2 & PO 2 it involves developing numerical abilities, which are essential for data-based decision-making and
Mapped at 3 problem-solving in business. However, it doesn't directly relate to the other program outcomes.

CO3 & PO 1 it emphasizes the importance of statistical techniques in various functional areas of management. It
Mapped at 3 doesn't directly relate to the other program outcomes.

CO3 & PO 2 it involves developing numerical abilities, which are essential for data-based decision-making and
Mapped at 3 problem-solving in business. However, it doesn't directly relate to the other program outcomes.

CO4 & PO 1 it involves applying statistical techniques in business applications, which directly supports data-based
Mapped at 2 decision-making and problem-solving.

CO4 & PO 2 it involves applying statistical techniques in business applications, which directly supports data-based
Mapped at 3 decision-making and problem-solving.

CO5 & PO2 it emphasizes the application of statistical techniques for data analysis and interpretation, which aligns
Mapped at 3 with fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities.

Mapped by: Dr.Nilesh Mate, CDOE,BVDU, Pune

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 106 Business Environment
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
CES 3 UE:IE 50:50

Course Objectives:
 To enable the students to understand the overall business environment within which an
organization has to function.
 To enable students to understand its implication for decision making in business
organizations.
Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of this course the learner will be able to;
 Understand the role of managers in firms.
 Design and develop strategic plans for the organization
 Understand the importance of various sectors of the economy and their contribution towards
national income.

Unit Sub Unit Sessions CO Teaching Cognition Evaluation

Numb Methodology Level Tools
er
1 Introduction to Business 7 Lecture with PPTs, Understand Case
Environment: - Nature CO 1 Case Study, Group Study,
and scope of business, Activity and Quiz Quiz
goals meaning of End Term
environment of Internals:
business, objectives, Short
environmental analysis, significance/benefitsofenvironmentalanalysis,environm
of environmental Answers
forecasting, limitations of
environmental
forecasting.
2 Economic 10 Lecture with PPTs, Case Study
Environment: - Nature CO 2 Case Study and ,
of economy, structure Quiz Newspaper
of economy, Analyze Article
understanding End Term:
Applied
economic system,
Questions
economic policies-
Industrial Policy and
Trade Policy, Fiscal
Policy, Monetary
Policy, National
Income and GDP,
composition and
 Growth trends.
3 Regulatory 6 Lecture with PPTs, Evaluate Case Study
Environment: - Functions CO 2 Case Study and with
of state, Economic role of Quiz Presentatio
Government, Government ns
End Term
and Legal System, the
Exams:
constitutional
Case based
environment, forms of Questions/
Government regulations, Applied
state intervention and Questions
control, business-
Government
interference.
4 Socio-Cultural 10 Lecture with PPTs, Apply Group
Environment: - Business CO3 Case Study, Group (Create) Activity
and Society- social Activity Video
responsibility of business Cases End Term
social orientation of Exam:
business, the Indian Short case
and
scenario, social audit,
situation
impact based
of culture on business, questions
other socio-cultural
factors and business,
Consumer
ProtectionAct,Consumerr
ights,Righttoinformation
Act,businessethicsandcor
porate governance.
5 Natural and 4 Lecture With PPTs Evaluate Group
Technological CO3 Video Cases Activity,
Environment: - Case
Natural Environment, Presentatio
technological environment n
and their impact on Activity
business, innovation and End Term:
business technology and Theory
competitive advantage, Applied
economic effects of
technology, technology
policy and government
promotional facilities.
6 Global Environment and Lecture with PPTs, Evaluate Group
Institutions:- 8 CO3 Case Study, Group Activity
Globalisation-meaning, Activity, Video
features, benefits, Cases End Term
challenges, globalization of Exam:
Indian businesses GATT Short case
and WTO – understanding and
 WTO, functions, structure, situation
implications for India, based
regulation of foreign trade- questions
Foreign Trade Act, EXIM
policy, FEMA., Market
Reforms in Asian
Countries.

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO106.1 3 2 3 2 2 3

CO106.2 3 2 3 3 2 3

CO106.3 2 2 3 2 3 2

CO. 2.33 2 3 2.33 2.33 2.66

CO 2 2 3 2 3 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, put ‘-’

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation:
Internals: 50%
External:50%
Total: 100%

Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3

Class
Participation/ 10 4 3 3
Attendance
Mid-term 15 5 5 5

End Term 15 5 5 5

Class Tests,
Assignments,
MOOCs, 10 3 3 4
Presentation,
Project, Case
Study/Lab work
etc.

Internal 50 17 16 17
End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy

95-100% 10 marks

90-94% 9 marks

85-89% 8 marks

80-84% 7 marks

75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:-
Sr. No. Name of the Author Title of the Book
1 National Raj Agarwal Business Environment
2 National Francis Cherunilam Business Environment
3 National K. Aswathappa Essentials of Business Environment

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources
No
1 www.rbi.org.in
4 www.economist.com
5 www.bbc.com
MOOCs:
Resources Web site address
No
1 Swayam
2 Coursera
 Appendix:
Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:
CO1 & PO1 Understanding the role of managers is to ensure that students develop a
comprehensive, context-based understanding of how theoretical
Mapped at 3 knowledge translates into practical managerial skills.
CO1 & PO 2 This mapping highlights the importance of analytical and critical
Mapped at 2 thinking in managerial roles and prepares students to apply these skills
effectively in real-world business scenarios.
CO1 & PO 3 Understanding the role of managers in firms with the program outcome
Mapped at 3 of learning new technologies with ease and being productive at all times
is to ensure that students recognize the integral role of technology in
management.
CO1 & PO 4 This mapping emphasizes the multifaceted nature of managerial roles
Mapped at 2 and prepares students to navigate and address the complex challenges
faced by businesses in a globalized and regulated environment.
CO1 & PO5 Emphasizes the importance of contextual understanding,
Mapped at 2 analytical skills, and effective communication, preparing
students to make meaningful contributions to the field of
business literature.
CO1 & PO6 The role of managers in firms with the program outcome of the ability to
Mapped at 3
lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment, is to ensure that students
develop a comprehensive and practical understanding of management
and leadership.
CO2 & PO1 This mapping emphasizes the integration of theoretical
knowledge with practical application, preparing students to
Mapped at 3 tackle complex business challenges and drive organizational
success through strategic planning.
CO2 & PO 2 The importance of data analysis, logical reasoning, and evidence-based
Mapped at 2 decision-making in developing strategic plans that are informed,
rigorous, and resilient in the face of complexity and uncertainty.
CO2 & PO 3
 The program outcome focuses on developing students' ability to quickly
Mapped at 3
learn and adapt to new technologies, enhancing their productivity. This
includes staying updated with technological advancements and
effectively integrating new tools and systems into their work processes.

CO2 & PO 4
It considering external factors and ethical dimensions in
Mapped at 3 decision-making, preparing students to create effective and
sustainable strategic plans that address the complexities of the
modern business environment.
CO2 & PO5 The importance of critical analysis, informed decision-making, and effective
Mapped at 2 communication in both strategic planning and contributing to the body of business
literature, preparing students for successful careers in business strategy and research.
CO2 & PO6 Emphasizes the importance of collaboration, decision-making, and effective
Mapped at 3 execution in achieving organizational success, preparing students to be
strategic leaders and effective team contributors.
CO3 & PO1 The integration of economic knowledge with management practices,
Mapped at 2 preparing students to make informed decisions, develop effective strategies,
and address business challenges in a dynamic economic environment.
CO3 & PO2 This mapping emphasizes the integration of data-driven decision-making
skills with economic understanding, preparing students to make informed
Mapped at 2 decisions, develop strategic plans, and address economic challenges
comprehensively.
CO3 & PO3 This mapping emphasizes the integration of technological proficiency with
economic understanding, preparing students to effectively analyze, interpret,
Mapped at 3 and contribute to discussions on national income and sectoral contributions.
CO3 & PO4 It emphasizes the skills necessary to analyze and communicate complex
economic data and trends, supporting informed decision-making and
Mapped at 2 effective communication in the business context.
CO3 & PO5 The integration of economic understanding with the skills necessary to
engage with business literature, enabling students to critically analyze,
Mapped at 3 effectively write, and meaningfully contribute to discussions on business and
economic topics.
CO3 & PO6 This mapping enhances their capacity to make informed decisions, set
strategic goals, allocate resources efficiently, and communicates economic
Mapped at 2 significance to their teams, ultimately fostering effective leadership and
teamwork in achieving organizational success.

Mapped by: Dr. Pralhad K. Mudalkar, BVDU, IM Kolhapur

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 107 Business Communication
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 03 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To familiarize the students with the process of communication, make themunderstand the
principles and techniques of Business Communication.
To enable students to comprehend the different dimensions of Business Communication.
To enlighten about the communications strategy for managers.

Learning Outcomes:
The Students should be able to communicate effectively in professional circles. There
should be a positive change in the oral and written communication skills ofthe students
after studying the subject.
The students should be able to draft business letters, give effective presentations write
formal reports and deliver speeches independently.

Unit Contents Session COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

s Numbe Methodo Level Tools
r logy
1 Test
Basic Principles of 06 CO1 Lecture Understan Assignment &
Communication: with PPTs d Case Study
Introduction, Understanding Group solving
Communication, the Discussi
Communication Process, ons/Deb
Barriers to Communication, ates
the Importance of
Communication in the
Workplace, Types of
Communication channels,
their effectiveness and
limitations, Importance of
Non-Verbal Communication
2 Communication in 06 CO1, Lecture Apply Test
Organizations CO2 with PPTs (Analyse) Assignment &
Communication needs of Group Case Study
business organization, Discussi solving
Strategies for improving ons/Deb
Organizational ates
communication, direction of
flow of communication in
organization, networks of
flow of communication
wheel network, chain
network, Y network, circle
network. Feedback, types of
feedback, importance of
 feedback Intra-
organizational
communication, inter-
organizational
communication. Inter-
cultural communication
guidelines for effective
communication across
cultures
3 Verbal & Non-verbal 06 CO2 Lecture Analyse Test
communication: with PPTs Assignment &
Introduction, Advantages of Group Case Study
verbal Communication, Discussi solving
Public Speaking, Meaning, ons/Deb
Importance, Uses of ates
nonverbal communication,
Body Language, Gestures,
Postures, Para Language,
nonverbal aspects of written
communication.
Presentation Skills
Techniques for effective
Presentations, Qualities of a
skillful Presenter. Group
Discussions and Interviews:
Introduction, What is a
Group Discussion?
Attending Job Interviews,
Preparation for GD, and
Interviews. Exercises for
Oral Communications
Individual and Group
Presentations, Group
discussion, Extempore, Role
Playing, Debates, and Quiz
4 The Importance of Listening 06 CO1, Lecture Analyse Test
and Reading Skills: CO2 with PPTs Assignment &
Introduction, what is Group Case Study
listening? Barriers to Discussi solving
Listening, Strategies for 06 ons/Deb
Page 45 Effective Listening, ates
Listening in a Business
Context Reading Skills for
Effective Business
Communication:
Introduction, what is
reading? Types of reading,
SQ3R Technique of
Reading
5 Guidelines for Written 15 CO3 Lecture Apply Test
Business Communication: with PPTs Assignment &
Introduction, General Group Case Study
Principles of Writing, Discussi solving
Principles of Business ons/Deb
 Writing Internal Business ates/Lett
Communication: er
Introduction,Writing writing
Memos, Circulars, Notices,
Meeting:agenda, minutes of
the meeting ,Email,
Communication with
Shareholders External
Business,Writing Business
Letters: Introduction,Types
of Business Letters, Format
for Business Letters (Types
of business letters: office
order, office circular,
invitation letters, inquiry
letters, trade reference
letters, etc Letters from
Purchase department,
Letters from the different
functional departments,
Letters of social
significance, Tenders,
Quotations and Orders,
Banking Correspondence,
dealing with complaints)
Exercises for Written
Communications: Essay
writing, Speech Writing,
Creative Writing, Poster
Making, Writing, an
Advertisement Copy,
Slogans, Captions, &
preparing Press notes, Letter
Of Acceptance, Letter Of
Resignation Writing
Business Reports:
Introduction, What is a
Report? Types of Business
Reports, Format for
Business Reports, Steps in
Report Preparation
Employment
Communication Resumes
and CoverLetters:
Introduction, Writing a
Resume, Writing Job
Application Letters, And
Other Letters about
Employment
6 Technology enabled 06 CO1, Lecture Analyse/ Test
communication role of CO2 with PPTs Apply Assignment &
technology, different forms Group Case Study
of technology for Discussi solving
communication, Telephone ons/Deb
 Etiquette, Netiquette ates/Pres
Communication Strategy for entations
Managers: Communicating
different types of messages
positive or neutral
messages, negative
messages, persuasive
messages, effective team
communication,
motivational communication

CO-POMapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 2 3 3 1

CO2 3 2 3 3 3

CO3 3 3 1 3 2

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, put -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping:

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3

Class Participation/
10 3 3 3
Attendance
MOOC 10 3 2 2
Case study
discussion/
10 3 3 3
Assignments/
Presentations
Internal End Term
20 5.5 5.5 4.5
Exam

Internal 50 14.5 13.5 12.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
 85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of Author Title of the Book Publisher

1 National MeenakshiRaman,Prakash Business Oxford Higher
Singh Communication Education
2 National R.K.Madhukar Business Vikas Publications
Communication
3 National UrmilaRai, S M Rai Business Himalaya
Communication Publications
4 International Shirley Taylor Communication for Pearson Longman
Business Publications
5 International Kerry Patterson, Joseph Crucial Conversations: McGraw-Hill
Grenny Tools for Talking
When Stakes Are High
6 International John V. Thill, Courtland Excellence in Business Pearson Publications
L. Bovee Communication
Online Resources:

Resource Website Address

No.
01 https://www.freebookcentre.net/business-books-download/Business-
Communication.html
02 https://open.umn.edu/opentextbooks/textbooks/business-communication-for-
success
03 https://courses.lumenlearning.com/wm-businesscommunicationmgrs/

MOOCs:

Sr. No. Details

01 www.coursera.org
02 www.udemy.com
03 my-mooc.com

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 With the help of analytical and critical thinking abilities the students will be able to communicate
effectively in the professional circles
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 2 With the help of new technologies the students will be able to communicate effectively
Mapped at 2

CO1 & PO 3 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 4 The students will be able to read, write, and contribute to Business literature
Mapped at 3

CO1 & PO5 By communicating effectively the students will lead themselves and others in the achievement of
Mapped at 1 organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

CO2 & PO1 There will be a positive change in the oral and written communication skills of the students while fostering
Mapped at 3 analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making

CO2& PO2 With the help of new technologies there will be a positive change in the oral and written communication
Mapped at 2 skills of the students

CO2& PO3 Oral and written communication skills of the students will enable them to understand, analyze and
Mapped at 3 communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO2& PO4 There will be a positive change in the oral and written communication skills which will enable them to
Mapped at 3 read, write, and contribute to Business literature

CO2& PO5 With the oral and written communication skills the students will be able to lead themselves and others in
Mapped at 3 the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

CO3 & PO1 The students will be able to draft business letters, give effective presentations write formal reports and
Mapped at 3 deliver speeches independently using analytical and critical thinking abilities.

CO3 & PO2 With the help of new technologies the students will be able to draft business letters, give effective
Mapped at 3 presentations write formal reports and deliver speeches independently.

CO3 & PO3 The students will be able to draft business letters, give effective presentations write formal reports and
Mapped at 1 deliver speeches independently understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical
aspects of business.

The students will be able to draft business letters, give effective presentations write formal reports and
CO3 & PO4 deliver speeches independently and contribute to Business literature
Mapped at 3

CO3 & PO5 The students will be able to draft business letters, give effective presentations write formal reports and
Mapped at 2 deliver speeches independently to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment.

Mapped by: Dr.Shradha Vernekar, BVDU Institute of Management & Entrepreneurship

Development ,Pune
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised
Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 108 Fundamentals of Information Technology
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 2 IE IE = 100
Course Objectives
To impart the IT skills and Knowledge required for managers.
To help the students understand the basics of computer technology and Networking
To help the students develop the use of Tools like Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel
and Power point
To orient the students about the E-Commerce technology and its applications in
Business world.
To help the students understand various Information Systems implemented in
organizations
To acquaint the students with various current trends and concepts of computer
Technology.
Learning Outcomes:
Students will be able to gain the basic knowledge of Computer Technology
Students will be able to know the basics of computer technology and Networking
Students will be able to practically use the tools like Microsoft Word, Microsoft
Excel and Power point
Students will understand the E-commerce technology and its applications
Students will have a greater understanding of with Information Systems
implemented in organizations
Students will be familiar with new terms and trends of computer technology

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Numb Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs er
)
1 Introduction to Computer 6 CO 1 Discussion Understand Test
Technology, Basic through practical & Assignment
operations and connecting examples + ppt + remember
Smart board
Devices and External
Operating devices, Types of
Software: (system, Utility,
Applications) types of
application software
(content access, end user,
enterprise, simulation,
application suite),
examples, selecting and
acquiring software options
for procuring the software
(licensed, sold, public
domain, open source,
freeware, shareware),
software trends and issues
(mobile applications,
 integration of in-house and
outsourced services
strategy, cloud based
enterprise solutions), Data
Base, Data Base
Management Systems
2 Networking: Definition of 6 CO 2 Discussion + ppt Apply Test
Network, Types of + Smart board + Case Study
Networks, Advantages of Application based solving
Networks, Internet: questions, Case
Studies
Definition, concept,
advantages, threats,
applications
3 Microsoft 6 CO 3 Discussion after Analyze Assignment
Word, visiting ICAI and Project
Microsoft IFRS website +
ppt
Excel,
Microsoft
PowerPoint:
IT Skills: Lab
sessions
necessary
Microsoft Office-
Introduction and working
with MS Word, Features -
insert headers and footers,
insert table and table
options, Mail Merge.etc MS
Power point- Basic
introduction, features,
Creating & Formatting
Content Collaborating
Track, Edit, Add, Delete
Comments, Merge
Managing & Delivering
Presentations, design a
template, entering data to
graph, organization chart,
slide transitions, creating
slide shows.
MS Excel Basic functions,
Creating, Analyzing &
Formatting Data &
Content Collaborating
Insert, View, Edit etc.
Managing Workbooks,
advance functions,
 sensitivity analysis, Pivot
tables etc.
4 E-COMMERCE: E- 6 CO 4 Discussion Understand Test
commerce : Definition, through practical & Assignment
evolution, advantages. Types examples + ppt + remember
Smart board
of E-commerce: B2B, B2C,
C2C, E-governance,. Impact
of E- commerce on Banking
Industry. How Banking
Industry has evolved post E-
commerce applications.
5 Introduction to MIS: 6 CO 5 Discussion + ppt Evaluate Test
Principles of MIS, + Smart board + Case Study
Characteristics, functions, Application based solving
questions, Case
structure & Classification of
Studies
MIS, information for
decisions; MIS in
Manufacturing, Marketing,
Finance Human Resource
Management, Materials &
Project Management; Brief
idea about knowledge
management, Information
Technology in Knowledge
Management, Roles of
people in knowledge
management. Types of
information systems (TPS,
MIS, DSS, ESS, ES, KWS),
GIS Information systems
and functional areas-
Transaction processing
system, Human Resource
systems and Marketing
systems, Operations and
Financial Management
Systems.
6 Current trends- Integrated 6 CO 6 Discussion + ppt Create Test
enterprise system (ERP, + White board + Case Study
CRM, and SCM), Application based solving
questions, Case
governance tool, ITIL.
Studies
Concept of SMAC (Social,
Mobile, Analytics and
Communication), use of
social media face book,
Twitter, LinkedIn etc. for
general communication and
 business communication,
social media for marketing,
email and video
conferencing tools for
business communication,
Analytical tools of data
interpretation. Latest terms
in computer technology:
Business Intelligence, Cloud
Computing, Content
Management, Disruptive
Technology, Green
Technology, Artificial
Intelligence, Wearable
devices, GUI (Graphical
User Interface), Audio-
visual communication/
meeting platforms such as
Microsoft Teams, Zoom,
Google Meet, social media
communications for business

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 - 2 - - -
CO2 3 - 2 - - -
CO3 - - 3 - 2 -
CO4 3 - - 2 - -
CO5 2 - - 1 - -
CO6 - - 3 - - 2

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6

Class 1 1
Participation/ 10 2 2 2 2
Attendance
Case study 2 2
10 1 1 2 2
discussion
Assignments/ 2 2
10 2 1 1 2
Projects
Internal End- 4 4
20 2 2 4 4
Term Exam

Internal 50 7 6 9 10 9 9

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books

Sr. No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher Company
Author Edition
1 National Ramesh Bahl Information Tata Macgraw Hill
Technology for
Managers
2 National Pradeep K. Computer BPB Publications
Sinha Fundamentals
3 National A. K. Saini, Computer Application Anmol Publications
Pradeep Kumar in Management
4 Geoff Walsham Interpreting The Global Text
International Information Systems Project , 2011,
in http://www.saylor.or
g/site/textbooks/Infor
mation%20Systems
%20for%20Business
%
20and%20Beyond.pd
f
5 Henry C. Lucas Information McGraw-Hill/Irwin ,
International Technology for 2009

6 David T. Information Systems Saylor Foundation ,

International Bourgeois for Business and 2014
 Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No.
1 https://www.webopedia.com/
2 http://intronetworks.cs.luc.edu/current/ComputerNetworks.pdf
3 https://www.managementstudyguide.com/understanding-e-commerce.htm
4 https://www.sigc.edu/department/mba/studymet/ManagmentInformationSystem
.pdf
5 https://www.tutorialspoint.com/management_information_system/basic_inform
ation_concepts.htm

MOOCs:
Resources Web site address
No.
1 https://www.coursera.org/browse/information-technology
2 https://www.udemy.com
3 https://alison.com

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Fundamental knowledge of computer technology equips students with the essential tools and
understanding needed to implement and manage technological solutions in business contexts. This
Mapped at 3 foundational knowledge allows them to effectively apply management theories and practices to solve
business problems by leveraging appropriate technology.
CO1 & PO3 By gaining fundamental knowledge of computer technology, students build a base that makes it easier
to learn and adapt to new technologies as they emerge. This foundational knowledge ensures that
Mapped at 2 students can quickly become proficient with new tools and technologies, thereby maintaining high
productivity in their professional roles.
CO2 & PO 1 Understanding the basics of computer technology and networking enables students to apply
Mapped at 3 management theories and practices effectively in solving business problems that involve technological
solutions. They can integrate their understanding of technology into strategic decision-making and
problem-solving processes within organizations.
CO2 & PO 3 Knowledge of computer technology and networking basics lays a solid foundation for students to learn
Mapped at 2 and adapt to new technologies efficiently. By understanding the fundamentals, students can easily
grasp and adapt to emerging technologies, ensuring they remain productive in dynamic work
environments where technology plays a crucial role.
CO3 & PO 3 Acquiring practical skills in using tools like Microsoft Word, Excel, and PowerPoint enables students
Mapped at 3 to become proficient in technology usage. This proficiency not only allows them to adapt to new
technologies efficiently but also helps them maintain productivity by effectively utilizing these widely-
used tools in various professional contexts.
CO3 & PO 5 Proficiency in using Microsoft Word, Excel, and PowerPoint enhances students' ability to read, write,
Mapped at 2 and contribute effectively to business literature. These tools are commonly used for creating reports,
analyzing data, and preparing presentations, which are essential skills for engaging with and
contributing to business literature in a meaningful way.
CO4 & PO 1 Understanding e-commerce technology and its applications equips students with valuable knowledge
Mapped at 3 that can be applied to solve business problems. By comprehending how e-commerce works and its
implications for various industries, students can leverage this knowledge to develop strategic solutions
and make informed decisions in a business context.
CO4 & PO 4 E-commerce technology operates within a global context and is influenced by economic, legal, and
Mapped at 2 ethical considerations. Students who comprehend e-commerce technology gain insight into its global
impact, economic implications, legal regulations, and ethical challenges. This understanding enables
them to analyze and communicate effectively about the broader business implications of e-commerce
technology.
CO5 & PO1 Understanding information systems implemented in organizations allows students to apply
Mapped at 2 management theories and practices effectively. By comprehending how information systems support
various business functions, students can identify opportunities for improvement, develop strategic
solutions, and make informed decisions to address organizational challenges.
CO5 & PO4 Information systems implemented in organizations operate within a global context and are influenced
Mapped at 1 by economic, legal, and ethical considerations. Students who have an in-depth understanding of
information systems gain insight into their global impact, economic implications, legal regulations, and
ethical challenges. This understanding enables them to analyze and communicate effectively about the
broader business implications of information systems in organizations.
CO6 & PO3 Becoming familiar with new terms and trends in computer technology enhances students' ability to
Mapped at 3 learn and adapt to emerging technologies efficiently. By staying updated on the latest developments in
the field, students can quickly grasp new concepts and tools, ensuring they remain productive in
dynamic work environments where technological advancements play a crucial role.
CO6 & PO6 Familiarity with new terms and trends in computer technology empowers students to lead themselves
Mapped at 2 and others in achieving organizational goals related to technological innovation. By understanding the
latest trends and emerging technologies, students can guide teams in leveraging new tools and
approaches to drive innovation and contribute effectively to achieving organizational objectives.

Mapped by: Dr. Mahadev K. Patil , AKIMSS, Solapur

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised
Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester CourseCode Coure
I 110 Open Agriculture Business Management
Type Credits Evaluation M
Open 02 IE IE = 100
CourseObjectives:
To UnderstandProblems and prospectus of Agricultural sector in India
To Demonstratetoolsandtechniquesrequiredtouplift managerial skills to develop
advancements in agricultural sector
To Identifyandimplementmanagerial initiatives in agricultural sector
LearningOutcomes:
Students will be well equipped with Managerial Skills required in agricultural
sector.
Students can use managerial skills to become agricultural entrepreneur
Students will new dimensions to the traditional agricultural pattern
Students will well equipped with skills required for expansions of Agricultural
sector

Unit Contents Sessio COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ns Numbe Methodolo Level Tools
r gy
1 Introduction: 5 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz
Agribusiness, Ppts End Term
Meaning, Scope and Quiz Internals:Sho
Importance, Current rt Answers
Scenario of
agribusiness in India,
Problems and
Plausible solutions.
2 Structure and Forms of 5 CO 3 Lecture with Case Study ,
Agri- Business Ppts Newspaper
Different forms of Case Study Article
Agri-businesses Understand End Term:
,Structure of Agri- Applied
Business, Marketing Questions
Problems and
Solutions of
Agricultural produce,
Role of Cooperatives
in development and
marketing of
Agricultural Sector
3 Financial 10 CO 2 Lecture with Understand Case Study
Support:Micro PPTs , Analyse with
financing, Institutes Case Study Presentations
providingagricultural End Term
funds,Role of Exams: Case
Financial institutions based
supporting agricultural Questions/Ap
plied
 sector at central level, Questions
state level and district
level cooperative in
agricultural financing.
4 Distribution 5 CO1 Lectures with Analyze,Ev Group
support: PPTs aluate Projects
Case Studies End Term
Organizations Group Live Exam: Short
supporting in project case and
distribution of situation
agricultural produce at based
national level ,state questions
level and district level
taluka level , Role of
Co-operatives
5 Role of 5 CO4 Lecture with Apply, Presentation
Government: R o l e PPTs Analyse Activity
of Government in End Term:
Price Determinations Theory
,Impact of Applied
Government rules and
regulations on price
determinations
6 Agri- Business 5 CO4 Lectures with Evaluate, Activity
Controlling : PPTs Create End Term:
Agricultural produce Case Studies Theory
quality Control Live project Applied
,Return on Investment ,
Agricultural
productivity Control

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 2 2.5 - 2.5 1 1.5

CO2 1 3 2 2 1.5 2
CO3 2.5 3 2 3 1.5 2
CO4 2 2 1 2 2 3

CO 2 3 2 3 2 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, put -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation:
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
Attendance 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Live project club
20 10 10
activity
 Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
10 2 2 3 3
Projects
Internal End Term
50 10 13 13 14
Exam

Internal 100 17 25 26 32

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Titleof the Book YearAddit Publisher

ion
Company
1. American Institute of
Co-operation Farmers in
2. Marketing by Framers NCDC New Delhi
for Farmers

Online Resources:

Online Website address

ResourcesNo.
1 Fundamentals-Of-AgriBusiness-
Management-ICAR-ecourse-Free-PDf-Book-
Download-e-krishi-shiksha.html
2 https://www.agriexam.com/fundamentals-of-
agri-business-management-book-pdf

MOOCs:

ResourcesNo Websiteaddress
1 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/agriculture -lean-
2 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/agribusiness-
3 https://aims.gitbook.io/farm-data-mooc/
4
Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of agri business mangement and practices to solve business problems is
possible only if managers understand concept and nature of agri business
Mapped at 2
CO1 & PO 2 The development of managerial skills in the agricultural sector often demands the application of analytical
Mapped at 3 and critical thinking, as students must effectively analyze data, assess situations, and make informed
decisions to manage agricultural operations efficiently.
CO1 & PO 3 Their no correlation, between CO and PO
Mapped at 3

CO1 & PO 4 Helps to understand students who possess strong managerial skills in agriculture are more likely to have
Mapped at 2 the capacity to comprehensively understand and navigate the multifaceted global business environment,
including economic, legal, and ethical dimensions, and effectively communicate their insights and
decisions in this context
CO1 & PO5 Developing strong managerial skills in agriculture often involves a deep understanding of industry
Mapped at 1 practices, trends, and strategies. This knowledge encourages students to engage with business literature,
allowing them to stay informed, analyze current research, and potentially contribute their own insights and
research findings to the field.
CO1 & PO6 Managerial skills encompass not only the technical knowledge required for agriculture but also leadership
Mapped at 2 and interpersonal abilities. Students who are well-versed in managerial skills are better prepared to take on
leadership roles within agricultural organizations. They can effectively guide and motivate themselves and
their teams toward achieving common organizational objectives, thus fostering a collaborative and
productive team environment.
CO2 & PO1 As students acquire and hone their managerial skills in the agricultural sector, they are better equipped to
Mapped at 1 identify, analyze, and address various business challenges that may arise in the context of agricultural
entrepreneurship. The application of management theories and practices becomes a valuable tool for these
aspiring agricultural entrepreneurs, allowing them to make informed decisions, optimize resource
allocation, and develop effective strategies to achieve success in their agricultural ventures
CO2& PO2 As students aspire to become agricultural entrepreneurs, they must navigate a dynamic and data-driven
Mapped at 3 environment. The application of managerial skills often involves the analysis of various data points and
critical evaluation of information to make informed decisions. By developing analytical and critical
thinking abilities, students are better prepared to gather, interpret, and utilize data effectively in their
entrepreneurial endeavors, enhancing their decision-making processes and increasing their chances of
success in the agricultural sector."
CO2& PO3 Managerial skills often include adaptability and the capacity to effectively manage resources, which are
Mapped at 2 essential traits for entrepreneurial success in the modern agricultural sector. Entrepreneurs who have a
strong foundation in managerial skills are better equipped to embrace and integrate new technologies into
their agricultural practices, enabling them to stay competitive, improve productivity, and efficiently
respond to industry changes.
CO2& PO4 As aspiring agricultural entrepreneurs, students with managerial skills are often required to operate in a
Mapped at 2 complex business environment that transcends national boundaries. These skills enable them to grasp the
intricate economic, legal, and ethical dimensions of the global agricultural industry. Additionally, the
ability to effectively communicate these insights is enhanced by their managerial competencies, allowing
them to make informed decisions and navigate the multifaceted landscape of international agricultural
business successfully.
CO2& PO5 It develop the necessary managerial skills for success in the agricultural sector, they often become more
Mapped at - 2 attuned to industry trends, best practices, and emerging challenges. This increased awareness encourages
them to actively read and engage with Business literature to stay informed and learn from the experiences
of others. Moreover, the acquired managerial skills equip them with the knowledge and confidence to
contribute their own insights, research findings, and innovations to the field, thereby enriching the
Business literature within the agricultural domain.
CO2& PO6 Managerial skills encompass not only technical knowledge but also leadership and interpersonal abilities.
Mapped at 2 As students develop their entrepreneurial aspirations within the agricultural sector, they are better
equipped to take on leadership roles. This prepares them to guide and motivate themselves and their teams
toward the accomplishment of common organizational objectives, fostering a collaborative and productive
team environment that is vital for entrepreneurial success in agriculture
CO3 & PO1 Students will be better equipped to apply their knowledge of management theories and practices to
Mapped at 3 effectively address and solve contemporary business challenges within the agricultural sector. This
highlights the importance of bridging the gap between traditional agricultural practices and modern
management techniques to promote sustainable and innovative solutions in agribusiness.
CO3 & PO2 As students delve into the intricacies of traditional agricultural patterns, they will simultaneously develop
Mapped at 3 and nurture their analytical and critical thinking abilities, enabling them to make informed, data-driven
decisions within the agricultural domain. This correlation underscores the idea that a deeper understanding
of traditional agricultural practices can serve as a catalyst for honing essential skills for effective decision-
making.
CO3 & PO3 Students explore and expand their understanding of traditional agricultural patterns, they will acquire a
Mapped at 2 strong foundation in adaptability and learning. This foundation will enable them to quickly grasp and
harness new agricultural technologies, ensuring that they can remain highly productive and efficient in
their work throughout their careers. The correlation here underscores how a comprehensive understanding
of traditional agricultural practices can serve as a gateway to embracing and mastering evolving
 technologies.
students delve into the exploration of new dimensions within traditional agricultural Patterns, they will
CO3 & PO4 simultaneously enhance their ability to comprehend, analyze, and effectively communicate the
Mapped at 3 multifaceted aspects of global economics, legal considerations, and ethical issues within the business
sphere. This correlation emphasizes that a deeper understanding of traditional agricultural practices can
serve as a valuable foundation for addressing the broader global and ethical dimensions of business
operations in the agricultural sector
CO3 & PO5 Students immerse themselves in exploring new dimensions within traditional agricultural patterns, they
Mapped at -2 will cultivate their capacity to engage with and contribute to the body of business literature. This
underscores the idea that gaining insights into traditional agricultural practices not only expands their
agricultural knowledge but also equips them with the depth and expertise necessary to actively participate
in the ongoing discourse within the field of business, particularly as it relates to agriculture.
CO3 & PO6 Students immerse themselves in the exploration of new facets within traditional agricultural patterns, they
Mapped at 2 are not just accumulating knowledge; they are also honing critical leadership skills. The notion that a
deeper comprehension of traditional agricultural practices can act as a cornerstone for the development of
leadership aptitude. These competencies empower students to lead themselves and others adeptly while
working towards achieving organizational objectives, thereby cultivating a spirit of collaboration and
productivity
CO4 & PO1 Students develop the key skills required for advancing the Agricultural sector, they naturally position
Mapped at 2 themselves to apply their knowledge of management theories and practices for addressing business
challenges within agriculture. This correlation emphasizes that a robust skill set in agriculture not only
fosters sectoral growth but also empowers individuals with the competence to adeptly employ
management principles, effectively solving intricate problems and promoting sustainable growth in
agricultural enterprises.
CO4 & PO2 Students develop proficiency in the skills essential for the advancement of the Agricultural sector, they
Mapped at -2 concurrently cultivate their capacity for analytical and critical thinking. This connection highlights that a
solid grounding in agricultural expertise not only enables sectoral growth but also empowers individuals to
actively participate in data-informed decision-making processes. These augmented analytical and critical
thinking abilities play a pivotal role in effectively tackling the multifaceted challenges and capitalizing on
opportunities within the agricultural domain.
CO4 & PO3 Students become proficient in the skills essential for the growth of the Agricultural sector, they inherently
Mapped at -1 develop the capability to adapt to and master emerging agricultural technologies. This highlights the idea
that a strong foundation in agricultural skills not only supports sector expansion but also empowers
individuals to quickly grasp and effectively utilize new technologies, ensuring their ongoing productivity
and competitiveness within the agricultural field.
CO4 & PO4 Students acquire the necessary skills to contribute to the expansion of the Agricultural sector, they
Mapped at 2 simultaneously develop a broader understanding of the interconnectedness of global economics, legal
frameworks, and ethical considerations within the business landscape. This correlation underscores the
idea that a strong foundation in agricultural skills not only drives sector growth but also equips individuals
with the ability to comprehend, analyze, and effectively communicate the multifaceted global, economic,
legal, and ethical dimensions that impact the agricultural business environment
CO4 & PO5 Students acquire the essential skills needed for the expansion of the Agricultural sector, they also enhance
Mapped at2 their ability to engage with and contribute to the broader business literature. This underscores a strong
foundation in agricultural skills not only supports sector growth but also equips individuals with the
knowledge and expertise to actively participate in the discourse of business literature, particularly as it
relates to the Agricultural
CO4& PO6 Students become well-equipped with the skills necessary to drive the expansion of the Agricultural sector,
Mapped at 3 they inherently develop the capability to lead both themselves and others towards the successful
accomplishment of organizational objectives. This emphasizes that a robust skill set in agriculture not
only fosters sector growth but also empowers individuals to provide effective leadership, contributing to a
collaborative and goal-oriented team environment within the Agricultural sector.

Mapped by: Dr. Rahul Manjare, BVDU-Abhjjit Kadam Institute of Management and
Social Sciences Solapur
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. -Year 2022 2023
Semester CourseCode Cours
I 110 - Open Community Work-I
Type Credits Evaluation M
Open 02 IE IE -100
Course Objectives:
This Course aims to expose the students to social issues and help them to participate in
community work through trips /events organized in the institute and to volunteer at
events like fundraising activities, fair, festivals, slums and NGOS.

To expose the students towards social reality and role of community development
forsocial upliftment and well-being.
To involve students in community work through active involvement andparticipation

Learning Outcomes:
Students will be able to know the community needs and understand their role in to
contribute meaningfully towards community development.

Students will be developed and accepted by the society as very responsible youth
of the nation

Students will understand and impart the role of them in the society

Uni Contents Session Cos Teaching Cognition Evaluation

t s Number Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs)

1 Introduction : 5 CO1 Lectures Understand Group Activity

History, meaning, Goals, with PPTs End Term
Exam: Short
values, functions, role and Group case and
process of community work. Activity situation based
Professional and voluntary Video questions
community work. Attitudes, Cases
roles and skills of a Discussion
community worker s
2 Social concerns in India: 5 CO2 Lectures Understand CES (class
poverty, unemployment, with PPTs test or
population, problems faced and assignment or
by women dowry, Discussion end term)
domestic violence, etc.
Social problems - terrorism,
corruption, caste conflict,
drug abuse,AIDS,
ETC.
3 Types of 5 CO2 Lectures Understand
CommunityWork with PPTs Analyze
 Types of community work. Discussion
Caring for needy, helping s
the poor, fundraising drives-
organizing
4 Community Work for 5 CO3 Lectures Understand Group Activity
Slums with PPTs Analyze ,Case Study
Learn the government Discussion with
facilities, NGOs which are s Presentations
working for the slums and
try to connect any NGO.
5 Community Work for 5 CO3 Lectures Understand Group Activity,
Environment with PPTs Analyze Field work,
Role of Govt.and NGOs Discussion End Term
which are working to save internal
s
the environment, Initiatives
like Clean your city drive,
Cycle day, Awareness of
Dry and wet waste
classification, Tree
Plantation Drive,
Environemnt awareness
activities etc
6 Community Hours: 5 CO3 Lectures Understand Seminar/
Participate in community with PPTs Analyze Workshop
service trips/events Participation,
organized at institute, state Field work
level etc , Volunteer at
events like fundraising
activities, fairs, festivals,
slums, non profit
organization etc , Submit a
report on a particular type of
community involvement
undertaken

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 2 1 1 1 1 -

CO2 2 1 1 - 2 -

CO3 2 - 3 - 2 -

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, put -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping:
 Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3

Class Participation/ Attendance 10 3 3 4

PPT 5 1.5 2 1.5

Case study discussion or 2

5 1.5 2
assignment /projects
10
Internal End Term Exam 30 10 10

Internal 50 10 20 20
End Term (Uni) 50 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
Sr.No. Name of the Author Titleof the Book YearAddi Publisher
tion
Company
1. Rhonda Phillips, An Introduction to Community 2014
Robert Pittman Development
2. Manohar S. Pawar, Community Development in 2009
Asia and The Pacific

Online Resources:
Online Website
address
Resources
1 https://communitywealth.org/sites/clone.communit
2 wealth.org/files/downloads/tool-
3 https://www.ahaprocess.com/solutions/communitye
nts-resources/free-resources/

MOOCs:
ResourcesNo Website
address
1 https://alison.com/course/diploma-in-
community-development

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Students become more proficient in comprehending their role in contributing meaningfully to community
development, they are also more likely to effectively utilize management knowledge to address business
Mapped at 2 challenges.
CO1 & PO 2 There is no co-relation between Program outcome and Course outcome
Mapped at0

CO1 & PO 3 This synergy highlights the importance of a holistic education that equips students with both a social conscience
Mapped at 1 and technological competence, enabling them to make significant contributions to their communities while
remaining adaptable and productive in an ever-evolving technological landscape.

CO1 & PO 4 Students underscores the interconnectedness of social and ethical awareness with the broader understanding of
Mapped at 1 the multifaceted dimensions of business. Students who are well-versed in community engagement are often
better equipped to grasp the complex global, economic, legal, and ethical factors that influence businesses.
CO1 & PO5 Understanding community needs can provide students with valuable context and practical insights that can
Mapped at 1 inform their business literature contributions. Likewise, a solid foundation in business literature equips students
with the knowledge and communication skills necessary to effectively address community needs, whether it's
through business strategies, entrepreneurship, or social responsibility initiatives.
CO1 & PO6 There is no co-relation between Program outcome and Course outcome
Mapped at 0

CO2 & PO1 Students develop a sense of responsible members of society, it reflects their commitment to ethical behavior,
Mapped at 2 social responsibility, and making positive contributions to their communities and the nation. This mindset aligns
well with the application of management theories and practices, as responsible individuals are more likely to
consider the broader social and ethical implications of their business decisions.
CO2& PO2 This underscores the importance of cultivating both responsibility and critical thinking skills in students.
Mapped at 1 Together, these qualities support their ability to make informed, data-based decisions that positively impact
society, making them valuable assets as responsible youth
CO2& PO3 It highlight the importance of fostering both responsibility and technological proficiency in students, as it not
Mapped at 1 only benefits their individual development but also supports their ability to thrive in a rapidly changing world
while making meaningful contributions to their communities and the nation.
CO2& PO4 There is no co-relation between Program outcome and Course outcome
Mapped at 0

CO2& PO5 It highlights the importance of nurturing responsible citizenship alongside business education, as it not only
Mapped at 2 benefits students as individuals but also contributes to the betterment of society as a whole.

CO2& PO6 There is no co-relation between Program outcome and Course outcome
Mapped at0

CO3 & PO1 Students will excel at applying management knowledge to solve business problems are better prepared to make
Mapped at2 responsible, socially conscious decisions. Their ability to integrate management principles with a broader
understanding of their societal roles contributes to their reputation as responsible and effective contributors to
both the business world and society.
CO3 & PO2 Students will acquire strong analytical and critical thinking abilities are better prepared to make informed
Mapped at 1 decisions that align with their societal roles and responsibilities. Their capacity to analyze data, consider various
perspectives, and make ethical choices contributes to their reputation as responsible and thoughtful contributors
to society.
CO3 & PO3 There is no co-relation between Program outcome and Course outcome
Mapped at0

CO3 & PO4 This emphasizes the importance of fostering a sense of societal responsibility alongside proficiency in
Mapped at 1 comprehending the diverse aspects of business among students. When these qualities are combined, it not only
benefits students' personal development but also supports their capacity to make informed, ethical decisions that
positively impact society, making them valuable assets as responsible members of their communities and the
global business arena.
CO3 & PO5 This highlights the importance of cultivating a sense of societal responsibility alongside leadership skills among
Mapped at1 students. When these qualities are combined, it not only benefits students' personal development but also
supports their capacity to lead ethically, foster teamwork, and contribute positively to their communities and
organizational environments, making them valuable assets as responsible leaders.
CO3 & PO6 There is no co-relation between Program outcome and Course outcome
Mapped at0

Mapped by: Dr.S.S.Sawant, , BVDU-Abhjjit Kadam Institute of Management and

Social Sciences Solapur
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised
Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
I 110 - Open Current Affairs
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE-100
Course Objectives :
Apply the knowledge of management theories andpractices in resolving the business
problems.
Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.
Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times
Read, write, and contribute to Business literature
Abilityto lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment.
Learning Outcomes:
To enable the students to take decisions related to critical current business issues.
To be able to Interpret and understand the current business issues.
To analyze business current affairs.
To acquaint with the current happenings in the business.
To comprehend the current affairs and its implications on businesses at national and
international level.

Un Contents Sess Cos Teaching Cognition Evaluatio

it ions Nu Methodology Level n Tools
(Hrs mbe
) r

Economy: Monetary and

Fiscal Policy, Budget
Analysis, Digital Economy,
Insolvency and Bankruptcy Lecture with
1 6 CO4 Understand Quiz
Code, UBI (Universal Basic PPT
Income), Banking Sector -
Bank Mergers, Private Bank
Licensing, Payment Banks etc.
Financial, Judicial and Political
Reforms - National Issues,
Short
Indian Economy, Ease of Lecture with
Answ
2 Doing Business, Labor Laws, 6 CO1 PPT Case Apply
er
Enforcing of Contracts, Recent Discussion
Oral
Employee Unrest in the
Industry
Corporate Social
Responsibility, Social Schemes, Mid
Reports, Committee and Video Term
Presentation Quiz
Commission Sustainability
3 6 CO2 Group Analyse Appli
Paris Climate Agreement and Discussion ed
Protocol, Global Calamities, Quiz Quest
Science and Technology, Green ions
Energy, etc.
 Global Business Environment:
Globalization and
Case
Protectionism, Trade Wars, Lecture with
Prese
4 Tariffs, Subsidies and Trade 6 CO3 PPT Case Create
ntatio
Barriers. Study
n
Global Trade Treaties, RCEP,
NAFTA, G20, Brexit.
Article Reading
andzDiscussion on Current
Affairs: Economics Times Mint End
Business Line (by Hindu) Book Group Term
Reading: Imagining India Activity Theor
5 6 CO4 Understand
Nandan Nilekani Breakout Reading in y
Nations Ruchir Sharma Library Quest
Wings of fire- An ion
autobiography of APJ Abdul
Kalam
Students are required to prepare
a workbook (practical file) for
assimilating data of different Lecture Work
events. Make presentations, Discussion book
6 - CO5 Evaluate
Study the related topic on submi
independently and analyze and Workbook ssion
relate the current decision with
the issue.

PO-CO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 2 3 3 3 3

CO2 3 2 1 2 2 2

CO3 3 2 1 2 2 2

CO4 1 2 1 2 2 2

CO5 2 1 1 2 3 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, put -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping:

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Class Participation/
10 2 2 2 2 2
Attendance
Live project club
5 1 2 0 2 0
activity
 Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 0
discussion
Assignments/
5 0 1 1 0 3
Projects
Internal End Term
20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5 0
Exam
Workbook 50 5 5 5 5 30
Internal 100 16 18 15 16 35

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
Sr.No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Edition Publisher
Author Company
1..National Dr. Abdul Wings of fire- An 1999 University
Kalam&ArunTiwa autobiography of APJ Press
ri Abdul Kalam
2. National Mahatma Gandhi Mahatma Gandhi 1948 Dover
Autobiography : The Publication
story of my
experiments with
truth.
3 National Jawaharlal Nehru The Discovery of 2008 Penguin
India by Jawaharlal
Nehru
4 International Loren B. Belker, The First- Time 2005 Amacom
Gary S. Topchick Manager
5 International Bear Grylls A Survival Guide for 2013 July
life How to achieve
your goals, thrive in
adversity, and grow in
character.
6 International FransJohanson The Medici Effect- 2004 HBS Press
What Elephants &
Epidemics can teach
us about Innovation.
7 International Charles Futrell ABC's of Selling 1989 Irwin

Online Resources:
 Online Websiteaddress
Resources
1 https://dea.gov.in
2 https//finmin.nic.in
3 www.wto.org
4 www.commerce.nic.in
5 www.weforum.com
6 https://www.journals.elsevier.com/
7 http://www.jibs.net/
8 Open Textbook Library https://open.umn.edu/opentextbooks/textbooks/
international-business

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1. Economics https://www.es.corporatefinanceinstitute.com
2. Politics https://www.classcentral.com/course/edx-contemporary-issues-in-world-
politics-
11431?utm_source=mooc_report&utm_medium=web&utm_campaign=ne
w_courses_october_2018
3. Business EDX https://www.edx.org/learn/international-business
4. Leadership https://www.classcentral.com/course/edx-agile-leadership-principles-and-
practices-
11920?utm_source=mooc_report&utm_medium=web&utm_campaign=ne
w_courses_october_2018
5. International https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110105031/
Financial
Environment

Appendix : Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

After getting the knowledge of management theories and practices in resolving the business
CO1 & PO1
problems, increase the decision making capacity while solving the critical current business
Mapped at 3
issues.
CO1 & PO 2 After learning the management theories and practices in resolving the business problems,
Mapped at 2 enhance the ability of interpretation and understanding of present challenges in business.
CO1 & PO 3 After the exploration of theories of management and methods for addressing business problems,
Mapped at 3 examine current business affairs
CO1 & PO 4 After learning about management theories and techniques for handling business issues,
Mapped at 3 familiarize oneself with the latest developments in the industry.
CO1 & PO5 After learning management theories and practices for solving business problems, be aware of
Mapped at 3 current events and how they affect businesses both domestically and internationally.
After gaining knowledge of management theories and practices for addressing the business
CO1 & PO6
issues, boost the capability to comprehend, evaluate, and convey the international, financial,
Mapped at 3
ethical, and legal facets of business.
CO2 & PO1 After developing the analytical and critical thinking skills in order to make data-driven decisions,
Mapped at 3 high up the ability to decide on important contemporary business issues.
CO2& PO2 After making decisions based on data, cultivate analytical and critical thinking skills, able to
Mapped at 2 interpret and comprehend the business issues that are being faced today.
CO2& PO3 After developing the analytical and critical thinking skills to enable data-driven decision-making,
Mapped at 1 examine current events in business.
CO2& PO4 After enhancing the analytical and critical thinking skills for data-driven decision-making,
Mapped at 2 become acquainted yourself with the most recent events in the business world.
CO2& PO5 After developing critical and analytical thinking skills to support data-driven decision-making,
Mapped at 2 understand the state of affairs today and how it affects businesses both domestically and globally.
CO2& PO6 After encouraging the critical and analytical thinking skills for making decisions based on facts,
Mapped at 2 increase the capacity to comprehend, evaluate, and convey the international, financial, ethical,
 and legal facets of business.
CO3 & PO1 After acquiring new technologies effortlessly and remain productive consistently, capable of
Mapped at 3 reaching decisions concerning important business matters of the day.
CO3 & PO2 After obtaining the new technologies seamlessly and stay productive consistently, in a position to
Mapped at 2 interpret and comprehend the current business problems.
CO3 & PO3 After getting up the new skills and consistently produce results, evaluate the state of business
Mapped at 1 affairs.
CO3 & PO4 After learning new technologies easily and remain productive at all times, get acquainted
Mapped at 2 yourself with the latest events in the industry.
CO3 & PO5 After learning the new technologies with ease and maintain constant productivity, be aware of
Mapped at 2 current events and how they affect businesses both domestically and internationally.
CO3 & PO6 After observing the all new skills and continuously produce results, level up the capacity to
Mapped at 2 comprehend, evaluate, and convey business-related global, economic, legal, and ethical issues.
CO4 & PO1 After looking through, composing and making contributions to business literature, allow for the
Mapped at 1 ability to decide on important matters concerning the business today.
CO4 & PO2 After writing, reading, and participating in business literature, capable of deciphering and
Mapped at 2 comprehending the current business problems.
CO4 & PO3 After reading business literature, writing about it, and contributing into it, appraise the current
Mapped at 1 condition of business affairs.
CO4 & PO4 After reading, writing, and contributing to the field of business literature, acquaint yourself with
Mapped at 2 the most recent happenings in the field.
CO4 & PO5 After exploring, building, and making contributions to business literature, understand current
Mapped at 2 events and their implications for businesses at the national and international levels.
After reading the business literature, writing and contributing into it, enhance one's capacity to
CO4& PO6
comprehend, evaluate, and convey the business world's international, economic, legal, and
Mapped at 2
ethical facets.
After guiding both oneself and others toward the accomplishment of organizational objectives,
CO5 & PO1
making a valuable contribution to a team atmosphere, permit decision-making concerning
Mapped at 2 important contemporary business matters.
After contributing to a team environment by leading both oneself and others in the
CO5 & PO2
accomplishment of organizational goals, able to Interpret and understand the current business
Mapped at 1
issues.
CO5 & PO3 After leading themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, as well as
Mapped at 1 contribute effectively to a team environment, review current business concerns.
After being able to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, in
CO5 & PO4
addition to provide successfully to a team environment, familiarize yourself with the latest events
Mapped at 2
in the industry.
After having the ability to successfully lead a team environment and guide others toward the
CO5 & PO5
accomplishment of organizational goals, recognize the present state of affairs and how it impacts
Mapped at 3
businesses both locally as well as around the globe.
After possessing the ability to successfully foster a team environment while also leading others in
CO5& PO6
the accomplishment of organizational objectives, develop your capacity to comprehend, evaluate,
Mapped at 3
and convey the business world's international, legal, and moral aspects.

Mapped by: Dr. Archana Sakure -, Yashwantrao Mohite Institute of Management, Karad

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised
Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester CourseCode Course Title
I 110 - Open Universal Human Values
Type Credits Evaluation M
Open 2 IE 100
CourseObjectives:
To help the students appreciate the essential complementarily between 'VALUES' and
'SKILLS' to ensure sustained happiness and prosperity which are the core aspirations of
all human beings.
To facilitate the development of a Holistic perspective among students towards life and
profession as well as towards happiness and prosperity based on a correct understanding
of the Human reality and the rest of existence. Such a holistic perspective forms the basis
of Universal Human Values and movement towards value-based living in a naturalway.
To highlight plausible implications of such a Holistic understanding in terms of ethical
human conduct, trustful and mutually fulfilling human behaviour and mutually enriching
interaction with Nature.religion, ethnicity, gender, and development

LearningOutcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
Evaluate the significance of value inputs in formal education and start applying them in
their life and profession
Distinguish between values and skills, happiness and accumulation of physical facilities,
the Self and the Body, Intention and Competence of an individual, etc.
Analyze the value of harmonious relationship based on trust and respect in their life and
profession 4. Examine the role of a human being in ensuring harmony in society and
nature.
Apply the understanding of ethical conduct to formulate the strategy for ethical life and
profession.

Unit Contents Sessions COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

(Hrs) Num Methodology Level Tools
ber
1 Introduction-Basic 5 Lecture with Ppts, Understand Discussion
Human Aspiration, its CO1 Discussion
fulfillment through
Allencompassing
Resolution
The basic human
aspirations and their
fulfillment through
Right understanding and
Resolution, Right
understanding and
Resolution as the
activities of the Self,
Self being central to
Human Existence; All-
encompassing
 Resolution for a Human
Being, its details and
solution of
problems in the light of
Resolution
2 Right Understanding 5 CO1 Lecture with Ppts, Understand Understand
(Knowing)- Knower, Discussion and
Known & the Process Discussion
The domain of right
understanding starting
from understanding the
human being (the
knower, the experiencer
and the doer) and
extendingup to
understanding
nature/existence its
interconnectedness and
co-existence; and
finally understanding
the role of human
being in
existence (human
conduct).
3 Module 3: 5 CO1, Lecture with PPTs, Understand Discussion
Understanding Human CO2
Being
Understanding the human
being comprehensively as
the first step and thecore
theme of this course;
human being as co-
existence of the self and
thebody; the activities
and potentialities of the
self; Basis for
harmony/contradiction in
the self
4 Understanding Nature CO1, Lectures with PPTs, Understand Discussion
and Existence CO2 and
A comprehensive Case Studies
understanding
(knowledge) about the
existence, Nature being
included; the need and
process of inner
evolution (through self-
exploration,
selfawareness and self-
evaluation), particularly
awakening to activities
of the Self: Realization,
Understanding and
Contemplation in the
 Self (Realization of Co-
Existence,
Understanding of
Harmony in Nature and
Contemplation of
Participation of Human
in this harmony/ order
leading to
comprehensive
knowledge about the
existence).
5 Understanding Human CO1, Lectures with PPTs, Understand Discussion
Conduct, All- CO2,
encompassing CO3
Resolution & Holistic
Way of Living
Understanding Human
Conduct, different
aspects of All-
encompassing
Resolution
(understanding,
wisdom, science etc.),
Holistic way of living
for Human Being with
Allencompassing
Resolution covering all
four dimensions of
human endeavor viz.,
realization, thought,
behavior and work
(participation in the
larger order) leading to
harmony at all levels
from Self to Nature and
entire Existence
6 Case Studies on CO1, Discuss Case studies Understand Discussion
Universal Human CO2,
Values CO3

PO-CO Mapping
CO/ PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6
PO
CO1 - - - 3 - -

CO2 3 3 - 3 - 3

CO3 - - - 3 - -

1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%

Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3
Class
Participation/ 10 3 4 3
Attendance
Live project
5 1 2 2
club activity
Case study
discussion 10 3 3 4

Assignments/
5 1 2 2
Projects
Internal Mid
20 6 6 8
Term Exam
End Term
50 15 15 20
Internal Exam

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Titleof the Book Year of Publisher

Edition
1 R R Gaur, R A Foundation Course inHuman 2019 Excel Books,
Asthana, G P Values and Professional Ethics New Delhi.
2 A N Tripathy, Human Values, 2003 New Age
International
3 P L Dhar, RR Gaur Science and Humanism 1990 Commonwealth
Publishers.
4 E G Seebauer& Fundamentals of Ethics for 2000 Oxford University
Robert L. Berry Scientists &Engineers, Press

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

1 www.amnesty.org/en/human-rights-education/
2 www.hurights.or.jp
3 https://www.ohchr.org/
MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 www.coursera.org
2 www. cefims.as.uk
3 https://alison.com/
4 https://www.khanacademy.org/
5 swayam.gov.in

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO4 PO4: Ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical
aspects of business. This objective emphasizes the importance of understanding and
Mapped at 3 appreciating ethical aspects, which aligns with promoting values and skills complementarity
for happiness and prosperity.
CO2 & PO1: Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business
PO1,PO2,PO4,PO6 problems. A holistic perspective can enhance problem-solving skills.
Mapped at 3 PO2: Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making. A
holistic perspective encourages critical thinking.
PO4: Ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical
aspects of business. Holistic understanding is crucial for ethical aspects.
PO6: Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment. A holistic perspective can enhance
leadership skills.
CO3 & PO4 PO4: Ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical
aspects of business. This objective focuses on ethical conduct and mutual enrichment.
Mapped at 3

Mapped by: Prof.S.N.Gambhire, , BVDU-Abhjjit Kadam Institute of Management and

Social Sciences Solapur
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised
Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester CourseCode Course Title
I 110 - Open Counseling Psychology
Type Credits Evaluation M
Open 2 IE 100
Course Objectives:
To understand how human life unfolds from conception to late adulthood.
To develop an understanding of basic concepts, processes, techniques of Counseling
To help the students learn how to understand and manage their emotions and develop
emotional competencies.
To understand the main symptoms and sources of stress and learn ways of coping
with stress

Learning Outcomes:
Communication: Communicate clearly and effectively in both written and oral forms
to an intended audience using appropriate strategies and methods.
Critical Thinking: Students will demonstrate the ability to evaluate strengths and
weakness of divergent psychological Domain.
Quantitative Analysis and Reasoning: Students will demonstrate their ability to apply
quantitative analytical processes to solving data analysis problems associated with
psychological research.
Problem Solving ability: Students will understand the ethical complexity of human
interactions in an applied psychological context; students will demonstrate the skill of
applying a formal ethical decision-making process.

Unit Contents Session COs Teaching Cognition Evaluati

s Numb Methodology Level on Tools
(Hrs) er

1 Introduction: Meaning 5 CO 1 Lecture with Understan Presentati

and goals; Counseling Ppts d ons ,
process and Case Study End
relationship; Counselor Term ,
effectiveness, Case
Counseling in the Presentati
Indian context on
2 Approaches: Overview 5 CO 2 Lecture with Presentati
of approaches to Ppts ons ,
counseling: Case Study End
Psychodynamic, Apply Term ,
 Behavioral, Person- (Analyse) Case
centered and Presentati
Cognitivebehavioral on
3 Stress: Nature of stress, 5 CO 2 Lecture with Analyse Presentati
symptoms of stress, Ppts ons ,
sources of stress, Stress Case Study End
and health Term ,
Case
Presentati
on
4 Emotional 5 CO3 Lecture with Evaluate Presentati
Competence: Ppts ons ,
Importance of Case Study End
recognizing and Term ,
understanding Case
emotions in oneself Presentati
and others, on
importance of

emotions
5 Techniques: Play, 5 CO3 Lecture with Apply Presentati
Relaxation, Yoga, Ppts (Analyse) ons ,
Meditation Case Study End
Term ,
Case
Presentati
on
6 Applications: Family 5 CO4 Lecture with Apply Presentati
Counseling; School and Ppts ons ,
Career Counseling, Case Case Study End
studies Term ,
Case
Presentati
on

PO-CO Mapping
 CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO 1 3 2 3 2 1 3
CO 2 3 3 2 3 - 3
CO 3 3 1 2 1 - 3
CO 4 3 - - 3 1 3

CO. 3 1.5 1.75 2.25 .5 3

CO 3 2 2 2 1 3
1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Case study
30 10 10 15 15
discussion
Assignments/
Projects 20 5 5 5 5

End Term Exam 50 10 10 15 15

CCA (Open) 100 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
Sr.No. Name of the Author Titleof the Book Year of Publisher
Edition
Company
1 Rao, S.N. & Counselling and Guidance 2013 New Delhi: Tata
Sahajpal, P McGraw Hill
 2 Seligman,L.& Theories of Counseling and 2010 3rd Ed. Indian
Reichenberg ,L.W Psychotherapy: Systems, reprint: Pearson.
Strategies, and Skills
3 Hogan, R. Development of an Empathy 1969 Journal of
Scale Consulting and
Clinical
4 Gladding, S. T Counseling: A 2012 7th ed. Pearson
Comprehensive Profession

Online Resources:
Online Websiteaddress
ResourcesNo
1 https://www.shauntyhealing.com/
2 https://mindstrong.com/welcome/
3 https://in.searchley.com/

MOOCs:
Resources Websiteaddress
No
1 https://alison.com/
2 https://drvtx.com/
3 www.Coursera.org
4 www.Udemy.com
5 Swayam.gov.in

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Communication skills play a vital role in bridging the gap between the knowledge of management theories
and the practical application of that knowledge to solve business problems. Clear and effective
Mapped at communication is the conduit through which management theories are conveyed, understood, applied, and
refined in the context of real-world business challenges.
CO1 & PO 2 Effective communication supports the development of analytical and critical thinking abilities by
Mapped at providing a foundation for understanding and evaluating information. It encourages the exchange of ideas
and data in a manner that promotes clear understanding, leading to more informed and data-based decision
making. These two aspects are intricately linked and contribute to overall success in various personal and
professional endeavors.
CO1 & PO 3 effective communication plays a crucial role in facilitating the learning of new technologies and being
Mapped at productive at all times. It simplifies the process of acquiring new skills, troubleshooting issues,
collaborating with others, and adapting to change. Clear and efficient communication contributes to a more
productive and technology-savvy workforce.
CO1 & PO 4 Effective communication is a foundational skill for understanding, analyzing, and communicating global,
Mapped at economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business. It facilitates the exchange of information, insights, and
values, enabling individuals and organizations to navigate the complex landscape of business operations
while maintaining transparency, compliance, and ethical standards.
CO1 & PO5 effective communication is vital for those who wish to read, write, and contribute to business literature. It
Mapped at encompasses the skills needed to create well-structured, compelling content, engage the intended audience,
and establish credibility as a knowledgeable contributor to the field. Clear and persuasive communication
is at the core of successful business literature contributions.
CO1 & PO6 Effective communication is a foundational skill for understanding, analyzing, and communicating global,
Mapped at economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business. It facilitates the exchange of information, insights, and
values, enabling individuals and organizations to navigate the complex landscape of business operations
while maintaining transparency, compliance, and ethical standards
CO2 & PO1 critical thinking skills developed through the evaluation of psychological domains are transferable to the
Mapped at application of management theories and practices in business. The ability to analyze, evaluate, make
informed decisions, and communicate effectively is valuable in both fields and supports students in
 becoming more effective and adaptable problem solvers in the realm of business management.
CO2 & PO2 critical thinking skills developed through the evaluation of psychological domains can be transferred and
Mapped at applied to the fostering of analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making. The
ability to analyze, identify patterns, make informed decisions, communicate effectively, and uphold ethical
standards are valuable in both fields, supporting students in becoming skilled and ethical decision makers
in a data-driven environment.
CO2 & PO3 critical thinking skills developed through the evaluation of psychological domains are transferable to the
Mapped at application of management theories and practices in business. The ability to analyze, evaluate, make
informed decisions, and communicate effectively is valuable in both fields and supports students in
becoming more effective and adaptable problem solvers in the realm of business management.
CO2 & PO4 critical thinking skills developed through the evaluation of psychological domains can be transferred and
Mapped at applied to the fostering of analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making. The
ability to analyze, identify patterns, make informed decisions, communicate effectively, and uphold ethical
standards are valuable in both fields, supporting students in becoming skilled and ethical decision makers
in a data-driven environment
CO2 & PO5 ritical thinking skills developed through the evaluation of psychological domains can be applied to
Mapped at - reading, writing, and contributing to business literature. The ability to analyze, make informed judgments,
problem-solve, conduct research, communicate effectively, integrate knowledge, and uphold ethical
standards are valuable in both fields, supporting students in becoming knowledgeable and effective
contributors to the realms of psychology and business literature.
CO2 & PO6 critical thinking skills developed through the evaluation of psychological domains can be applied to
Mapped at leadership within organizations. The ability to analyze, make informed judgments, problem-solve, conduct
research, communicate effectively, collaborate within teams, integrate knowledge, and uphold ethical
standards supports students in becoming effective leaders who can lead themselves and others in the
achievement of organizational goals while contributing effectively to a team environment.
CO3 & PO1 The skills developed in quantitative analysis and reasoning in psychological research are highly applicable
Mapped at to solving business problems by applying management theories and practices. The ability to analyze and
interpret data, use statistical methods, make evidence-based decisions, communicate effectively, and adapt
to a changing environment supports students in becoming effective decision-makers and problem solvers
in both the fields of psychology and business.
CO3 & PO2 The skills developed through quantitative analysis and reasoning in psychological research provide a
Mapped at strong foundation for fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities in data-based decision making.
These skills include data analysis, statistical proficiency, evidence-based thinking, problem-solving,
research integration, clear communication, adaptability, and ethical considerations. They are invaluable in
making informed decisions and solving complex problems across different fields where data-driven
decisions are required.
CO3 & PO3
Mapped at The skills developed in quantitative analysis and reasoning in psychological research are highly applicable
to solving business problems by applying management theories and practices. The ability to analyze and
interpret data, use statistical methods, make evidence-based decisions, communicate effectively, and adapt
to a changing environment supports students in becoming effective decision-makers and problem solvers
in both the fields of psychology and business.

CO3 & PO4 The skills developed through quantitative analysis and reasoning in psychological research provide a
Mapped at strong foundation for fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities in data-based decision making.
These skills include data analysis, statistical proficiency, evidence-based thinking, problem-solving,
research integration, clear communication, adaptability, and ethical considerations. They are invaluable in
making informed decisions and solving complex problems across different fields where data-driven
decisions are required.
CO3 & PO5
Mapped at The skills developed in quantitative analysis and reasoning in psychological research are highly applicable
to solving business problems by applying management theories and practices. The ability to analyze and
interpret data, use statistical methods, make evidence-based decisions, communicate effectively, and adapt
to a changing environment supports students in becoming effective decision-makers and problem solvers
in both the fields of psychology and business.
CO3 & PO6
Mapped at The skills developed through quantitative analysis and reasoning in psychological research provide a
strong foundation for fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities in data-based decision making.
These skills include data analysis, statistical proficiency, evidence-based thinking, problem-solving,
research integration, clear communication, adaptability, and ethical considerations. They are invaluable in
making informed decisions and solving complex problems across different fields where data-driven
decisions are required.
CO4 & PO1 The problem-solving ability and ethical decision-making skills developed in applied psychology can be
Mapped at applied to the application of management theories and practices in business. The skills include critical
thinking, stakeholder consideration, effective communication, adaptability, data utilization, continuous
learning, and promoting ethical business practices. They help individuals make ethical and informed
decisions while effectively addressing complex business challenges.
CO4 & PO2 The problem-solving ability and ethical decision-making skills developed in applied psychology can be
Mapped at applied to fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making. These skills,
including analytical and critical thinking, stakeholder consideration, effective communication,
adaptability, continuous learning, and ethical data handling, equip individuals to make informed and
 ethically responsible decisions based on data in various contexts, including business.
CO4 & PO3 The problem-solving ability and ethical decision-making skills developed in applied psychology can be
Mapped at applied to the application of management theories and practices in business. The skills include critical
thinking, stakeholder consideration, effective communication, adaptability, data utilization, continuous
learning, and promoting ethical business practices. They help individuals make ethical and informed
decisions while effectively addressing complex business challenges.
The problem-solving ability and ethical decision-making skills developed in applied psychology can be
CO4 & PO4 applied to fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making. These skills,
Mapped at including analytical and critical thinking, stakeholder consideration, effective communication,
adaptability, continuous learning, and ethical data handling, equip individuals to make informed and
ethically responsible decisions based on data in various contexts, including business.
CO4 & PO5 The problem-solving ability and ethical decision-making skills developed in applied psychology can be
Mapped at applied to the application of management theories and practices in business. The skills include critical
thinking, stakeholder consideration, effective communication, adaptability, data utilization, continuous
learning, and promoting ethical business practices. They help individuals make ethical and informed
decisions while effectively addressing complex business challenges.
CO4 & PO6 The problem-solving ability and ethical decision-making skills developed in applied psychology can be
Mapped at applied to fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making. These skills,
including analytical and critical thinking, stakeholder consideration, effective communication,
adaptability, continuous learning, and ethical data handling, equip individuals to make informed and
ethically responsible decisions based on data in various contexts, including business.

Mapped by: Mrs. Deepali Kothari , BVDU-Abhjjit Kadam Institute of Management and
Social Sciences Solapur
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
MBA (Genral) SEMESTER II
Revised Syllabus

With Effect from (2023 24)

 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 201 Marketing Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
To understand the core concepts of Marketing and approaches to Marketing.
To differentiate the Marketing and Selling processes.
To study the Marketing Environment and understand its influence on Marketing
Decisions.
To studythe concept of Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning.
To understand the Marketing Mix Elements and their utility in Marketing.
To Study the concept of Marketing Research and Marketing Information Systems.

Course Outcomes:
Gain a solid understanding of key marketing concepts and skills.
Identify and demonstrate the dynamic nature of the environment in which marketing
decisions are taken and appreciate the implications for marketing strategy determination
and implementation.
Develop the students' skills in applying the analytical perspectives on the concepts of
marketing and the decisions related to segmentation, targeting and positioning,
determining marketing mix etc.
Develop an understanding of the underlying concepts, strategies and the issues involved
in the exchange of products and services and control the marketing mix variables in order
to achieve organizational goals.
Develop strong marketing research plans and persuasively communicate your
recommendations and rationale.
Discuss the scope and managerial importance of marketing research and its role in the
development of marketing strategy

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Numb Methodol Level Tools
(Hrs) er ogy
1 Introduction: Meaning and 6 CO1 Lecture Understand CES
definition of Marketing, Core & with PPT (Written
concepts of Marketing -Need, CO2 Test),
Want, Demand, Value, Exchange, Internal
Customer satisfaction & Customer Examination
delight, Difference between & End Term
Marketing and Selling, Business Examination
orientations towards marketplace:
Production, Product, Selling,
Marketing, Societal Marketing.
Marketing environment Micro
and Macro marketing environment
2 Segmentation, Targeting and 10 CO3 Lecture Understand, CES
Positioning: Meaning, need and with PPT, Remember (MCQ
Quiz, and and Apply Test),
importance, bases for Consumer Role Play Internal
market segmentation and industrial Examination
 market segmentation, evaluation of & End Term
identified segments and selection Examination
and evaluation of target market.
Targeting strategies: Levels of
market segmentation: segment
marketing, niche marketing, local
marketing and individual
marketing. Positioning and
Differentiation: meaning, concept,
product, service, people and image
differentiation, ways to position
the Product
3 Marketing Mix: Concept, Seven 15 CO4 Lecture Understand CES
of marketing mix: Product with PPT and (Viva Voce)
meaning, levels of product, & Case Evaluate Internal
product mix- product line Study Examination
& End Term
decisions: line stretching, filling,
Examination
pruning, width, length, depth.
Product life cycle (PLC) Concept,
stages in PLC, characteristics and
strategies for each stage of PLC. New
product development process, Brand
Concept, Brand Creation Price
meaning, objectives of pricing, pricing
approaches- cost based, competition
based, and market based, pricing
strategies- skimming pricing,
penetrative pricing, psychological or
odd pricing, perceived value pricing,
loss leader pricing etc. Place-
Importance of distribution in
marketing of products or services,
Types of intermediaries, levels of
channels, Channel Management
Decisions- factors considered for
selection and motivation of dealers and
retailers, channel conflict- concept,
types of channel conflict, ways to
resolve channel conflicts Promotion-
Elements of promotion mix: meaning
of advertising, sales promotion,
personal selling, public relations,
publicity, direct marketing and event
sponsorship
4 Consumer Behaviour: Meaning 4 CO1 Lecture Understand Internal
and definition, importance of with PPT and Examination,
studying. consumer behaviour in and Analyze Research
the field of marketing, different Research Paper
buying roles,Consumer buying Paper Analysis
decision-making process steps. & End Term
Examination
5 Marketing Planning and Control: 6 CO5 Lecture Understand Internal
Marketing Planning Process with PPT Examination
& End Term
 Steps, nature and contents of a Examination
marketing plan. Need of marketing
control, Annual plan control,
productivity control, Efficiency
control and strategic control-
marketing audit.
6 Marketing Research: Need and 4 CO5 Lecture Understand Internal
Importance of Marketing & with PPT and Examination
CO6 and Analyze & End Term
Research, Marketing Research Research Examination
Process, Types of Marketing Paper
Research. Marketing Information
System- overview

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO201.1 3 2 - 1 2 1

CO201.2 2 3 1 3 1 2

CO201.3 3 3 2 2 1 3

CO201.4 3 2 1 - 2 2

CO201.5 2 2 - - 1 3

CO201.6 2 3 2 3 2 3

CO. 2.5 2.5 1 1.5 1.5 2.3

CO 3 3 1 2 2 2
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -
(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6

Attendance 10 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66

CES 1 3.3 1.65 1.65

CES 2 3.3 1.65 1.65

CES 3 3.3 1.65 1.65

Internal Examination 1 15 5 5 5
Internal Examination 2 15 5 5 5
End Term University
50 8.33 8.33 8.33 8.33 8.33 8.33
Examination

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Title of the Book Year and Publisher
Author edition Company
1 National Dr. RajanSaxena Marketing 2016, Fifth Tata McGraw
Management edition Hill
Publications
V.S. Ramaswami Marketing 2013, fifth Tata McGraw
2 National and S. Management- edition Hill
Namakumari Indian Context Publications
*Global Perspective
3 National Dr. Tapan Panda Marketing 2009, second Excel Books
Management edition India
4 International Philip Kotler, Principles of 2018, Pearson
Garry Armstrong, Marketing seventeenth Education
PrafullaAgnihotri edition
5 International Philip Kotler, Marketing 2015, Pearson
Kavin Lane Management fifteenth Education
Keller edition India

Online Resources:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 https://managementhelp.org
2 https://bookboon.com/en/marketing-and-law-ebooks

MOOCs:
Resources Web site address
No
1 https://alison.com/course/introduction-to-marketing-management-revised
2 https://alison.com/course/understanding-your-audience-market-segmentation
3 https://alison.com/course/marketing-management-analysing-competitors-
and-customers-revised
 4 https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_mg48/preview

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems can be
Mapped at 3 applied by gaining a solid understanding of key marketing concepts and skills.

CO1 & PO 2 In order to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision-making, a partial
Mapped at 2 understanding of key marketing concepts and skills is required.

CO1 & PO 3 To learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times, it is not necessary to gain a solid
Mapped at - understanding of key marketing concepts and skills.

CO1 & PO 4 Gaining a solid understanding of key marketing skills and concepts is very little required to understand,
Mapped at 1 analyze, and communicate global, legal, and ethical aspects of business.

CO1 & PO5 To read, write, and contribute to business literature moderate understanding of key marketing concepts and
Mapped at 2 skills is moderately required.

CO1 & PO6 In order to develop abilities to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, and
Mapped at 1 contribute effectively to a team environment, a very low understanding of key marketing concepts and
skills is required.

CO2 & PO1 Identification and demonstration of the dynamic nature of the environment in which marketing decisions
Mapped at 2 are taken and appreciation of the implication for marketing strategy determination and implementation will
partially enable managers to apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business
problems.

CO2& PO2 Identification and demonstration of the dynamic nature of the environment in which marketing decisions
Mapped at 3 are taken and appreciation of the implication for marketing strategy determination and implementation
foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision-making in a high manner.

CO2& PO3 Identification and demonstration of the dynamic nature of the environment in which marketing decisions
Mapped at 1 are taken and appreciation of the implication for marketing strategy determination and implementation are
less correlated to learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times.

CO2& PO4 Identification and demonstration of the dynamic nature of the environment in which marketing decisions
Mapped at 3 are taken and appreciation of the implication for marketing strategy determination and implementation are
highly aligned with the development of the ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global,
economic, legal, and ethical aspects of the business.

CO2& PO5 In order to read, write, and contribute to business literature, it is less required to Identify and demonstrate
Mapped at 1 the dynamic nature of the environment in which marketing decisions are taken and appreciate the
implication for marketing strategy determination and implementation.

CO2& PO6 To develop abilities to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, and
Mapped at 2 contribute effectively to a team environment, moderately required for Identification and demonstration of
the dynamic nature of the environment in which marketing decisions are taken and appreciation of the
implication for marketing strategy determination and implementation.

CO3 & PO1 Developing the student's skills in applying analytical perspectives on marketing concepts and the decisions
Mapped at 3
related to segmentation, targeting and positioning, determining marketing mix, etc. can be done by fully
applying the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems.

CO3 & PO2 Developing the student's skills in applying analytical perspectives on marketing concepts and the decisions
Mapped at 3 related to segmentation, targeting and positioning, determining marketing mix, etc. completely fostering
analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision-making.

CO3 & PO3 Learning new technologies and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision-making is averagely
Mapped at 2 required for Developing the student's skills in applying analytical perspectives on marketing concepts and
the decisions related to segmentation, targeting and positioning, determining marketing mix, etc.

The ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of the
CO3 & PO4 business is moderately required for Developing the student's skills in applying analytical perspectives on
Mapped at 2 marketing concepts and the decisions related to segmentation, targeting, and positioning, determining
marketing mix, etc.
CO3 & PO5 In order to read, write, and contribute to business literature, there is less requirement for developing the
Mapped at 1 student's skills in applying analytical perspectives on marketing concepts and the decisions related to
segmentation, targeting and positioning, determining marketing mix, etc.

CO3 & PO6 Developing the student's skills in applying analytical perspectives on marketing concepts and the decisions
Mapped at 3 related to segmentation, targeting, and positioning, determining marketing mix, etc. can contribute greatly
to the development of the ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment.

CO4 & PO1 Developing an understanding of the underlying concepts, strategies, and issues involved in the exchange
Mapped at 3
of products and services and controlling the marketing mix variables in order to achieve organizational
goals is fully indispensable for the application of management theories and practices to solve business
problems.

CO4 & PO2 Developing an understanding of the underlying concepts, strategies, and issues involved in the exchange of
Mapped at 2 products and services and controlling the marketing mix variables in orderto achieve organizational goals
is moderately possible by fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision-
making.

CO4 & PO3 Learning new technologies and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision-making is less required
Mapped at 1 for Developing an understanding of the underlying concepts, strategies, and issues involved in the
exchange of products and services and controlling the marketing mix variables in order to achieve
organizational goals.

CO4 & PO4 The ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of the
Mapped at - business is not required for Developing the student's skills in applying analytical perspectives on
marketing concepts and the decisions related to segmentation, targeting, and positioning, determining
marketing mix, etc.

CO4 & PO5 In order to read, write, and contribute to business literature, there is a partial requirement for developing
Mapped at 2 the student's skills in applying analytical perspectives on marketing concepts and the decisions related to
segmentation, targeting and positioning, determining marketing mix, etc.

CO4& PO6 Developing the student's skills in applying analytical perspectives on marketing concepts and the decisions
Mapped at 2 related to segmentation, targeting, and positioning, determining marketing mix, etc. can contribute
averagely to the development of the ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of
organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

CO5 & PO1 The development of strong marketing research plans and persuasively communicating recommendations
Mapped at 2
and rationale can be done moderately by applying management theories and practices to solve business
problems.

CO5 & PO2 The development of strong marketing research plans and persuasively communicating recommendations
Mapped at 2
and rationale moderately foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision-making.

CO5 & PO3 Developing strong marketing research plans and persuasively communicating your recommendations and
Mapped at - rationale are not aligned with learning new technologies with ease and be productive at all times.

CO5 & PO4 Developing strong marketing research plans and persuasively communicating your recommendations and
Mapped at - rationale are not mapped with the ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal,
and ethical aspects of business.

CO5 & PO5 Developing strong marketing research plans and persuasively communicating your recommendations and
Mapped at 1 rationale are having less impact on reading, writing, and contribution to business literature.

CO5 & PO6 Developing strong marketing research plans and persuasively communicating your recommendations and
Mapped at 3 rationale greatly develops the ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational
goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

CO6 & PO1 Discussing the scope and managerial importance of marketing research and its role in thedevelopment of
Mapped at 2 marketing strategy is partially supported by the application of knowledge of management theories and
practices to solve business problems.

CO6 & PO2 Discuss the scope and managerial importance of marketing research and its role in the development of
Mapped at 3 marketing strategy contributes heavily to fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based
decision-making.

CO6 & PO3 Discuss the scope and managerial importance of marketing research and its role in the development of
Mapped at 2 marketing strategy moderately enabling learning new technologies with ease and be productive at all
times.

CO6 & PO4 Discussing the scope and managerial importance of marketing research and its role in the development of
Mapped at 3 marketing strategy is fully supported in developing the ability to understand, analyze, and communicate
global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business.

CO6 & PO5 Discussing the scope and managerial importance of marketing research and its role in the development of
Mapped at 2 marketing strategy enables partially to read, write, and contribute to business literature.

CO6& PO6 Discussing the scope and managerial importance of marketing research and its role in the development of
Mapped at 3 marketing strategy completely develops the ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of
organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

Mapped by: Dr. Mehtab Alam ,BVDU-Institute of Management Kolhapur

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 202 Financial Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 4 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To introduce the fundamentals of Financial Management
To orient on the skills set required for Financial Decision Making Techniques
To orient on Financial Statement Analysis and Interpretation
To develop analytical skills which would help decision making in Business.
To develop the entrepreneurial mind set
Learning Outcomes :
Development of basic skill sets required for Financial Decision Making
Development of analytical skill set to understand and interpret Financial Statements
Graduates are able to improve their knowledge about functioning business,
identifying potential business opportunities, evolvement of business enterprises and
exploring entrepreneurial opportunities (BEDK)
Graduates are expected to develop skills on analyzing the business data, application
of relevant analysis, problem solving in the functional areas, i.e. Critical thinking-
Business Analysis-Problem Solving and Innovative Solutions (CBPI)
Developing Social Responsiveness to contextual social issues/ problems and
exploring solutions. Graduates are expected to identify problems, explore the
opportunities, design the business solutions and demonstrate ethical standards in
organizational decision making.(SRE)

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Numb Methodol Level Tools
(Hrs) er ogy
1 Introduction Meaning of Financial
Management, Scope and Functions of 7 Lecture, Presentati
Financial Management, Objectives of CO quiz, Knowled ons, Test
Financial Management Profit Vs 1,2 group ge and
Wealth Maximization, Finance &4 activity, understa
Functions: Investment Decision, Library nd
Liquidity Decision, Financing assignm
Decision and Dividend Decision, ents
concept of Social Responsibility

2 Investment Decision: Capital 10 CO Lecture, Analyse Test, case

Budgeting Decision Meaning, 1,2 quiz, ( apply) study,
Importance and process of Capital &3 group and Presentati
Budgeting, Concept of Time Value of activity, Create ons
Money, Capital Budgeting practical
Techniques - Problems & case illustrati
studies- Accounting Rate of Return, ons
Payback Period, Net Present Value,
Profitability Index, Discounted
Payback Period, Internal Rate of
Return Capital Budgeting under Risk
and Uncertainty Concept and
Techniques
3 Liquidity Decision: Working Capital 6 CO Lecture, Illustratio
 Management: Meaning, Need and 1,2 quiz, Understa n solving,
Types of Working Capital, &3 illustrati nd and case
Components of Working Capital, ons, Analyse study,
Factors determining Working capital, Practica ( apply) presentati
Estimation of Working Capital, l and ons, End
Problems and Case Studies on problem Create term
Estimation of Working Capital, s Exam
Sources of Working Capital
Financing
4 Financing Decision: Sources of Long 8 CO Lecture, Knowled Practical
Term Domestic Finance: Shares, 1,2, group ge, problem
Debentures, Retained Earnings, 4&5 activity, Understa solving,
Capital Structure: Meaning and Library nding, case
Principles of Capital Structure Assign Apply study,
Management, Factors affecting ment and presentati
Capital Structure, Cost of Capital: create ons
Meaning, Components, Cost of Debt,
Cost of Preference Share, Cost of
Equity Share, Cost of Retained
Earnings, Weighted Average Cost of
Capital, Leverage: Concept and
Types of Leverage
5 Dividend Decision: Factors 4 CO Lecture, Knowled Case
determining Divined policy, Theories 1,3 quiz, ge, study,
of Dividend- Gordon Model, Walter &4 group Understa presentati
Model, MM Hypothesis, and Forms activity, nding, ons, End
of Dividend Payment: Cash illustrati Term
Dividend, Bonus Share and Stock ons Exam
Split, Stock Repurchase, Dividend
Policies in Practice.
6 Financial Statement Analysis: 10 CO Lecture, Understa Practical
Meaning and Types, Techniques of 1,2 quiz, nd and illustratio
Financial Statement Analysis: &4 case Analyse ns, case
Common Size Statement, study ( study,
Comparative Statement, Trend apply),Cr Group
Analysis and Ratio Analysis. eate and activity
(Orientation level Problems on Ratio Evaluate
analysis)Funds Flow Statement and
Cash Flow Statement.

PO-CO Mapping

PO-CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 3

CO2 3 2 2 3 3 2

CO3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO. 3 2.8 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.8
 CO 3 3 3 3 3 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4
Parameter Marks
CO5
Class 10 2 2 2 2 2
Participation/
attendance
Projects/librar 05 1 1 1 1 1
y Assignment
Case 10 1 2 2.5 2.5 2.5
study/industry
analysis
Assignment/Pr 05 1 1 1 1 1
esentations/
quiz
Internal term 20 3 5 5 3 4
end exam
50 8 9 11 12 10

50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company
1 National SheebaKapil Fundamentals of Pearson
Financial Publications
Management
2 National I.M. Pandey Financial Vikas
Management Publication
3 National Khan and Jain Financial TATA
Management McGraw Hill
 4- National R.P. Rustogi Financial
Management
4 International Eugene F. Financial 11th
Brigham, Michael Management edition.
C. Ehrhardt Theoryand Practice
5 International Jonathan Berk, Financial Pearson
Peter DeMarzo Management Publication
and Ashok
Thampy
6 International Financial Wiley
Management And Publication
Accounting
7 International Business Finance Wiley
And Accounting Publication
Online Resources:

Online
Resources No Resources Name Web site address
1 Google Scholar https://scholar.google.com/
2 Gutenberg https://www.gutenberg.org/
3 Open Culture http://www.openculture.com/free_ebooks
4 Open Library https://openlibrary.org/
MOOCs:

Resources Resources Name Web site address

No
1 Alison - free technology, language, https://alison.com/
science, health, humanities, business, math,
marketing and lifestyle courses.
2 Khan Academy - free online courses and https://www.khanacademy.org/
lessons
3 Futurelearn http://www.openculture.com/fre
e_ebooks
4 SWAYAM which is a India MOOCs https://swayam.gov.in/
platform for which University Grants
Commission has allowed upto 20% credit
transfer facility.
5 University of Florida www.coursera.org
6 University of London www. cefims.as.uk
7 IIM ,Bangalore www.edx.org

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is
Mapped at 3 possible only if managers learn the basic skillsets required for Financial Decision Making
CO1 & PO 2 Financial Principles and concepts would be delivered through lectures and presentations to foster
Mapped at 3 analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.

CO1 & PO 3 Helps to update oneself with the changing environment and within organizations and industry to cope with
Mapped at 3 changes required

CO1 & PO 4 Understand the theory and practice in the business world globally,being align to the economic legal and
Mapped at 3 ethical aspects of business is required which is taken care off.

CO1 & PO5 Understand the required principles and practices in financial management business world can lead to Read,
Mapped at 2 write, and contribute to Business literature is aligned moderate as writing and contributing to business
literature is not a necessary outcome
CO1 & PO6 Understand the practice of financial management along with its practical implications in business world
Mapped at 3 and PO 6 are highly aligned as CO 1 Development of basic skill sets required for Financial Decision
Making delineates the ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to sound financial Management practices.

CO2 & PO1 Development of analytical skill set to understand and interpret Financial Statements will enable managers
Mapped at 3 only with the knowledge of management theories and current financial management practices to solve
business problems. So highly aligned.

CO2 & PO2 Development of analytical skill set to understand and interpret Financial Statements is aligned with
Mapped at 2 fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making

CO2 & PO3 Learning new technologies with ease due to Development of analytical skill set to understand and interpret
Mapped at 2 Financial Statements will help the manager to be productive at all times, thus aligned

CO2 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business is
Mapped at 3 due to Development of analytical skill set. Thus highly aligned

CO2 & PO5 Development of analytical skill set to understand and interpret Financial Statements will enable to write,
Mapped at 3 and contribute to Business literature. Thus highly aligned

CO2 & PO6 Development of Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
Mapped at 2 contributing effectively to a team environment is due to analytical skill understood and ability to interpret
learned

CO3 & PO1

Mapped at 3 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems will equip
the graduates to improve their knowledge about functioning business, identifying potential business
opportunities, evolvement of business enterprises and exploring entrepreneurial opportunities. Thus highly
aligned

CO3 & PO2 Graduates knowledge about functioning business, identifying potential business opportunities, evolvement
Mapped at 3 of business enterprises and exploring entrepreneurial opportunities will be enhanced due to fostering of
analytical and critical thinking abilities for decision making on basis of data.
CO3 & PO3
Mapped at 2 Graduates are able to improve their knowledge about functioning business, identifying potential business
opportunities, evolvement of business enterprises and exploring entrepreneurial opportunities as they will
be Learning new technologies with ease thereby making them productive at all times

CO3 & PO4

Mapped at 2 The Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of
business will enable graduates to improve their knowledge about functioning business, identifying
potential business opportunities, evolvement of business enterprises and exploring entrepreneurial
opportunities.

CO3 & PO5

Mapped at 3 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature will be possible if graduates improve their knowledge
about functioning business, identifying potential business opportunities, evolvement of business
enterprises and exploring entrepreneurial opportunities. Thus, CO aligns well with the PO

CO3 & PO6 The improvement of knowledge about functioning business, identifying potential business opportunities,
Mapped at 3 evolvement of business enterprises and exploring entrepreneurial opportunities, will make the managers
lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment
CO4 &PO1 By Applying the knowledge of management theories and practices, Graduates will develop skills on
Mapped at 3 analyzing the business data, application of relevant analysis, problem solving in the functional areas, i.e.
Critical thinking, Business Analysis-Problem Solving and Innovative Solutions. Thus, high alignment

CO4 &PO2
Mapped at 3 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making, will make the graduates
develop skills on analyzing the business data, application of relevant analysis, problem solving in the
functional areas, by doing Critical thinking. Business Analysis which will help in Problem Solving and
Innovative Solutions

CO4 &PO3 New technologies acceptance by students will keep them productive, it will develop skills of analyzing the
Mapped at 3 business data, application of relevant analysis, problem solving in the functional areas, Critical thinking,
Business Analysis-Problem Solving and Innovative Solutions

CO4 &PO4 Developing skills on analyzing the business data, application of relevant analysis, problem solving in the
Mapped at 2 functional areas, Problem Solving and Innovative Solutions will help students to understand, analyze and
communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business. This aspect is medium aligned
CO4 &PO5 By develop skills on analyzing the business data, application of relevant analysis, problem solving in the
Mapped at 2 functional areas, will help students contribute to Business literature. Thus CO is moderately aligned with
the PO.

CO4 &PO6 The skills of analyzing the business data, application of relevant analysis, problem solving in the
Mapped at 3 functional areas, i.e. Critical thinking, Business Analysis-Problem Solving and Innovative Solutions will
empower the students to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment. There is a high alignment
CO5 &PO1 Application of management theories and practices to solve business problems will contribute towards
Mapped at 3 Social Responsiveness. Graduates will identify problems, explore the opportunities, design the business
solutions and demonstrate ethical standards in organizational decision making.

CO5 &PO2 Fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making will help graduates to
Mapped at 3 identify problems, explore the opportunities, and solutions and exhibit ethical standards in organizational
decision making.

CO5 &PO3 New technologies will ease in understanding social issues/ problems,exploring solutions, explore
Mapped at 3 opportunities, and demonstrating ethical standards in organizational decision making.

CO5 &PO4 By creating the Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical
Mapped at 3 aspects of business graduates will identify problems, explore the opportunities, design the business
solutions and demonstrate ethical standards in organizational decision making. Thus highly align
.
CO5 &PO5 By promoting Reading, writing, in this field, the graduates will identify problems, explore the
Mapped at 3 opportunities, design the business solutions and demonstrate ethical standards in organizational decision
making.
and definitely contribute to Business literature
CO5 &PO6 By understanding and solving social issues/ problems. Graduates will explore the opportunities,
Mapped at 3 demonstrate ethical standards in organizational decision making. Thereby leading themselves and others in
the achievement of organizational goals. Thus, highly aligned

Mapped by: Dr.Shabana Memon, BVDU-Institute of Management Kolhapur

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy

.
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS 2020 Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022
2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 203 Human Resource Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To explain the significance of HRM and changing role of HRM
To explain the process of HRP, Recruitment and Selection.
To discuss the concept of training and development
To illustrate the job evaluation and wage determination concepts.
To bring out the role of HR in effectiveness and employee
performance
Learning Outcomes :
Understand and apply Human resource Management functions for effective
management of organization.
Ability of designing job analysis and ability to understand various manpower
forecasting techniques
Understand the techniques of recruitment, selection and interview and ability to
conduct the recruitment process
Understand the training needs in the organization and ability to design suitable
training plan
Understand the components of wages and salary and factors affecting it.
Ability to analyze issues related to performance appraisal, career planning and
rewards management.

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Numb Methodol Level Tools
(Hrs) er ogy
1 Introduction to HRM: Definition,
Nature and Scope of HRM, 6 Lecture Understa Quiz
Objectives of HRM, Evolution of hrs CO1 with Ppts nd End Term
HRM, Challenges of HRM, HR Quiz Internals:
Profession and HR Department, Short
Functions Answers
of HRM, Global perspective of
HRM

2 Human Resource Planning: 8 CO Lecture Design Midterm

Definition HRP, Demand and hrs 2 with Ppts exam
Supply forecasting, factors Case
Affecting HRP, Job analysis and Study
Job Design,
Recruitment and Selection
Recruitment Process, Sources and
Methods
of Recruitment, Steps in selection
process
3 Training and Development: CO Lecture Analyze End Term
Definition of Training, Need and 09hr 3 with PPTs Exams:
Importance of Training and s Case Case based
Development, Study Questions/
 Training Need Analysis and Applied
techniques, Design Training Questions
Programme,
Methods of training, Training
evaluation process.
4 Wages and salary Management Evaluate Class
Definition, Job Evaluation- 10hr CO4 Class presentati
Process and methods. Wage s exercise on
Determination, ,Assignm
Types of Wages, Salary Structure, ent.
Fringe benefits, Executive
Compensation, Understanding
Stock Options and designing
incentive plans

5 Performance Appraisal: Analyze Case

Definition, Need and Importance 07hr CO5 Lecture, Presentation
of s activity Activity
Performance Appraisal, objectives End Term:
PA, Performance Appraisal Theory
Process, Applied
Methods of Performance
Appraisal
6 Overview of Employee Relations 05hr Lecture End Term
Management- Meaning and s CO5 with PPTs Understa Internals:
importance of Employee Relations Case nd long
Management, Employee Relation Study Answers.
Management Tools, Issues in
Employee Relation Management,.
Role of
HR Manager in employee
relations

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 1 1 3 3 - 2

CO2 2 3 3 1 - 3

CO3 3 3 2 3 1 3

CO4 3 3 1 2 1 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 - 3

CO 2 3 2 2 0.4 3
- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -
(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%

Internal Assessment Mapping

CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5
Parameter Marks

Class 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Participation/
Attendance
Case study 10 2.5 2.5 5
discussion
Assignments/ 10 5 5
Projects
Class
presentation
Internal End 20 5 5 5 5
Term Exam
50 7.5 10 5 12.5 17.5

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company
1 National . SeemaSanghi Human Resource 2011 Macmilan
Management Publication,
2 National V.S.P. Rao Human Resource 2006 Excel Books
Management
3 National . K. Human Resource 2007 Tata McGraw-
Ashwathappa Management -Hill
 4 International Gary Dessler, Human Resource 2016 Pearson
BijuVarkey Management Publication,
12thEdition
5 International Ronald J. Reinventing Human 2005 Routledge
Burke Cary L resources Place of
Cooper Management: Publishing
Challenges and new London
Directions
Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No
1 https://hbsp.harvard.edu/cases/
2 https://open.umn.edu/opentextbooks/textbooks/human-resource-
management
3 https://www.icmrindia.org/case%20volumes/Case%20Studies%20in%20Hu
man%20Resource%20Management%20Vol%20I.htm
4 https://www.citehr.com/
5 https://www.hr-guide.com/
MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.coursera.org/specializations/human-resource-management
2 https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_mg15/preview
3 https://alison.com/course/introduction-to-modern-human-resource-
management
4 https://www.classcentral.com/course/managing-human-resources-5462
5 https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_mg15/preview

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management practices tyo solve business problems correlates weakly with
explanation and significance of HRM.
Mapped at 1
CO1 & PO 2 The linkage between significance of HRM in fostering analytical and critical thinking is moderate as it is
Mapped at 1 more of conceptual understanding of HRM.

CO1 & PO 3 The significance of HRM and its changing role is strongly related to learning new technologies as HRM is
Mapped at 3 also using many softwares Human resource analytics also has become an important part of HR.

CO1 & PO 4 HRM and its changing role has to be understood well and has legal and ethical aspects hence strongly
Mapped at 3 correlated.

CO1 & PO6 It is moderately connected as only understanding the significance of HRM and its changing role will not
Mapped at 2 lead towards achievement of organizational goals.

CO2 & PO1 It is moderately connected as the process of recruitment and selection to some extent require application of
Mapped at 2 management theories and practice.

CO2 & PO2 It is strongly connected as the understanding the process of recruitment and selection does require
Mapped at 3 analytical and critical thinking abilities.

CO2 & PO3

Mapped at 3 technologies to make the job simpler and more efficient.

CO2 & PO4 The process of recruitment and selection is weakly aligned with ability to communicate global , ethical
Mapped at 1 legal aspects of business.
CO2 & PO5 The process of recruitment and selection does not require to necessarily Read, write, and contribute to
Mapped at - Business literature

CO2 & PO6 The process of recruitment and selection should culminate in contributing effectively towards team
Mapped at 3 environment and organizational goals so it is strongly aligned.

CO3 & PO1

Mapped at 3 Discussion of the concept of training and development requires Application of the knowledge of
management practices to solve business problems hence strongly correlated.
CO3 & PO2 The concept of training and development does require analytical and critical thinking abilities to make it
Mapped at 3 effective.

CO3 & PO3

Mapped at 2

CO3 & PO4 Discussion of the concept of training and development requires ability to communicate global , ethical
Mapped at 3 legal aspects of business hence strongly aligned.

CO3 & PO5 training and development does not require to necessarily Read, write, and contribute to Business literature.
Mapped at 1

CO3 & PO6 training and development should culminate in contributing effectively towards team environment and
Mapped at 3 organizational goals so it is strongly aligned.

CO 4 & PO1 Illustration Job evaluation and wage determination concept requires application of the knowledge of
Mapped at 3 management practices to solve business problems hence strongly correlated.
CO 4 & PO2 Job evaluation and wage determination requires does require analytical and critical thinking abilities to
Mapped at 3 make it effective.
CO 4 & PO3
Mapped at 1
CO 4 & PO4
Mapped at 2
CO 4 & PO5 Illustration Job evaluation and wage determination does not require to necessarily Read, write, and
Mapped at 1 contribute to Business literature. Poor alignment.
CO 4 & PO6 The objective of Job evaluation and wage determination is in contributing effectively towards team
Mapped at 3 environment and organizational goals so it is strongly aligned
CO5 & PO1 Role of HR in organizations effectiveness and employee performance requires Application of the
knowledge of management practices to solve business problems hence strongly correlated.
Mapped at 3
CO5 & PO2 HR in organizations effectiveness and employee performance does require analytical and critical thinking
abilities to make it effective. Hence strongly related.
Mapped at 3
CO5 & PO3

Mapped at 3
CO5 & PO4 Highly aligned as the role of HR in organizational effectiveness and employee performance is the result of
the ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.
Mapped at 3
CO5 & PO5 Role of HR in organizational effectiveness and employee performance does not require to necessarily
Read, write, and contribute to Business literature. No alignment
Mapped at -
CO5 & PO6 The objective and role of HR is in contributing effectively towards team environment and organizational
goals so it is strongly aligned.
Mapped at 3

Mapped by: Dr.Mona Sinha, BVDU-Department of Management Studies, Navi Mumbai

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 204 International Business
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To prepare the students thoroughly with the domain knowledge and global issues of
International business.
To discuss the reason of entering into International business through various trade
theories propounded by economist and practical aspects.
To demonstrate through trade data analytics as to what to export and where to export
from India.
To discuss the role and functions of International organizations and trade organisation
that is IMF, World Bank and WTO.
To familiarize the students with the key trade blocks such as NAFTA, EU etc.
To demonstrate the role of exchange rates in global markets.
Learning Outcomes :
To enable the students to take decisions related to global issues and policies.
To be able to Interpret Foreign trade policy and avail incentives offered under various
schemes.
To analyze the trade data for decision making as to what to export and where to
export.
To recall the role and functions of Global Institutions IMF, WTO and World Bank.
To acquaint with the trade blocks SAARC, NAFTA, EU etc.
To comprehend the exchange rates practically and its implications on trade.

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Number Methodol Level Tools
(Hrs ogy
)
1 Introduction of International Business 6 CO1 & Lecture Understan Internal
and Entry Strategies- Definition of CO2 with PPT d Examination
International Business, Nature and Scope
of International Business, Domestic
Trade versus International Trade, Forms
of Countertrade. Market Entry Strategies
Exporting, Importing, Joint venture,
Franchising, Merger and acquisition.
2 Globalization and Cultural Issues - 6 CO3 Lecture Understand & End Term
Definition of Globalization, with PPT, , Examination
and case Remember
Globalization of Markets, Pros and cons study and Apply
of Globalisation, Drivers of Globalization
, Cultural environment in International
Business (Hofstede Theory Application
in trade). Ease of Doing Business
(Parameters
given by world bank) in India and across
BRICS.
 3 Trade Theories, Trade Policy, Trade 10 CO4 Lecture Understan Internal
Analytics - Trade theories with PPT d Examination
& Case
Mercantilism, Absolute Advantage, Study
Revealed Comparative Advantage,
H.O Theory and Porters Diamond Model.
International Trade Classification and
Harmonized System (HS), Current
Foreign Trade Policy in force (General
Provisions), Incentives offered under
FTP (Ch-3 and Ch-4 of Foreign Trade
Policy).
Trade Map Analytics and calculation of
RCA, TII for various products, Ease of
Doing Business.
4 Balance of Payment and FEMA Act - 8 CO1 Lecture Understan & End Term
Components of BOP (Current and with PPT d and Examination
Capital Account) , Credit and Debit and Analyze
Entries in BOP, Differentiate between Research
BOT and BOP , Key Provisions of FEMA Paper
Act 1999 and difference between FERA
and FEMA. Country Risk Analysis and
Lessons from ASIAN financial Crisis in
1997.
5 International Financial and Trade 9 CO5 Lecture Understan Internal
Organizations - Role of GATT, WTO, with PPT d Examination
IMF and World Bank group. Dispute & End Term
settlement mechanism throughWTO. Examination
Levels of trade integration. Basic
conceptual note of NAFTA, SAARC and
European Union. Role of BRICS.

6 Foreign Exchange Market and Types of 6 CO5 & Lecture Understan Internal
exchange rates - Direct and indirect CO6 with PPT d and Examination
Quotes, Concept of Nostro and Vostro and Analyze & End Term
Account, Types of Exchange - Fixed vs. Research Examination
Flexible Exchange Rate (Independent and Paper
Managed Float) , Factors affecting
Foreign Exchange Rate , Role, Functions
and Participants of Foreign Exchange
Market

PO-CO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO204.1 3 2 1 1 3 3

CO204.2 2 3 1 3 1 3

CO204.3 3 3 2 2 1 3
 CO204.4 3 2 1 2 2 1

CO204.5 2 2 3 - 3 1

CO204.6 3 3 2 3 1 1

CO. 2.5 2.5 1 1.5 1.5 2.3

CO 3 3 1 2 2 2

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6

Attendance 10 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66

CES 1 3.3 1.65 1.65

CES 2 3.3 1.65 1.65

CES 3 3.3 1.65 1.65

Internal Examination 1 15 5 5 5

Internal Examination 2 15 5 5 5
End Term University
50 8.33 8.33 8.33 8.33 8.33 8.33
Examination

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company
1 National Rakesh Mohan International 2009 OXFORD
Joshi (IIFT) Business
 2 National V.K Bhalla International 2013 S. Chand
Business

3 National K. Aswathappa International 6th Edition McGraw Hill

Business 2017 Education
4 International Donald Ball and International 9th Edition McGraw-Hill
MichealGeringer Business: The Education
Challenge of
Global Competition
5 International Charles W. L. International 10 edition McGraw Hill
Hill Business: 2017 Education
Competing in the
Global Market

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No
1 www.imf.orf
2 www.wto.org
3 www.trademap.org
4 www.commerce.nic.in
5 www.dgft.gov.in
6 International Business Review https://www.journals.elsevier.com/international-
business-review
7 Journal of International Business Studies http://www.jibs.net/
Open Textbook Library https://open.umn.edu/opentextbooks/textbooks/
8 international-business

MOOCs:
Resources Subject Web site address
No
1 International Business https://www.openlearning.com/courses/GFMA2023/
2 International Business EDX
Environement and https://www.edx.org/course/international-business-
Global Startegy IIMB environment-and-global-stra
(SushilVachani)
3 International Business EDX https://www.edx.org/learn/international-
business
4 International Business I COURSERA
(Coursera) Taught by - https://www.coursera.org/learn/international-
Doug E business
Thomas(university of
New Mexico)
 5 International Financial https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110105031/
Environment

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve global issues and policies can
Mapped at 3 be applied by gaining a good understanding of key International Business concepts and skills.

CO1 & PO 2 Decisions related to global issues and policies can be taken and critical thinking abilities for data-based
Mapped at 2 decision-making, a partial understanding of key International business concepts and skills is required.

CO1 & PO 3 To learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times, it is relatively less goes with learning
Mapped at 1 to global issues and policies

CO1 & PO 4 To understand the global issues students required to understand, analyze, and communicate global, legal,
Mapped at 1 and ethical aspects of business.

CO1 & PO5 To read, write, and contribute to business literature good understanding of global issues and policies
Mapped at 3 required.

CO1 & PO6 In order to develop abilities to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, and
Mapped at 3 contribute effectively to a team environment, a very strong understanding global issues and policies
required..

CO2 & PO1 Interpretation of Foreign trade policy and availing incentives offered by international agencies will
Mapped at 2 partially enable managers to apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business
problems.

CO2& PO2 Interpretation of Foreign trade policy and availing incentives offered by international agencies foster
Mapped at 3 analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision-making in a high manner.

CO2& PO3 Interpretation of Foreign trade policy and availing incentives offered by international agencies are less
Mapped at 1 correlated to learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times.

CO2& PO4 Interpretation of Foreign trade policy and availing incentives offered by international agencies are highly
Mapped at 3 aligned with the development of the ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic,
legal, and ethical aspects of the business.

CO2& PO5 Interpretation of Foreign trade policy and availing incentives offered by international agencies are less
Mapped at 1 correlated with read and write of literature

CO2& PO6 To develop abilities to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, and
Mapped at 3 contribute effectively to a team environment, highly required for Interpretation of Foreign trade policy and
availing incentives offered by international agencies are
CO3 & PO1 Analyze the trade data for decision making as to what to export and where to export can be done
Mapped at 3 by fully applying the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business
problems.

CO3 & PO2 Analyze the trade data for decision making as to what to export and where to export completely fostering
Mapped at 3 analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision-making.

CO3 & PO3 Learning new technologies and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision-making is averagely
Mapped at 2 required analyze the trade data for decision making as to what to export and where to export

The ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of the
CO3 & PO4 business is moderately required for Developing the student's skills in applying analytical perspectives on
Mapped at 2 marketing concepts and the decisions related analyze the trade data for decision making as to what to
export and where to export

CO3 & PO5 In order to read, write, and contribute to business literature, there is less requirement for developing the
Mapped at 1 student's skills in analyze the trade data for decision making as to what to export and where to export

CO3 & PO6 Analyze the trade data for decision making as to what to export and where to export can contribute less to
Mapped at 3 the development of the ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment.

CO4 & PO1 Recall the role and functions of Global Institutions IMF, WTO and World Bank is fully indispensable for
Mapped at 3 the application of management theories and practices to solve business problems.

CO4 & PO2 Recall the role and functions of Global Institutions IMF, WTO and World Bank is moderately possible by
Mapped at 2 fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision-making.

CO4 & PO3 Learning new technologies and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision-making is less required
Mapped at 1 for Recall the role and functions of Global Institutions IMF, WTO and World Bank

CO4 & PO4 The ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of the
Mapped at 2 business is not required for Developing the student's skills in applying analytical perspectives on
marketing concepts and the decisions related Recall the role and functions of Global Institutions IMF,
WTO and World Bank

CO4 & PO5 In order to read, write, and contribute to business literature, there is a partial requirement for developing
Mapped at 2 the student's skills in recall the role and functions of Global Institutions IMF, WTO and World Bank

CO4& PO6 Recall the role and functions of Global Institutions IMF, WTO and World Bank contribute less to the
Mapped at 1 development of the ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment.

CO5 & PO1 Acquaint student with the trade blocks SAARC, NAFTA, EU etc. can be done moderately by applying
Mapped at 2
management theories and practices to solve business problems.

CO5 & PO2 Acquaint student with the trade blocks SAARC, NAFTA, EU etc moderately foster analytical and
Mapped at 2
critical thinking abilities for data-based decision-making.

CO5 & PO3 Acquaint student with the trade blocks SAARC, NAFTA, EU etc are not aligned with learning new
Mapped at - technologies with ease and be productive at all times.

CO5 & PO4 Acquaint student with the trade blocks SAARC, NAFTA, EU etc are higly mapped with the ability to
Mapped at 3 understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business.

CO5 & PO5 Acquaint student with the trade blocks SAARC, NAFTA, EU etc are having less impact on reading,
Mapped at 1 writing, and contribution to business literature.

CO5 & PO6 Acquaint student with the trade blocks SAARC, NAFTA, EU etc not develops the ability to lead
Mapped at - themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment.

CO6 & PO1 Comprehend the exchange rates practically and its implications on trade is greatly supported by the
Mapped at 3 application of knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems.

CO6 & PO2 Comprehend the exchange rates practically and its implications on trade contributes heavily to fostering
Mapped at 3 analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision-making.

CO6 & PO3 Comprehend the exchange rates practically and its implications on trade moderately enabling learning new
Mapped at 2 technologies with ease and be productive at all times.

CO6 & PO4 Comprehend the exchange rates practically and its implications on trade is fully supported in developing
Mapped at 3 the ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of
business.

CO6 & PO5 Comprehend the exchange rates practically and its implications on trade enables less to read, write, and
Mapped at 1 contribute to business literature.

CO6& PO6 Comprehend the exchange rates practically and its implications on trade relatively less impact the
Mapped at 1 development of the ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment.

Mapped by: Dr.Sanjay Roy, BVDU-BVIMR ,Delhi

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised
Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 205 Production and Operations
Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
To understand fundamentals of Production and Operations Management.
To develop an understanding of the strategic importance of Production and
Operations Management.
To understand Production System.
To learn EOQ concept.
ToacquaintthestudentswithconceptsofallthefunctionsundertheManufacturingactivitiesby
introducing the Units Maintenance Management, SCM ,JIT, QA and ISOCertification etc.

Learning Outcomes :
Understand various concepts of Production and Operations Management.
Analyze the importance of Production and Operations Management and
compare various issues particular to manufacturing industry.
Classify various Production Systems.
Develop numerical ability to solve examples on EOQ.
Describe the advantages of Maintenance Management, SCM, JIT, QA
and ISO Certification.

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Number Methodolog Level Tools
(Hrs) y
1 Introduction to POM Nature, 7 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz
Scope, Importance and Ppts End Term
Functions of POM, Quiz Internals:
Production Process, Short
Difference between Answers
Production and Service
operations, Responsibilities
of Production Manager,
Production process selection
decisions, Production
System, Classification of
Production System.
2 Production Planning Control 6 CO 2 Lecture with
ObjectivesofPPC&it Ppts End Term:
Applied
andoptionalnature, C o- Apply Questions
ordination of PPC with other
departments. Job sequencing,
Assembly Line Balancing.
3 Plant Location and Layout 8 CO 3 Lecture with Analyze Case Study
Plant Location: Meaning, PPTs with
Need for selecting a suitable Case Study Presentations
Location, Factors, and Plant End Term
Layout: objectives, types of Exams: Case
Plant Layout. based
 Questions/Ap
plied
Questions
4 Maintenance Management 6 CO5 Lectures with Evaluate Group
Concepts, Need of PPTs Activity
maintenance, Objectives &
types of maintenance. Group End Term
Activity Exam: Short
Video Cases case and
situation
based
questions
5 Inventory management 8 CO4 Lecture Create Case
Concept, Importance, Case Presentation
Classification of Activity Activity
End Term:
Inventory System, EOQ
Theory
Model with numerical, Applied
Basic concept of
Material Requirement
Planning(MRP).
6 Emerging Trends in POM 10 CO5 Lectures with Evaluate Activity
Supply Chain PPTs End Term:
Management(SCM),Justinime Case Theory
(JIT),QualityControl,QualityA Activity Applied
ssurance(QA)
,ISOcertification,Enterprise
Resource Planning(ERP),
Total Quality
Management(TQM),TPM,
Quality Circles, Services
Operations

PO-CO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 2 3 1 1 1

CO2 3 2 2 1 1 1

CO3 3 2 3 1 1 1

CO4 3 2 2 1 1 2

CO5 3 3 3 2 2 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
Attendance 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Live project club
5 3 2
activity
Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
Projects 5 2 3

Internal End Term

20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5
Exam

Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of Title of the Book Year Publisher

the Author Edition Company
1 National L.C.Jhamb Production Operations 2009 Everest Publishing
Management House
2 National Chunawala ProductionandOperations 2009 Himalaya
&Patel Management Publishing House
3 National S.N.Chary ProductionandOperations 2004 TataMcGrawHillLt
Management d.
4 International EverettAda ProductionandOperations 1992 Prentice Hall
ms&Ronald Management
Ebert.
5 International Martin ProductionandOperations 2008 Cengage Learning
Kenneth Management
Starr
6 International James B. Production and 1993 Thomson Learning
Dilworth, Operations
White Management: An
Overview

Online Resources:
 Online Resources No Web site address
1 http://www.yourarticlelibrary.com
2 https://en.wikipedia.org
3 https://managementhelp.org
4 https://www.cleverism.com
5 https://commercemates.com

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 www.swayam.gov.in
2 www.udemy.com
3 www.coursera.org

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 After understanding of the fundamentals of production and operations management, application of
knowledge and management theories and practice to solve business problems is possible.
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 2 With the basic understanding of fundamentals of production and operations management we would not be
Mapped at 2 able to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data based decision making.

CO1 & PO 3 After understanding of the fundamentals of production and operations management, the learning of new
Mapped at 3 technologies is possible with ease and be productive at all times.

CO1 & PO 4 After understanding of the fundamentals of production and operations management, it would not be easy
Mapped at 1 to understand, analyze and communicate global , economic, legal and ethical aspects of business

CO1 & PO5 After understanding of the fundamentals of production and operations management, it would not be easy
Mapped at 1 to read, write and contribute to business literature.

CO1 & PO6 After understanding of the fundamentals of production and operations management, it would not be easy
Mapped at 1 to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment.
CO2 & PO1 After Understanding of the strategic importance of production and operation management one can apply
Mapped at 3 knowledge and management theories and practice to solve business problems is possible.

CO2& PO2 After Understanding of the strategic importance of production and operation management, analytical and
Mapped at 2 critical thinking abilities for data based decision is possible for medium extent.

CO2& PO3 After Understanding of the strategic importance of production and operation management, learning of new
Mapped at 2 technologies is possible to a lesser extent.

CO2& PO4 After Understanding of the strategic importance of production and operation management, , it would not
Mapped at 1 be easy to understand, analyze and communicate global , economic, legal and ethical aspects of business

CO2& PO5 After Understanding of the strategic importance of production and operation management, it would not be
Mapped at -1 easy to read, write and contribute to business literature.

CO2& PO6 After Understanding of the strategic importance of production and operation management, it would not be
Mapped at 1 easy to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a
team environment.
CO3 & PO1 After understanding Production System , application of knowledge and management theories and practice
Mapped at 3 to solve business problems is possible

CO3 & PO2 After understanding Production System, we would not be able to foster analytical and critical thinking
Mapped at 2 abilities for data based decision making

CO3 & PO3 After understanding Production System, the learning of new technologies is possible with ease and be
Mapped at 3 productive at all times

After understanding Production System, it would not be easy to understand, analyze and communicate
CO3 & PO4 global , economic, legal and ethical aspects of business
Mapped at 1

CO3 & PO5 After understanding Production System, it would not be easy to read, write and contribute to business
Mapped at 1 literature.

CO3 & PO6 After understanding Production System, it would not be easy to lead themselves and others in the
Mapped at 1 achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

CO4 & PO1 After learning of the concept of EOQ, application of knowledge and management theories and practice to
Mapped at 3 solve business problems is possible

CO4 & PO2 After learning of the concept of EOQ, we would not be able to foster analytical and critical thinking
Mapped at 2 abilities for data based decision making

CO4 & PO3 After learning of the concept of EOQ, the learning of new technologies is not possible with ease and be
Mapped at 2 productive at all times.

CO4 & PO4 After learning of the concept of EOQ, , it would not be easy to understand, analyze and communicate
Mapped at 1 global , economic, legal and ethical aspects of business

CO4 & PO5 After learning of the concept of EOQ, it would not be easy to read, write and contribute to business
Mapped at1 literature.

CO4& PO6 After learning of the concept of EOQ, it would not be easy to lead themselves and others in the
Mapped at 2 achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

CO5 & PO1 After acquainting the students to the concepts under manufacturing activity, application of knowledge and
Mapped at 3 management theories and practice to solve business problems is possible

CO5 & PO2 After acquainting the students to the concepts under manufacturing activity, we would be able to foster
Mapped at 3 analytical and critical thinking abilities for data based decision making

CO5 & PO3 After acquainting the students to the concepts under manufacturing activity, the learning of new
Mapped at 3 technologies is not possible with ease and be productive at all times.

CO5 & PO4 After acquainting the students to the concepts under manufacturing activity, , it would not be that easy to
Mapped at 2 understand, analyze and communicate global , economic, legal and ethical aspects of business

CO5 & PO5 After acquainting the students to the concepts under manufacturing activity, it would not be that easy to
Mapped at2 read, write and contribute to business literature.

CO4& PO6 After acquainting the students to the concepts under manufacturing activity, it would not be easy to lead
Mapped at 3 themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment.

Mapped by: Dr.Pawan Kaul, BVDU-DMS, Mumbai

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS -Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 206 Research Methodology
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 4 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To introduce the role of research in business and management
To introduce the concepts of scientific research and methods of conducting scientific
enquiry
To identify various sources of information for literature review and data collection.
To familiarize the learners with the key concepts in sampling techniques and
instruments for data collection
To develop basic understanding of conducting surveys and reporting the research
To educate on the ethical issues in conducting applied research.
Learning Outcomes :
At the end of the course the learner will
Develop understanding on different applications of research for managerial decision
making
Explain key research and summarize the research articles and research reports
Have basic awareness of data analysis-and hypothesis testing procedures
Design questionnaires and administer simple survey based projects.
Describe sampling methods, measurement scales and instruments, and appropriate
uses of each
Explain the rationale for research ethics

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Number Methodolog Level Tools
(Hrs) y
1 Introduction to Research 6 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz,Discuss
Methodology Ppts, ion, Internal
Discussion Evaluation
Meaning, definition and
Quiz
objectives of research,
motivations for research,
type of research,
Importance of research in
managerial decision
making,
research in Research in
functional / business areas.
Qualities of a good
researcher.
2 Research process: 8 CO 1 Lecture with Case Study ,
Steps in research process, Ppts Presentation
Case Study of Published
Defining the research
Reading & Apply Research
problem, Problem Analyzing (Analyse) work.
formulation and statement, Research End Term:
Framing of hypothesis Papers. Applied
Research design: Meaning, Questions
characteristics, advantages
and importance of
 research design.
Measurement types and
errors in measurement.
Development and designing
of tools of data collection
Attitude
measurement scales, Levels
of measurement and
questions of validity and
reliability
Designing of research
projects research proposal,
Pilot surveys
3 Sampling and Data 8 CO 3 and Lecture with Understand Framing of
Collection: CO5 PPTs and Analyse questionnair
Case Study, e,
Census and sample survey.
Preparing End Term
Need and importance of questionnair Exams: Case
sampling, probability e based
and non-probability
sampling technique.
Data collection Primary
and secondary sources of
data, methods of
collecting primary data -
interview, observation,
questionnaires, schedules
through enumerators,
surveys. Advantages and
Limitations of
different methods of data
collection. Use of secondary
data, precautions
while using secondary data.
4 Processing and 10 CO3 and Lectures with Evaluate Group
Analysis of Data: CO5 PPTs Activity ,
Hypothesis
Meaning, importance Practical Framing
and steps involved in Questions
processing of data. Use Framing End Term
of statistical tools and Hypothesis Exam: Short
with case and
techniques for analysis
Research situation
of data. Model based
Testing of Hypotheses, questions and
Basic concepts, Evaluation of
Questions .
importance of
hypothesis.
Procedure of testing of
hypothesis. Chi-square
test., t test and z test
 Problems on Basic
application of chi square
test, t test and z test.
Analysis and
Interpretation of data
Interpretations of
results, Concept of
Univariate, Bi-variate and
multivariate analysis of
data
5 Reporting of research: 8 CO2 and Lecture Create Case
Importance of research CO6 Case Presentation
Activity Activity
reports, types of reports,
End Term:
Format of a research Theory
report, Precautions in Applied
writing a research
report. Plagiarism and
its
types. References and
Bibliography.
Dissemination of
research results.
Ethical issues in
conducting research.
6 Role of ICT in research: 6 CO1 Lectures and understand Activity
Information and Computer hand on End Term:
Experience Theory
Technology(ICT), on SoftWare Applied
Important characteristics,
Computer Applications for
research, Use of Statistical
Software Packages
for research

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO206.1 3 2 3 3 3 3

CO206.2 3 2 3 3 3 3

CO206.3 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO206.4 3 3 3 3 3 3
 CO206.5 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO206.6 3 3 2 3 - 3

CO. 3 2.66 2.83 3 2.5 3

CO 3 3 3 3 3 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6

Class
Participation/ 10 2 2 2 2 2
Attendance
Reading Existing
5 2 1 2
Literature
Presentation of
Research 5 2 2 1
Work/Article

Internal Exam 30 5 5 5 5 5 5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company
1 National Kothari C R Research 2014 PHI Pvt Ltd New
Methodology Delhi
Methods &
Techniques
 2 National Uma Sekharan Research Methods 2016 Oxford
for business
3 National Ranjit Kumar Research 2009 Pearson Education
Methodology
4 International Donald Cooper Business Research 2015 Tata McGraw Hill
and PS Methods
Schindler
5 International Neuman, W.L. Social Researhc 2008 Pearson
Methods
Qualitative and
Quantitative

6 International Saunders, M., Research Methods 2011 Pearson

Lewis, P., for Business
&Thornhill, A. Students

Online Resources:
Sr Web site address

3 https://www.methodspace.com/open-access-sage-journals-with-a-research-
methods-focus/
4 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/https%3A%2F%2Fptop.only.wip.la%3A443%2Fhttps%2Fwww.amazon.com%2Fho
w-research-todays-tips-tools-ebook%2Fdp%2Fb01i5jjdxc
http://www.ala.org/tools/research/larks/researchmethods
5 https://www.intechopen.com/online-first/research-design-and-methodology
6 https://lecturenotes.in/m/21513-research-methodology-
7 http://ebooks.lpude.in/commerce/mcom/term_2/DCOM408_DMGT404_RESEA
RCH_METHODOLOGY.pdf
1 https://www.manaraa.com/upload/43ef7b58-5c8a-4371-8aea-699609cd2aaf.pdf
2 http://ebooks.lpude.in/commerce/mcom/term_2/DCOM408_DMGT404_RESEA
RCH_METHODOLOGY.pdf

MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 https://swayam.gov.in/nd2_cec20_hs17/preview
2 https://www.classcentral.com/course/researchmethods-1767
3 https://www.coursera.org/learn/research-methods
4 https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-introduction-to-research-
5221
5 https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-to-social-research-methods
6 https://www.coursera.org/learn/qualitative-methods

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is
possible only if managers understand different applications of research for managerial decision making
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 2 Understanding of different applications of research for managerial decision-making support to foster
Mapped at 2 analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making to a decent extent.

CO1 & PO 3 Help to understand managers learn new technologies with comfort and cope with change to be
Mapped at 3 productive.

CO1 & PO 4 Different applications of research help to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal
Mapped at 3 and ethical aspects of business.

CO1 & PO5 Understanding of different applications of research help managers to Read, write, and contribute to
Mapped at 3 Business literature.

CO1 & PO6 Understanding of different applications of research and PO 6 are highly aligned as CO 1 outlines the
Mapped at 3 ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively
to a team environment.

CO2 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is
Mapped at 3 possible only if managers have profound Knowledge of key research, research articles and research
reports.
CO2& PO2 Knowledge of key research, research articles and research reports help to foster analytical and critical
Mapped at 2 thinking abilities for data-based decision making to a decent extent.

CO2& PO3 Knowledge of key research, research articles and research reports help to understand managers learn
Mapped at 3 new technologies with comfort and cope with change to be productive.

CO2& PO4 Knowledge of key research, research articles and research reports help to understand, analyze and
Mapped at 2 communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO2& PO5 In-depth Knowledge of research help managers to Read, write, and contribute to Business literature.
Mapped at 3

CO2& PO6 In-depth Knowledge of research outlines the ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of
Mapped at 3 organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment

CO3 & PO1

Mapped at 3 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is
possible only if managers are aware of data analysis-and hypothesis testing procedures
CO3 & PO2 Basic awareness of data analysis-and hypothesis testing procedures helps to foster analytical and critical
Mapped at 3 thinking abilities for data-based decision making to a decent extent.

CO3 & PO3

Mapped at 3 Learning new technologies and to be productive is possible only if students are aware of data analysis-
and hypothesis testing

CO3 & PO4 Basic awareness of data analysis-and hypothesis testing procedures helps to understand, analyze and
Mapped at 3 communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO3 & PO5 Managers will be able to Read, write, and contribute to Business literature only with the understanding
Mapped at 3 of data analysis-and hypothesis testing

CO3 & PO6 Data analysis-and hypothesis testing outlines the ability to lead themselves and others in the
Mapped at 3 achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment

CO4 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is
Mapped at 3 imaginable if managers are aware of designing questionnaires and administer simple survey-based
projects.
CO4 & PO2 Designing questionnaires and administer simple survey-based projects helps to foster analytical and
Mapped at 3 critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making to a decent extent.

CO4 & PO3 Designing questionnaires and administer simple survey-based projects helps to Learn new technologies
Mapped at 3 with ease and to be productive.

CO4 & PO4 Designing questionnaires and administer simple survey-based projects help to understand, analyze and
Mapped at 3 communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO4 & PO5 Designing questionnaires and administer simple survey-based projects also help Managers to Read,
Mapped at 3 write, and contribute to Business literature in an effective manner.

CO4& PO6 Designing questionnaires and administer simple survey-based projects enhance the ability to lead
Mapped at 3 themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment.
CO5 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is
Mapped at 3 conceivable if managers are aware of sampling methods, measurement scales, instruments and its
appropriate use.
CO5 & PO2 Knowledge of sampling methods, measurement scales and instruments helps to foster analytical and
Mapped at 3 critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making to a good extent.

CO5 & PO3 Mindfulness of sampling methods, measurement scales, instruments and its appropriate use helps to
Mapped at 3 Learn new technologies with ease and to be productive.

CO5 & PO4 Mindfulness of sampling methods, measurement scales, instruments and its appropriate use help to
Mapped at 3 understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO5 & PO5 Knowledge of sampling methods and measurement scales also help Managers to Read, write, and
Mapped at 3 contribute to Business literature in an effective manner.

CO5& PO6 Knowledge of sampling methods and measurement scales also enhance the ability to lead themselves
Mapped at 3 and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

CO6 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is
Mapped at 3 somewhere also related with the rationale for research ethics.

CO6 & PO2 Rationale for research ethics helps to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based
Mapped at 3 decision making to a great extent.

CO6 & PO3 Rationale for research ethics also helps to learn new technologies with ease and to be productive to
Mapped at 2 some extent.

CO6 & PO4 Rationale for research ethics help to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and
Mapped at 3 ethical aspects of business to a great extent.

CO6 & PO5 Rationale for research ethics i.e CO6 is not much related to PO5 i.e. Read, write, and contribute to
Mapped at - Business literature in an effective manner.

CO6 & PO6 Rationale for research ethics enhance the ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of
Mapped at 3 organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

Mapped by: Dr.Nitu Jain, BVDU-BVIMR ,Delhi

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised
Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 207 Operations Research for Managers
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To introduce students to use quantitative methods and techniques for effective decisions
making.
To familiarize the students with the quantitative techniques for data analysis
To formulate, analyze, and solve mathematical models that represent real-world
problems.
Learning Outcomes:
After completion of this course, students will be able to
Understand Operations Research Concepts.
Know the importance of Operations Research tools and techniques.

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Number Methodolog Level Tools
(Hrs) y
1 Introduction to Operations 2 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz
Research: Introduction, Ppts & End Term
Historical background, Quiz Internals:
Meaning, Significance, Short
Scope and Limitations of Answers
O.R. Features of Operations
Research, Phases of
Operations Research.
Applications of O.R. in
Business and Management.
2 Linear Programming 10 CO 2 Lecture with Evaluate, Practice
Problem (L.P.P.): Definition practical (Create) questions,
and Components of LPP, questions and
Formulation of LPP, LLP Group
Solution of LPP by Formulation Activity to
Graphical Method, Examples based on prepare the
on maximization and Cases Study Case Study,
minimization, Examples on End Term:
mixed constraints, Special Short case
cases in LPP: Alternative or and situation
multiple optimal solutions. based
questions /
Applied
Questions
3 Transportation problems 10 CO 2 Lecture with Evaluate, Practice
(T.P.): Introduction and practical (Create) questions,
Formulation of TP, Initial questions and
Basic Feasible Solution Applications Group
I.B.F.S. by North West of T.P. in Activity to
Corner Rule (NWCR), business prepare the
Matrix Minimum Method, based on Case Study,
Cases Study
Method (VAM), Checking End Term
Optimality by Modified Exam:
Distribution Method (MODI Applied
Questions
 Method), Special cases in
TP: maximization,
unbalanced TP, restricted
TP, applications of T.P. in
business
4 Assignment Problems 6 CO 2 Lecture with Evaluate, Practice
(A.P.): Meaning, definition practical (Create) questions,
of AP, Hungarian Method questions and
of solving AP, Assignment Applications Group
Problem for Maximization, of A.P. in Activity to
minimization. unbalanced business prepare the
AP, restricted AP, Multiple based on Case Study,
/Optimal Solutions, Cases Study
applications of A.P. in End Term
business. Exam:
Applied
Questions
5 Simulation: Introduction 7 CO 2 Lecture with Apply, End Term:
to Simulation, Types of practical (Analyse) Theory
Simulation, steps of questions, /Applied
Case Questions
simulation process,
Activity
Monte Carlo technique,
business applications
and limitations. Decision
Environments-risk &
uncertainty Payoff table,
regret table, Decision
making under
uncertainty, Maximin &
Maximax criteria,
Minimax regret criteria,
Laplace Criterion,
Hurwicz criterion,
Expected monetary
value criterion, Expected
Pay off of Perfect
Information (EPPI),
Expected Value of
Perfect Information
(EVPI), Expected
Opportunity Loss
(EOL), Decision Tree.
6 Network Analysis by PERT 10 CO 2 Lecture with Analyse, Practice
and CPM: Introduction to practical (Evaluate) questions,
Networks, Basic differences questions and
between PERT and CPM, Network End Term
Analysis Exam:
PERT/CPM network Formulation Applied
components and precedence based on Questions
relationships. Critical Path Cases Study
Analysis, forward pass
computation for earliest event
time, backward pass
computation for latest
 allowable event time, Program
Evaluation and Review
Technique (PERT).
Determination of PERT times.

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO207.1 3 3 3 1 1 2

CO207.2 3 3 1 2 1 2

CO. 3 3 2 1.5 1 2

CO 3 3 2 1 1 2

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2

Class Participation/
10 5 5
Attendance
Live Cases club activity 5 - 5

Case study discussion 5 - 5

Assignments/ Projects 10 5 5

Internal End Term Exam 20 10 10

Internal 50 20 30
End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
Reference Books:
 Reference Books Name of the Title of the Year Publisher Company
(Publisher) Author Book Edition

1 National Sharma J. K. Operations 2009 Laxmi Publications Pvt.

Research Ltd.
Theory and
Applications
2 National R. Panneerselvam Operations 2006 Prentice- Hall of India
Research Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi

3 National S. Kalavathy Operations 2013 Vikas Publishing

Research House Company Pvt.
Ltd.
4 International Michael Carter, Operations 2019 Taylor & Francis
Camille C Research- A Group, LLC
Price,GhaithRaba Practical
di Introduction
5 International Greg H. Parlier, Operations 2019 Springer
ociredeF Research and
,erotarebiL craM Enterprise
egnameD Systems
6 International S.A. Cropper, Operations 2012 Springer
.C leahciM Research and
,noskcaJ luaP the Social
syeK Sciences

Online Resources:
Online Resources No Web site address
1 en.wikipedia.org
2 www.springer.com
3 www.pearson.com
4 www.optimization-online.org

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

O1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is
possible only if managers understand Operations Research Concepts.
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 2 The concepts would be delivered through case studies to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities
Mapped at 3 for data-based decision making.

CO1 & PO 3 Helps to understand how organizations learn and cope with change to be productive
Mapped at 3

CO1 & PO 4 Understand and analyze an expected outcome of business through Operations Research Concepts but
Mapped at 1 economic, legal and ethical aspects of business are not very relevant to CO 1 hence the alignment of CO
 1 to PO 4 is low.

CO1 & PO5 Understanding of Operations Research Concepts can lead to Read, write, and contribute to Business
Mapped at 1 literature is aligned very low as writing and contributing to business literature is not a necessary
outcome
CO1 & PO6 Understanding of Operations Research Concepts can lead to achieve organizational goals. But
Mapped at 2 contributing effectively to a team environment are not relevant to CO 1 . hence the alignment of CO 1
to PO 6 is moderate.

CO2 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is possible
Mapped at 3 through use of Operations Research tools and techniques.
So highly aligned.

CO2& PO2 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making is possible through use of
Mapped at 3 Operations Research tools and techniques.

CO2& PO3 Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times are not very relevant to CO 2 hence the
Mapped at 1 alignment of CO 2 to PO 3 is low.

CO2& PO4 Understand and analyze an expected outcome of business through Operations Research tools and
Mapped at 2 techniques but economic, legal and ethical aspects of business are not very relevant to CO 2 hence the
alignment of CO 2 to PO 4 is moderate.

CO2& PO5 Knowledge of Operations Research tools and techniques can lead to Read, write, and contribute to
Mapped at 1 Business literature is aligned very low as writing and contributing to business literature is not a
necessary outcome hence the alignment of CO 2 to PO 5 is low.

CO2& PO6 Knowledge of Operations Research tools and techniques can lead to achieve organizational goals. But it
Mapped at 2 is not contributing effectively to a team environment. hence the alignment of CO 2 to PO 6 is moderate.

Mapped by: Dr.S.S.Mane, BVDU-Abhjjit Kadam Institute of Management and Social

Sciences Solapur
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 208 Business Ethics and Corporate Governance
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 02 IE IA = 100
Course Objectives:
To equip the learners with the knowledge and key concepts related to Indian ethos,
culture and values
To understand the reasons for ethical / unethical behaviour of individuals
To help the students understand the importance of ethical values and principles in
life.
To enable students to comprehend the different dimensions of Business Ethics.
To enlighten about the corporate social responsibility in the corporate business.
to understand the importance of ethics and values in personal and professional life.
Learning Outcomes :
Develop a positive change in the attitude of the students towards morals, values and
ethics after studying the subject.
Display responsibility towards the society while running any business or as an
employee.
Applythe principles ofethics and values in personal and professional life.
Use the principles of corporate governance to understand the business environment
around them
Evaluate the ethical dilemmas to arrive as suitable solutions and decisions
Analyze situations involving governance issues and explore solutions for the same

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Number Methodolog Level Tools
(Hrs) y
1 Overview of Business
Ethics:
As per
Importance and need for As per
Business Ethics, Theories individual Remembe
of Ethics, Ethical individual
05 CO-1 faculty r
Issues in Business, Ethics faculty
and Management. Ethics discretion
and values,, Norms, discretion
Beliefs, Morality
2 Spirituality and Ethics:
What is Spirituality?
Importance, relationship
between spirituality and
As per As per
ethics.Influence of Major
religions on ethics: individual individual
Hinduism, Islam, 06 CO-3 Analyze
faculty faculty
Christianity, Buddhism,
Sikhism, and discretion discretion
Zoroastrianism.
Indian culture, Ethos and
Values- Role of Indian
ethos in managerial
 practices, management
lessons from Vedas,
Mahabharat, Bible, Quran,

3 Ethical Decision Making :

Ethical Decision Making
process. Framework for
ethical decision- making.
Ethical Dilemma, resolving
As per As per
ethical dilemmas, Ethical
dilemmas in different individual individual
business areas, finance, 05 CO-2 Apply
faculty faculty
Marketing, HRM, IB, and
technology etc. Ethical discretion discretion
culture in organizations,
Developing code of ethics
and
conduct, professional
ethics.
4 Corporate Governance:
Meaning and importance of
corporate governance,
Difference between
governance and
management, purpose of
good governance, key
pillars of corporate
governance.
Stakeholders: Rights and
As per As per
privileges; problems and
protection, individual individual
Board Of Directors Role 06 CO-6 Evaluate
faculty faculty
in Governance; Role and
responsibilities of discretion discretion
auditors
Whistle blowing concept
of whistle blowing, whistle
blowers, policy for whistle
blowing .
Corporate Social
Responsibility (CSR)
concept and models of
CSR, CSR
initiatives in India.
5 Social, Environmental
and Ethical Issues in
Business: As per As per
Business action that
individual Understan individual
affects society (Ethical 04 CO-5
issues), Social faculty d faculty
responsibility of Business,
discretion discretion
Ethics and the
Environment (pollution
control and conserving
 depletable resources),
Legal and Regulatory
Issues, Sexual Harassment
and Discrimination
6 Implementation of
Business Ethics Need for
organizational ethics
program, Codes of
Conduct, Ethics Audit and
its 4 process, Corruption
and Scams, Impact of
Corruption on Society and
Economy, Anti- Corruption
Laws, Agencies such as
Central Vigilance As per As per
Commission(CVC) and
Central Bureau of individual individual
04 CO-4 Create
Investigation(CBI) for anti- faculty faculty
corruption cases,
Professional values for discretion discretion
business and managerial
values
Case studies: Major
Corporate Governance
Failures : Enron (USA);
World.com (USA);
Vivendi (France); Satyam
computer (India); Sahara
(India); Kingfisher Ltd
(India); etc.

PO-CO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 1 2 1 - 2

CO2 3 2 - 3 - 3

CO3 2 3 1 3 - 3

CO4 3 2 - 2 2 1

CO5 3 - 2 3 - 2

CO6 2 2 - - 2 3

CO. 2.66 2 1 2.33 1.16 2.5

 CO 3 2 1 2 1 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

CO3 CO
CO1 CO2 CO4 CO6
Parameter Marks 5

Class
10 2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2
Participation

Presentation 20 - 2.5 5 5 2.5 5

Case Study
15 - 5 5 5 - -
Discussion
Project
20 - - 5 10 - 5
Preparation
Live Project
15 - 5 5 - - 5
Activity

Class Test 20 3 3 3 5 3 3

Internal
100 5 17 24.5 26.5 7 20
Exam

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
Sr. No. Name of Author Title of the Book Publisher
1 National Murthy CSV Business Ethics Himalaya Publishing
House
2 National Hartman L, Chatterjee A Perspectives in McGraw Hill
Business Ethics Publishing Co. Ltd
3 National Ananda Das Gupta Business Ethics An Springer
Indian Perspective Publications
 4National Parthasarthy, Corporate governance: Biztantra
Principles, mechanism,
and practices
4 International Velasquez Manuel G Business Ethics Eastern Economy
Edition
5 International Ferrell O C, Fraedrich Business Ethics, Ethical Biztantra
John Paul, Ferrell Linda Decision Making and
Cases
6 International Boatright John Ethics and the conduct Pearson Education
of Business
7Internatioal Velasquez, Manuel G Business ethics: Pearson
Concepts & cases

Online Resources:

Resource No. Website Address

01 https://www.ethicssage.com/ethics-resources.html
02 https://maag.guides.ysu.edu/businessethics/web
03 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/226607374_Business_Ethics_Res
ources_on_the_Internet
MOOCs:

Sr. No. Details

01 www.coursera.org
02 www.udemy.com
03 my-mooc.com

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 To develop a positive change in attitudes towards morals, values, and ethics, students need to understand
and apply management theories and practices that encompass ethical decision-making.
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 2 Directly contribute to students' ability to display responsibility towards society while working in business
Mapped at or employment. It emphasizes the importance of ethical and responsible decision-making in the context of
business management. Infuse discussions on ethics, morals, and values into your course content.
CO1 & PO 4 Developing a positive attitude towards morals, values, and ethics is a critical component of the broader
Mapped at ability to understand and communicate ethical aspects of business.

CO1 & PO6 Development of a positive attitude towards morals, values, and ethics can influence a student's ability to
Mapped at lead with ethical values, promote teamwork, and contribute to the achievement of organizational goals in
an ethical manner. Effective leadership often involves demonstrating ethical behavior and values.
CO2 & PO1 Demonstrating responsibility towards society often involves ethical decision-making and applying
Mapped at management theories in a way that benefits both the business and the broader community. Ethical and
socially responsible practices are inherent to effective business problem-solving. This can contribute to the
ethical and responsible application of management theories and practices in the business context.
CO2 & PO2 Responsibility towards society often requires analytical and critical thinking abilities to make ethically
Mapped at responsible decisions that benefit the community, employees, and other stakeholders. Responsible
decision-making, in this context, involves analyzing through various real time examples and interpreting
its implications for society
CO2 & PO3 Being responsible towards society often requires adaptability and the ability to incorporate new
Mapped at technologies that can enhance ethical and responsible practices in business or employment. For instance,
adopting sustainable technologies to reduce an organization's environmental impact can be seen as a
responsible act.
CO2 & PO4 Displaying responsibility towards society often involves a commitment to ethical practices, which includes
Mapped at adhering to corporate governance principles. Ethical and socially responsible business behavior often
aligns with strong corporate governance.
CO2 & PO6 Displaying responsibility towards society often involves ethical leadership and the ability to work
Mapped at effectively within a team environment to achieve both organizational and societal goals. Ethical leadership
is closely linked to being responsible towards society.
CO3 & PO1 Applying the principles of ethics and values is an integral part of solving business problems effectively
Mapped at and ethically. Ethical decision-making is a crucial component of management practices.

CO3 & PO2 Applying ethical principles and values in personal and professional life often leads to responsible and
Mapped at socially conscious behavior. Being ethically responsible is a key aspect of displaying responsibility
towards society.
Applying ethical principles and values in personal and professional life can also be seen as a component of
CO3 & PO4 ethical corporate governance. Ethical behavior and decision-making are essential for good corporate
Mapped at governance.

CO3 & PO6 Applying ethical principles and values in personal and professional life often involves ethical leadership
Mapped at and teamwork. Ethical behavior is a key component of effective leadership and team contributions.

CO4 & PO1 Understanding and applying the principles of corporate governance is a critical component of management
Mapped at practices. Corporate governance principles are essential for effective business management and problem-
solving.
CO4 & PO2 Understanding corporate governance principles involves critical thinking and analysis, as students need to
Mapped at evaluate how these principles affect the business environment. By fostering analytical and critical thinking
abilities, students will be better equipped to apply the principles of corporate governance effectively
Students' ability to comprehend and communicate various aspects of business, including global, economic,
CO4 & PO4 legal, and ethical dimensions.
Mapped at

CO4 & PO6 Understanding corporate governance can be relevant in a leadership context, especially when making
Mapped at decisions that align with ethical and governance standards. Effective leaders should be aware of corporate
governance principles and their implications for organizational success, ethics, and values. So, while not a
direct alignment, there is some synergy between the two outcomes.
CO5 & PO1 Evaluating ethical dilemmas and making ethical decisions is an essential part of solving business
Mapped at problems, especially when these problems involve ethical considerations.

Teaching students to evaluate ethical dilemmas and make ethical decisions, contributes to their ability to
CO5 & PO4 understand and analyze the ethical aspects of business.
Mapped at

CO5 & PO6 Emphasizes the development of leadership skills and the ability to lead both oneself and others in
Mapped at achieving organizational goals, particularly in team environments.
CO6 & PO1 Analyzing governance issues and proposing solutions involves applying management theories and
Mapped at practices to address real-world business problems, especially those related to corporate governance.

CO6 & PO2 Emphasizes the development of analytical and critical thinking skills for making decisions based on data
Mapped at and evidence.

CO6 & PO5 Emphasizes students' ability to engage with business literature by reading, writing, and contributing to it.
Mapped at

CO6 & PO6 Emphasizes the development of leadership skills and the ability to lead oneself and others in achieving
Mapped at organizational goals, particularly in team environments.

Mapped by: Dr.Deepali Gala, BVDU-DMS,Mumbai, BVDU-Institute of Management

Kolhapur
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 211 - Open Data Analysis Using Ms Excel
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE 100
Course Objectives:
To train the student for using the spreadsheet package MS-Excel for business
applications.
To impart skills of analyzing data and presenting it using MS-Excel.
Learning Outcomes :
Understand the different functions of MS Excel
Use MS Excel for analysis of Data

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Number Methodolog Level Tools
(Hrs) y
1 Introduction to Excel 5 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz
MS excel screen elements Ppts End Term
Tool bar, title bar, Quiz Internals:Sho
ribbon, formula bar, status rt Answers
bar. Moving around a and Practical
Worksheet, entering and Test
formatting (e.g. Number,
Text, Date and Currency)
data. Cell referencing
(relative, absolute, mixed),
using formulae, Use of
Find, Replace, Goto.
2 Working with Excel 5 CO 2 Lecture with Understand End Term:
Insert, delete - cells, PPTs and Applied
Apply Questions
rows, columns. Sorting and Practical
(basic, custom), filtering, Test
grouping, ungrouping
data, dealing with
subtotals and grand
totals. Validating data,
protecting cells. Pivot
Tables.
3 Conditional Formatting 5 CO 2 Lecture with Understand End Term:
Once defined, it will PPTs and Applied
automatically change the Apply Questions
formats as per conditions and Practical
user inputs Test
4 Commonly used 5 CO 2 Lecture with Understand End Term:
functions PPTs and Applied
Sum, Max, Min, Apply Questions
Average, Count, Today, and Practical
Now, Datedif, Countif, Test
CountA, CountBlank,
Round, Roundup, Round
Down, ABS, Sign,
Ceiling, Floor, Trim,
 Value, Clean, sqrt, if,
sumif
5 Data Viewing and 5 CO 2 Lecture with Understand End Term:
Reviewing PPTs and Applied
Inserting comments, Apply Questions
spell checks and and Practical
Test
changes to the
worksheet data etc,
Viewing data in
different ways eg.
Page break, normal etc
6 Creating and managing 5 CO 2 Lecture with Understand End Term:
charts PPTs and Applied
Create and modify graphs Apply Questions
and Practical
/ charts like Column, Test
Line, Pie, Bar, Area,
Scatter,3D etc. Working
with multiple sheets,
hyper linking Work with
spark lines. Perform
Look UP tables.
Analysis Tool pack:
Correlation,
Regression

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO211.1 3 2 3 2 1 3

CO211.2 3 3 2 3 1 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2

Class Participation/
10 5 5
Attendance
Practical
5 2 3
Attendance
Assignments/
10 5 5
Projects
 Internal End Term
5 2 3
Practical Exam

Internal 20 10 10

End Term (Univ) 50 24 26

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

1. Albright : Data Analysis and Decision Making Using MS Excel

2. Stwphen Nelson : Data Analysis For DuMmIES

3. Narayan Ash Sah: Data Analysis Using Microsoft Excel 1/e, Excel

Online Resources:

Resource Website Address

No.
1 W3schools
2 geeksforgeeks.com
MOOCs:
Sr. No. Details
1 Excel tutorials
2 Udemy.com
3 Microsoft.com
4 Alison
5 Coursea

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO No. PO/PSO CL Justification

Strongly mapped as students gain the knowledge on MS-EXCEL syntax

PO1 3 and semantics and be fluent in the use of MS-EXCEL in writing the
programs
PO2 2 Moderately mapped as only few students identify their own problem by
conducting literature review for writing programs.

PO3 3 Strongly mapped as designing and implementation is required to write the

1 program for the given problem statement.
 PO4 2
Moderately mapped as students learn MS-EXCEL tools to perform the
analysis.
PO6 3 Strongly mapped as students apply the concepts learnt in continuing
professional development and new developments.

Strongly mapped as the students need the knowledge of MS-EXCEL

PO1 3 Functionalities
to apply them in building the business analysis tools.

Strongly mapped as problem analysis is necessary for solving /developing any

PO2 3 application using MS-EXCEL.

2
PO3 2 Moderately mapped as the process of design and implementation has to be
followed while applying the concepts.

PO4 3 Strongly mapped as students learn modern IDE tools for business analysis.

PO6 3 Strongly mapped as students apply the concepts learnt in continuing

professional development and new developments.

Mapped by: Prof.Alok Shah, BVDU-DMS, Mumbai

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised
Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 211 - Open E-Commerce Application
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE 100

Subject / Course Objectives :

12
Learning Outcomes :
Basic concepts about E-commerce will be studied.
Knowledge of business models will be used.
Students will implement e-commerce security.
Better usage will be down with help of E-payment system.
Where e-commerce Applications are used.
Use of M-commerce technology

Unit Contents Sessions CO Teaching Cognitive Evaluation

No. Methodology Level Tools
1 Introduction to E- 5 CO1 Lectures with Understand Short and
Commerce PPT Essay Type
Brief history of e- Presentations Questions,
commerce, definitions of Term Exams
e-commerce, technical
components and their
functions, e-commerce
versus traditional
business, requirements
of e-commerce.
Advantages and
disadvantages of e-
commerce, Value chain
in e-commerce, current
status of e-commerce in
India.
2 Business Models for e- 5 CO2 Lectures with Remember Short and
commerce PPT Essay Type
Types of business Presentations Questions,
models (B2B, B2C, Term Exams
C2B,C2C) with
examples. EDI
Requirement of EDI,
types of EDI, advantages
and disadvantages of
EDI.
3 Types of ISP 5 CO2 Lectures with Remember Short and
ISP, Types of ISP, PPT Essay Type
Choosing an ISP, Presentations Questions,
domain name, domain Term Exams
name types, how to
register domain name.
4 E-commerce Payment 5 CO3 Lectures with Apply Short and
System PPT Essay Type
Overview of Electronic Presentations Questions,
payment technology, Term Exams
 limitations of the
traditional payment
system, requirements of
e-payment system. B2B
Electronic Payments,
Third-Party Payment
Processing, Electronic
Payment Gateway
Electronic or digital
cash, properties of
digital cash, how it
works. Online credit
card payment system,
smart card.
5 E-Commerce 5 CO4 Case Studies, Analyse Short and
Applications Presentations Essay Type
E-Commerce and Questions,
banking, e-commerce Application
and retailing, e- Oriented
commerce and online Assessment,
publishing, online Term Exams
marketing, e-advertising,
e-branding.
6 Mobile Commerce 5 CO5 Lectures with Understand Short and
Overview of M- PPT Essay Type
Commerce - Wireless Presentations Questions,
Application Term Exams
Protocol(WAP),
Generations of Mobile
Wireless Technology,
Components of Mobile
Commerce, Networking
Standards for Mobiles
Examples of M-
Commerce, Current
Status of M-Commerce
in India, M- commerce
applications, Mobile
information Services,
Mobile banking and
trading.
PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO211.1 3 2 2 3 1 2

CO211.2 3 2 2 3 1 2

CO211.3 3 2 2 3 1 2
CO211.4 3 2 2 3 1 2
CO211.5 3 2 2 3 1 2
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -
(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
Edition Company
1 National C.S.V. Murthy E-Commerce Himalaya
Publishing
House
2 National P.T.Joseph E-Commerce A Prentice Hall of
Managerial India
Perspective
3 International Kalakota and Frontiers of Pearson
Whinston Electronic Education
Commerce

Online Rresources:
Online Resources No Web site address
1 www.udemy.com
MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 Alison
2 Sayam
3 Coursera
Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:
-
-
-

-
- -
-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
- -
-

-
-

- -

-
-
-
-
- -
- -

- -

-
 -

- -

Exploring various e-commerce applications is linked to the effective application of management

theories for addressing and resolving diverse business problems. This connection highlights the
importance of understanding the multifaceted nature of e-commerce in enhancing the practical use
of management principles in solving a wide range of business challenges.
Exploring the diverse applications of e-commerce is associated with the development of critical and
analytical thinking skills for data-based decision making. This connection highlights the importance
of e-commerce knowledge in enhancing essential thinking abilities for making informed decisions
based on data.
Exploring the various applications of e-commerce is linked to the capacity to easily adapt to new
technologies and maintain high levels of productivity. This underlines the significance of e-
commerce knowledge in enhancing technology proficiency and overall productivity, highlighting
the correlation between the two.
Exploring diverse e-commerce applications is associated with the ability to comprehensively
understand, critically analyze, and effectively communicate global economic, legal, and ethical
aspects of business. This connection highlights the importance of e-commerce knowledge in
promoting a comprehensive understanding of the multifaceted dimensions of global business
operations, underlining the correlation between the two.
Exploring diverse e-commerce applications is linked to active participation in reading, writing, and
contributing to business literature, emphasizing the role of e-commerce knowledge in engaging
with the business knowledge domain.
Exploring e-commerce applications correlates with the capacity to lead oneself and others in
achieving organizational goals within a team environment. This highlights the importance of
specialized e-commerce knowledge in fostering effective leadership and teamwork in
organizational contexts.
Having a deep understanding of Mobile Commerce is associated with the effective application of
management theories to address and resolve business problems. This underscores the value of
Mobile Commerce knowledge in enhancing the practical use of management principles in problem-
solving within a business context.
A deep understanding of Mobile Commerce is associated with the capacity to effectively
familiarize with various e-commerce business models and gain in-depth knowledge of Electronic
Data Interchange (EDI). This correlation underscores the role of Mobile Commerce knowledge in
establishing a strong foundation for comprehending e-commerce models and technologies like EDI.
Comprehensive knowledge of Mobile Commerce is associated with the ease of learning new
technologies and maintaining consistent productivity, emphasizing its role in enhancing technology
proficiency and overall productivity.
Comprehensive knowledge of Mobile Commerce is associated with the capacity to understand,
critically analyze, and proficiently communicate global economic, legal, and ethical aspects of
business. This underscores the role of Mobile Commerce knowledge in promoting a comprehensive
understanding of the multifaceted dimensions of global business operations.
A profound understanding of Mobile Commerce is associated with active participation in reading,
writing, and contributing to business literature, highlighting the role of Mobile Commerce
knowledge in engaging with the business knowledge domain.
A profound understanding of Mobile Commerce is associated with the ability to lead both oneself
and others in achieving organizational goals within a team environment, underscoring the
importance of specialized knowledge in Mobile Commerce for effective leadership and teamwork
in organizational settings.

Mapped by: Dr.Suchta Kanchi , BVDU-IMED PUNE

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 211 - Open Managerial Skills for Effectiveness
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE 100
Subject / Course Objectives :
To offer exposure of essential managerial skills to students and developing these
skills in the students.
To emphasize the development of the skills and knowledge required for successful
managerial performance.
To focus on such areas as developing self-awareness
To develop creative problem-solving, supportive communication
To focus on the use of power and influence, motivation techniques
To manage conflict

Learning Outcomes:
Demonstrate applicable knowledge of the common skills needed for managerial
effectiveness within the functions of management.
Demonstrate applicable knowledge of various human behavior and motivation
techniques relating to leading individuals and teams.
Demonstrate comprehension of values, power, and influence relating to
organizational culture, change, and ethical decision-making in global contexts.
Identify and critically assess assumptions that influence decisions and actions on
management, leadership, teamwork and relationship building
Receive and integrate feedback on decision-making practices, conflict resolution
skills, and teamwork behaviors with the support of a team-based coach
Demonstrate writing business messages and reports
Unit Contents Sessio COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation
ns No. Methodolog Level Tools
(Hrs y
1 Introduction to skills & Lecture with Remember, Continuous
personal skills: Importance of PPT, Q and Understand Evaluation,
competent managers, skills of A session Mid Term,
effective managers, End Term
developing self-awareness on and
5 01
the issues of emotional University
intelligence, self-learning Examination
styles, values, attitude towards
change, learning of skills and
applications of skills.
2 Problem solving and building Lecture with Apply Continuous
relationship: Problem solving, PPT, Evaluation,
creativity, innovation, steps of Case Study Mid Term,
analytical problem solving, End Term
limitations of analytical and
problem solving, and University
8 03
impediments of creativity, Examination
multiple approaches to
creativity, conceptual blocks,
conceptual block bursting.
Skills development and
application for above areas.
3 Building relationship Skills for Lecture with Analyse Continuous
developing positive PPT, Evaluation,
interpersonal communication, Case Study Mid Term,
importance of supportive End Term
communication, coaching and and
counseling, defensiveness and University
8 02
disconfirmation, principles of Examination
supportive communications.
Personal interview
management. Skill analysis
and application on above
areas.
4 Team building: Developing Lectures Create Continuous
teams and teamwork, with PPT, Evaluation,
advantages of team, leading Group Mid Term,
team, and team membership. 8 04 Activities End Term
Skill development and skill and
application. University
Examination
5 Empowering and delegating: Lecture, Apply Continuous
Meaning of empowerment, Case study, Evaluation,
dimensions of Activities Mid Term,
empowerment, how to End Term
develop empowerment, 8 05 and
inhibitors of empowerment, University
delegating works. Skills Examination
development and skill
application on above areas.
6 Communication related to Lectures Evaluate Continuous
course: How to make oral with PPT, Evaluation,
presentations, conducting Flip Mid Term,
meetings, reporting of 8 06 Classroom End Term
projects, reporting of case and
analysis, answering in Viva University
Voce, Assignment writing Examination
 Suggestion: Self

emotions, ego,
pride

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO211.1 2 1 2 3 1 2

CO211.2 3 1 1 3 2 1

CO211.3 3 1 1 2 1 3

CO211.4 2 - - 2 3 1

CO211.5 1 - - 3 1 -

CO211.6 - - - 2 - -

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club
activity 5 3 2

Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
5 2 3
Projects
Internal End Term
20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5
Exam

Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5

 End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
/Edition Company
1 National V.S.P.Rao Managerial Skills Excel Books,
2010 New Delhi
2 National Bovee, Courtland L, Business 2017 Pearson
Thill, John V. and Communication Education, New
Raina, RoshanLal Today Delhi
3 National RamnikKapoor Managerial Skills PathMakers,
Bangalore
4 International Barun K. Mitra Personality Oxford
Development and University Press
Soft skills
5 International R. Alec Mackenzie The Time Trap:
The Classic book
on Time
Management
6 International David A Whetten, Developing 2008 Prentice Hall
Cameron Management
skills
Online Resources:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 www.futurelearn.com
2 www.classcentral.com
3 www.onlinembapage.com
4 www.businessnewsdaily.com
5 www.alison.com

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 www.mooc-list.com
2 www.mbacentral.org
3 www.my-mooc.com
4 www.accreditedschoolsonline.org
Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of management theories and practices to solve business problems is possible only if
managers have interpersonal, communication skills etc.
Mapped at 2
CO1 & PO2 Develop abilities for undertaking qualitative and quantitative research is aligned very low as it is not a
Mapped at 1 necessary outcome.

CO1 & PO3 Application of knowledge about qualitative and quantitative research to an independently constructed
mapped at 2 piece of work improving managerial effectiveness.

CO1 & PO 4 Respond positively to problems in unfamiliar situations and apply common skills required for
Mapped at 3 managerial effectiveness in the organization

CO1 & PO5 Identify and apply new ideas, methods and ways of thinking for increasing the managerial effectiveness
Mapped at 1 is aligned very low.

CO1 & PO6 Understand the expected individual and team behavior in business world and PO 6 are moderately
Mapped at 2 aligned as CO 1 demonstrate competence in communicating and exchanging ideas in a group context

CO2 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices aimed at leading individuals and teams.
Mapped at 3

CO2& PO2 Develop abilities for undertaking qualitative and quantitative research is aligned very low as it is not a
Mapped at 1 necessary outcome.

CO2& PO3 Application of knowledge about qualitative and quantitative research to an independently constructed
Mapped at 1 piece of work improving managerial effectiveness is aligned very low.

CO2& PO4 Respond positively to problems in unfamiliar situations and leading individuals and teams is highly
Mapped at 3 aligned.

CO2& PO5 Identify and apply new ideas, methods and ways of thinking for improving the managerial effectiveness
Mapped at 2 is moderately aligned.

CO2& PO6 Understand the expected individual and team behavior in business world and PO 6 are moderately
Mapped at 2 aligned as CO 2 demonstrate competence in communicating and exchanging ideas in a group context

CO3 & PO1 Application of management theories and practices to solve business problems is possible only if
Mapped at 3 managers have interpersonal, communication skills etc.
CO3 & PO2 Develop abilities for undertaking qualitative and quantitative research is aligned very low as it is not a
Mapped at 1 necessary outcome.
CO3 & PO3 Application of knowledge about qualitative and quantitative research to an independently constructed
Is not Mapped piece of work improving managerial effectiveness is not aligned with CO3.

CO3 & PO4 Respond positively to problems in unfamiliar situations and apply knowledge culture, change and
Mapped at 2 ethical decision making in the global context is moderately aligned.

CO3 & PO5 Identify and apply new ideas, methods and ways of thinking for ethical decision making in the global
Mapped at 1 context is aligned very low with CO3.

CO3 & PO6 Demonstrate competence in communicating and exchanging ideas in a group context especially in
Mapped at 3 ethical decision making in the global context.

CO4 & PO1 Application of management theories and practices to solve business problems is possible only with
Mapped at 1 common skills required for managerial effectiveness is aligned very low CO4

CO4 & PO2 Develop abilities for undertaking qualitative and quantitative research is not aligned to CO4.
Is not mapped
CO4 & PO3 Application of knowledge about qualitative and quantitative research to an independently constructed
Is not mapped piece of work for improving managerial effectiveness is not aligned with CO4

CO4 & PO4 Respond positively to problems in unfamiliar situations for understanding the influence of assumptions
Mapped at 2 on the management, leadership and teamwork is moderately aligned with CO4

CO4 & PO5 Identify and apply new ideas, methods and ways of thinking for improving the managerial effectiveness
Mapped at 3 in respect of management, leadership, teamwork and relationship building is highly aligned with CO4.
CO4& PO6 Demonstrate competence in communicating and exchanging ideas in a group context is aligned very
Mapped at 1 low with CO4.
CO5 & PO1 Application of management theories and practices to solve business problems is possible only with
Mapped at 1 common skills required for managerial effectiveness is aligned very low CO5.
CO5 & PO2 is not Develop an ability to undertake qualitative and quantitative research is not aligned with CO5 as it is not
mapped a necessary outcome for the same.
CO5 & PO3 is not Application of knowledge about qualitative and quantitative research to an independently constructed
mapped piece of work improving managerial effectiveness is not aligned with CO5.
CO5 & PO4 Respond positively to problems in unfamiliar situations is highly aligned with CO5.
Mapped at 3
CO5 & PO5 Identify and apply new ideas, methods and ways of thinking is aligned very low with CO5.
Mapped at 1
CO5 & PO6 is not Demonstrate competence in communicating and exchanging ideas in a group context is not aligned with
mapped CO5 as it is not a necessary outcome for the same.
CO6 & PO1is not Critically assess existing theory and practice in the field of HRM is not aligned with CO6.
mapped
CO6 & PO2 is not Develop an ability to undertake qualitative and quantitative research is not aligned with CO6 as it is not
mapped a necessary outcome for the same.
CO6 & PO3 is not Application of knowledge about qualitative and quantitative research to an independently constructed
mapped piece of work improving managerial effectiveness is not aligned with CO6.
CO6 & PO4 Respond positively to problems in unfamiliar situations is moderately aligned with CO6.
Mapped at 2
CO6 & PO5 is not Identify and apply new ideas, methods and ways of thinking is not aligned with CO6.
mapped
CO6 & PO6 is not Demonstrate competence in communicating and exchanging ideas in a group context is not aligned with
mapped CO6

Mapped by: Dr.Yogesh Gurav, BVDU-IMED PUNE

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
II 211 - Open Social Media Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE 100
Course Objectives:
To understand the concept of Social Media and its utility in marketing efforts.
To studythe implementation of social media campaign.
To studythe importance of social media in the promotion of a product or service.
Learning Outcomes:
Effective utilization of Social Media in connecting with the target market.
Using the social media for the implementation of marketing strategies

Unit Contents Sessions CO Teaching Cognitive Evaluation

No. Methodology Level Tools
1 Defining your target 02
customer based on the 1 As per As per
usual demographics, individual Understa individual
age, gender, identifying faculty nd faculty
discretion discretion
marital status, where
they live, or what their
hobbies are,
understanding their
basic needs, identifying
the topics of interests
by studying the

research analysis
2 Customer acquisition 04 As per As per
elements with human 1 individual Understa individual
faculty nd & faculty
use social media for discretion Applicati discretion
business, and identify on
KPIs, Building a
Community, designing
a media planning
strategy, use of social
media for marketing
strategies, four critical

take to stand out and

learn the processes
behind taking each step
3 Designing the metrics 08 As per Applicati As per
with which you can 1 individual on individual
measure the growth faculty & faculty
based on: discretion Evaluate discretion
Number of group
members
Engagement on your
live videos
 Engagement on your
daily posts
Questions your group
is asking

4 Increase brand 04 As per Applicati As per

awareness, use of 2 individual on and individual
metrics to assess brand faculty Analysis faculty
awareness, discretion discretion
boost engagement,
customer engagement
strategies based on
their basic needs,
targeting the customers
and target strategy
5 Criteria of choosing the 02 As per Synthesi As per
right social network to 2 individual s individual
engage audience, faculty (Create) faculty
monthly active users, discretion discretion
utility and usage study of
Twitter, facebook,
Instagram, Pinterest,
youtube and other social
media sites, asses their
pros and cons before
launching your website
or social media channel
6 Characteristics of 10 As per Create, As per
creating content that will 2 individual Evaluatio individual
engage target audience, faculty n faculty
planning content discretion & discretion
calendar, designing Applicati
keywords: transactional, ons
informational, and
navigational, create a
content plan, building
trust through consistent
engagement, measure
progress Concept of
Influencer Marketing
and Importance.
Project/blog or website
in development of
content and hosting
YouTube
channel to be designed
by the students in the
area of their interest

PO-CO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1
2 2 2 1 1 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 1 2

CO. 2.5 2.5 2 1.5 1 2

CO 3 3 2 2 1 2

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

CO1 CO2
Parameter Marks

Attendance/Cl 10 5 5
ass
participation
Live Project- 10 5 5
Club Activity
Case Study 10 5 5
discussion
Assignments 20 10 10

Internal End 50 25 25
Term Exam
100 50 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher Company

Author Edition
4 International Jeff Abston Youtube Growth 2018 CreateSpace
Hacking Independent Publishing
Platform
 5 International Gary Crushing It 2018 Harper Business
Vaynerchuk
6 International Donald Miller Building a 2017 HarperCollins
StoryBrand: Clarify Leadership
Your Message So
Customers Will
Listen
Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No
1 https://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/how-to-create-social-media-marketing-
content-plan-in-7-steps/
2 https://sproutsocial.com/insights/social-media-content-strategy/
3 https://www.smartinsights.com/social-media-marketing/social-media-
strategy/creating-social-media-content-strategy-plan/
4 https://blog.hootsuite.com/books-social-media-manager-read/
5 https://business.linkedin.com/marketing-solutions/success/marketing-case-
studies?src=go-pa&trk=sem_lms_gaw&veh=Google_Search_APAC_IN_NB-
Social_Beta_DR_English_249875649279 %2Bsocial%20%2Bmedia%20%2
Bcontent_c aud-790231220534:kwd-

MOOCs:
Resources Web site address
No
1 https://www.udemy.com/course/social-media-content-creation-
101/?utm_source=adwords&utm_medium=udemyads&utm_campaign=DSA_C
atchall_la.EN_cc.INDIA&utm_content=deal4584&utm_term=_._ag_82569850
245_._ad_398023114490_._kw ._de_c_._dm ._pl ._ti_dsa-
302692350888_._li_9061696_._pd ._&matchtype=b&gclid=CjwKCAjwguzz
BRBiEiwAgU0FT4Nw0wI0EFDvWkNXjH5HJAVwbz0wGrBf-
w1sPG825KK75SXokKSHWRoCmwwQAvD_BwE
2 https://www.upgrad.com/digital-marketing-and-communication-pgc-
mica/?utm_source=Google&utm_medium=Search&utm_campaign=mv_dm_pg
c_google_search_highintent-25-
64_t1_all&utm_content=social_media_course&utm_term=%2Bsocial%20%2B
media%20%2Bcourse&gclid=CjwKCAjwguzzBRBiEiwAgU0FTwsPEZYDW

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems. (Medium
correlation - CO 1 involves applying management practices in the context of social media)
Mapped at 2
CO1 & PO 2 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making. (Medium correlation - CO
Mapped at 2 1 may require critical thinking and data analysis for effective utilization)

CO1 & PO 3 Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times. (Medium correlation - Social media is a
Mapped at 2 technology, and the CO involves its utilization)
CO1 & PO 4 Ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business.
Mapped at 1 (Low correlation - CO 1 is more focused on the technical aspect of social media)

CO1 & PO5 Read, write, and contribute to business literature. (Low correlation - CO 1 is more about practical
Mapped at 1 implementation)

CO1 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively
Mapped at 2 to a team environment. (Medium correlation - CO 1 may involve leadership and teamwork aspects in a
business context)
CO2 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems. (High correlation
Mapped at 3 - CO 2 involves applying management theories and practices in the context of social media marketing)

CO2 & PO2 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making. (High correlation - CO 2
Mapped at 3 requires critical thinking and data analysis for effective marketing)

CO2 & PO3 Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times. (Medium correlation - Social media is a
Mapped at 2 technology, and CO 2 involves its use)

CO2 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business.
Mapped at 2 (Medium correlation - CO 2 may involve considerations of the legal and ethical aspects of marketing)

CO2 & PO5 Read, write, and contribute to business literature. (Low correlation - CO 2 is more about practical
Mapped at 1 implementation)

CO2 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively
Mapped at 2 to a team environment. (Medium correlation - CO 2 may involve leadership and teamwork aspects in a
business context)

Mapped by: Dr.Mukund Kulkarni, BVDU-Institute of Management Kolhapur

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. -
Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course
Title
II 211 Open Yoga and Mediation
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE 100
CourseObjectives:
To introduce the practice of yoga and its benefits to studentsTo impart
practices of basic yogic kriyas
LearningOutcomes:
Students will be able to understand the advantages of Yoga and practice basic yogkriyas
Patanjal Yog Shastra Introduction*
Meditation and its origin Concentration and Self Discipline Proper Food andBehaviour
Omkar Meditation Omkar and its effects,Omkar Meditation Posture, Process, Benefits

Unit Contents Sessions CO No. Teaching Cognitive Evaluation

Methodolog Level Tools
y
1 Origin of Yoga & its brief 4 CO 1 Lecture Understand Quiz
development. ii) Meaning with PPTs , Mid and
of Yoga & its importance Apply End Term
iii) Yoga as a Science of Internals:
Art (Yoga Philosophy). iv) Short
Meaning of meditation and Answers
its types and principles.

2 Classification of 4 CO 1 and Lecture Case studies

Yoga/Types of Yoga ii) CO 4 with PPTs
Hatha Yoga , Raja Yoga, Understand Quiz,
Laya Yoga, Bhakti Yoga, Practical , Apply
Gyan Yoga, Karma Yoga. Demonstra Class
iii) Asthang Yoga. tion of Presentation
Asana s

End Term:
Seminar on Applied
Stock Questions
Exchange
 3 Principles of Yogic 8 CO 2 and Lecture Analyze, Case Study
Practices. ii) Meaning of CO 4 with PPTs Evaluate , with
Asana, its types and Create Presentation
principles. iii) Meaning of s
Pranayama, its types and End Term
principles. iv) Introduction Group Exams: Case
of Kriya, Bandha and Discussion based
Mudra. i) ii) Importance of Questions/A
Kriya and its scientific Practical pplied
approach. iii) Importance of
Demonstra Questions
BANDHA and its scientific
tion of
approach. v) Importance of
MUDRA and its scientific Asana
approach. vi) Effect of
Asanas on various Systems
vii) Difference between
Asana and Exercise. viii)
Difference between
Pranayama and deep
breathing. ii) Yogic Diet

4 Patanjal Yog Shastra 4 CO 2 and Lectures Analyze , Group

Introduction* ii. CO 4 with PPTs Evaluate, Activity
Meditation and its origin
Concentration and Self Group End Term
Discipline Proper Food Activity Exam: Short
and Behaviour iii. Omkar case and
Meditation Omkar and its Practical situation
effects,Omkar Meditation Demonstra based
Posture, Process, questions
tion of
Benefits
Asana

5 Yogasanas and 4 CO1 Lecture Understand Case

Pranayam Basic &CO2 and apply Presentation
Yogasanas for Case Activity
Activity End Term:
beginners Bhastrika,
Theory
bhramari, Applied
AnulomVilom
Pranayam
process,practice and its
benefits

6 Sun salutation Origin of 6 CO4 Lectures Apply,

Suryanamaskara and with PPTs Analyze, Mini Project
Yogasanas in India, Sun Evaluate
 Salutation -Process, Practice End Term:
and Benefits, Influence of Practical Theory
suryanamaskar on health and Demonstra Applied
wellness of individual, tion of
impact on weight loss Asana

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 2 2 2 3 3 2

CO2 2 2 3 3 1 2

CO3 1 2 2 1 2 3

CO4 2 3 3 1 2 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation 20 5 5 5 5
Group
Participation(Group 15 2.5 5 5 2.5
Activity)
Practical Demonstration
15 3.5 3.5 4 4
(Individual)
Assignments 20 5 5 5 5

Internal End Term Exam 30 6 6 8 10

Internal 100 22 24.5 27 26.5

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Sr. Titleof the Book Name of Author YearEditi Publisher

on
No. Company
1 The complete Book of Yoga Swami Vivekananda 2019 Fingerprint!
Publishing
2 Yoga Beyond Asama The Complete Satya karla 2012 Path to
Guide for Blisfullife Andam
3 Yoga Asanas, Pranayam, Mudras, 2000 Fingerprint!
Kriya, Vivekananda Ashram Publishing
4 Yoga Sivanand 2014 Yog Vedanta
Center

Online Resources:

OnlineResour Websiteaddress
cesNo
1 https://www.yogatoday.com/

2 https://www.youtube.com/user/yogatoday

3 https://m.youtube.com/user/yogawithadriene/playlists

MOOCs:

ResourcesN Websiteaddress
1 www.classcentral.com
2 www.edx.org
3 www.coursera.org

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Students use management concepts to assess the advantages of Yoga in terms of stress reduction,
improved focus, and overall well-being. Furthermore, they can apply management principles to plan and
Mapped at 2 organize their yoga practice effectively.

CO1 & PO 2 The application of management theories involves strategic thinking and planning. Similarly, Patanjali Yog
Mapped at 2 Shastra introduces the concept of "Dhyana" (meditation), which fosters mental clarity and strategic insight.
Managers who understand both management and Yog Shastra can leverage meditation techniques to
enhance their strategic decision-making abilities.
CO1 & PO 3 the application of management theories and practices is closely related to the concepts of Meditation and
Mapped at 2 its origin, Concentration and Self-Discipline, and Proper Food and Behavior. Integrating these concepts
into management can result in more mindful, ethical, and effective business leadership, contributing to
improved decision-making, productivity, and overall organizational success.
CO1 & PO 4 the application of management theories and practices is closely related to Omkar Meditation, its
Mapped at 3 understanding, posture, process, and benefits. Integrating the practice of Omkar Meditation into
management can lead to more mindful, ethical, and effective business leadership, ultimately benefiting
decision-making, employee well-being, and organizational success.
CO1 & PO5 The ability to critically evaluate information extends beyond Yoga practice and can be applied to broader
Mapped at 3 health and wellness decisions. Students can use these skills to assess the advantages of Yoga in their
overall well-being and incorporate it into their lifestyle choices based on data and evidence.
CO1 & PO6 skills empower students to make informed, data-driven choices regarding their physical and mental well-
Mapped at 3 being, ultimately leading to a more holistic and effective approach to Yoga practice and overall health.

CO2 & PO1 ombining these two areas of knowledge can result in a more balanced, mindful, and effective approach to
Mapped at 2 both personal growth and business problem-solving.

CO2& PO2 Yogic practices and life decisions with a more informed, analytical, and data-driven mindset, ultimately
Mapped at -2 enhancing their overall well-being and personal growth.

CO2& PO3 Integrating these two areas of knowledge can result in individuals who are not only proficient in new
Mapped at 3 technologies but also maintain a balanced, ethical, and productive approach to their use.

CO2& PO4 Yog Shastra's holistic approach, stress reduction benefits, ethical foundation, and emphasis on self-
Mapped at 3 awareness can empower individuals to navigate the complexities of the global business environment while
maintaining ethical integrity and promoting personal growth.
CO2& PO5 business literature in a more insightful, ethical, and effective manner, ultimately benefiting the broader
Mapped at 1 business community and society as a whole.

CO2& PO6 tress management techniques, ethical foundation, and emphasis on personal growth can empower leaders
Mapped at 2 to lead with empathy, integrity, and effectiveness, resulting in teams that are not only goal-oriented but
also cohesive and well-balanced.
CO3 & PO1 the ability to learn new technologies with ease and be consistently productive aligns closely with the
Mapped at 1 advantages of Yoga and practicing basic yog kriyas. Integrating these two areas of knowledge fosters
personal well-being, stress reduction, improved concentration, and ethical use of technology, ultimately
enhancing productivity in the modern technological landscape.
CO3 & PO2 These practices foster mental clarity, concentration, emotional intelligence, ethical considerations, and
Mapped at 2 overall well-being, all of which are essential for effective data analysis and decision-making in a complex
and data-driven world.
CO3 & PO3 practices cultivate holistic awareness, stress reduction, ethical conduct, effective communication, and other
Mapped at 2 skills essential for navigating the complexities of the business world with mindfulness and ethical
integrity.
the practices of Meditation and its origin, Concentration and Self-Discipline, Proper Food, and Behavior
CO3 & PO4 align closely with the ability to read, write, and contribute to business literature. These practices foster
Mapped at 1 enhanced concentration, effective communication, ethical conduct, stress reduction, and holistic
awareness, ultimately enriching the quality and impact of contributions to the field of business literature.
CO3 & PO5 practices foster enhanced concentration, effective communication, ethical conduct, stress reduction, and
Mapped at -2 holistic awareness, ultimately enriching the quality and impact of contributions to the field of business
literature.
CO3 & PO6 Meditation and proper food practices contribute to overall well-being and resilience. Leaders who
Mapped at 3 prioritize their well-being are better equipped to handle the challenges of leadership and maintain their
focus on organizational goals.
CO4 & PO1 the practice of Omkar Meditation, encompassing Omkar and its effects, the Omkar Meditation process,
Mapped at -2 posture, and benefits, can significantly complement the application of management theories and practices
in solving business problems.
CO4 & PO2 practices promote mental clarity, stress reduction, ethical decision-making, innovative thinking, and
Mapped at - 3 effective communication, ultimately enhancing one's capacity to extract meaningful insights from data and
make informed decisions in a data-driven world.
CO4 & PO3 hese practices promote mental clarity, stress reduction, time management, adaptability, and a balanced
Mapped at -3 lifestyle, ultimately enhancing one's ability to acquire and apply new technological skills effectively and
productively.
CO4 & PO4 practices promote mental clarity, ethical awareness, cultural sensitivity, and effective communication,
Mapped at 1 ultimately enhancing one's capacity to navigate and excel in the multifaceted world of global business.

CO4 & PO5 Yoga practices promote mental clarity, stress reduction, ethical awareness, cultural sensitivity, and
Mapped at 2 effective communication, ultimately enhancing one's capacity to engage with and make meaningful
contributions to the world of business literature.
CO4& PO6 Omkar Meditation practices foster emotional resilience, enabling leaders to handle the challenges of
Mapped at 3 leadership and maintain their composure and focus on organizational goals, even in high-pressure
situations.

Mapped by: Prof.S.C.Maindargi, BVDU-Abhjjit Kadam Institute of Management and

Social Sciences Solapur
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
MBA (Genral) SEMESTER III
Revised Syllabus

With Effect From (2022 24)

 Programme: MBA (Genral) CBCSRevised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III 301 Strategic Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To provide a framework of strategic management
To sensitize students about internal and external environments and enable them to
integrate and practice strategic management skills

Learning Outcomes :
Having successfully completed this module, learner will be able to demonstrate knowledge
and understanding of:
The key dimensions of strategic management Analysis, Evaluation, Choice &
Implementation
ability to implement chosen strategies and identify the areas requiring
change
Develop skills in generating alternative solutions to complex problem areas,
underpinning each with a supportive and well researched rationale in order to achieve
critical success
Obtain, analyse and apply information from a variety of sources in the public domain

Lesson Plan

Session CO Teaching Cognition Evaluation

(hrs.) Topic Number Methodolo (As per Tools
gy
Taxonomy)
Introduction to Strategic
10 Management: Concept, C01 THEORY Understand and CES 1, Class
Definition, nature, scope, AND apply test
significance, Levels at which CASE
strategy STUDY
Operates, Process, Strategic
Intent: Vision,
Mission, Business Purpose,
Objectives and Goals.
10 External and Internal Resource C02 Case study Knowledge Class
Analysis External Business and assignment
Environment SWOT understand
Analysis. Industry Analysis-
Porters Five Force Model.
Resource Based View
Resources Capabilities
Competencies Competitive
Advantage, Value Chain
Analysis. Strategic Analysis and
Choice :
BCG Matrix, Ansoff Matrix,
GE 9 Cell Matrix, Business
 portfolio Analysis

10 Strategy Formulation C03 Case study Synthesize Class test

Generic Strategies - Low Cost and
Differentiation Focus. analyze
Corporate Level Strategy
Stability Expansion
Retrenchment Combination.
Functional level Strategy: H.R.
Strategies, Marketing
Strategies, Financial
Strategies, Operational
Strategies
10 Implementation of Strategy C04 case study Comprehend presentation
Issues in implementation of and apply
strategy; Strategy Structure
relationship; Implementing
changes in structure;
Restructuring and Re-
Engineering; Resource
Allocation; Behavioral issues
in strategy implementation -
organizational culture and

framework

CO-PO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 3

CO2

CO3 4 2 3

CO4 3

1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
 Evaluation

Internal + External Assessment Total-100%

Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Knowledge 10 2 2 2 2 2

Comprehension 10 2 2 2 2 2

Application 20 5 5 5 5 5

Analysis 10 1 3 2 2 2

Synthesis and 50 10 10 10 10 10
evaluation
Internal 50 10 10 10 10 10
(50marks)
End Term (50 50 10 8 12 10 10
marks Univ)

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year of Publisher

1 National S.A. Sherlekar and Principles ofBusiness Himalaya
V.S. Sherlekar
Management Publishing
2 National Dr. T. Ramasamy Principles andPractice of Himalaya
Management Publishing
3 National L.M. Prasad Principles andPractice of Sultan
Management, Chand &
4 International Koontz, Weihrich and Principles ofManagement Tata
A. Ramchandra McGraw-
5 International Peter F. Drucker Practice ofManagement Harper
Business.
6 International Richard L. Daft Principles ofManagement Cengage

7-Lead Textbook Pravin Durai Principles ofManagement 2019 Pearson

Text & Cases

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No
1 http://www.ft.com/business-education.
2 http://www.makeinindia.com/policy/new-initiatives.
3 https://india.gov.in/
4 http://pmindia.gov.in/en/
5 http://www.makeinindia.com/policy/new-initiatives
6 https://mygov.in/group/digital-india
7 www.skilldevelopment.gov.in/World%20Youth%20Skills%20Day.html
MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.coursera.org/learn/management-fundamentals-healthcare-
administrators
 Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 The key dimensions of strategic management Analysis, Evaluation, Choice &
Mapped at Implementation
CO1 & PO 2 Analysis, Choice & Implementation
Mapped at
CO1 & PO 3 Evaluation
Mapped at
CO1 & PO 4 ability to implement chosen strategies and identify the areas requiring
Mapped at change

CO1 & PO5 Identify the areas requiring change

Mapped at
CO1 & PO6 Develop skills in generating alternative solutions to complex problem areas, underpinning
Mapped at each with a supportive and well researched rationale in order to achieve critical success

CO2 & PO1 To design researched rationale in order to achieve critical success
Mapped at
CO2 & PO2 Develop skills in generating alternative solutions to complex problem areas
Mapped at
CO2 & PO3 Obtain, analyze and apply information from a variety of sources in the public domain
Mapped at

CO2 & PO4 Analyze and apply information

Mapped at
CO2 & PO5 Apply information from a variety of sources and case studies
Mapped at -
CO2 & PO6 Obtain and apply information
Mapped at
CO3 & PO1 Analysis, Evaluation, Choice
Mapped at

CO3 & PO2 ability to implement chosen strategies

Mapped at
CO3 & PO3 Develop skills in generating alternative solutions
Mapped at
CO3 & PO4 Developing analytical abilities and skills in generating practical solutions
Mapped at
CO3 & PO5 To sensitize students about internal and external environments and enable them to
Mapped at integrate and practice strategic management skills
CO3 & PO6 To provide a framework of strategic management
Mapped at

Mapped by: Dr. Ashima Bhatnagar, Institute of Management & Research, New Delhi
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
III 302 Legal Aspects of Business
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To create Dynamic and Effective Business Professionals
To transform the stake holders to cater to the needs of the society andcontribute
toNation building
To improve decision making by having a sound knowledge of law.
To develop entrepreneurs to register different aspects of their businessunder
thelaw.
Learning Outcomes :
Toextrapolate the legal knowledge to business.
IThe attributes reflect legal knowledge and understanding global
Competencies.
ITo demonstrate domain comprehensive knowledge. Toarticulate with
business skills.
To inculcate the culture of abiding law.
To develop a coherent approach.

Lesson Plan

ession CO Teaching Cognition Evaluation

(hrs.) Topic Number Methodology (As per Tools

Taxonomy)
5 Introduction to 302 Teaching Understand Quiz
Business laws, methodology is & Apply
structure and sources through
of law, Law of illustrations and
contract- The Indian role play
Contract Act,1872
Introduction,
Objectives, Definition
of a Valid Contract,
Offer and Acceptance,
Capacity to Contract,
Consent
,Consideration,
Performance of
Contracts, Discharge
of Contracts, Breach
of Contract and Void
Agreements, Quasi
 Contracts Contracts of
Guarantee and
indemnity, Bailment,
Pledge
10 Contract of Agency 302 Through Power Understand and MCQ
Introduction, Agent Point Apply
and Agency, general Presentation
rules, Modes of
creation of Agency,
Classification of
Agents, Duties and
Rights of Agents,

the Agent and his

Liability toThird
Parties
10 Law of sales of Goods 302 Through Bare Remember and Short
Essentials of Act reading Apply Answers
contract of sale, Goods
and their
classification, Sale,
Agreement to Sell and
Hire Purchase,
Conditions and
Warranties (Implied
and Expressed),
Unpaid seller and his
rights, rights of buyer.
Law of Negotiable
Instruments
Characteristics of
Negotiable
Instruments, Types of
Negotiable
Instruments,
Classification of
negotiable instruments
10 Consumer Protection 302 Through Power Analyse
Act-Introduction, Point Practical /
Definitions Presentation Case law
consumer, complaint, questions
Rights of Consumers,
Nature and Scope of
Complaints, Remedies
Available to
Consumers The
Partnership Act, 1932
- types of partners,
formation of
partnership, rights and
liabilities of partners.
5 302 Through notes Understand Practical
2013 (Amended): and drafting of question
Introduction and types MOA and AoA based on
 of companies, and drafting
Formation of a understanding MOA and
Company, Arbitration AOA
Memorandum of
Association, 5 Page 99
Articles of
Association, Winding
up. Arbitration and
Conciliation Act, 1996
Types of Arbitration,
Alternative Dispute
Resolution,
Arbitration
agreement, Arbitral
Tribunal, Arbitral
proceedings.
5 Information 302 Videos Apply Application
Technology Act, 2000 based
Amended 2018, question
Definition -

Authority, Controller,
Digital Signature and
electronic governance,
Role of certifying
authorities, Functions
of controller, Offences
Intellectual Property
Laws- Introduction
and types of IPR,
Whistleblower
Protection Act 2014.
Introduction,
Definitions, Salient
Features, importance
of the act
 CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 2 1 3 3 2

CO2 3 1 3 3 1 2

CO3 3 1 1 1 3 3

CO4 -- 3 1 3 -- 2

CO. 5 --- 1 --- 3 2 ---

CO 6 1 1 3 2 3 ---

CO 1.66 1.5 1.5 2.5 2 1.5

CO 2 2 2 3 2 2

CO-PO Mapping

1- Low
2- Medium,
3- 3- High,
 4- -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Evaluation

Internal+ External Assessment

Total-100%

Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Reference Books:

Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

(Publisher) Author Edition Company

1 National N.D. Kapoor Mercantile Law 2019 Eastern Book

Company
2 National Narayan Intellectual 2019
Property Laws
3 National Bare Act The Patent Act 2019
4 National Bare Act The Trademark Act 2019
5 International Bare The Negotiable Act 2019
 Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No
1 https://www.mca.gov.in/Ministry/pdf/CompaniesAct2013.pdf
2 http://www.ipindia.nic.in/writereaddata/Portal/IPOAct/1_43_1_trade-
marks-act.pdf
3 http://legislative.gov.in/sites/default/files/A1996-26.pdf
4 http://www.ipindia.nic.in/writereaddata/Portal/IPOAct/1_31_1_patent-act-
1970-11march2015.pdf
5 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vlk40C91HqQ

MOOCs Resources No Web site

address
1 Alisons
2 www.swayam.gov.in

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 The students will be able to extrapolate the legal knowledge to business,
its theories and practices to solve business problems.
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 2 The students will be able to extrapolate the legal knowledge to business to
Mapped at 2 foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision
making
CO1 & PO 3 The students will be able to extrapolate the legal knowledge to business to
Mapped at 1 learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times

CO1 & PO 4 The students will be able to extrapolate the legal knowledge to business
Mapped at 3 and possess the ability to understand, analyze and communicate global,
economic, legal and ethical aspects of business
CO1 & PO5 The students will be able to extrapolate the legal knowledge to business so
Mapped at 3 as to read and contribute to Business literature

CO1 & PO6 The students will be able to extrapolate the legal knowledge to business so
Mapped at 2 as to possess the ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement
of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.
CO2 & PO1
Mapped at 3 competencies. Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices
to solve business problems
CO2 & PO2 understanding global
Mapped at 1 competencies. Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-
based decision making
CO2 & PO3
Mapped at 3 competencies. Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all
times
CO2 & PO4
Mapped at 3 competencies. Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global,
economic, legal and ethical aspects of business
CO2 & PO5
Mapped at - 1 competencies. Read, write, and contribute to Business literature

CO2 & PO6 global

Mapped at 2 competencies. Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of
organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.
CO3 & PO1 To demonstrate domain comprehensive knowledge by
Mapped at 3 Appling the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve
business problems
CO3 & PO2 To demonstrate domain comprehensive knowledge so as to foster
Mapped at 1 analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making
CO3 & PO3 To demonstrate domain comprehensive knowledge in order to learn new
Mapped at 1 technologies with ease and be productive at all times

CO3 & PO4 To demonstrate domain comprehensive knowledge and the ability to
Mapped at 1 understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical
aspects of business
CO3 & PO5 To demonstrate domain comprehensive knowledge in order to read, write,
Mapped at 3 and contribute to Business literature

CO3 & PO6 To demonstrate domain comprehensive knowledge in order to be able to

Mapped at 3 lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment.
CO4 & PO1 To demonstrate domain comprehensive knowledge for apply the
knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business
Mapped at -- problems
CO4 & PO 2 To demonstrate domain comprehensive knowledge to foster analytical and
Mapped at 3 critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making

CO4 & PO 3 To demonstrate domain comprehensive knowledge to Learn new

Mapped at 1 technologies with ease and be productive at all times

CO4 & PO 4 To demonstrate domain comprehensive knowledge in order to be able to

understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical
Mapped at 3 aspects of business
CO4 & PO5 To demonstrate domain comprehensive knowledge to Read, write, and
Mapped at -- contribute to Business literature

CO4 & PO6 To demonstrate domain comprehensive knowledge and have the ability to
Mapped at 2 lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment.
CO5 & PO1 To inculcate the culture of abiding law so as to apply the knowledge of
Mapped at -- management theories and practices to solve business problems

CO5 & PO2 To articulate (Speak Fluently) with business skills and foster analytical
Mapped at 1 and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making

CO5 & PO3 To articulate (Speak Fluently) with business skills Learn new technologies
Mapped at -- with ease and be productive at all times
CO5 & PO4 To articulate (Speak Fluently) with business skills Ability to understand,
Mapped at 3 analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of
business
CO5 & PO5 To articulate (Speak Fluently) with business skills Read, write, and
Mapped at - 2 contribute to Business literature

CO5 & PO6 To articulate (Speak Fluently) with business skills Ability to lead
Mapped at --- themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment.
CO6 & PO1 To develop a coherent (consistent) approach.
Mapped at 1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve
business problems
CO6 & PO2 To develop a coherent (consistent) approach. Foster analytical and critical
Mapped at 1 thinking abilities for data-based decision making

CO6 & PO3

Mapped at 3 To develop a coherent (consistent) approach. Learn new technologies with
ease and be productive at all times

CO6 & PO4 To develop a coherent (consistent) approach. Ability to understand,

Mapped at 2 analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of
business
CO6 & PO5 To develop a coherent (consistent) approach. Read, write, and contribute
Mapped at 3 to Business literature

CO6 & PO6 To develop a coherent (consistent) approach. Ability to lead themselves
Mapped at --- and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
effectively to a team environment.

Mapped by: Dr. Rajlakshmi Wagh, Law college, Pune

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f.-Year2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
III 303 Innovation, Design, Thinking and
Entrepreneurship Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To introduce students to the role of an entrepreneur, innovation, and technology in the
entrepreneurial process.
To provide background knowledge for understanding innovation management.
To focus on the interconnection between entrepreneurial thinking and innovation.
To inspire participants to innovate in business and prompt rapid growth.
To acquire the knowledge and skills needed to manage the development of innovations.
To enable students to evaluate new business opportunities effectively.
To integrate entrepreneurial thinking and problem-solving into academic and professional
aspirations.
Course Outcomes:
Analyzing: Students will dissect business scenarios to identify opportunities and
resources, utilizing both critical and creative thinking techniques.
Evaluating: Students will assess and integrate diverse facets of innovation and its
influence on business and societal contexts.
Understanding: Students will interpret and relate to theoretical and practical
dimensions of entrepreneurship and recognize the entrepreneur's role in novel
enterprise creation.
Applying: Students will employ knowledge of startup financing avenues and
practice constructing and presenting compelling business proposals to prospective
stakeholders.
Applying: Students will implement entrepreneurial skills and strategies in real-
world business contexts, showcasing their ability to bring theoretical concepts to
life.
Evaluating: Students will critically assess the viability and potential impact of
innovative solutions in diverse business environments, ensuring they are both
novel and applicable.
Lesson Plan

Sessio
COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation
Unit ns
Number Methodology Level Tools
Contents (Hrs)

1 Introduction to 5 CO 5 Lectures: Understand Quizzes and

Entrepreneurship: and CO Case Studies ing Tests
6 Guest Applying Case Study
Entrepreneurs,
Speakers Analyzing Analysis
entrepreneurial Group Evaluating Group
personality, and intentions. Discussions Projects
Characteristics, traits, and Role-Playing Class
behavior of entrepreneurs. and Participation
Simulations Presentations
Entrepreneurial Reflection
challenges. Essays
End Term
 Internals:Sho
rt Answers
2 Innovation: 7 CO 5 Lecture with Quizzes and
Meaning and and CO Ppts Tests
6 Case Study Case Study
characteristics of
Psychometric Understand Analysis
innovation. Tools ing Group
Purpose/goals of Lectures Applying Projects
innovation. Case Studies Analyzing Class
Sources of innovation. Guest Evaluating Participation
Speakers Presentations
Types of innovation
Group Essays on
(service, process, product). Discussions Innovation
Radical vs incremental Workshops Topics
innovation.
Technology innovation vs
business model.
Challenges to innovation.
Differences between
invention and innovation.
Sustainability.
3 Innovation Management: 6 CO 5 Lectures Understand Quizzes and
and CO Case Studies ing Tests
Innovation management 6 Guest Applying Case Study
strategies. Speakers Analyzing Analysis
Definitions for innovation Group Evaluating Group
and innovation Workshops Projects
management. Role-Playing In-Class
Innovation process. and Debates
Intrapreneurship and Simulations Presentations
innovation. Essays on
Innovation
Innovative work
Management
environments.
Topics
Driving intra-
organizational innovation.
4 Creativity: 7 CO 5 Lectures Understand Quizzes and
and CO Workshops ing Tests
6 Group Applying Group
What is creativity? Discussions Analyzing Activities
Components of Role-Playing Evaluating Assessment
creativity. and Individual
Creativity process and Simulations Creativity
Hands-on Projects
techniques. Activities (like Class
Barriers to creativity. Six Hat Participation
Organization and Thinking) Presentations
Creative
personal factors to
Problem-
promote creativity. Solving
Principles and Assignments
techniques for creative
ideas.
Six Hat Thinking
Exercises and Lateral
Thinking Exercises.
 Methods and tools for
creative problem-
solving.
5 Crafting Business 7 CO 4 Lectures Understand Quizzes and
Models and Lean and CO Workshops ing Tests
5 Group Applying Group
Start-Ups:
Discussions Analyzing Projects (like
Case Studies Evaluating creating a
Introduction to Role-Playing business
business models. and model
Creating value Simulations canvas)
Individual
propositions. Assignments
Conventional industry Class
logic and value Participation
innovation logic. Presentations
(like
Customer-focused business
innovation. pitching)
Building and analyzing Case Study
business models. Analysis
Business model
canvas.
Introduction to lean
startups.
Business pitching.
6 Organizing Business and 4 CO 4 Lectures Understand Quizzes and
Entrepreneurial Finance: and CO Case Studies ing Tests
6 Guest Applying Group
Speakers Analyzing Projects
Forms of business (from financial Evaluating (such as
organizations. institutions or analyzing a
experienced financing
Sources and selection of entrepreneurs) option)
venture finance options Group Individual
and its managerial Discussions Assignments
Class
implications.
Participation
Policy initiatives and the Presentations
role of institutions in (on different
promoting financing
options or
entrepreneurship. policy
initiatives)
Case Study
Analysis
 CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO104.1 2 3 1 2 2 1

CO104.2 2 2 1 3 2 1

CO104.3 3 2 1 3 1 2

CO104.4 2 3 2 2 2 1

CO. 3 2 3 2 1 2

CO 2 3 1 3 2 2

1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, put -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%

Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6

Class
Participation/ 10 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66
Attendance
Case study
discussion 5 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83
/quiz
Assignments/
5 1.66 1.66 1.66
Projects
Internal End
15 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Term Exam

Internal 15 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

End Term
(Univ) 50 8.33 8.33 8.33 8.33 8.33 8.33
Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Reference Books

National/Int Name of the Year Publisher

Sr. No. Title of the Book
ernational Author Edition Company
Entrepreneur Journeys Book sage
1. National Mitra, Sramana 2008
(Volume 1), Publishing
Entrepreneurship and
R. Gopal,Pradip
2. National Innovation Management 2010 Excel Books
Manjrekar.
(an Industry Perspective)
Innovation Management: Response Boo
Shlomo Maitaland D Strategies, Concepts and ks, Sage Publi
3. National 2007 cations,
V R Seshadri, Tools for Growth and
Profit. New Delhi.
The innovation paradox
Davila, Tony , :why good businesses
Massachusetts
4. International Epstein, Marc killbreakthroughs and 2014
(2014)
J. Boston, how
they can change.
Govindarajan, Boston:
Vijay 10 Rules for Strategic Harvard
5. International 2005.
& Innovators; Business School
Trimble, Chris, Press,
Entrepreneurship :New Prentice Hall
6. International David Holt 1998
Venture Creation India.
New Venture Creation:
Timmons, Jeffry A.,
Entrepreneurship for the 1st Edition.
Gillin, L. M.,
7. International 21st Century A Pacific 2011 McGraw-Hill
Burshtein, S.,and
Rim Perspective,ISBN: Irwin.
Spinelli, Stephen Jr.
0070277664
Davila, T., Making innovation 2006 0- Upper Saddle
Epstein, M work 13- River Wharton
8. International
J.,Shelton, R. : how to manage it, 149786-3 School
measure it, profit from it Publishing
Hisrich,R.D., Entrepreneurship 2013 McGraw-Hill
9. International Peters,M.P.,and
Shepherd, D.
Journals:

Journals:
1 Journal of Business Venturing
2 Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice
3 Journal of Small Business Management
4 Academy of Management Review
5 Journal of Small Business and Entrepreneurship
6 Venture Capital
7 Small Business Economics
8 Family Business review

Online Resources

Resource Website Address

No.
1 www.brikenbulbs.com
2 www.en.wikipedia.org/wiki/business.plan
3 www.brainstorming.co.uk
4 www.mind-mapping.co.uk
5 www.ecic.adelaide.edu.au
6 www.mckinsey.com/
7 www.ideo.com
8 www.business.gov.au
9 www.wdc-econdev.com
10 https://hbr.org/2013/07/innovation-isnt-an-idea-proble

MOOCs:

Resources Name Website Address

University of Florida www.coursera.org
University of London www.cefims.as.uk
Alison https://alison.com/
Khan Academy - free online courses and https://www.khanacademy.org/
lessons
Swayam swayam.gov.in

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1: Analyzing: Students will dissect business scenarios to identify opportunities and resources, utilizing
both critical and creative thinking techniques.

CO1 & PO1 Moderate correlation. While students apply management theories, they particularly
Mapped at 2 focus on opportunities and resources, which isn't fully covered by PO1.
CO1 & PO2 Strong correlation. CO1 emphasizes analytical and critical thinking, directly aligning
Mapped at 3 with PO2's focus.
CO1 & PO3 Weak correlation. Learning new technologies isn't the primary focus of dissecting
 Mapped at 1 business scenarios.
CO1 & PO4 Moderate correlation. Understanding business scenarios often requires a grasp of
Mapped at 2 global, economic, and legal contexts.
CO1 & PO5 Moderate correlation. Analyzing scenarios can contribute to business literature,
Mapped at 2 especially case studies.
CO1 & PO6 Weak correlation. Leadership and team contribution are not the main focus of CO1.
Mapped at 1

CO2: Evaluating: Students will assess and integrate diverse facets of innovation and its influence on business
and societal contexts.

CO2 & PO1 Moderate correlation. Students are applying management theories to evaluate innovation,
Mapped at 2 but it's not the sole focus.
CO2 & PO2 Moderate correlation. Evaluating innovation requires analytical and critical thinking but
Mapped at 2 is more specialized.
CO2 & PO3 Weak correlation. This CO doesn't primarily concern new technologies.
Mapped at 1
CO2 & PO4 Strong correlation. A thorough understanding of global, economic, and societal contexts
Mapped at 3 is essential when evaluating innovation's influence.
CO2 & PO5 Moderate correlation. Evaluations can contribute to business literature, especially in the
Mapped at 2 realm of innovation studies.
CO2 & PO6 Weak correlation. This CO doesn't directly emphasize leadership or team dynamics.
Mapped at 1

CO3: Understanding: Students will interpret and relate to theoretical and practical dimensions of
entrepreneurship and recognize the entrepreneur's role in novel enterprise creation.

CO3 & PO1 Strong correlation. Understanding entrepreneurship inherently requires the application of
Mapped at 3 management theories
CO3 & PO2 Moderate correlation. While it involves analytical thinking, it's more about
Mapped at 2 understanding than evaluating.
CO3 & PO3 Weak correlation. New technologies aren't the main focus of this CO.
Mapped at 1
CO3 & PO4 Strong correlation. Understanding entrepreneurship often requires global, economic, and
Mapped at 3 legal context.
CO3 & PO5 Weak correlation. While related, the emphasis here is more on understanding than on
Mapped at 1 direct contribution to business literature.
CO3 & PO6 Moderate correlation. Entrepreneurship does involve leadership but isn't solely about
Mapped at 2 team dynamics.

CO4: Applying: Students will employ knowledge of startup financing avenues and practice constructing and
presenting compelling business proposals to prospective stakeholders.

CO4 moderately aligns with PO1. This could suggest that foundational concepts central
CO4 & PO1
to PO1 are somewhat addressed when students learn about startup financing avenues and
Mapped at 2
constructing business proposals.
There is a strong correlation between CO4 and PO2. This could be because PO2 might
CO4 & PO2
emphasize critical thinking and analytical skills, both of which are crucial when
Mapped at 3
understanding financing avenues and constructing compelling business proposals.
CO4 moderately relates to PO3. If PO3 pertains to a specific skill set or knowledge area,
CO4 & PO3
students engaging with startup financing and business proposal construction might
Mapped at 2 occasionally encounter elements related to PO3, but it might not be the primary focus.
The moderate alignment between CO4 and PO4 suggests that while CO4 encompasses
CO4 & PO4
elements pertinent to PO4, it doesn't entirely focus on the depth of what PO4 may
Mapped at 2
represent.
CO4's moderate connection with PO5 implies that aspects of learning how to present to
CO4 & PO5
stakeholders or understanding financing could be somewhat related to the outcomes
Mapped at 2
defined by PO5, though not exhaustively.
 The weak alignment between CO4 and PO6 suggests that the content of CO4 may touch
CO4 & PO6 upon topics or skills related to PO6 but in a very limited capacity. PO6's main themes or
Mapped at 1 outcomes might not be directly relevant to the process of understanding startup financing
or crafting business proposals

CO5. Applying: Students will implement entrepreneurial skills and strategies in real-world business
contexts, showcasing their ability to bring theoretical concepts to life.

CO5 strongly correlates with PO1. This implies that the foundational concepts
CO5 & PO1
championed by PO1 are extensively practiced and applied when students implement
Mapped at 3
entrepreneurial skills in real-world contexts.
CO5 & PO2 The alignment between CO5 and PO2 is moderate, suggesting that while critical thinking
Mapped at 2 might be an aspect of applying entrepreneurial skills, it is not the sole focus of CO5.
CO5 strongly aligns with PO3. This could mean that the specific skills or areas of
CO5 & PO3
knowledge embodied in PO3 are deeply connected to the application of entrepreneurial
Mapped at 3
strategies.
CO5 moderately relates to PO4. This might imply that while some elements of PO4 are
CO5 & PO4
evident when students bring theoretical concepts to life, they are not explored
Mapped at 2
exhaustively.
CO5 & PO5 There's a weak link between CO5 and PO5, suggesting that CO5 might touch upon
Mapped at 1 elements related to PO5 but does not majorly focus on them.
The moderate correlation between CO5 and PO6 could indicate that aspects of
CO5 & PO6
evaluating or understanding diverse contexts are sometimes covered when applying
Mapped at 2
entrepreneurial skills, but not consistently.

CO6. Evaluating: Students will critically assess the viability and potential impact of innovative solutions in
diverse business environments, ensuring they are both novel and applicable.

CO6 & PO1 CO6 moderately addresses the foundational principles of PO1. Evaluating innovative
Mapped at 2 solutions might sometimes require drawing from these foundational concepts.
CO6 & PO2 There's a strong emphasis in CO6 on critical assessment, which is likely a core aspect of
Mapped at 3 PO2, highlighting the deep connection between evaluating innovative solutions and the
skills or knowledge represented by PO2.
CO6 & PO3 CO6 has a weak alignment with PO3. This might suggest that the primary focus of CO6
Mapped at 1 does not delve deeply into the specific objectives of PO3.
CO6 & PO4 CO6 strongly correlates with PO4, indicating that the process of evaluating the impact of
Mapped at 3 solutions in diverse business environments is central to the outcomes championed by
PO4.
CO6 & PO5 CO6 moderately connects with PO5, implying that some elements of PO5 are relevant
Mapped at 2 when assessing the applicability of solutions, though not exhaustively.
CO6 & PO6 The moderate connection between CO6 and PO6 suggests that aspects of understanding
Mapped at 2 and evaluating diverse contexts are addressed, but not as the sole focus

Mapped by: Ms.Tripti Tiwari Institute of Management & Research, New Delhi
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III 307 Open Digital Marketing

Type Credits Evaluation Marks

Open 2 IE IE= 100
Learning Objectives:
To introduce students to the fundamental concepts of Digital marketing
To make students aware about changing consumer behavior in the digital world
To give understanding of formulation digital marketing strategy
To introduce students with various digital marketing platforms
To introduce students with digital marketing analytics
To introduce students with the concept of E-CRM
Learning Outcomes:
Students will able to understand the concepts of Digital marketing
Students will able to know the consumer behavior in the digital world
Students will able to plan digital marketing strategy
Students will able to understand significance of various digital marketing platforms
for digital marketing
Students will able to understand and use CRM in digital marketing

Lesson Plan

Cognitio Evaluation
Session Topic CO Teaching n Tools
(hrs.) Number Methodolog (As per

y Taxonomy)

Common Common Common As per Common As per

(as individual individual
mentioned faculty faculty
in the discretion discretion
syllabus)
5 Introduction to Digital CO307.1 Understa
Marketing : Introduction, nd
Nature, scope and
significance of digital
marketing. Difference
between traditional
marketing and digital
marketing. Digital
marketing platforms.
Digital Marketing Era and
the way forwards
5 Digital Consumer: CO307.2 Understa
Understanding Consumer nd
behavior in digital world.
Marketing Funnel. Digital
marketing funnel. The
digital revolution in India.
Understanding the digital
business. STP for digital
marketing. Concept of
 Online marketing Mix.
5 Digital marketing Strategy: CO307.3 Apply
How to create effective
digital marketing
strategy, digital marketing
planning- Strategy, Goal,
Action. Digital marketing
channels.
5 Digital marketing CO307.3 Evaluate
Platforms: Search Engine
Optimization (SEO)
Concept, Significance,
Optimizing website, On
Page Optimization, Off
Page Optimization.
Introduction to SEM,
introduction to E mail
Marketing , Mobile
Marketing, content
marketing, affiliate
marketing, social media
marketing
5 Digital marketing analytics CO307.4 Analyse
: Introduction to digital
marketing analytics,
difference between why
digital marketing analytics,
what is DMA, digital
marketing analyst. Tools
for digital marketing
analytics.
5 CRM : Concept, CO307.5 Create
significance, e-CRM,
difference between CRM
and e-CRM., Tools for
CRM, Mobile Apps for
CRM

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO307.1 3 3 3 2 - 1
CO307.2 2 3 2 2 2 3
CO307.3 1 2 3 3 1 2
CO307.4 1 2 3 3 2 3
CO307.5 1 2 3 3 1 3
CO 1.6 2.4 2.8 2.6 1.2 2.4
(Average)
CO 2 2 3 3 1 2
(Rounded
Off)
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internal Evaluation
Total-100%

Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO307.1 CO307.2 CO307.3 CO307.4 CO307.5

Attendance 10 2 2 2 2 2

Case Study 15 2 2 4 3 4
Discussion
Class Test 10 2 2 2 2 2

Field 20 3 4 6 7
Assignments
/ Projects
Presentation 15 2 3 4 3 3

Internal End 30 4 4 8 6 8
Term Exam
Internal 100
( 100 Marks)

Evaluation
Internal Evaluation
Total-100%
Assessment Mapping (CDOE Students)

Parameter Marks 307CO1 307CO2 307CO3 307CO4 307CO5

Attendance 10 2 2 2 2 2

Online Case 15 2 2 4 3 4
Study
Online 10 2 2 2 2 2
Assignment
Online 20 3 4 6 7
Business Plan
Online Quiz 10 2 2 2 2 2
 Online 15 2 3 4 3 3
Presentations
Online Test 20 3 3 5 4 5

100

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) Edition Company
1 National RPrasad Digital Marketing
2 National SameerKulkarni Virtual Marketing
3 National :Vandana Ahuja Digital Marketing
(Oxford
Universitypress
4 International Arnold, etal Web Marketing
5 International Philip Kotler, Marketing 4.0:
HermawanKartajaya, Moving from
Iw Traditional to Digital
6 International Ryan Deiss, Russ Digital Marketing Wiley
Henneberry For Dummies Publication

Online Resources:
Online Resources Web site address
No
1 https://neilpatel.com/what-is-digital-marketing/
2 https://www.digitalmarketer.com/digital-marketing/

MOOCs:
Resources Web site address
No
1 https://learndigital.withgoogle.com/digitalunlocked/certificationhttps://ww
w.coursera.org/specializations/digital-marketing#courses

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO307.1 & PO1 Once the concepts are clear it can be used to solve the business problems
Mapped at 3
CO307.1 & PO2 Conceptual clarity will lead to improving analytical and critical thinking abilities
Mapped at 3 based on the available data.
CO307.1 & PO3 Strong fundamental knowledge helps to learn and adapt to new technologies with
Mapped at 3 ease resulting in sustainable development.
CO307.1 & PO4 It helps to comprehend and relate easily with other aspects of business.
Mapped at 2
CO307.1 & PO5 It is difficult to contribute to business literature without the application of the
Mapped at - knowledge acquired.
CO307.1 & PO6 Understanding of concepts alone will not lead to notable contribution to achieve
Mapped at 1 organizational goals
CO307.2 & PO1 Understanding of management theories and practices will help to know how the
Mapped at 2 consumers may behave in the digital world.
CO307.2 & PO2 Various consumer behavior theories may be applied based upon the past data by
Mapped at 3 critical analysis.
CO307.2 & PO3 A strong consumer behavior study will lead to come up with new technologies
Mapped at 2 resulting in more productivity.
CO307.2 & PO4 If the approach is consumer centric it becomes easy to align and communicate the
Mapped at 2 consumer preferences with respect to economic, legal and ethical aspects of
business
CO307.2 & PO5 The best consumer behavior practices of a particular target area / segment may be
Mapped at 2 propagated to other markets by contributing by way of speaking, writing in
business magazines etc.
CO307.2 & PO6 It is easy to retain a happy consumer as it takes four times more effort to acquire a
Mapped at 3 new one. A deep understanding of consumer behavior will lead to self-motivation,
happy team and positive results for the organization.
CO307.3 & PO1 It is difficult to formulate strategies based upon theoretical knowledge alone.
Mapped at 1
CO307.3 & PO2 Analytical and critical thinking abilities may be useful to formulate strategies but
Mapped at 2 the bases of the current available data, if not known may lead to ineffective
strategies.
CO307.3 & PO3 Learning new technologies and applying them will save a lot of energy and
Mapped at 3 resources resulting in good business.
CO307.3 & PO4 Having a thorough understanding of the business environment and empathy
Mapped at 3 towards the consumers helps to achieving a long term and ethical business
relationship.
CO307.3 & PO5 Consumers come from various backgrounds, preferences etc. Therefore, the
Mapped at 1 information, even if shared on different domains may not yield the desired output.
CO307.3 & PO6 The consumers are always on the lookout of something new, if the strategies of the
Mapped at 2 organization and the intent of the consumers match, only then the organizational
goals are fulfilled.
CO307.4 & PO1 Basic knowledge of management theories may not be sufficient to understand the
Mapped at 1 significance of the vibrant digital marketing platforms.
CO307.4 & PO2 Understanding the importance of digital marketing platforms gives a clear direction
Mapped at 2 to critically think and take decisions based upon the data available.
CO307.4 & PO3 Thorough understanding of the significance of the various digital marketing
Mapped at 3 platforms helps to learn new technologies with ease and to be productive at all
times.
CO307.4 & PO4 In depth understanding of the digital marketing platforms helps to quantify and
Mapped at 3 formulate strategies encompassing global economic, legal and ethical aspects of
business.
CO307.4 & PO5 The significance of the various digital marketing platforms if propagated through
Mapped at 2 business literature may help to reach out to large masses.
CO307.4 & PO6 A knowledgeable and passionate marketer will always contribute effectively in a
Mapped at 3 team resulting in setting benchmarks and reaching organizational goals.
CO307.5 & PO1 Having theoretical knowledge alone may not be sufficient to put into use the CRM
Mapped at 1 in digital marketing.
CO307.5 & PO2 As understanding of the CRM market dynamics is essential to succeed, analytical
Mapped at 2 and critical thinking abilities may serve the purpose.
CO307.5 & PO3 Effective usage of CRM is the buzzword today. It is possible for those who learn
Mapped at 3 new technologies easily. It helps the organization to reach its goals.
CO307.5 & PO4 The usage of CRM in digital marketing with thorough understanding of economic,
Mapped at 3 legal and ethical aspects of business communicated globally will result in profitable
business.
CO307.5 & PO5 Digital marketing being relatively new compared to other school of thoughts, by
Mapped at 1 reading, writing and contributing to business literature may not lead to substantial
share of business.
CO307.5 & PO6 Usage of CRM in digital marketing by self-lead individuals has a positive effect on
Mapped at 3 the team and the organization is bound to excel.

Mapped by: Venkatesh Kanthaswamy,

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022
23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III 307 Open Corporate Taxation
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE=100
Course Objectives:
To introduce and orient the students with the definition and underlying provisions
of Direct tax law and
To develop broad understanding of the tax laws and accepted practices.
To make them understood regarding practical aspects of tax planning as an
important managerial decision making process.
Learning Outcomes:
Understand various basic concepts/ terminologies related Taxation
Calculation of Income under differential head of income
Understand Basic concepts for taxation of companies
Design/ Develop / Create tax saving plan.
Explain how tax planning can be done
Illustrate how online filling of various forms and returns can be done

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO307.1 3 2 3 3 1 1

CO307.2 3 3 1 3 1 2

CO307.3 3 2 1 1 - 2

CO307.4 3 2 - 3 1 3

CO307.5 3 2 - 3 - 2

CO307.6 3 2 3 2 - 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, put -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals:100%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6

Class
Participation/ 10 2 2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Attendance
Live project 2
5 3
club activity
Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
5 3 2
Projects
Internal Mid
20 3.5 5.5 3.5 4 3.5
Term Exam
End Term 10 5
50 7 10 8 10
Internal Exam

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 National Dr. V. K. Corporate Tax , Taxman
Singhaniya planning and Publications
Business Tax New Delhi.

2 National AhujaGirish, Bharat Law

Gupta Ravi, Approach to House Pvt. Ltd.
Corporate Tax New Delhi.
planning and

3 National NitinVashisht Direct Taxes: Pearson

and B.B. Lal Income Tax ,and Education
Tax
4 International Alex Easson Tax Incentives for (Kluwer Law
Foreign Direct Internation).
Investment
 5 International Daniel Q. Posin Corporate tax (Little Brown &
planning Company,
London)
Christiana HJI Double Taxation, (Kluwer Law
6 International Panayi Tax Treaties, International).
Treaty Shopping

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 https://www.investopedia.com/terms/c/corporatetax.asp
2 https://cleartax.in/s/corporate-tax
3 https://www.lexisnexis.com/uk/lexispsl/tax/document/393773/55KG-
S061-F18C-V2X4-00000-
00/Basic_principles_of_corporation_tax_overview

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 www.coursera.org
2 www.classcentral.com
3 alison.com
4 www.edx.org

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve
business problems is possible only if managers understand basic concepts of
Mapped at 3 taxation.

CO1 & PO 2 Understanding terminologies related taxation concepts would be delivered

Mapped at 2 through case studies and projects to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities
for data-based decision making but is possible to a limited extent.

CO1 & PO 3 Helps to understand how individuals within organizations learn and cope with
Mapped at 3 change to be productive.

CO1 & PO 4 Understand, analyze basic concept of tax is communicate in the business world
Mapped at 3 globally is important

CO1 & PO5 Understand basic concept of tax in business world can lead to
Mapped at 1 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is aligned very low as writing and
contributing to business literature is not a necessary outcome
CO1 & PO6 Understand the concept of tax in the business world and PO 6 are highly aligned as
Mapped at 1 CO 1 delineates the ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of
organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

CO2 & PO1 Calculation of Income under different head is possible only if managers apply the
Mapped at 3 knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems. So
highly aligned.
CO2& PO2 Entrepreneurs / corporate / managers as leaders need to Foster analytical and critical
Mapped at 3 thinking abilities for data-based decision making.

CO2& PO3 Entrepreneurs / corporate / managers as leaders need to Learn new technologies with
Mapped at 1 ease and be always productive, but that is out of the scope of this course.

CO2& PO4 Highly aligned as the calculation of income, results in the ability to understand,
Mapped at 3 analyze and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business.

CO2& PO5 Calculation of income under different heads do not require necessarily to Read,
Mapped at 1 write, and contribute to Business literature. However, there exists research
opportunity in this area of study. Therefore, it is mapped at 1.

CO2& PO6 Calculation of income under different head lead to themselves and others in the
Mapped at 2 achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

CO3 & PO1 To understand basic concepts for taxation of companies, only when the application
Mapped at 3 of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems
is possible only when skills are developed.
CO3 & PO2 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.
Mapped at 2 Understanding of basic concepts of tax can be inculcated to foster analytical and
critical thinking abilities through case studies and projects for data-based decision
making.
CO3 & PO3 Learning new technologies to be productive is possible only if students understand
Mapped at 1 basic concept of tax to develop new skills but since it depends on many other
variables the alignment is moderate.

CO3 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical
Mapped at 1 aspects of business is weakly aligned with Basic concepts of company tax

CO3 & PO5 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is not aligned with.
Mapped at - Understand basic concepts of taxation of companies.

CO3 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
Mapped at 2 contributing effectively to a team environment is only possible by understand basic
concepts of company taxation.

CO4 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve taxation issues
Mapped at 3 are very important hence highly aligned.

CO4 & PO2 To develop tax saving plan able to master over them and analytical and critical
Mapped at 2 thinking abilities for data-based decision making.

CO4 & PO3 To design / develop tax saving plan is not aligned with Learn new technologies with
Mapped at - ease and be productive at all times

CO4 & PO4 Create tax saving plan are important to understand, analyze and communicate global,
Mapped at 3 economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO4 & PO5 To develop tax saving plan is not aligned with Read, write, and contribute to
Mapped at1 Business literature.

CO4& PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
Mapped at 3 contributing effectively to a team environment is possible only develop tax saving
plan.

CO5 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices required for tax
Mapped at 3 planning very important hence highly aligned.
CO5 & PO2 To develop tax plan able to master over them and analytical and critical thinking
Mapped at 2 abilities for data-based decision making.

CO5 & PO3 To explain tax plan is not aligned with Learn new technologies with ease and be
Mapped at - always productive

CO5 & PO4 To explain tax plan are important to understand, analyze and communicate global,
Mapped at 3 economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO5 & PO5 Tax planning is not directly aligned with Reading, writing, and contributing to
Mapped at - Business literature.

CO5& PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
Mapped at 2 contributing effectively to a team environment is possible only tax plan done.

CO6 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices required for filling
Mapped at 3 online various forms & ITR is very important hence highly aligned.

CO6 & PO2 To online filling of various forms required analytical and critical thinking abilities
Mapped at 2 for data-based decision making.

CO6 & PO3 To online filling of various forms is most aligned with Learn new technologies with
Mapped at 3 ease and be always productive

CO6 & PO4 To filling various online tax related form required to understand, analyze, and
Mapped at 2 communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO6 & PO5 To filling various online form with Read, write, and contribute to Business literature
Mapped at - are not totally aligned.

CO6& PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
Mapped at 3 contributing effectively to a team environment is possible only while online filling of
various forms & return.

Mapped by: Prof. Aakash Yadav

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III 307 Open Cross Cultural Issues and International HRM
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE 100
Course Objectives:
Understand approaches to international operations
Explain the process of Global staffing
Define training and development and compensation issues.
Discuss international industrial relations.
Elaborate issues related to cultural diversity
Understand business practices in various countries.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of course, student will able to
1. Explain concepts related to approaches to international operations.
2. Explain the various aspects global staffing
3. Contribute in the process of training and compensation.
4. Describe issues related to international industrial relations
5. Handle the issues related to Cultural Diversity
6. Explain business practices in various countries
Lesson Plan

Unit Unit Details Sessio COs Teaching Cogniti Evaluation

No ns Numbe Methodology on Tools
(Hrs) r Level

1 Cross National HRM: 5 CO 1 Lecture with Underst Quiz

Purpose, Ppts and End Term
Macro influences on HRM Quiz Internals:
systems, Short
Approaches to international Answers
operations-The ethnocentric
approach, polycentric approach,
geocentric approach
2 Global Staffing Practices 5 CO 2 Lecture with Case Study ,
Approach to multinational Ppts Newspaper
staffing global staffing practices Case Study Article
Expatriation Psychometric Apply End Term:
and repatriation-selection of Tools (Analys Applied
Expatriates, barriers to e) Questions
expatriation.
3 Training Development and 5 CO 3 Lecture with Underst Case Study
Compensation Issues PPTs and with
Training & Development for Case Study Analyze Presentations
expatriation and repartition End Term
Global compensation practices- Exams: Case
compensation for expatriates, based
Social security schemes in Questions/A
different countries. pplied
Questions
4 International Industrial 5 CO4 Lectures with Evaluat Group
Relations PPTs e Activity
International industrial relations Analyze
practices Impact of Group Activity End Term
 globalization on IR, Video Cases Exam: Short
Comparative study of IR in case and
some countries situation
based
questions
5 Cultural Diversity 5 CO5 Lecture Analyze Case
Understanding cultural Case Presentation
Activity Activity
diversity
End Term:
Managing cultural diversity Theory
Understanding cultural- Applied

Trompenears theories,
Communication across
various cultures, Cross
cultural Negotiation.
6 Business Practices In Various 5 CO6 Lectures with Evaluat Activity
Countries PPTs e End Term:
Business practices and Flip Classroom Theory
approaches of European Applied
countries, china and Japan and
USA

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO307.1 2 1 - 3 1 2

CO307.2 1 2 - 3 - 1

CO307.3 2 - - 3 - 2

CO307.4 1 - - 1 - 3

CO307.5 2 1 - 2 - 2

CO 307.6 2 - 2 2 1 2

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals (CES- Continuous Evaluation): 100%
Internals (CES- Continuous Evaluation) Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club
5 3 2
activity
Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
5 2 3
Projects
Internal End Term
20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5
Exam

Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher Company
Books Author Edition
(Publisher)
1 National Bhatia S.K. International 2007 Deep and Deep
Human Resource Publication
Management-A
Global
Perspective,
2 National Bhatia S.K. Managing cultural 2003 Deep and Deep
and Diversity in Publication
Poonam Globalization,
Choudhary
3 International Mello Strategic Human 2015 Thomson Publication
Jeffery, Resource
Management,
4 International Dowling International 2004 Thomson
Welch, HRM-Managing Learning,South
People in Western
International Publication
Context,
 Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 https://kelleyflores.weebly.com/approaches.html
2 https://resources.workable.com/international-recruitment-policy
3 https://www.simplilearn.com/best-practices-for-training-global-
employees-article
4 https://www.shrm.org/resourcesandtools/hr-topics/organizational-and-
employee-development/pages/key-steps-for-better-training-development-
programs.aspx
5 https://renascencetalent.com/Pages/blog_details/8
6 https://www.worldatwork.org/docs/research-and-
surveys/e157963gp04.pdf

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 https://alison.com/course/international-and-strategic-human-resource-
management
2 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=hr
3 https://www.onlinestudies.com/Certificate/International-Human-
Resource-Management/

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Understanding different approaches to international operations allows students and
professionals to make informed strategic decisions when it comes to expanding or
Mapped at 2 operating in international markets. They can apply relevant management theories to
assess the risks and opportunities associated with each approach.
CO1 & PO 2 Understanding various approaches to international operations requires critical
Mapped at 1 thinking. It involves evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of each approach,
considering market conditions, and making informed decisions. This process hones
analytical thinking skills.
CO1 & PO 3 Explaining concept is not directly contributing in learning new technologies so it is
Mapped Nil mapped Nil

CO1 & PO 4 Concepts related to international operations often touch upon cultural aspects.
Mapped at 3 Analyzing and understanding these cultural differences is crucial for successful global
business. It involves understanding communication styles, consumer behavior, and
cultural norms.
Different countries have varying legal requirements. Analyzing and understanding
international operations approaches in the context of legal aspects ensures compliance
with local regulations. This is crucial to avoid legal issues and penalties.
CO1 & PO5 Explain concept and approaches to international operations alignment is low in
Mapped at 1 contributing to business literature

CO1 & PO6 Explain concept and approaches to international operations alignment contributing
Mapped at 2 medium in achieving organizational goal.

CO2 & PO1 Explain the various aspects global staffing ability is contributing low in
Mapped at 1 application of concept and theories to solve business problem

CO2& PO2 Global staffing aspects moderately contributing to fostering analytical thinking
Mapped at 2

CO2& PO3 Explain the various aspects global staffing ability is not contributing in learning
Mapped at Nil new technologies

CO2& PO4 Ability to explain the various aspects global staffing is highly contributing in
Mapped at 3 understanding, analyzing global economic as well as legal aspects of
international business.

CO2& PO5 Ability to explain the various aspects global staffing is not directly contributing
Mapped at Nil in writing business literature

CO2& PO6 Ability to explain aspects of global staffing contributing very less in team work.
Mapped at 1

CO3 & PO1 Contribute in the process of training and compensation is application of HR
Mapped at 2 knowledge to solve business HR problem so it is mapped at average

CO3 & PO2 Contribute in the process of training and compensation in not contributing in to
Mapped at Nil analytical thinking so it is mapped Nil

CO3 & PO3 Contribute in the process of training and compensation is not directly contributing
Mapped at Nil to learning new technologies so mapped at Nil

Contribute in the process of training and compensation is highly related with to

CO3 & PO4 understand analyze global legal and ethical issues so mapped at High
Mapped at 3

CO3 & PO5 Ability to Contribute in the process of training and compensation is not
Mapped at Nil contributing to literature of business so mapped at Nil

CO3 & PO6 Ability to Contribute in the process of training and compensation is contributing
Mapped at 2 moderately in achieve organization goal.

CO4 & PO1 Describe issues related to international industrial relations is mapped low as it is
Mapped at 1 contributing in applying IR Knowledge to solve trade union issues.

CO4 & PO2 Describing issues related to international industrial relations is not directly
Mapped at Nil contributing to achieve analytical thinking and data based decision.

CO4 & PO3 Describing issues related to international industrial relations is mapped at Nil. IR
Mapped at Nil knowledge is not contributing to new technologies.

CO4 & PO4 Describing issues related to international industrial relations is mapped at low. It
Mapped at 1 contribute in understanding IR legal issues.

CO4 & PO5 Describing issues related to international industrial relations is not directly
Mapped at Nil contributing in writing business literature.

CO4& PO6 Describing issues related to international industrial relations is contributing high in
Mapped at 3 organization goal and creating team environment.

CO5 & PO1 Ability to handle the issues related to Cultural Diversity is mapped at medium in
Mapped at 2 application of cultural uses and problem

CO5 & PO2 Ability to handle the issues related to Cultural Diversity is fostering analytical
Mapped at 1 thinking at low in issues related to international business decisions.
CO5 & PO3 Learning new technologies and Ability to handle the issues related to Cultural
Mapped at Nil Diversity is not related so mapped at Nil

CO5 & PO4 Ability to handle the issues related to Cultural Diversity contribute to understand
Mapped at 2 global issues
CO5 & PO5 Business literature and Ability to handle the issues related to Cultural Diversity
Mapped at Nil mapped at Nil as there is no relation.

CO5& PO6 Achievement of business goals and contributing effectively to team environment
Mapped at 2 moderately depends upon ability to handle the issues related to Cultural Diversity

CO6 & PO1 Explaining business practices in various countries contributes in the competencies
Mapped at 2 of managers in the application to solve business problems at moderate level

CO6 & PO2 No relation of analytical and critical thinking based decisions and ability of
Mapped at Nil explaining business practices in various countries.

CO6 & PO3 Global business practices in various countries are implementing new technologies
Mapped at 2 for improving business performance

CO6 & PO4 Explaining ability of business practices in various countries helps in
Mapped at 2 understanding global issues pertaining to economy, law and ethics

CO6 & PO5 Ability to explain business practices in various countries contributes low in
Mapped at 1 business literature

CO6& PO6 Understanding and ability of explain business practices in various countries
Mapped at 2 contributes to lead themselves to achieve organization goals and team work
.Particularly developing conducive. work environment in the cross cultural teams

Mapped by: Dr. Sachin Ayarekar, IMED,Pune

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised
Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester CourseCode CourseTitle
III 307 Open Artificial Intelligence in HR Practices
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 02 IE 100
CourseObjectives:
To develop the skills and knowledge needed to manage the complexity that comes from a
more artificial intelligence driven world and explore how AI technology can be used to
create revenue and generate business opportunities.
It aims to bring you the latest thinking and up-to-date methods for AI technologies
to create revenue and generate business opportunities.

CourseOutcomes:
It gives more emphasis on hands on experience with consulting and live projects
using AI tools.
It will also develop the skills and knowledge needed to manage the complexity
that comes from a more artificial intelligence driven world and explore how AI
technology can be used to create revenue and generate business opportunities

Lesson Plan

unit Contents Sessio COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ns Number Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs)

1 Definition, Meaning, 5 CO 1 Lecture with Understa Assignments,

Scope of Artificial Ppts nd End Term
Intelligence, approaches of Internals:
artificial Intelligence, Short
reasons/purpose of Answers
Artificial Intelligence in
HR Limitations of AI
Points to consider in
deploying AI in HR
2 Tactical HRIS (T-HRIS), 5 CO 1 Lecture with Assignments,
Applications of AI in HR, Ppts Case Study,
Deploying AI in HR, Challenges Case Study Newspaper
of AI in Human Resource Understa Article
Management, Impact of nd End Term:
Artificial Intelligence on HR Applied
practices, Barriers to adopting AI Questions
in HR
3 Role of Artificial 5 CO 2 Lecture with Analyse Assignments,
Intelligence in recruitment, PPTs Case Study
Types of Artificial Case Study with
Intelligence Hiring Bias, Live project Presentations
benefits/advantages of End Term
using AI in recruitment. Exams: Case
 The Role of Artificial based
Intelligence in Training, Questions/Ap
Learning and plied
Development, benefits of Questions
AI in corporate training
and development,
Machine Learning (ML),
Types of Machine
Learning
4 Scope of Artificial 5 CO1 Lectures with Evaluate Assignments,
Intelligence in PPTs Exam: Short
Performance Case Studies case and
Management, Role of AI situation
in Performance based
Management, advantages & questions
disadvantages of using AI
in performance reviews,

5 Artificial Intelligence and 5 CO 2 Lecture with Analyze Assignments,

Compensation PPTs , Presentation
Management, impact of Evaluate Activity
Artificial Intelligence on End Term:
workers Compensation, Theory
Artificial Intelligence into Applied
Pay Decisions, Future of AI
in Compensation
6 The Impact of Artificial 5 CO 2 Lectures with Analyze, Assignments,
Intelligence on the Labor PPTs Evaluate Activity
Market: Globally, New Job Case Studies End Term:
Structures, Labor Relations. Live project Theory
Impact on the Organization Applied
of Work.

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 2 2 3 1 1 3

CO2 2 2 3 2 1 3

CO 2 2 3 2 1 3

1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 100%
Total : 100%
 Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2

Class Participation/
10 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club
20 10 10
activity

Case study discussion 10 5 5

Assignments/ Projects 10 5 5

Internal End Term Exam 50 25 25

Internal 100 50 50

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Reference Books:

Sr. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher

No. Edition Company
1 Dr. Gerlind Wisskirchen How Artificial Intelligence 2018
impacts labour and
management
2 Agarwal, A., Gans, J., Rediction Machines: The 2018 Harward
and Goldfarb, A simple economics of Buwsiness
Artificial Intelligance Review Press
3 Forster, E.M The Machine Stops 2011 London: Penguin
Books
4 Davidov, Guy. A Purposive Approach to 2016 Oxford University
Labour Law, Press
5 Deakin, Simon; Morris, Labour Law, 4th ed 2005 Hart Publishing.
Gillian
6 Stefan Strohmeier Handbook of Research on 2022 Saarland
Artificial Intelligence in University,
HRM Germany
 7 Vikas Garg, Richa Goel Handbook of Research on 2022 www.igi-
Innovative Management global.com
Using AI in Industry 5.0
8 Ben Eubanks Artificial Intelligence for https://www.koga
HR use AI to Support and npage.com/produc
Develop a Successful t/artificial-
9 Tom Taulli Artificial Intelligence 2021 https://play.google
Basics: A Non-Technical .com/store/audiob
Introduction ooks/details?id=A
10 K.R. Chowdhary Fundamentals of Artificial 2020 Springer
Intelligence

Online Resources:

Online Website
Resources No address

1. https://www.imercer.com/uploads/common/HTML/LandingPages/Analytical
Hub/june2019-mercer-2019-global-performance-management-survey-
2. https://hbr.org/2011/11/delivering-an-effective-perfor
3. https://www.perlego.com/book/1589573/artificial-
intelligence-for-hr-use-ai-to-support-and-develop-a-
successful-workforce-pdf

MOOCs:

Sr.No. Website address

1 https://www.upgrad.com/machine-learning-ai-pgd-
iiitb/?utm_source=GOOGLE&utm_medium=NBSEARC
H&utm_campaign=IND_ACQ_WEB_GOOGLE_NBSE
ARCH_DV_IIITB_EML_HIT_ROI&utm_content=AI_
ML_Courses&utm_term=learn%20ai%20ml&gclid=Cj0
2 https://sl-onlinetraining.wharton.upenn.edu/ai-program-
for-decision-
making?utm_source=google&utm_medium=cpc&utm_te
3 https://oorwin.com/?gclid=CjwKCAjw4ayUBhA4EiwA
TWyBrsEQOBcPrck68Oikzz-4Q3I-
56snJqzHPdkpBNuOCpLIi8aoI3mewRoC7r8QAvD_BwE
Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 The emphasis on hands-on experience with consulting and live projects using AI
tools complements the application of management theories and practices to
Mapped at 2 address real-world business challenges. This gives students a practical exposure
to AI tools not only enhances technical skills but also enriches the ability to utilize
management principles effectively in solving complex business problems,
bridging the gap between theory and practical application in the business
landscape.
CO1 & PO 2 Students will get hands-on experience through consulting and live projects
Mapped at 2 utilizing AI tools, individuals actively cultivate and enhance their analytical and
critical thinking abilities essential for data-based decision making. The practical
engagement with AI tools not only amplifies technical proficiency but also
instills a data-centric mindset, enabling individuals to confidently and
effectively make informed decisions while navigating and resolving intricate
challenges in today's data-driven business landscape.
CO1 & PO 3 By prioritizing hands-on experience through consulting and live projects
Mapped at 3 involving AI tools, students are better equipped to swiftly adapt to and excel in
new technologies, ensuring continuous and sustainable productivity.
CO1 & PO 4 Prioritizing hands-on experience through consulting and live projects involving
Mapped at 2 AI tools not only enhances technical skills but also cultivates a comprehensive
grasp of the global, economic, legal, and ethical facets of the business
environment. The practical exposure to AI tools equips individuals with not only
technical proficiency but also the capacity to analyze and effectively convey the
broader framework within which businesses function, thereby fostering a well-
rounded perspective on the intricate dimensions of the business world.
CO1 & PO5 Placing a strong prominence on hands-on experience with accessing and live
Mapped at 1 projects involving AI tools complements the ability to engage with and contribute
to the body of Business literature.
CO1 & PO6 Students not only boosts technical proficiency but also cultivates leadership
Mapped at 3 skills, enabling individuals to play pivotal roles in team environments and
contribute significantly to the realization of organizational goals.
CO2 & PO1 It will help students to develop skills and knowledge to navigate the complexities
Mapped at 3 of an AI-driven world and leverage AI for business opportunities aligns closely
with the application of management theories and practices to address real-world
business challenges.
CO2& PO2 Students are engage with AI technology, they not only enhance their technical
Mapped at 3 expertise but also cultivate the capacity to think analytically and critically,
enabling them to make data-informed decisions, tackle complex challenges, and
capitalize on opportunities in the rapidly evolving business
CO2& PO3 The process of acquiring the skills and knowledge necessary to navigate the
Mapped at 2 complexities of an AI-driven world and harness AI for business opportunities
inherently fosters an environment of adaptability and Agility. By engaging with
AI technology, students not only enhance their technical abilities but also develop
a mindset that enables them to learn new technologies with ease, ensuring
continuous productivity in a dynamic technological landscape
CO2& PO4 The development of skills and knowledge required to navigate the intricacies of
Mapped at 3 an AI-driven world and harness AI technology for business opportunities is
closely interconnected with the ability to comprehend, analyze, and effectively
communicate the global, economic, legal, and ethical dimensions of business.
CO2& PO5 This develops skills and knowledge to navigate the complexities of an AI-driven
Mapped at - world and harness AI for revenue generation also fosters a deeper engagement
with Business literature. Students gain expertise in AI applications, they are better
positioned to actively participate in the discourse of Business literature,
contributing to a richer understanding of the evolving business landscape and
fostering innovation at the intersection of AI and business practices.
CO2& PO6 Gaining expertise in managing the intricacies of an AI-driven world and
Mapped at 3 harnessing AI technology for revenue generation and business opportunities
equips students with not only technical proficiency but also cultivates leadership
capabilities, enabling individuals to guide both themselves and others effectively
within a team environment, contributing to the attainment of organizational
objectives and fostering innovation.

Mapped by: Dr. Rahul N. Manjare, AKIMSS, Solapur

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised
Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 23
Semester Course Code Course
III 307 Open Indian Culture
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE = 100
Course Objectives:
To studystage wise development of Civilization
To understand morals and ethics and cultural development laying foundation
forprogression of cultural history.
To understand Pre and proto historic cultures.
Learning Outcomes:
Understanding Religious movements in the sixth and fifth centuries.
Understanding Evolution of Indian society.
Understanding Indian polity and Economic life.
Lesson Plan

Cognition
Session Topic CO Teaching (As per Evaluati
(hrs.) Number Methodology on Tools
Taxonomy)

4 Meaning and process of culture; CO1 Case Study Knowledge IE

Sources Archaeology, Literature.
Elements of Culture, concept of
Indianness and value system.
Relation
between culture and civilization

5 Historiography and CO2 Oral Comprehensi IE

approaches to the study of Questions on
Indian Culture Stereotypes,
Objectivity and Bias, Imperialist,
Nationalist, Marxist and
Subaltern. Heritage of India and

6 Pre and proto historic CO3 Flipped Knowledge IE

cultures- Indus Civilization Classroom
Origin, extent, date, art,
architecture, religion, society,
economy. Stone age cultures,
Protohistoric cultures, Harappan
Culture, Vedic culture, Mauryan
period, Gupta period, Early
Medieval Period, Sultanate Period,
Mughal Period.
Religious movements in the CO4 Presentatio application IE
sixth and fifth centuries: ns
Buddhism and Jainism; Social
and economic changes; Impact of
Persian and Greek invasions;
Role of Mauryan empire in
Indian cultural unification; Asoka
 his edicts and Dhamma;
Mauryan art, polity and
economy; Sangam age Society
and economy.
6 Evolution of Indian society- CO5 Group analysis IE
Varnasrama Dharma; Caste Discussion
system, Asramas, Purushartas,
Samsakaras, family, education,
position of women, Parda system,
Sati, slavery, untouchability,
Festivals and pastimes; Legal
Institutions sources of Hindu Law,
Proprietory rights, succession,
judicial procedure, attempts at
social reforms in medieval and
modern times
4 Indian polity and Economic life CO6 Debate knowledge IE
nature of State, kingship,
republics, and local self
government, inter State relations;
taxation; Economic life
argiculture, trade, commerce,
industries, guilds, urbanisation,
towns and cities.

CO-PO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 2 - - - - 2

CO2 - - - - 2 -

CO3 3 - - - - -

CO4 - - - 2 - -

CO5 - - - 1 2 -

CO6 - - - 2 1 3

1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
 Evaluation

Internal+ External Assessment

Total-100%

Assessment Mapping

Total marks: 100

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6

Midterm 15 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Endterm 15 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Attendence 10

CES 10 1.5 2 2 1.5 1.5 1.5

50

50

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

 Reference Books:
Sr. Name of the Author Titleof the Book Year Publisher
No. Edition Company
1 J.L.Mehta, Sarita mehta History of Ancient India 2012

2 Shastri K. A. Nilakanth History of India Part I Ancient

India
3 R.C.Majumdar, H.C. An Advanced Historyof India 2020
Raychaudhari, Kalikinkar
4 Kosambi D. D. The culture and civilization of 1975
ancient India
5 Kosambi D. D. An introduction to study of 1975
Indian History 1975
6 Sharma R. S. Aspect of political ideas and 1959
institution in ancient India

Online Resources:
Online Websiteaddre
Resources ss
No
1 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/33
9726396_A_Brief_History_of_India
2 https://www.pdfdrive.com/indian-history-
books.html

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.edx.org/course/natural-disasters
2 https://swayam.gov.in/
3 https://www.coursera.org/
4 https://nptel.ac.in/

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 It is mapped at PO1 as the concept of Indianness for understanding cultural and
social problems of Business.
Mapped at 2
CO1 & PO 2 no correlation
Mapped at
CO1 & PO 3 no correlation
Mapped at
CO1 & PO 4 no correlation
Mapped at
CO1 & PO5 no correlation
Mapped at
CO1 & PO6 Mapped at PO6 students to lead themselves and team to achieve organizational
Mapped at 2 goals.
CO2 & PO1 no correlation
Mapped at
CO2 & PO2 no correlation
Mapped at
CO2 & PO3 no correlation
Mapped at
CO2 & PO4 no correlation
Mapped at
CO2 & PO5 As the understanding, evolution of Indian Society will be read, studied, which
Mapped at -2 will contribute to Business Literature.

CO2 & PO6 no correlation

Mapped at
CO3 & PO1 Memorize and Apply the historic cultures which will lead in developing best
Mapped at 3 Management Practices for improving culture in organization.
CO3 & PO2 no correlation
Mapped at
CO3 & PO3 no correlation
Mapped at
CO3 & PO4 no correlation
Mapped at
CO3 & PO5 no correlation
Mapped at
CO3 & PO6 no correlation
Mapped at
CO4 & PO1 no correlation
Mapped at
CO4 & PO2 no correlation
Mapped at
CO4 & PO3 no correlation
Mapped at
CO4 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze, apply and communicate the learning from
Mapped at 2 religious movements in the 6th and 5th centuries for improving organizational
culture.
no correlation
CO4 & PO5
Mapped at
CO5 & PO1 no correlation
Mapped at
CO5 & PO2 no correlation
Mapped at
CO5 & PO3 no correlation
Mapped at
CO5 & PO4 Understand, Apply the evolution of Indian Society and Justify the learning in
Mapped at 1 corporate world.
CO5 & PO5
Mapped at 2 the best practices in business.
CO5 & PO6 no correlation
Mapped at
CO6 & PO1 no correlation
Mapped at
CO6 & PO2 no correlation
Mapped at
CO6 & PO3 no correlation
Mapped at
CO6 & PO4 Mapped as to understand analyse global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of
Mapped at 2 Business
CO6 & PO5 Read, understand Indian Polity and Economic life.
Mapped at 1
CO6 & PO6 Remember, read, analyse, understand the Indian Polity and Economic life and
Mapped at 3 built environment for best Human Resource Practices in the organization.

Mapped by: Dr. Deepali Pisal, IMED, Pune

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
Specializations
 Programme : MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabusw.e.f.-Year2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
III MK02 Consumer Behavior
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
CourseObjectives:
To understand the importance Consumer Behavior in the field of Marketing
To study the environmental influences on the Consumer Behavior.
To know the consumer and organizational buying decision making process.
To study consumer research and its utility in Marketing Decision Making.

Course Outcomes:
Gain a sound understanding of Behaviour in the market-place
and the concepts related to it.
Analyze the business environment and understand its influence on
the behavior.
Identify new market segments.
Understand the nitty-gritties of consumer and organizational buying
decision Process
Apply the knowledge of consumer behavior in devising marketing
strategies,changing attitudes etc.
Discuss the scope and managerial importance of consumer research and its role in
designing marketing strategies.
Lesson Plan

Unit Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluatio

ons Number Methodology Level n Tools
(Hrs)
1 Introduction: 5 CO 1 Lecture with Understa Class Test
Introduction: Meaning Ppts nd
and definition of
consumer behavior.
Importance of consumer
behavior study in the
field of marketing,
buying roles in consumer
behavior- initiator,
influencer,
gatekeeper, decider, buyer
and user.
2 Individual Determinants 8 CO1 Lecture with Case
of Consumer Behavior: CO2 Ppts Study,
Consumer Needs- Case Study Article
 Meaning of Consumer Psychometric Apply Class
Needs, s Tools (Analyze) Test:
Hierarchy of Needs. Applied
Motivation and Questions
Involvement Meaning of
Motivation, Elements of
Motivation, Buying
Motives and itstypes,
Positive and Negative
Motivation.Involvement
Meaning and Types of
Involvement, Measures of
Involvement. Personality
and Self-concept
Meaning of Personality,
Nature of Personality.
Self-concept Meaning of
Self-concept,
Components of Self-
concept. Perception,
Learning Meaning of
Perception, Elements of
Perception. Learning -
Behavioral learning
theories Theory of
classical conditioning
three basic concepts
emerged out of this
theory: repetition,
stimulus generalization,
stimulus discrimination,
implications of classical
conditioning theory for
the marketers. Theory of
operant or instrumental
conditioning: Types of
reinforcement- positive
and negative Consumer
attitude meaning of
attitude, characteristics of
attitude and strategies for
bringing in attitudinal
change.
3 External Determinants of 7 CO2,CO Lecture with Analyze Case
Consumer Behavior: 4 PPTs Study
Cultural influences, Sub Case Study with
cultural influences, Social Presentati
Class influences, Social ons
Group influences, Family Class
influences and Personal test:: Case
influences on Consumer based
Behavior Questions
/Applied
Questions
4 Consumer Buying 8 CO4 Lectures with Understa Group
Decision Making Process: PPTs nd Activity
 Group Activity End Term
Need recognition, Video Cases Exam:
Information Search, Short case
Evaluation of alternatives, and
Purchasedecision and Post situation
Purchase behavior. based
Consumer Behavior questions
Models: Howard Sheth
Model, Engel-Kollat-
Blackwell Model and
Nicosia Model
Organizational Buying
Decision Process,
Difference between
organizational buying
decision making process
and consumer buying
decision making process.
5 Diffusion of Innovation: 12 CO5 Lecture Analyze Case
Meaning of Diffusion of Case Presentati
Innovation, Diffusion of Activity on
Innovation Process, Activity
Meaning of Adoption of End
Term:
Innovation, Adoption of
Theory
Innovation Process, Applied
Adopter categories
Importance of Adoption
and Diffusion ofInnovation
in Consumer Behavior
6 Consumer research process 5 CO6 Lectures with Understa Activity
developing research PPTs nd End
objectives, collecting Flip Classroom Term:
secondary data, designing Theory
primary research Applied

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COMK01.1 2 1 1 1 3 1

COMK01.2 3 1 1 1 3 1

COMK01.3 2 1 1 2 3 1

COMK01.4 1 2 1 2 3 1

CO 1 2 1 2 3 1

CO 1 2 1 2 3 1

1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%

Total : 100%

Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club
5 3 2
activity
Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
5 2 3
Projects
Internal End Term
20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5
Exam

Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Reference Books
Sr.No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
Edition Company
1National Dr. S.L. Gupta Consumer 2nd Edition Sultan Chand &
&Sumitra Pal Behavior:An 2014 Sons, New
Indian Perspective Delhi.
Text & Cases
1National Suja R. Nair Consumer 2nd Edition Himalaya
Behaviorin 2015 Publishing
Indian House.
Perspective
Text with Cases
2National Michael D. Hutt& Business 12th Edition South-Western
Thomas Marketing 2016 Publication.
W. Speh Management:
B2B
1International Blackwell, Consumer 10th Edition Cengage
Miniard, Engel& BehaviorIndia 2017 Learning.
Rehman Edition
2International Leon G. Schiffman, Consumer Behavior 12th Edition Pearson.
Joseph 2018
Wisenblit& S. Ramesh
Kumar
3International David L. Loudon Consumer 4th McGraw Hill
& Albert J. Della Behavior:Concept Edition Inc.
Bitta and Applications 2001

Online Resources

Online Resources No. Website address

1 https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/14791838
2 https://www.westburn-publishers.com/journals/customer-b...
3 https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/ful
4 www.mheducation.com/hoghered/category.10366
https://books.google.co.in/books/consumer behaviour

MOOCs:

Resources No. Website address

1 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/imb19_mg20/preview
2 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_mg14/preview
3 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/consumer-behaviour
4 https://alison.com/humanities/psychology courses/consumer
behaviour
5 https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full
Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Understand the meaning importance of consumer behavior: Students will be able to
Mapped at 2 define consumer behavior and explain the significance of studying it in the field of
marketing.
CO1 & PO 2 Identify the various buying roles in consumer behavior: Students will be able to
Mapped at 1 distinguish between buying roles such as initiator, influencer, gatekeeper, decider, buyer,
and user in consumer decision-making processes
CO1 & PO 3 Analyze the impact of buying roles on consumer behavior: Students will be able to
Mapped at 1 explain how each buying role influences consumer behavior and purchase decisions
CO1 & PO 4 Apply consumer behavior concepts to marketing strategies: Students will be able to
Mapped at 1 utilize their knowledge of consumer behavior to develop effective marketing strategies
that align with the different buying roles.
CO1 & PO5 Enhance ethical and responsible marketing practices: Students will be able to understand
Mapped at 3 the ethical implications of consumer behavior and apply responsible marketing practices
that consider the well-being and interests of consumers.
CO1 & PO6 These course outcomes will equip students with a comprehensive understanding of
Mapped at 2 consumer behavior and its relevance to the field of marketing, enabling them to make
informed marketing decisions and contribute effectively to the industry.
CO2 & PO1 Understand consumer needs: Students will be able to explain the meaning and
Mapped at 3 importance of consumer needs in the context of consumer behavior. They will have a
clear understanding of Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs and its application in understanding
consumer motivations and desires.
CO2& PO2 Analyze motivation and involvement: Students will understand the of and its elements
Mapped at 1 such as needs, desires, and goals. They will be able to identify and differentiate between
different types of buying motives that drive consumer behavior, including positive and
negative motivations. Students will also understand the concept of involvement, its
meaning, types, and measures
CO2& PO3 Explore personality and self-concept: Students will gain an understanding of personality
Mapped at 1 and its significance in consumer behavior. They will learn about the nature personality,
including traits and characteristics that influence consumer decision-making.
Additionally, students will explore the of self-concept, its meaning, and the components
that shape an individual's self impact on consumer behavior
CO2& PO4 Examine perception and learning: Students will understand the of perception and its
Mapped at 1 influence on consumer behavior. They will learn about the different elements of
perception, including sensory processes and cognitive interpretation. Additionally,
students will explore of learning, specifically behavioral learning theories such as
classical conditioning and operant conditioning. They will also grasp the implications of
classical conditioning theory for marketers
CO2& PO5 Evaluate consumer attitudes: Students will understand meaning and characteristics of
Mapped at -3 consumer attitudes. They will explore strategies for bringing about attitudinal change in
consumers and understand how attitudes impact consumer behavior.
CO2& PO6 By achieving these course outcomes, students will gain a deep understanding of
Mapped at 1 individual determinants of consumer behavior. They will be able to analyze and interpret
consumer needs, motivations, involvement, personality, self-concept, perception,
learning, and attitudes to develop effective marketing strategies. Additionally, they will
equipped to identify and respond to changes in consumer attitudes and behaviors in the
marketplace
CO3 & PO1 Understand cultural influences: Students will be able to explain the of culture in shaping
Mapped at 2 consumer behavior. They will understand how cultural values, beliefs,, and symbols
influence consumer preferences, attitudes, and purchasing decisions.
They will be equipped to analyze and interpret the influence of culture, subcultures,
social class, social groups, family, and personal factors on consumer attitudes, behaviors,
and decision-making. This knowledge will enable them develop effective marketing
strategies resonate with the target audience and align with their external influences.
CO3 & PO2 Analyze subcultural influences: Students will explore the impact of subcultures on
Mapped at 1 consumer behavior. They will understand the various subcultures that exist within a
larger culture and how they can affect consumer attitudes, behaviors, and consumption
patterns
CO3 & PO3 Evaluate social class influences: Students will understand social class can influence
Mapped at 1 consumer behavior. They will the different social classes and their consumption patterns,
preferences, and aspirations. Students will also the role of social class in shaping
consumer attitudes and perceptions of products and brands.
Examine social group influences: Students will explore social, such as reference groups
CO3 & PO4 and opinion leaders, influence consumer behavior. They will investigate the concepts of
Mapped at 2 conformity, group norms, and social influence, and understand how these factors can
impact consumer decision-making and consumption choices.
CO3 & PO5 Evaluate family influences: Students will understand of the family in consumer behavior.
Mapped at -3 They will explore family dynamics, roles, and decision-making processes, and how they
can influence the purchase decisions and consumption patterns of individuals
CO3 & PO6 Analyze personal influences: Students will examine personal factors, such as age,
Mapped at 1 gender, lifestyle, and, and how they can shape consumer behavior. They will understand
how these personal influences can affect consumer preferences, brand choices, and
purchase decisions.
CO4 & PO1
Mapped at 1 The organizational buying decision-making process consists of eight stages: problem
recognition, general need description, product specification, supplier
search, proposal solicitation, supplier selection, order-routine specification,
and performance review
CO4 & PO2
Mapped at -2 There are several models of consumer behavior, including the Howard Sheth Model,
the Engel-Kollat-Blackwell Model, and the Nicosia Model .
CO4 & PO3 The organizational buying decision process is similar to the consumer buying decision-
Mapped at -1 making process, but it involves more people and more complex procedures.
CO4 & PO4 The consumer buying decision-making process consists of five stages: need
Mapped at 2 recognition, information search, evaluation of alternatives, purchase decision,
and post-purchase behavior .
CO4 & PO5
Mapped at 3 The main difference between the organizational buying decision-making process and the
consumer buying decision-making process is that the former involves more people, more
complex procedures, and a higher level of risk .
CO4& PO6 Students will be able to learn consumer buying decision making process and will be able
Mapped at 1 to develop different strategies .

Mapped by: Prof. C.R. Suryawanshi BVDU, AKIMSS, Solapur

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised
Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III MK02 Services Marketing
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE =50:50
Course Objectives:
To provide in-depth insight in managing and delivering of quality services
To create awareness about the services sector, the challenges and
opportunitiestherein.
To understand the need and importance of people, process and physical
evidence inServices Marketing Mix.

Learning Outcomes:
Understand the challenges and opportunities involved in services sector.
Understand the aspects of developing new services, promoting the services and
making itavailable in a convenient manner.

Sessio
n Topic CO TeachingMe Cognitio Evaluatio
(hrs.) Num thodology n nTools
ber (As per

Taxonomy)
8 Introduction to Services: CO1 Lecture with To Quiz
Meaning, Goods Vs Services, ppt case study understan End Term
Characteristics of Services d Internals:Sh
Intangibility, Inconsistency, ort Answers
Inseparability and Inventory;
Classification of Services;
Growth of Service Sector in
India, Factors responsible for
growth of service sector in
India.
11 Services Marketing Mix: CO1 Lecture with Apply, End term
Introduction to the 7 Ps of CO2 ppt Quiz Analyse tests,
Services Marketing Mix; Group
Product-Levels of service discussion
product, the Flower of Service,
Service Blueprint- the concept,
components of service
blueprint, Steps involved in
preparing service blueprint,
Stages in new service product
development, Service Life
Cycle
Place : Place Distribution
Strategies for Services,
channels of distribution in
 services, Challenges in
distribution of Services
Promotion: Promotion
objective for Services;
Personnel Selling, Advertising
and Sales Promotion; Services
marketing triangle
Pricing: Pricing objectives,
Pricing strategies- market
skimming , market penetration,
synchro pricing, psychological
or odd pricing , market
segmentation pricing
5 People: role of service CO1 Lecture with Evaluate Group
employees in a service CO2 ppt, case discussion,
business, Service profit chain, study surprise
Concept of Service encounter tests
Moment of Truth; Training and
development of employees
Physical evidence: Nature,
Importance of physical
evidence in services; Service
scope. Process: Service as a
process & as a system
Strategies for managing
inconsistency Customers as
co-
Self Service
Technologies
4 Service Guarantee Concept, CO1 Lecture with Create End term
Handling complaints ppt, quiz tests
effectively; Defects,
Failures and Recovery.

10 Service Quality: Meaning, CO1 Lecture with Evaluate End term

Determinants /dimensions of ppt, case test, group
service quality; How study discussion
customers evaluate service
performance, Service Quality
Models- Gaps
Model, SERVQUAL
7 Managing the demand and CO1 Lecture with Evaluate End term
supply of services: patterns and CO2 ppt, case test, group
determinants of demand, study discussion
strategies for managing the
demand, managing the
capacity- capacity planning
waiting line strategies,
inventorying the demand
through reservations.
 CO-PO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COMK02.1 02 01 02 01 01 03

COMK02.2 02 02 01 03 01 02

CO 2 1.5 1.5 2 1 2.5

CO 2 1 1 2 1 2

1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%

Evaluation

Internal + External Assessment

Total-100%
Assessment Mapping

CO1 CO2
Parameter Marks

Class participation /Attendance 10 5 5

Mid-term 15 7.5 7.5

End-term 15 7.5 7.5

Class Tests, 10 5 5
Assignments,
MOOCs,
Presentation /
Project, case study
50 25 25
Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Author Title of the Year Publisher
Books Book Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 National Valarie A Zeithaml, Services 4th Tata McGraw Hill
Dwayne D. Gremler, Marketing Edition Publications
Mary Jo Bitner and
Ajay Pandit
2 National K Ram Mohan Rao Services 2nd Pearson
Marketing Edition Education

4 International ChrostopherLovlock, Services 7th Pearson

JayantaChaterjee Marketing Edition Education

Online Resources:
Online Resources No. Web site address
1 https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/14791838
2 https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/ful
3 www.mheducation.com/hoghered/category.10366

MOOCs:
Resources No. Web site address
1 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/imb19_mg20/preview
2 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_mg14/preview
3 https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Applying the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business
problems is possible because of understanding the challenges and opportunities
Mapped at 2 involved in service sector.
CO1 & PO 2 To understand the challenges and opportunities involved in service sector
Mapped at 1 mapped at 1 because data base decision making is very rarely used.
CO1 & PO 3 New technologies are essential to understand the challenges and opportunities
Mapped at 2 involved in service sector. Thus It is mapped at 2.

CO1 & PO 4 Economic, legal and ethical aspects of business are slightly relevant to CO1.
Mapped at 1

CO1 & PO5 To understand the challenges and opportunities involved in service sector is
Mapped at 1 mapped at 1 as it is dependent on ability and skill of service provider to handle
the situation.
CO1 & PO6 The understanding of the challenges and opportunities involved in service sector
Mapped at 3 is helpful in achievement of organizational goals.

CO2 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve
Mapped at 2 business problems is moderately mapped to understand the aspects of developing
new services, promoting the services.
CO2 & PO2 Understanding the aspects of developing new services and promoting the services
Mapped at 2 is makes it possible to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data -
based decision making.

CO2 & PO3 To learn new technologies is not always essential to understand the aspects of
Mapped at 1 developing new services. Thus it is mapped at low.

CO2 & PO4 For developing new services, promoting them and availability of the same
Mapped at 3 service, the ability to understand, analyze and communicate, economic, legal and
ethical aspects of business, is required.

CO2 & PO5 Business literature reading is hardly used to avail the services. As the change in
Mapped at 1 circumstances, decision related to promotion, development of new services also
change.
CO2 & PO6 To promote the services properly and making availability of the services in well-
Mapped at 2 mannered way contribute in achievement of organizational goals.

Mapped by: Dr. Sandeep N. Jagdale, BVDU, YMIM, Karad

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme:MBA (GENRAL) CBCS RevisedSyllabusw.e.f.-Year2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
III FM01 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
FullCredit 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To acquaint the students with basic concepts and avenues of investment, concept of risk
and return related to investment.
To explain the concept of Mutual Funds and derivatives and how to evaluate them. To
explain the concept and applications of fundamental analysis and technical analysis for
stock investments.
To clarify how to construct the Investment plans for Individuals in different stages of life
cycles and different situations.
To explain the calculation of the risk and return for securities and for portfolios.
To elucidate the modern portfolio theory and market efficiency using both theoretical
and empirical arguments. .
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the programme students will able to-

Understand the risk and return relationship and various investment alternatives
available in India.
Comprehend the concept of Mutual Funds and derivatives and how to evaluate them.
Understand how to use fundamental analysis and technical analysis for stock
investments.
Create a policy statement to showcase the objectives and risk tolerances of numerous
categories of individual and institutional investors which can help in making
Investment plans for Individuals in different stages of life cycles and different
situations.
Evaluate the effect of risk on investment decisions. Students will able to calculate
the risk and return for securities and for portfolios.
Understand the modern portfolio theory and market efficiency using both theoretical
and empirical arguments.

Unit Sessio COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ns Number Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs)

1 Introduction: Meaning, 8 CO 1 Lecture with Knowledge, Midterm

objectives, Scope, and Ppts Understand exam , end
Constraints Process of Quiz, News and apply term exam
Investment, Avenues of article, case and CES
Investments, Concepts of study, Flip
risk and return with Classroom
reference to Investment,
basic principles of risk
management, risks involved
in Investment, Current
scenario of Investment in
 India, Role of Securities
Market in Indian economy
2 Mutual Fund and 7 CO 2 Lecture with Midterm
Derivatives: Basic concepts, Ppts exam , end
Functioning and Objectives Quiz, News term exam
of Mutual Fund, Types of article, case Knowledge, and CES
Mutual Fund Schemes, study, Flip Understand
Analysis of MF, Classroom Apply and
Performance Evaluation of Analyze
MF Schemes using Sharpe,

Models, Basic concept and

types of Derivatives,
Developments in Derivative
and MF market in India
3 Fundamental Analysis and 8 CO 3 Lecture with Understand Midterm
Technical Analysis: Ppts Analyze and exam , end
Fundamental Analysis - Quiz, News evaluate term exam
Economic, Industry and article, case and CES
Company analysis, study, Flip
Valuation of Equity and Classroom
Preference shares, Technical
Analysis - Concept,
Importance and Limitations
of Technical Analysis, Dow
Theory, Technical
Indicators and charts used in
technical Analysis,
Behavioral Finance and its
impact on Investment
decision making
4 Portfolio Management: 7 CO4 Lecture with Understand Midterm
Portfolio Meaning, Ppts Analyze, exam , end
Characteristics and Quiz, News evaluate and term exam
Objectives, Process of article, case create and CES
Portfolio Management, study
Investment policy Group
statement and asset Activity, Flip
allocation, Equity Classroom
Management Strategies,
Systematic Investment
Plan (SIP), Analysis of
Debt Instrument, Bond
Management Strategies,
preparation of Investment
plans for Individuals in
different stages of life
cycles and different
situations
5 Calculation for risk and return 8 CO5 Lecture with Understand Midterm
for Security/Portfolio: Ppts , Analyze and exam , end
Problems on calculation of Problem evaluate term exam
risk and return for security sheets and and CES
(mean, variance, and standard case study,
Flip
deviation), Problems on risk
Classroom
and return associated with
 portfolio consisting
maximum three securities
(mean, variance, and standard
deviation), Capital Asset
Pricing Model and its
application
6 Portfolio Theories: Efficient 7 CO6 Lectures Knowledge, Midterm
Market Hypothesis concepts with PPTs, Understand exam , end
and forms of EMH, Testing Flip and apply term exam
techniques of Weak Form, Classroom and CES
Random Walk Theory, High
Frequency Trading and its
impact on EMH, Arbitrage
Pricing Theory, Efficient
Frontier, Optimal Portfolio,
Efficient Frontier and
Investor Utility ,Indifference
Curve

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COFM01.1 3 3 1 3 2 3

COFM01.2 3 3 1 3 2 3

COFM01.3 3 3 2 3 2 3

COFM01.4 3 3 2 3 2 3

COFM01.5 3 3 1 2 2 3

COFM01.6 3 3 2 3 2 3

CO 3 3 1.5 2.83 2 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6

Class 1.7 1.7

Participation/ 10 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.6
Attendance
Live project
5 2 3
club activity
Case study 2 2
10 1 2 2 1
discussion
Assignments/ 2
5 2 1
Projects
Internal Midterm 3.4 3.3
and End Term 20 3.3 3.3 3.4 3.3
Exam
Internal 50 7.9 9 10.1 7.1 9 6.9
End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Reference Books
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 National Prasanna Chandra Investment Analysis 2012, 4th Tata McGraw
and Portfolio Edition Hill, New Delhi
Management
2 National I M Pandey Financial Management 2010, , 10th Vikas Publishing
revised Edition House
3 National Bhalla, V.K. Investment 2010, 17th S.Chand& Sons,
Management: Security Edition.
Analysis and Portfolio
Management
4 International Frank K. Reilly, Investment Analysis 2012, 10th Cengage Learning
Keith C Brown and Portfolio Edition
Management

5 International E. Fischer Security Analysis 2018, Pearson

Donald , J. Jordan Portfolio Management 7th edition. Education,
Ronald , K.
Pradhan Ashwini
6 International Eugene F. Financial Management 2017 Cengage Learning
Brigham, Michael :Theory and Practice
C. Ehrhardt
Online Resources

Online Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.moneycontrol.com
2 https://www.nseindia.com
3 https://www.sebi.gov.in
4 https://www.rbi.org.in
5 https://www.investopedia.com

MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 https://swayam.gov.in
2 https://www.edx.org
3 https://alison.com/certificate-courses

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business
problems is possible only if managers understand the concepts related to investment
Mapped at 3 avenues, risk and return concept.

CO1 & PO 2 Investment avenues, risk and return relation associated concepts would be delivered
Mapped at 3 through case studies and projects to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for
data-based decision making but is possible to a limited extent.
CO1 & PO 3 Helps to understand how individuals will learn and cope with change to be productive
Mapped at 1 for investment understanding
CO1 & PO 4 Investment concept and types with risk and return component will assist for ability to
Mapped at 3 understand, analyze and communicate global and economic aspects of business.
CO1 & PO5 Understanding the Investment avenues, risk and return related concepts can lead to
Mapped at 2 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is aligned as writing and contributing to
business literature will depend upon the introduction of new alternatives of investment and
changing risk and return expectations.
CO1 & PO6 Understand the Investment concept and types with risk and return component in business
Mapped at 3 world and PO 6 are highly aligned as CO 1 delineates the ability to lead themselves and
others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment.
CO2 & PO1 Leadership for entrepreneurs / corporate / managers is possible only if managers apply the
Mapped at 3 knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems. So highly
aligned as it cover mutual funds and derivative related concepts and analysis.
CO2& PO2 Understanding of mutual funds and how to evaluate the mutual fund schemes,
Mapped at 3 Entrepreneurs / corporate / managers as leaders need to Foster analytical and critical
thinking abilities for data-based decision making
CO2& PO3 Entrepreneurs / corporate / managers as leaders need to Learn new technologies with ease
Mapped at 1 and be productive at all times related to mutual funds and derivative
CO2& PO4 Highly aligned Understanding of mutual funds, derivative and how to evaluate the mutual
Mapped at 3 fund schemes for entrepreneurs / corporate / managers results in the ability to understand,
analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.
CO2& PO5 The awareness of mutual funds and derivatives for Entrepreneurs / corporate / managers
Mapped at 2 as leaders will lead to read, write, and contribute to Business literature.
CO2& PO6 Understanding of Mutual Funds and derivatives for entrepreneurs / corporate / managers
Mapped at 3 to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
effectively to a team environment. So highly aligned.
CO3 & PO1 Understanding of the concept of Fundamental and Technical analysis leads to the
Mapped at 3 application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business
problems is possible only when skills are developed related to analysis.
CO3 & PO2 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making
Mapped at 3 Fundamental and Technical analysis can be inculcated to foster analytical and critical
thinking abilities through case studies and projects for data based decision making for
stocks.
CO3 & PO3 Learning new technologies to be productive is possible only if students are motivated to
Mapped at 2 develop new skills but since it depends on many other variables the alignment is moderate

CO3 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical
Mapped at 3 aspects of business is highly aligned. Developments of analytical skills with Fundamental
and Technical analysis will leads to better equity related decisions.
CO3 & PO5 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is aligned with
Mapped at 2 Understanding of Fundamental and Technical analysis.
CO3 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
Mapped at 3 contributing effectively to a team environment is only possible by understanding
Fundamental and Technical analysis and using the concepts for making better investment
decisions.
CO4 & PO1 How to construct the Investment plans for Individuals in different stages of life
Mapped at 3 cycles and different situations and portfolio understanding will lead to applying the
knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business related problems.
CO4 & PO2 Analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making will be applied in
Mapped at 3 making portfolios and in constructing the Investment plans for Individuals in
different stages of life cycles
CO4 & PO3 Understanding portfolio management and constructing the Investment plans for
Mapped at 2 Individuals in different stages of life cycles will be easy with Learning new
technologies and be productive at all times
CO4 & PO4 Making the Investment plans for Individuals in different stages of life cycles will
Mapped at 3 be effective with understanding, analyzing and communicating global, economic, legal
and ethical aspects of business.
CO4 & PO5 Constructing the Investment plans for Individuals in different stages of life cycles
Mapped at 2 contribute to read, write, and contribute to Business literature as new investments patterns
can be recognized.
CO4& PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
Mapped at 3 contributing effectively to a team environment is possible only when you understand the
concept of portfolio and will professionally able to construct the portfolios for the clients.

CO5 & PO1 Understanding calculation of the risk and return for securities and for portfolios leads
Mapped at 3 to the application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business
problems.
CO5 & PO2 Calculation of the risk and return for securities and for portfolios can be inculcated
Mapped at 3 to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities through case studies and projects for data
based decision making for stocks.
CO5 & PO3 Learning new technologies to be productive is possible only if students are motivated to
Mapped at 1 develop new skills but since it depends on many other variables the alignment is moderate

CO5 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical
Mapped at 2 aspects of business is highly aligned. Developments of analytical skills with calculation
of the risk and return for securities and for portfolios.
CO5 & PO5 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is aligned with
Mapped at2 Calculation of the risk and return for securities and for portfolios as can bring new
observations .
CO5& PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
Mapped at 3 contributing effectively to a team environment is only possible by understanding the
calculation of the risk and return for securities and for portfolios making better
investment decisions.
CO6 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business
Mapped at 3 problems is possible only if managers understand the concepts related to the modern
portfolio theory and market efficiency using both theoretical and empirical
arguments. .
CO6 & PO2 Modern portfolio theory and market efficiency using both theoretical and empirical
Mapped at 3 arguments would be delivered through case studies and projects to foster analytical
and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making but is possible to a limited
extent.
CO6 & PO3 Helps to understand how individuals will learn and cope with change to be productive
Mapped at 2 for business by understanding of modern portfolio theory and market efficiency
using both theoretical and empirical arguments.
CO6 & PO4 Modern portfolio theory and market efficiency using both theoretical and empirical
Mapped at 3 arguments will assist for ability to understand, analyze and communicate global and
economic aspects of business.
CO6 & PO5 Modern portfolio theory and market efficiency using both theoretical and empirical
Mapped at 2 arguments will lead to Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is aligned as
writing and contributing to business literature.
CO6 & PO6 Modern portfolio theory and market efficiency using both theoretical and empirical
Mapped at 3 arguments and PO 6 are highly aligned as CO 1 delineates the ability to lead themselves
and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment.

Mapped by: Dr. Ranpreet Kaur, IMED, Pune

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f.-Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Course Title
Code
III FM02 Management of Financial Services
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
1. To create Dynamic and Effective Business Professional s and Leaders.
2. To transformtheindividualstocatertotheneedsofthesocietyandcontributetoNation
building
3. To develop entrepreneurs to register different aspects of their business under
remedial individual and team behavior.
4. To improve eorganizational Behavior by having a sound knowledge of cultural
differences
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the role and function of the Indian Financial System, Financial Market and
Various instruments of Financial Services.
2. Demonstrate an awareness of the current structure and regulation of the Stock Exchange
Mutual Fund Industry, Merchant Banking and Venture capital concept in Indian Context.
3. Understand the concept of Rural Banking, Microfinance in Indian Financial service.
4. Evaluate and create strategies to promote financial products and services. .

Lesson Plan

Unit Contents Sessions COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

(Hrs) Number Methodology Level Tools
1 Introduction to Indian 5 CO 1 Lecture with Understand, Quiz
Financial System: Meaning PPTs Apply Mid and
and Functions of IFS, End Term
Development of Financial Quiz Internals:
System in India, Weakness of Short
Indian Financial Systems. Answers
Structure of Financial System-
Financial Market, Financial
Institutions /Intermediaries
and Instruments. Financial
Service : Meaning, Features of
Financial Service,
Classifications, Importance
and Scope of Assets/Fund
Based Services:- Hire purchase
finance, Leasing , Factoring ,
Forfeiting, Loan Syndication,
Consumer Credit, Challenges
facing the financial services
sector
2 Financial Market Operations: 6 CO 1 Lecture with Case
Recent Development of Indian and CO PPTs studies
Capital and Money Market, 4 Understand,
Capital Market Operation: Apply Quiz,
 New Issue Market- Functions Quiz ,Analyze
of New issue market, players Class
of New issue market, Primary Seminar on Presentatio
and Secondary Market Stock ns
Operation, Procedure of (IPO), Exchange
Book Building. Role of Capital
market Intermediaries Recent End Term:
Applied
Market Operation: features and Questions
objective of money market,
Recent Developments,
Composition of Money
Market. Stock Market
Operations: Stock Exchange
functions in India, Listing of
Securities-Stock Indices in
India- SENSEX and NIFTY -
BSE&NSE
3 Investment Banking Overview 10 CO 2 Lecture with Analyze, Case Study
of commercial vs. Investment and CO PPTs Evaluate , with
banking, capital raising, debt, 4 Create Presentatio
equities, Merchant Banking: Case Studies ns
Origin, Nature and scope of End Term
merchant banking , Role of Exams:
Merchant Banker, types of Group Case based
Merchant banking services, Discussion Questions/
Project Counseling , Pre-issue Applied
and Post Issue Management Questions
,Progress of Merchant banking
in India, guidelines for
merchant bankers issued by
SEBI. Mutual Fund: Concept,
Structure of Mutual fund
Operations in India, Types of
Mutual Fund, Advantages and
Limitations of Mutual Fund,
Problems for 10 Page 133
Slow growth of Mutual fund
concept in India, Guidelines
for Mutual fund service, Rights
&facilities for Investors,
Future of Mutual fund
industry. Recent cases on
Mutual Fund Industries in
India.
4 Venture Capital: Venture 6 CO 2 Lectures Analyze , Group
capital: Origin, concept, and CO with PPTs Evaluate, Activity
features, Advantages and 4 Create
Limitations, Stages in venture Group End Term
capital financing, Venture Activity Exam:
capital Guidelines Methods Short case
of venture financing. Case Class and
studies of Venture capitalist Presentations situation
based
questions
Case studies
 5 Credit Rating and 5 CO1 Lecture Understand Case
Securitization: Credit &CO2 and apply Presentatio
Rating: Introduction, Case n
Meaning, functions of Activity Activity
credit rating agencies, End Term:
Major Players in credit Theory
rating agencies in India, Applied
Debt Rating System of
CRISIL, ICRA and
CARE. Securitization:
Concept and Meaning,
modus Operandi,
Securitization in India and
new guidelines on
Securitization
6 Rural Banking and 4 CO4 Lectures Apply,
Microfinance: -Financing Rural with PPTs Analyze, Mini
Development: Functions and Evaluate Project
policies of RBI and NABARD;
Rural Credit Institutions-Role Guest lecture End Term:
and function, Regulation of of NBF M/F Theory
Rural Financial Services. Applied
Microfinance: Origin, Meaning
and Concept, advantages and
Limitations, Micro credit, micro
insurance scheme,
SHGs/NGOs, linkages with
banking, Role and Functions of
Linkage banks towards
development of Microfinance
Industry in India.

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 2 3 3 2 2

CO2 3 1 2.5 3 3 3

CO3 3 2 2.5 3 3 2.5

CO4 1 2.5 1 2.5 3 2.5

CO 3 3 1 3 3 2

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, -

Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Class Presentation 7 2.5 2.5 - 2

Case study discussion 8 2 2 2 2

Assignments/ Projects 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Internal End Term Exam 15 3.5 3.5 4 4

Internal 50 13 13 11 13

End Term (University) 50

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Reference Books

Publication Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher

Edition Company
National Kavita Singh Organizational 2015,3rd Pearson
Behavior edition Publication
International Robbins, Timothy Organizational 12th edition Stephen
Judge, Seema Sanghi Behavior Pearson
Prentice Hall
National M N Mishra Organizational 2010 Vikas
Behavior Publishing
House Pvt.
Limited
International Organizational 13thedition McGraw Hill
Behavior Inc.
International John News tom and Organizational 11th edition Tata
Keith Davis Behavior McGraw
Hill
Online Resources

Online Resources Website address

No.
1 www.bretlsimmons.com
2 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JIa7vP3gyL4
3 www.positivesharing.com
4 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r2Xv9Am7PWQ

MOOCs

Resources Website address

No.
1 Alisons
2 Swayam

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 By understanding the role and functions of the Indian financial system and
financial market and various instruments of financial service only then apply the
Mapped at 3 knowledge to solve the business problems.
CO1 & PO 2 To understand the role and functions of Indian financial markets and services
Mapped at 2 concept helps to foster critical thinking abilities for data based decision making

CO1 & PO 3 Understanding various financial market trends will leads to apply new techniques
Mapped at 3 and be productive all the times in Financial System.

CO1 & PO 4 With the help of understand the financial market trends will lead to apply and
Mapped at 3 analyses economic, legal and ethical aspects of Financial system in the country
in terms of financial system.

CO1 & PO5 Financial system concept leads to contribute to lead business literature by
Mapped at 2 applying various financial services.

CO1 & PO6 Financial market and different financial services instruments leads to achieve the
Mapped at 2 organizational goal and effectively contribute the team environment.

CO2 & PO1 Demonstrate the awareness of the current structure of the financial market and
Mapped at 3 various financial services will help to solve the business problems
CO2& PO2 Various financial services like Mutual fund, Merchant banking and venture
Mapped at - capital concept will foster the analytical thinking abilities for data based decision
making.

CO2& PO3 This knowledge equips professionals with the insights required to navigate these
Mapped at 3 sectors successfully. Moreover, the ability to adapt to new technologies
seamlessly and maintain productivity is equally crucial in this rapidly changing
environment.
CO2& PO4 This knowledge provides a solid foundation for professionals to comprehend the
Mapped at 3 intricate web of global economic, legal, and ethical aspects that underpin business
 operations. Moreover, the ability to synthesize and communicate these
multifaceted dimensions is essential for informed decision-making and effective
leadership.
CO2& PO5 he ability to read, write, and actively contribute to business literature serves as a
Mapped at 3 conduit for sharing insights, best practices, and innovative ideas, fostering a
richer intellectual ecosystem. By connecting this profound understanding of
financial markets with the written word, individuals can not only navigate the
complexities of these industries effectively but also shape and advance the
broader conversation in the field of business, driving progress and innovation."
CO2& PO6 By combining this financial acumen with leadership skills, individuals can play
Mapped at 3 a pivotal role in not only driving their own success but also fostering a cohesive
team environment where collective contributions propel the organization toward
its objectives, ultimately ensuring sustainable growth and prosperity.

CO3 & PO1 Applying the knowledge of management theories and practices is indispensable
Mapped at 3 in effectively addressing the complex challenges prevalent in the Indian financial
services sector, particularly in the realms of rural banking and microfinance.
Management theories and practices provide valuable frameworks for decision-
making, risk assessment, and resource allocation, which are pivotal in fostering
sustainable rural banking and microfinance initiatives.

CO3 & PO2 Fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities is paramount for enabling data-
Mapped at 2 based decision making, a skill set that forms the bedrock of success in the intricate
landscape of rural banking and microfinance within the Indian financial services
sector.

CO3 & PO3 The ability to learn new technologies with ease and maintain productivity at all
Mapped at 3 times is instrumental in the effective implementation of concepts related to rural
banking and microfinance within the Indian financial services sector. As the
financial landscape evolves and embraces digitalization, professionals must
continually adapt to emerging technologies to remain competitive and relevant.

Understanding the concept of rural banking and microfinance in the Indian

CO3 & PO4 context demands a keen awareness of the economic, legal, and ethical dimensions
Mapped at 3 specific to these sectors. It requires professionals to assess the economic
challenges faced by rural populations, comprehend the legal frameworks
governing financial services, and navigate ethical dilemmas unique to financial
inclusion initiatives.

CO3 & PO5 A deep understanding of the concept of Rural Banking and Microfinance in
Mapped at -3 Indian Financial services can enhance one's ability to contribute valuable insights
to the field of Business Literature."

CO3 & PO6 Understanding of Rural Banking and Microfinance in the Indian Financial service
Mapped at 2 sector are interconnected. Effective leaders who are well-versed in the specific
challenges and opportunities of this sector can lead their teams more effectively
toward achieving organizational goals.

CO4 & PO1 Integrating management principles into the process of strategy development and
Mapped at - problem-solving is key to achieving successful outcomes in the financial services
industry.

CO4 & PO2 The importance of analytical and critical thinking abilities in the context of
Mapped at - 3 evaluating and creating strategies for promoting financial products and services.
Such skills enable professionals to make data-driven decisions, leading to more
effective and targeted promotional efforts in the financial industry.

CO4 & PO3 IT emphasize the interdependence of evaluating and creating strategies in the
Mapped at -1 promotion of financial products and services. Continuous assessment and
adjustment of strategies are integral to achieving success in the dynamic and
competitive financial services sector
CO4 & PO4
Mapped at 2 This holistic approach ensures that strategies are not only effective but also
ethically sound and legally compliant in a global context.

CO4 & PO5 Reading, writing, and contributing to Business Literature can provide valuable
Mapped at3 insights and resources that can enhance the effectiveness of strategies within the
financial industry.

CO4& PO6 Effective leadership enhances teamwork, alignment with organizational goals,
Mapped at 2 and the overall success of promotional efforts in the financial sector.

Mapped by: S.C. Maindargi , AKIMSS, Solapur

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Course : MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised
Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III HR (E) 01 Human Resource Planning and Development
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
Understanding the process of Human resource planning
Appraise the techniques of HR planning
Formulating the HR procurement and deployment
Understanding the role of training and executive development
comparing and applying various methods of training
Determining the training designs and evaluation

Learning Outcomes:
Describe the process of human resource planning applying the techniques for
human resource planning
Identify the human resource procurement and deployment
Explain the role of training and development distinguish different methods of
training and their applications assess the design and outcome of training

Lesson Plan

Session Topic CO Teaching Cognition Evaluation

(hrs.) Number Methodology (As per Tools

Taxonomy
)
10 Concept of Human CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz
Resource Planning ; Ppts End Term
Objectives ; Need Quiz Internals: Short
and Importance ; Answers
Process ; Levels ;
problems in HR
planning and
Factors influencing
Human Resource
Planning
0 Human Resource CO 3 Lecture with Apply Case Study ,
Demand & Supply Ppts (Analyse) Newspaper
forecasting tools Case Study Article
and techniques Psychometric End Term:
Managerial Tools Applied Questions
Judgment ; Work-
study methods ;
ratio-trend analysis
; work-force
analysis; work-load
analysis ; job
analysis ; Staffing
table ; markov
analysis; skill
 inventory ;
replacement chart ;
labour supply ;
cohort analysis ;
scenario analysis ;
Quantitative
determination of
human resource
requirements: Work
Study The
Human Factors and
Issues in the
Application of
Work Study and
Work Measurement
Labour Turnover
10 Recruitment plan ; CO 2 Lecture with Analyse Case Study with
Recruitment PPTs Presentations
Sources; Current Case Study End Term Exams:
practices in Case based
Recruitment: Questions/Applied
Outsourcing, e- Questions
recruitment career
planning ;
succession
planning;
redeployment
planning;
redundancy plan
retaining,
retrenchment, VRS;
Job-design
10 Concept of training, CO 2 Lectures with Understand Group Activity
terms - education PPTs
Knowledge, Skills, End Term Exam:
attitudes, need of Group Activity Short case and
training, Video Cases situation based
importance, questions
objectives of
training, ADDIE
model, Principles of
training; concept of
executive
development:
Objectives,
importance, process
of executive
development
10 Training needs CO 3 Lecture Apply Case Presentation
analysis (TNA): Case (Analyse) Activity
Meaning and Activity End Term: Theory
purpose of TNA, Applied
TNA at different
levels, Process of
TNA, output of
TNA, Training and
 Development
methods : On-the-
Job & Off-the-job,
job instructions
training,
apprenticeship,
internship,
demonstrations,
self-directed
learning, coaching,
job rotation, project
assignment,
simulation methods,
lectures, case
studies, group
discussion,
conferences, role
playing,
management
games, in basket
exercise, sensitivity
training, vestibule
training, e-training.
10 Designing training CO 3 Lectures with Evaluate Activity
programme PPTs End Term: Theory
considerations in Flip Classroom Applied
designing effective
training programs
selection of
trainers, training
material & aids, use
of technology in
training Evaluation
of training Need
for evaluating
training,
Kirkpatrick
evaluation criteria
reactions, learning,
behavior, results,
ROI, Cost-benefits
analysis
 CO-PO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 1 2 3 1 1 2

CO2 2 1 1 2 - 1

CO3 2 1 1 2 1 3

CO4 - - - - - -

CO. 1.25 1 1.25 1.25 1 1.50

CO 1 1 1 1 1 2

1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internal+ExternalAssessment
Total-100%
Assessment Mapping

CO1 CO2 CO3

Parameter Marks

Class Participation/ 10 3 4 3
Attendance

Live project club 5 1 2 2

activity
Case study discussion 10 3 4 4
Assignments/ Projects 5 2 1 2
Internal End Term Exam 20 7 7 6
50 16 16 18

50 16 18 16
Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) Author Edition Company
1 National Dr. Rishipal Training and 2011 S. Chand
Development
methods
2 National Rolf, P., and Training for Sage
UdaiPareek Development Publications
Pvt. Ltd.
3 National J.W. Walker Human Resource McGraw Hill.
Planning
4 International Noe, Raymond Employee Training Tata McGraw
A., and and Development Hill.
Amitabh
DeoKodwani
5 International Edward, Leek Manpower Planning, Wiley
Strategy and
Techniques in
Organizational
Context
6 International Paul Turner HR Forecasting and CIPD
Planning

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 http://www.eiilmuniversity.co.in/downloads/Human-Resource-Planning-
Development.pdf
2 https://www.pdfdrive.com/human-resource-planning-human-resource-
planning-e15282999.html
3 https://www.pdfdrive.com/human-resource-planning-development-
e38508079.html
4 https://www.pdfdrive.com/understanding-human-resource-development-
philosophy-processes-practices-routledge-studies-in-human-resource-
development-e184374786.html
MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.edx.org/
2 https://www.coursera.org/
3 https://alison.com/
4 https://swayam.gov.in/nc_details/NPTEL
Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve Human
Resource problems is possible only if managers understand HR policies.
Mapped at
CO1 & PO 2 Human Resource Planning would be delivered through case studies and projects to
Mapped at foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.
CO1 & PO 3 Implementation of new technologies regarding recruitment, selection, training and
Mapped at development to build up skilled leadership and team work.
CO1 & PO 4 Understanding the expected HR practices and communicate in the business world
Mapped at globally is important as well as economic, legal and ethical aspects of business are
very important in HR.
CO1 & PO5 To read, write the various HR case studies to improve the qualities in HR which lead to
Mapped at produce best business literature.
CO1 & PO6 Understand the expected individual and team environment in business world and PO 6
Mapped at is highly aligned with CO 1 delineates the ability to lead themselves and HR
techniques in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a
team environment.
CO2 & PO1 Leadership for entrepreneurs / corporate / managers is possible only if managers apply
Mapped at the knowledge of HR techniques, theories and practices to solve problems of
procurement and deployment. So highly aligned.
CO2 & PO2 Entrepreneurs / corporate / HR managers as leaders need to Foster analytical and
Mapped at critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.
CO2 & PO3 HR managers as leaders need to Learn new technologies of procurement and
Mapped at deployment with ease and be productive at all times
CO2 & PO4 Highly aligned as The awareness of identification of HR procurement and deployment
Mapped at in the ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and
ethical aspects of business.
CO2 & PO5 The various HR cases and practical problems of deployment should be recorded to
Mapped at - provide experience to next generation to aware. Thus leaders require to necessarily
Read, write, and contribute to Business literature.
CO2 & PO6 It highly aligned. Procurement and deployment is very important to produce great
Mapped at outcomes of business. It is essential for entrepreneurs / corporate / managers to lead
themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
effectively to a team environment.
CO3 & PO1 To develop and inculcate motivational concepts only when the application of the
Mapped at knowledge of HR management theories and practices to solve business problems is
possible only when skills are developed and motivational concepts are inculcated.
CO3 & PO2 Motivational concepts and skills can be inculcated to foster analytical and critical
Mapped at thinking abilities through case studies of training and development projects for data
based decision making to a limited extent hence the alignment is low.
CO3 & PO3 Learning new technologies to be productive is possible only if students get training and
Mapped at development knowledge to develop new skills.
Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical
CO3 & PO4 aspects of business is highly aligned with training and development skills for achieving
Mapped at great outcomes.
CO3 & PO5 Read, write, and contribute to Business HR literature is moderately aligned with
Mapped at training and development skills to inculcate employee engagement.
CO3 & PO6 Ability to train and develop themselves and others in the achievement of organizational
Mapped at goals, contributing effectively to a team environment is only possible by skill
development.

Mapped by: Prof. Vikas V. Patil, YMIM, Karad

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy

Course : MBA (GENRAL) Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 23

CBCS
Semester Course Code Course Title
III HR02 Labour Laws-I
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To understand the laws and rules pertaining to labor
To understand the various concepts and laws in Labour Welfare, health and
safety
To understand the laws and rules pertaining to social security
To understand the laws related to discipline

Learning Outcomes:
Understanding various of labour laws in effective business
management.
Understanding the legislation related to Labour Welfare, health and safety.
Understand various statutoryprovisions related with industrial relations and
labour welfare.
Analyze issues and challenges of applying provisions as per legislations in the
industry
Familiarizing, analyzing and applying the role of labor welfare in employee
motivation and satisfaction.

Lesson Plan
Sessio Topic CO Teaching Cognition Evaluatio
n Number Methodolog (As per n Tools
(hrs.) y
Taxonomy)
10 Industrial Jurisprudence History CO1 Lecture with Understand Quiz
and types of labour legislations, Ppts. End Term
Concept of Jurisprudence, an Quiz Internals:
overview of industrial Short
jurisprudence, principles of Answers
social justice, natural justice,
equity and economy, unique
characteristics of Indian labour.
10 Laws relating to working CO 2 Lecture with Apply Case Study,
condition Factories Act 1948 Ppts (Analyze) Newspaper
Definition, provisions relating to Case Study Article
health, safety and welfare, Psychometric End Term:
provisions relating working Tools Applied
hours for adults, hazardous Questions
process, restriction on
employment of women and
children, Certifying officers,
enforcement of the act and
penalties
 10 Laws relating to wages CO 3 Lecture with Analyse Case Study
Payment of Wages Act 1936 ; PPTs with
definition, provisions for Case Study Presentatio
payment of wages, authorized ns
deduction, enforcement of the End Term
act, Minimum Wages Act, the Exams:
Equal Remuneration Act, 1976 Case based
definitions, payment of equal Questions/
remuneration, advisory Applied
committee, enforcement of the Questions
act
10 Social Security CO 2 Lectures with Understand Group
1. The Employee Provident PPTs Activity
Fund, Miscellaneous Provisions
Act, 1952 Group End Term
2. The Employee State Insurance Activity Exam:
Act, 1948 Video Cases Short case
3. The Workmen Compensation and
Act 1923 situation
4. The Bombay Labour Welfare based
questions
Act The role of ILO in promoting
social security, Contribution of
ILO to Labour Welfare
10 The Industrial Employment (St andinCgO 3 Lecture Apply Case
Orders) Act 1946 Case (Analyse) Presentatio
Definition, Special features, Mat ters to Activity n
be provided in Standing Orders, Activity
Submission and certificatio n of End Term:
Standing Orders. Payment of Bonus Theory
Act, Applied
10 The Maternity Benefit Act CO 3 Lectures with Evaluate Activity
Definition, right to payment of PPTs End Term:
maturity benefit, provision Flip Theory
pertaining to leave, forfeiture of Classroom Applied
the benefit, Minimum Wages Act
Definition, provisions
meaning of the term Wage
Wage Vs. Salary, Workmen
Compensation Act

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 1 2 3 1 1 2

CO2 2 1 1 2 - 1
CO3 2 1 1 2 1 3
CO4 1 1 1 1 - 1
CO5 2 1 1 2 1 2

CO 1.60 1.20 1.40 1.60 1 1.80

CO 2 1 1 2 1 2
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internal + External Assessment

Total-100%

Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Class Participation/ 10 2 2 2 2 2
Attendance
Live project club 5 1 1 1 1 1
activity
Case study discussion 10 2 2 2 2 2

Assignments/ Projects 5 1 1 1 1 1

Internal End Term 20 5 5 5 5 5

Exam
50 10 10 10 10 10

50 10 10 10 10 10

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Apendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve
Mapped at 1 Human Resource problems is possible only if managers understand Labor Laws.
CO1 & PO 2 Labor Laws would be delivered through case studies and projects to foster
Mapped at 2 analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.
CO1 & PO 3 Implementation of new ways regarding legislation provisions to build up
Mapped at 3 skilled leadership and team work.
 Understanding the expected statutory provisions and communicate in the business
CO1 & PO 4
world globally is important as well as economic, legal and ethical aspects of
Mapped at 1
business are very important.
CO1 & PO5 To read, write the various Legal case studies to improve the qualities in labor
Mapped at 1 welfare which lead to produce best business literature.
Understand the expected individual and team environment in business world and
CO1 & PO6
Familiarizing, analyzing and applying role of labor welfare in employee
Mapped at 2
motivation and satisfaction
Leadership for entrepreneurs / corporate / managers is possible only if managers
CO2 & PO1
apply the knowledge of Labor welfare facilities and theories and practices to
Mapped at 2
solve problems of procurement and deployment. So highly aligned.
Entrepreneurs / corporate / HR managers as leaders need to Foster analytical and
CO2 & PO2
critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making for providing labor
Mapped at 1
safety and security.
CO2 & PO3 HR managers as leaders need to Learn new legal provisions with ease and be
Mapped at 1 productive at all times
Highly aligned as The awareness of identification of issues and challenges in the
CO2 & PO4
ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and
Mapped at 2
ethical aspects of business.
The various labor law cases and practical problems of deployment should be
CO2 & PO5
recorded to provide experience to next generation to aware. Thus leaders require
Mapped at -
to necessarily Read, write, and contribute to legal literature.
It highly aligned. Health and safety is very important to produce great outcomes
CO2 & PO6 of business. It is essentialfor entrepreneurs / corporate / managersto lead
Mapped at 1 themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
effectively to a team environment.
To develop and inculcate motivational concepts only when the application of the
CO3 & PO1 knowledge of HR management theories and practices to solve business problems
Mapped at 2 is possible only when skills are developed and motivational concepts are
inculcated.
Motivational concepts and skills can be inculcated to foster analytical and critical
CO3 & PO2
thinking abilities through case studies of training and development projects for
Mapped at 1
data based decision making to a limited extent hence the alignment is low.
CO3 & PO3 Learning new technologies to be productive is possible only if students get
Mapped at 1 training and development knowledge to develop new skills.
Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and
CO3 & PO4
ethical aspects of labor welfare is highly aligned with safety and security for
Mapped at 2
achieving great outcomes.
Read, write, and contribute to Business labor laws literature is moderately aligned
CO3 & PO5
with
Mapped at 1
Statutory provisions to inculcate employee engagement.
Ability to train and develop themselves and others in the achievement of
CO3 & PO6
organizational goals, contributing effectively to a legal environment is only
Mapped at 3
possible by industrial relations.
Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal
CO4 & PO1
Mapped at 2
and ethical aspects of business with labor welfare to provide safety and
security.
Labor Laws related issues would be delivered through case studies and
CO4 & PO2
projects to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based
Mapped at 1
decision making.
CO4 & PO3 Implementation of new ways regarding legislation provisions to build up team
Mapped at 1 work.
Understanding the expected legislation provisions and communicate in the
CO4 & PO4
business world globally is important as well as economic, legal and ethical
Mapped at 2
aspects of business are very important.
CO4 & PO5 To read, write the various Legal case studies to improve the qualities in labor
Mapped at 1 welfare and industrial relations which lead to produce best business literature.
 Understand the expected environment in business world and Familiarizing,
CO4 & PO6
analyzing and applying role of industrial relations in employee motivation
Mapped at 3
and satisfaction.
CO5& PO1 Managers apply the knowledge of Labor welfare facilities and theories and
Mapped at 2 practices to solve problems of social security. So highly aligned.
CO5 & PO2 HR managers as leaders need to Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities
Mapped at 1 for decision making for providing working conditions.
HR managers as leaders need to Learn new legal provisions with ease and be
CO5 & PO3
productive at all times with relation to maturity benefits and social safety.
Mapped at 1
Highly aligned as The awareness of identification of issues and challenges in the
CO5 & PO4
ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and
Mapped at 2
ethical aspects of business for the better compensation.
CO5 & PO5 The various labor law cases and practical problems should be recorded to provide
Mapped at 1 experience to next generation to aware related to wages.
It highly aligned. Health, safety and welfare is very important to produce great
CO5 & PO6 outcomes of business. It is essential for managers to lead themselves and others
Mapped at 3 in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment.

Mapped by: Dr. B.R. Patil, YMIM, Karad

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme : MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. -
Year 2022 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III IB01 Regulatory Aspects of International Business
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
To enable the student to understand the international business transactions and legal
compliances related to the smooth conduct of business.
To give background of legal framework of Cross border trade.
To make students aware of Regulatory framework and also keep abreast with latest
cross border trade regulations

Learning Outcomes:
The course will help students to understand the scenario of world trade and how
regulations help the smooth conduct of trade processes.
The course will help students to know the various legal compliances and documentations
in the cross border trade.

Lesson Plan

Session Topic CO Teaching Cognition Evaluation

(hrs.) Number Methodology (As per Tools

Taxonomy)
International Business CO1 Lecture with Understand End Term
10 transactions Nature of cross Internals:
border trade, Need to govern the Short
cross border trade, International Answers
Law, choice of Law, conflict of
Laws, Legal & Regulatory
aspects
10 Framework of Statutes that CO2 Lecture with Apply End Term
govern cross border trade, Internals:
Statutes framed by country of Short
origin of transaction & Answers
International Guidelines
10 Regulation of International CO2 Lecture with Apply End Term
Banking, High Financial Internals:
gearing, BCCI International Study on Short
affair, Bank for International BCCI Answers
Settlement Scandal
10 Regulation of Monetary CO1 Lecture with Understand End Term
System, Period between wars, Internals:
Breton Woods, Euro, Short
Smithsonian Agreement, Answers
Snake in Tunnel, Plaza &
Louvre Accord, Regulatory
Arbitrage, Labuan Model,
Currency Board
10 Indian scenario Process of CO2 Lecture with Evaluate End Term
Regulation & Deregulation, + Quiz Internals:
Exchange Control Manual, An Short
Introduction to FEMA, Answers
FEDAI Role & Rules, UCPDC
ICC Publication URC ICC,
Publication Important clauses
&interpretation, Customs &
Baggage Rules Sale of
Goods Act, INCOTERMS
10 International Debt Crises, CO2 Lecture with Create End Term
Herstst Bank Crisis, Asian & Internals:
other crises, Sovereign Risk Studies on Short
State Immunity Act, Crises Answers
International Accounting
Standards, Trade related
Intellectual Property Rights,
World Transfer Pricing

CO-PO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COIB01.1 3 2 1 3 - 3

COIB01.2 3 2 1 3 - 1

CO 3 2 1 3 - 2

CO 3 2 1 3 - 2

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation

Internal + External Assessment

Total-100%
Assessment Mapping

Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Parameter
Class 10 -- --
Participation/ 5 5 --
Attendance
Library Excercise 5 -- -- --
2.5 2.5
Case study 10 5 5 -- -- --
discussion
Assignments/ 5 2.5 2.5 -- -- --
 Projects
Internal End 20 10 10 -- -- --
Term Exam
50 25 25 -- -- --

50

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Reference Books:

Reference Name of the Author Publisher

Books s
International ICC Publication UCPDC -Uniform International Chamber
Customsand Practice for Documentary ofCommerce
Credits
International Global Business Regulation Cambridge University Press
(February 13, 2000)
by John Braithwaite
International Legal & Ethical Aspects of International Wolters Kluwer Law & Business
(February 27, 2014)
International International Banking Legal and Publisher-Rajiv Beri
RegulatoryAspects(Diploma in fromMacmillan India
International Banking and Finance) by Ltd.
Indian Institute of Banking and Finance,
Mumbai 2007-2008
National Regulatory requirements under FEMA 1999 FEDAI
Vol I FEDAI Publication Publications,Govt.ofIndia

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources
1 http://www.ipindia.nic.in/
2 https://udyamregistration.gov.in/docs/nic_2008_17apr09.pdf
3 https://dgft.gov.in/CP/
4 https://www.fieo.org/
5 https://www.trademap.org/
6 https://msme.gov.in/know-about-msme
7. https://www.google.co.in/books/edition/International_Banking_Legal_Regulator
y_A/IhYsJqiKj8EC?hl=en&gbpv=1&dq=regulatory+aspects+of+international++
business+books+indian+author&printsec=frontcover
 MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.edx.org/learn/international-trade
2 https://www.openlearning.com/courses/GFML3073/

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 To understand the scenario of world trade and how regulations help for smooth
Mapped at conduct of trade processes.
CO1 & PO 2 The statutes like International Law, etc. that govern the cross border trade foster
Mapped at analytical and critical thinking abilities for decision making related to cross
border trade.
CO1 & PO 3 Helps to understand the regulations related to international banking, FEMA Act,
Mapped at FEDAI Rules for conducting international trade.

CO1 & PO 4 Understand the Customs & Baggage Rules, INCOTERMS and analyses how to
Mapped at apply them during import and export transactions
CO1 & PO5 As CO1 and PO5 does not seem to be related in any aspects
Mapped at
CO1 & PO6 Understand the rules and regulations regarding IPR, International Accounting
Mapped at Standards and follow the same for smooth conduct of trade.
CO2 & PO1 Understand the need to govern cross border trade
Mapped at
CO2 & PO2 Apply the international guidelines for decision-making related to cross border
Mapped at trade
CO2 & PO3 To know the new rules and regulations related to cross border trade
Mapped at
CO2 & PO4 Understand, analyse and communicate the Sales of Goods Act and Important
Mapped at Clauses of ICC Publication in import and export of goods
CO2 & PO5 As CO2 and PO5 does not seem to be related in any aspects
Mapped at -
CO2 & PO6 Learn lessons from Crisis and Apply them in practice.
Mapped at

Mapped by: Dr. Vrushali Kadam,, YMIM Karad

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme : MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022
23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III IB02 Export Import Policies Procedures
andDocumentation
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
To make students aware about the cross border trade procedures and
practices inInternational Logistics

Learning Outcomes:
The course will provide a clarity on the Import-Export cycle.
The course will help students to know the various compliances and documentations
in theImport Export Process
The course will help students to know the logistic process and various agencies
involvedthe export import process.

Lesson Plan

Unit Contents Session COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

s Numbe Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs) r
1 International Business 10 Co1 Lecture with Ppts Understand End Term:
Nature & Scope, Applied
Framework of Questions
International Business, Presentations
Meaning of Export/
Deemed Export/ Import
2 10 Co1 Lecture with Ppts Case Study ,
Foreign Case Study End Term:
Trade Psychometric Applied
Scenario and Tools Understand Questions
Trade Analyse Presentations
Composition
,
Foreign
Trade,
Important
Statutes/Acts/Policies for
International Trade,
Export Procedure step by
step from registration to
final shipment and post
shipment.
3 Documentation in Export/ 10 Co2 Lecture with Case Study ,
Import required for Sales PPTs End Term:
Contract, Shipment, Case Study Applied
Custom Clearance, Banks, Understand Questions
Insurance and Transport Analyse Presentations
etc.
4 Cross Border Payment 10 Co2 Lecture with Case Study ,
Settlement Procedure PPTs End Term:
 with Advanced Payment Case Study Applied
Method, Open Account Understand Questions
Method, Documentary Apply Presentations
Credit, Documentary
Collection and
Consignment Trading
5 International Trade 10 Co3 Lecture with Understand Case Study ,
Logistics Meaning, PPTs Apply End Term:
Objective, International Case Study Applied
LogisticAgencies in India Questions
Presentations
and outside India, their
functions.
6 Warehousing, Ports in 10 Co3 Lecture with Understand Case Study ,
India, Port Efficiency PPTs Apply End Term:
and Productivity, Freight Case Study Applied
Forwarder, Custom Questions
Presentations
House Agent,
Multimodal
Transport Operator,
Containerization Types
and Dimensions, Linear
Shipping Services\
Project Students are
supposed to select a
product for export with
the help of Product and
Market selection
techniques and need to
explain each step
involved in the export
process from the
registration stage to post
shipment stage.

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 2 1 1 1 1

CO2 3 3 1 2 1 2

CO3 3 2 3 3 1 3

1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation

Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%
 Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3

Class Participation/
10 3 3.5 3.5
Attendance
Case study
10 3 3.5 3.5
discussion
Assignments/
10 3 3.5 3.5
Projects
Presentations 10 3 3.5 3.5

Internal End Term

10 3 3.5 3.5
Exam

Internal 50 15 17.5 17.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute.

Reference Books:

ReferenceBooks Name of the Title of theBook Year Edition Publisher Company

(Publisher) Author

1-National Aseem Export Import 2007 Excel Books

Kumar Management
2 National C. Rama Export Import 2019 New age
Gopal Procedure and International
Documentation New
Delhi
3 National W.K. Export Import 2019 Himalaya Publishing
Acharya Procedure and House,Mumbai
and Jain Documentation
K.S
4 National CA Shiva How to start 2018 Educreation Publishing
Chaudhary Export Import
Business
 Online Resources:
Online Resources Web site
No address
1 http://www.ipindia.nic.in/
2 https://udyamregistration.gov.in/docs/nic_2008_17apr09.pdf
3 https://dgft.gov.in/CP/
4 https://www.fieo.org/
5 https://www.trademap.org/
6 https://msme.gov.in/know-about-msme

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site
address
1 http://niryatbandhu.iift.ac.in/exim/
2 https://www.edx.org/learn/international-trade
3 https://www.openlearning.com/courses/GFML3073/

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Combining knowledge of the Import-Export process with effective management
techniques can lead to more successful, efficient, and profitable international business
Mapped at 3 operations.
CO1 & PO 2 essential components for success in the field of international trade.
Mapped at 2
CO1 & PO 3 Import-Export cycle and learning new technologies can be significant when viewed in
Mapped at 3 the context of international trade and business operations.
CO1 & PO 4 preparing individuals to thrive in the complex and dynamic world of international trade
Mapped at 2 and business.
CO1 & PO5 knowledgeable about import-export operations and having strong communication and
Mapped at 1 research skills can be a powerful combination for success in the field of international
business.
CO1 & PO6 The knowledge of global trade can enhance leadership capabilities and help leaders
Mapped at 3 make informed decisions that positively impact their teams and organizations. It's all
about how these two seemingly different concepts can complement and reinforce each
other in a business context.
CO2 & PO1 This integration equips students with a well-rounded skill set and knowledge base,
Mapped at 3 enabling them to excel in the field of international trade and solve complex business
problems effectively.
CO2& PO2 to equip students with practical knowledge of import-export processes, while also
Mapped at 3 enhancing their analytical and critical thinking skills for making informed decisions
based on data and evidence. These skills are crucial in the field of international trade,
where compliance and effective decision-making play a significant role in the success
of businesses and organizations involved in global commerce.
CO2& PO3 The effectiveness of this relationship, however, depends on the quality and content of
Mapped at 2 the course, as well as the commitment and effort of the students.
CO2& PO4 the ability to understand and navigate the global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects
Mapped at 3 of business is essential for long-term success and sustainability in the international
marketplace. By combining these two areas in a course, students are better prepared
to excel in the field of import-export and international business.
CO2& PO5 their connection in various ways based on your specific educational or professional
Mapped at - goals.
CO2& PO6 Both are important for the success of an organization engaged in international trade.
Mapped at 3
CO3 & PO1
Mapped at 3 This knowledge is then applied through the lens of management theories and practices
to address business problems. The skills gained in understanding logistics and export-
import processes are essential for resolving business problems in the context of
international trade. Therefore, the relationship between these elements is significant in
preparing students to excel in the field of international business and trade.
CO3 & PO2 learning about the logistics and agencies in the export-import process equips students
Mapped at 1 with the foundational knowledge necessary to apply analytical and critical thinking in
the context of international trade. It empowers them to make data-based decisions,
solve complex logistical problems, and effectively manage global trade operations.
CO3 & PO3 Imparts knowledge about the logistics and export-import processes but also seeks to
Mapped at 2 develop students' abilities to analyze situations, think critically, and make informed
decisions based on data
It combines the practical know-how with the strategic and ethical considerations
CO3 & PO4 necessary for success in international trade. This combination provides students with
Mapped at 1 a well-rounded education that equips them to excel in the field of global business.

CO3 & PO5 to educate students about logistics and the export-import process, and it also seeks to
Mapped at - improve their business communication and research skills. Here's a potential
Connection:
CO3 & PO6 knowledge of the export-import process is a foundational element for effective
Mapped at 3 leadership in logistics. Leaders in this field must be well-versed in the complexities of
international trade to make informed decisions and lead teams toward achieving
organizational goals in a dynamic and often challenging environment.

Mapped by: Dr. P.P. Kothari, AKIMSS, Solapur

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme : MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. -
Year 2022 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III PM01 Quality Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
To understand the Quality Management concept and principles and the various
toolsavailable to achieve Quality Management.
Provide a basic understanding of "widely-used" quality analysis tools and
techniques.Create an awareness of the quality management problem-solving
techniques currently in use.
Stressing upon the importance of the quality principles on the business
performance.
Learning Outcomes:
Evaluate the principles of quality management and to explain how these principles
canbe applied within quality management systems.
Identify the key aspects of the quality improvement cycle and to select and use
appropriate tools and techniques for controlling, improving and measuring
quality.
Critically appraise the organizational, communication and teamwork requirements
foreffective quality management
Critically analyze the strategic issues in quality management, including current
issuesand developments, and to devise and evaluate quality implementation plans.

Unit Sess
C COs Number Teaching Cognition Evaluation
ions
o Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs
n
) t
e
n
t
s
1 Introduction : Definition, 10 CO 1 Lecture with Understand, Quiz
importance, objectives of Ppts Analyze End Term
quality, Types of Quality, Quiz Internals:
Customer driven quality, Short
determinants of quality, Answers
cost of quality, dimensions
of quality
2 Quality Control: Quality 10 CO2 Lecture with Case Study ,
and Financial performance, Ppts End Term:
quality control objectives, Case Study Application
quality control and Remember, oriented
inspection, quality Apply Questions
assurance.
3 Control Charts for SQC 10 CO2, CO 3 Lecture with Understand Short
:Statistical Quality Control PPTs questions,
(SQC). Control charts for
variables such as X, R
charts and control charts for
attributes such as p- chart,
np-chart, c-chart.
 Construction & use of the
control charts.
4 Acceptance Sampling for SQC 10 CO 2, CO 5 Lectures with Understand, End Term
:Principle of acceptance PPTs Analyze Exam: Short
sampling. Producer‘s and case and
consumer‘s risk. Sampling situation
plans –single, double & based
sequential. Sampling by questions
attributes and variables.
5 Customer Focus: The 10 CO 2, CO 5 Lectures with Understand, End Term
importance of customer PPTs Analyze Exam: Short
satisfaction, ACSI Model, case and
Kano‘s model of customer situation
satisfaction, customer – based
questions
driven quality cycle.
6 Quality Systems: Need for 10 CO 2, CO 5 Lectures with Understand, End Term
ISO 9000 and Other Quality PPTs Analyze Exam: Short
Systems, ISO 9000:2000 case and
Quality, Quality Auditing, situation
Six Sigma, Taguchi based
questions
method, TS 16949, Kaizen.

CO-PO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 3 2 0 1 3

CO2 3 3 2 0 0 2

CO3 3 3 3 0 1 1

CO. 3.0 3.0 2.66 0 0.67 2.0

CO 3 3 3 0 1 2

1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
 Evaluation

Internal+ External Assessment

Total-100%
Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Class Test 10 04 03 03

Attendance 15 05 05 05

Prelims 15 05 05 05

Presentations 05 00 02 03

Assignments 05 03 02 00

50 17 17 16

50 20 15 15

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute

Reference Books:
ReferenceBooks Name of theAuthor Title of theBook Year Publisher Company
(Publisher) Edition

1 National Sundarrajan Total Quality PEARSON INDIA

Management 3rdEdition
2 National P. I. Jain Quality Control& Total Tata McGraw-Hill
Quality Education
Management
3 National John Bank The essence ofTotal Prentice Hall
Quality Management
4 N. Logothetis Managing forTotal Prentice Hall; International
International Quality Ed Edition
5 Dale H Bester field Quality Control Pearson Education
International
 Online Resources:
Online Web site
Resources No address
1 www.iso.org
2 www.bis.gov.in
3 https://asq.org/quality-resources/total-quality-management

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site
address
1 www.coursera.org
2 www.edx.org
3 www.openlearning.com

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 PO1 emphasizes the broader application of management knowledge in solving
Mapped at 3 business problems, while CO1 specifically focuses on understanding Quality
Management concepts, principles, and tools to ensure high-quality products or
services in a business context.
CO1 & PO 2 PO2 emphasizes fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based
Mapped at 3 decision making, CO1 focuses on understanding Quality Management concepts,
principles, and tools to ensure high-quality products or services. These two
outcomes share the common thread of promoting informed decision-making,
with CO1 delving specifically into the quality management aspect.
CO1 & PO 3 PO3 emphasizes the capacity to adapt to new technologies and maintain
Mapped at 2 productivity, CO1 focuses on understanding Quality Management concepts and
tools to ensure high-quality products or services. These two outcomes are distinct,
with PO3 addressing adaptability and productivity in the context of technology
and CO1 delving into quality management principles.
CO1 & PO 4 PO4 focuses on understanding, analyzing, and communicating global, economic,
Mapped at 0 legal, and ethical aspects of business, while CO1 is specific to understanding
Quality Management principles and tools. These two outcomes address different
facets of business education, with PO4 emphasizing the broader understanding
of global business contexts, and CO1 delving into quality management.
CO1 & PO5 PO5 emphasizes the development of skills related to reading, writing, and
Mapped at 1 contributing to business literature, while CO1 is specific to understanding Quality
Management principles and tools. These outcomes address different aspects of
business education, with PO5 focusing on communication and engagement with
business literature, and CO1 delving into quality management.
CO1 & PO6 PO6 focuses on developing leadership and teamwork skills to achieve
Mapped at 3 organizational goals, CO1 is specific to understanding Quality Management
principles and tools. These two outcomes address different aspects of business
education, with PO6 emphasizing leadership and teamwork, and CO1 delving
into quality management.
CO2 & PO1 PO1 underscores the application of management knowledge to solve business
Mapped at 3 problems, while CO2 specifically targets the understanding of quality analysis
tools and techniques and their application in quality management problem-
solving. These outcomes emphasize different aspects of business education, with
PO1 focusing on management and problem-solving and CO2 delving into quality
 analysis tools and techniques.
CO2 & PO2 PO2 emphasizes fostering analytical and critical thinking skills for data -based
Mapped at 3 decision making, CO2 specifically targets the understanding of quality analysis
tools and techniques and their application in quality management problem-
solving. These two outcomes share the common thread of promoting informed
decision-making, with CO2 concentrating on the quality management aspect.
CO2 & PO3 PO3 underscores the capacity to adapt to new technologies and remain
Mapped at 2 productive, CO2 specifically targets the understanding of quality analysis tools
and techniques and their application in quality management problem-solving.
These two outcomes address different aspects of education, with PO3 focusing
on technology adaptation and productivity, and CO2 delving into quality
analysis.
CO2 & PO6 PO6 emphasizes the development of leadership skills for achieving
Mapped at 2 organizational goals and contributing to team success, while CO2 is specific to
understanding quality analysis tools and techniques and their application in
quality management problem-solving. These outcomes address different facets
of education, with PO6 focusing on leadership and teamwork, and CO2 delving
into quality analysis in the context of quality management.
CO3 & PO1 PO1 emphasizes applying management knowledge to solve business problems,
Mapped at 3 CO3 specifically underscores the importance of quality principles in shaping
business performance. These two outcomes address different aspects of business
education, with PO1 focusing on management and problem-solving, and CO3
emphasizing the influence of quality principles on business outcomes.
CO3 & PO2 PO2 emphasizes fostering analytical and critical thinking for data-based decision
Mapped at 3 making, CO3 specifically underscores the importance of quality principles in
influencing business performance. These two outcomes are distinct but are
interconnected in that they promote informed decision-making with CO3 delving
into the role of quality principles in business success.
CO3 & PO3 PO3 emphasizes adaptability to new technologies and maintaining productivity,
Mapped at 3 CO3 specifically underscores the importance of quality principles in influencing
business performance. These outcomes address different aspects of education,
with PO3 focusing on technology adaptation and productivity, and CO3
emphasizing the role of quality principles in business success.

CO3 & PO5 PO5 emphasizes the development of reading, writing, and contribution skills in
Mapped at 1 business literature, CO3 specifically underscores the importance of quality
principles in shaping business performance. These two outcomes address
different aspects of business education, with PO5 focusing on communication
and engagement with business literature, and CO3 emphasizing the influence of
quality principles on business outcomes
CO3 & PO6 PO6 emphasizes the development of leadership and teamwork skills for
Mapped at 1 achieving organizational goals, CO3 specifically underscores the importance of
quality principles in influencing business performance. These outcomes address
different facets of business education, with PO6 focusing on leadership and
teamwork, and CO3 delving into the role of quality principles in business success.

Mapped by: Dr A.B. Nadaf, AKIMSS, Solapur

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme : MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. -
Year 2022 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III PM02 Business Process Reengineering
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
To explain how organizational performance in terms of efficiency and
effectivenesscan be improved through BPR.
To introduce BPR as a change management tool.
To explore and master the fundamental principles of BPR.

Learning Outcomes:
DEFINE the keyterms associated with Business Process Reengineering.
EXPLAIN the various supporting and opposing forces to Business
ProcessReengineering in simple business situations.
APPLYING APPLY modeling tools for simple business processes
FORMULATE a working plan to establish a Business Process Reengineering team
EVALUATE the success of a BPR initiative in relation to the impact on
organizationalKPIs.
IMAGINE ways to improve business or non-business processes.

Lesson Plan

Session Topic CO Teaching Cognition Evaluation

(hrs.) Number Methodology (As per Tools

Taxonomy)
Common
(as Common Commo As per Common As per
mentione n individual individual
d in the faculty faculty
syllabus) discretion discretion
10 Introduction to business 1 Lecture with Understan Quiz end
processes: Definition of ppt ,Quiz d team
business process, Dimension internals
of business process,
Common business processes
in an organization, Definition
of business process redesign,
Definitions of various
management-related terms,
Business processes
improvement
10 Introduction to Business 1 Lecture, case Create case study
Process Reengineering study, ppt end term
(BPR): Definition of exam
business processes Concept Applied
of BPR - Definition of Questions
business process redesign,
BPR -Evolution, Definition,
Need for reengineering,
 Benefits, Role of leader &
manager, Breakthrough
reengineering model, BPR
guiding principles, Business
process reengineering &
performance improvement,
Key targets of BPR, Myths
about BPR , What

other quality management

concepts, BPR and ERP
relation. BPR and Process
Simplification, BPR and
Continuous Improvement
10 Enablers of BPR: Enablers of 2 Lecture with Evaluate Case study
BPR in manufacturing ppt, case study with
Agile Manufacturing, presentation
Lean Manufacturing, JIT, end term
Collaborative exam
Manufacturing, Intelligent Applied
Manufacturing, Product Questions
design & development.
Relationship between BPR
and information technology,
Role of information
technology in reengineering
Criticality of IT in Business
Process. Factors related to IT
infrastructure
10 BPR & Information 3 Lecture with Evaluate Group
Technology: Introduction, ppt, Group Activity end
Relationship between BPR & activity term exam ,
Information Technology, short case
Role of Information and
Technology in reengineering, situation
Role of IT in BPR (with based
practical examples), questions
Criticality of IT in business
process, BPR tools &
techniques, Enablers of
process reengineering, Tools
to support BPR
,Future role of IT in
reengineering
10 BPR implementation 4 Lecture, case Create Activity end
methodology: Reasons of study term theory
implementation of BPR, applied
Necessary attributes, BPR
team characteristics, Key
concepts of BPR, BPR
methodology, Different
phases of BPR, BPR model,
BPR methodology
selection guidelines,
 Common steps to be taken for
BPR implementation

10 The Power of Habit in 6 lecture with Evaluate Case

organizations, Planned ppts presentation
changes in business re- end term
engineering projects; Factors exam
relating to change
management systems and
culture, Committed and
strong leadership, Factors
relating to organizational
structure, Factors related to
BPR program management,
Factors related to IT
infrastructure, Factors
Relating to BPR Failure,
Problems in communication
and organizational
resistance, Lack of
organizational readiness for
change, Problems related to
creating a culture for change,
Lack of training and
education, Factors related to
management support,
Ineffective BPR teams, A
framework for barrier
management. Success factors
of BPR: Reengineering
success factors, Critical
success factors of BPR,

CO-PO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 2 3 2 1 3

CO2 3 3 2 3 - 3

CO3 3 2 2 1 - 3

CO4 3 - 1 3 1 3

CO. 3 2 1.5 2.25 1.5 3

CO 3 1 2 2 1 3

1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- -
(Rationale in Appendix)
 Evaluation

Internal + External Assessment

Total-100%

Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6

Class 10 2.5 2 2 2 1.5 -

Participation
Attendance 10 3 2 - 3 2 -

case discussion 5 2.5 1 - - - 1.5

Assignment 5 1 1 1 1 1 -
Internal end 20 4.5 5.5 3 2 2.5 2.5
term exam
Internal 50 13.5 11.5 6 8 7 4
(50marks)
End Term (50
marks Univ)
Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute

Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) Author Edition Company
1 National - Radhakrishnan, Business ProcessReengineering , PHI, Eastern
Balasubramanian Economy Edition,
2008
2 National - Jayaraman, Ganesh Business ProcessReengineering MGH.
Natrajan
and Rangaramanujan
3 National - Dey, Business Process Biztantra.
Reengineering and Change
Management
4 International Harmon, P , Business Process Change :A Kaufmann
Elsevier/Morgan Guide for Business Publishers.
Managers and BPM andSix
Sigma Professionals,
 5 International Walford, R.B., Business Process ArtechHouse.
Implementation for IT
Professionals andManagers,
6 International Hammer, M. and Re-engineering the Harper Business
Champy, J, Corporation: A Manifesto
for Business Revolution,

Online Resources:
Online Web site
Resources No. address
1 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Business_process_re-engineering
2 https://searchcio.techtarget.com/definition/business-process-
reengineering
3 https://www.minit.io/blog/business-process-reengineering-
examples#accept
4 https://www.cleverism.com/business-competitive-business-
process-reengineering-bpr/
5 https://www.sweetprocess.com/business-process-
reengineering/#chapter-8
MOOCs:
Resources No Web site
address
1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Introduction, definition of business process reengineering, Definition of various
Mapped at 3 management related terms business process improvement
CO1 & PO 2 helps to understand concept evaluation need for reengineering BPR and equality
Mapped at 2 management concepts BPR and continuous improvement.
CO1 & PO 3 Understand dimensions of business process.
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 4 Definition of business process design.
Mapped at 1
CO1 & PO5 Understand definition of business process redesign.
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO6 Can understand how to techniques of business process improvement .
Mapped at 3
CO2 & PO1 For solving business process reengineering problem getting information of benefits
Mapped at 2 role of leader quality , management concepts, relation between ERP & BRP
CO2 & PO2 Models of break through reengineering.
Mapped at 1
CO2 & PO3 To know need of reengineering.
Mapped at 2
CO2 & PO4 process simplification for business process reengineering
Mapped at 3
CO2 & PO5 Business process reengineering and process improvement.
Mapped at -1
CO2 & PO6 Key targets of BPR , myths about BPR.
Mapped at 2
CO3 & PO1 To understand enablers of BPR , Myths about BPR.
Mapped at 2
CO3 & PO2 Collaborative Manufacturing, Intelligent manufacturing.
Mapped at 1
CO3 & PO3 to know product design and development relationship between BPR and information
Mapped at 3 technology.
CO3 & PO4 Role of information technology in reengineering .
Mapped at 2
CO3 & PO5 critically of IT in business process.
Mapped at 2
CO3 & PO6 What factors are there related to IT infrastructure.
Mapped at 1
CO4 & PO1 Relation between BPR and information technology , Introduction concept objectives
Mapped at 1 & importance.
CO4 & PO2 Role of information technology in reengineering with practical examples.
Mapped at 3
CO4 & PO3 critically of IT in business processes. Tools of BPR & techniques of BPR.
Mapped at 3
CO4 & PO4 To know enables of process reengineering.
Mapped at 2
CO4 & PO5 Tools to support BPR with practical examples.
Mapped at 1
CO4 & PO6 Future role of IT in reengineering.
Mapped at 2
CO5 & PO1 Methodology for implementation of Business process reengineering.
Mapped at 3
CO5 & PO2 Necessary attribute for BPR team characteristics.
Mapped at 2
CO5 & PO3 Team characteristics of BPR , key concepts of BPR
Mapped at 3
CO5 & PO4 Methodology of BPR , models of BPR different phases of BPR.
Mapped at 2
CO5 & PO5 Methodology selection guidelines for business process reengineering.
Mapped at 1
CO5 & PO6 Common steps to be taken for BPR implementation.
Mapped at 2
CO6 & PO1 Required passion/habit in organization required changes in reengineering projects,
Mapped at 3 factors relating to change management systems.
CO6 & PO2 factors relating to change management systems and culture , committed & strong
Mapped at 3 leadership.
CO6 & PO3 Required factors relating to organizational structure , factors related to BPR
Mapped at 2 programme management.
CO6 & PO4 Factors related to information technology infrastructure factors related to BPR
Mapped at 3 failure.
CO6 & PO5 What problems are there in communication and organizational resistance, getting
Mapped at 2 information of lack of organizational readiness.
CO6 & PO6 Problems related to creating a culture for change lack of training and education,
Mapped at 2 factors related to management concept/management support.

Mapped by: Prof. S.A. Jadhav, Institute of Management & Research, Kolhapour
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme:MBA (GENRAL) CBCS RevisedSyllabusw.e.f.-Year2022 2023
Semester CourseCode CourseTitle
III IT01 System Analysis and Design
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:

Explain what systems are and how they are developed.

Identify and describe the phases of the systems development life cycle.
Follow the analysis portion of the Systems Development Life Cycle in a disciplined manner.
Develop and evaluate system requirements.
Work effectively in a team environment.
Describe the role and responsibilities of the systems analyst in the development and
management of systems.

Course Outcomes:

1. Explain the need for and value of a formalized step-by-step approach to the analysis, design,
and implementation of computer information systems.
2. Use tools and techniques for process and data modeling.
3. Describe the role and responsibilities of the participants in information systems
development.
4. Develop a feasibility analysis of a proposed system.
5. Develop and deliver a Requirements Definition Proposal for a new system in a well-
structured business proposal.
6. Explain the common ways projects fail and how to avoid these failures.
7. Implement various project management tools.

Lesson Plan

Unit Cs Sessio COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ns Number Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs)

1 Introduction to system 8 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz

concepts: Introduction to Ppts End Term
System, characteristic, Quiz Internals:
elements of system, types of Short Answers
system, categories of
information system
2 General phases of system 8 CO1, Lecture with Mid Term:
development life cycle: CO3 Ppts Long Answer
SDLC, waterfall model, Questions
prototyping model, spiral Apply
model and 4GT, system
analysis
3 Requirement and Structured 8 CO2, Lecture with Analyse End Term
Analysis: Feasibility Study, CO4 PPTs Exams: Case
Fact-finding techniques, Cases based
Decision Tree and Decision Questions/
Table Pseudocode, Applied
Structured English, DFD Questions
 4 Database Design and 8 CO2, Lectures Analyse Class
Documentation CO5 with PPTs Assignments
Techniques: ERD, System Cases
Flow Charts; Functional Flip End Term
Decomposition Diagram; Classroom Exam: Applied
Structured Flow-Charts. Questions
5 User Interface Design: 8 CO5 Lectures Create Case based
Interface Design Dialogue, Cases Presentation
Strategies, Screen Flip Activity
Management Classroom End Term:
Theory
Applied
6 Practical and case studies 5 CO6, Lectures Evaluate Activity:
a) Hospital Management b) CO7 Case Study Group project
Hotel Management c) Library Group Presentations
Management d) Inventory projects
Management

CO-PO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO IT01.1 3 2 3 2 2 1

CO IT01.2 3 3 3 1 2 -

CO IT01.3 3 1 - - 3 3

CO IT01.4 3 3 3 2 - 1

CO IT01.5 3 2 2 1 - 2

CO IT01.6 3 - 2 2 3 2

CO IT01.7 3 2 3 1 2 3

1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%
 Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6 CO7

Class
Participation/ 10 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1
Attendance
Group project /
5 2 2 1
case presentation
Analysis and data
5 2 2 1
modeling- Cases

Assignments 5 2 2 1

Internal Mid Term

12.5 4.5 4 4
Exam

Internal End Term

12.5 2 2 2 2 2 1 1.5
Exam

Internal 50 8 12.5 9.5 7.5 6.5 3.5 3.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Note: Actual Internal Evaluation will be carried out for more marks, but they will be proportionately
converted into the figures as above.

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute

Reference Books

Sr.No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company
1 National Awad System Analysis and 2015,3rd Pearson
Design edition Publication
2 National Senn System Analysis and 12th edition Stephen Pearson
Design: Prentice Hall

3 National Roger S. Software Engineering 2010 Vikas Publishing

Pressman a House Pvt.
Practioner's Approach Limited
Online Resources

Online Resources No. Websiteaddress

1 https://www.tutorialspoint.com/system_analysis_and_design/syste
m_analysi
s_and_design_quick_guide.htm
2 https://www.yourarticlelibrary.com/management/mis-
management/system-
analysis-objectives-reasons-and-tools-mis/70388

MOOCs:

Resources No. Website address

1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Knowledge of management theories and practices can be applied to solve business problems if
Mapped at 3 managers know step-by-step approach to analysis, design and implementation of computer
information systems.
CO1 & PO 2 Understanding the need for Step-by-step approach to the analysis, design, and implementation
Mapped at 2 of computer information systems will facilitate to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities
for data-based decision making to some extent, hence the alignment is moderate.
CO1 & PO 3 Step-by-step approach to the analysis, design, and implementation of computer information
Mapped at 3 systems will support in learning new technologies and remain productive.
CO1 & PO 4 Step-by-step approach to the analysis, design, and implementation of computer information
Mapped at 2 systems can lead to understand, analyze and communicate global aspects of business and
economic aspects to some extent. But it will not uncover legal and ethical aspects, hence the
alignment of CO1 to PO1 is moderate .
CO1 & PO5 Explaining formalized step-by-step approach to the analysis, design, and implementation of
Mapped at 2 computer information systems will help to Read, write, and contribute to Business literature to
a moderate extent.
CO1 & PO6 Ability to lead in the achievement of organizational goals and contributing effectively to a team
Mapped at 1 environment is not the necessary outcome of formalized step-by-step approach to the analysis,
design, and implementation of computer information systems. Hence the alignment is low.
CO2 & PO1 By using tools and techniques for process and data modeling, knowledge of management
Mapped at 3 theories and practices get applied to solve business problems. So highly aligned.
CO2 & PO2 Tools and techniques for process and data modeling are used for data-based decision making,
Mapped at 3 hence foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.

CO2 & PO3 Highly aligned as tools and techniques for process and data modeling lead to learning new
Mapped at 3 technologies which are productive at all times.
CO2 & PO4 Tools and techniques for process and data modeling may help to understand, analyze and
Mapped at 1 communicate global aspects of business but not economic, legal and ethical aspects. Hence the
alignment is low.

CO2 & PO5 Use of tools and techniques for process and data modeling can lead to read, write, and
Mapped at 2 contribute to Business literature to moderate extent.
CO2 & PO6 Tools and techniques for process and data modeling are not associated with team environment
Mapped at - or leading oneself or others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively
to a team environment. Hence no alignment.
CO3 & PO1 Describing the role and responsibilities of the participants in information systems development
Mapped at 3 involves solving business problems by applying the knowledge of management theories and
 practices.
CO3 & PO2 Describing the role and responsibilities of the participants in information systems development
Mapped at 1 may help to a small extent to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based
decision making through role of systems analyst. Hence the alignment is low.
CO3 & PO3 No learning of new technologies is associated with describing the role and responsibilities of
Mapped at - the participants in information systems development. Hence no association.
CO3 & PO4 Describing the role and responsibilities of the participants in information systems development
Mapped at - does not involve ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and
ethical aspects of business.
CO3 & PO5 Since participants in information systems development are part of business, describing their
Mapped at 3 role and responsibilities leads to read, write, and contribute to Business literature, hence high
alignment.
CO3 & PO6 The participants in information systems development have to work in team and they are
Mapped at 3 responsible for information systems development which is part of organizational goals. Hence
depending on the role, they possess ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of
organizational goals, and contribute effectively to a team environment.
CO4 & PO1 Developing a feasibility analysis of a proposed system to solve a business problem is directly
Mapped at 3 concerned with applying the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve
business problems, hence highly aligned
CO4 & PO2 Developing a feasibility analysis of a proposed system involves analytical and critical thinking
Mapped at 3 for data-based decision making, hence highly aligned.
CO4 & PO3 Developing a feasibility analysis of a proposed system is a productive step towards the
Mapped at 3 proposed business system and is based on learning new technologies with ease, hence highly
aligned.
CO4 & PO4 Establishing feasibility analysis of a proposed system requires to consider, economic aspect
Mapped at 2 i.e. cost of the system, legal aspects of the proposed business system and global aspects to some
extent but not ethical aspects, hence moderately aligned.
CO4 & PO5 Developing a feasibility analysis of a proposed system may not not lead to reading, writing and
Mapped at - contributing to Business literature, hence no alignment.
CO4& PO6 Feasibility analysis of a proposed system is weakly aligned with team environment and ability
Mapped at 1 to lead in the achievement of organizational goals as these are not very essential requirements
of feasibility study but may be required to some extent.
CO5 & PO1 Developing a well-structured business proposal is based on applying the knowledge of
Mapped at 3 management theories and practices to solve business problems. Hence delivering a
Requirements Definition Proposal for a new system is highly aligned with PO1.
CO5 & PO2 Developing and delivering a Requirements Definition Proposal for a new system in a well-
Mapped at 2 structured business proposal requires analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based
decision to medium extent, hence a moderate alignment.
CO5 & PO3 Development and delivery of a Requirements Definition Proposal leads to learning new
Mapped at 2 technologies to a moderate extent. Doing it in the form of a well-structured business proposal
emphasizes the plan to be productive for the business. Hence the alignment is medium.
CO5 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of
Mapped at 1 business is required to a small extent for development and delivery of a Requirements
Definition Proposal in a well- structured business proposal. Henc weakly aligned.
CO5 & PO5 Developing and delivering a Requirements Definition Proposal for a new system may not lead
Mapped at - to reading, writing and contributing to Business literature, because only requirements of the
proposed system are focused. Hence no alignment.
CO5 & PO6 The people involved in Development and delivery of a Requirements Definition Proposal have
Mapped at 2 to work in team to some extent and focus towards achievement of organizational goals to a
moderate extent. Hence the alignment is medium.
CO6 & PO1 Explaining the common ways of project failure and ways of avoiding these failures requires
Mapped at 3 application the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems.
Hence high alignment.
CO6 & PO2 Explaining the common ways of project failure and ways of avoiding these failures does not
Mapped at - lead to any data-based decision making using analytical and critical thinking abilities. Hence
no alignment.
CO6 & PO3 Explaining the common ways of project failure and ways of avoiding these failures may require
Mapped at 2 understanding of new technologies to find the causes of failure and solutions to avoid them
may lead increase in productivity to moderate extent. Hence the alignment is medium.
CO6 & PO4 Explaining the common ways projects fail and how to avoid these failures may lead to
Mapped at 2 understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business
to moderate extent. Hence the alignment is medium.
CO6 & PO5 Explaining the common ways of project failure and ways of avoiding these failures is a part of
Mapped at 3 business literature. Hence it will lead to read, write, and contribute to Business literature. Hence
 high alignment.
CO6 & PO6 Since project management involves team work, explaining the common ways of project failure
Mapped at 2 and ways of avoiding these failures deals with ability to lead in the achievement of
organizational goals to some extent and contributing effectively to a team environment is
inherent. Hence the alignment is medium.
CO7 & PO1 By using various project management tools, the knowledge of management theories and
Mapped at 3 practices get applied to solve business problems as required in planning of project. Hence the
alignment is high.
CO7 & PO2 Implementing various project management tools requires analytical and critical thinking
Mapped at 2 abilities for data-based decision making during planning of project, to moderate extent hence
a medium alignment.
CO7 & PO3 Implementing various project management tools makes the project more productive and also
Mapped at 3 leads to learning new technologies for project management with ease. Hence the alignment is
high.
CO7 & PO4 Implementing various project management tools to plan the project, may require ability to
Mapped at 1 understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of the
concerned business project only, to a small extent. Hence low alignment.
CO7 & PO5 As various project management tools may be the part of Business literature, it may involve
Mapped at 2 reading, writing and contributing to Business literature to moderate extent. Hence a medium
alignment.
CO7 & PO6 Project management is based on team work, for the success of project. Hence ability to lead
Mapped at 3 themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a
team environment is inherent. Hence high mapping.

Mapped by: Dr. Seema Tarnekar , CDOE (Centre for Distance and Online Education)

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme : MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f.
- Year 2022 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III IT02 Information System Security & Audit
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
Describe the general framework for IT risks and control.
Identify the unique elements of computer environment and discuss how they affect
theaudit process.
Describe the securityaspect and audit issues related to computer security.
To enable the students to grasp knowledge of Auditing along with exposure to
modernbusiness information systems.
Understand the audit objectives and procedures used to test data management
controls.
Discuss the stages in the SDLC
Learning Outcomes:
Understand the difference between Security Metrics and Audits.
Knowledge on Vulnerability Management
Know the Information Security Audit Tasks, Reports and Post Auditing Actions
Understand Information Security Assessments
Examine the multiple layers of IS security in organizations.
Analyze the risk management approach to information security with
respect tooperational and organizational goals.
Evaluate physical and logical security controls, and the automated approaches
in ISsecurity.

Lesson Plan

Unit Contents Sessio COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ns Number Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs)

1 Information Systems Audit: 10 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz

What is Information PPTs Class test
Systems (IS) Auditing? Quiz Home
,Need for control and audit Assignment
of computers, Effects of
computers on internal
controls, Effects of
computers on auditing,
Foundations of Information
Systems Auditing,
Organizational
Responsibilities( Executive
management, Auditors, IT
and Information security
and General users)
Information system control :
Information system control
techniques, categories of
internal control,
organizational controls, data
processing environmental
 control, Business continuity
planning control, user
control,
boundary control, input
control, control over data
2 Meaning of Risk, 10 CO 1 Lecture with Case Study
Business risk, audit risk, Ppts Understand ,
security risk, and Case Study and Newspaper
continuity risk. SEI risk Psychometric Analyze Article
statement (two things Tools End Term:
needed to express risk Applied
clearly) Components of Questions
risk: threat, vulnerability,
exposure, impact,
consequence Risk
response options:
manage, reduce, transfer,
ignore, monitor Threat
classes: natural,
accidental and
unintentional, intentional,
political unrest, Threat
agents, threat
agent motives, Four basic
steps to a risk assessment.
3 Information security 10 CO 3 Lecture with Analyze Case Study
programs- Relative PPTs with
importance of people, Case Study Presentatio
policy, and technology, ns
Legal, Ethical and End Term
Professional Issues in Exams:
Information Security Case based
Program foundation: Questions/
policy, education, Applied
ownership, defined Questions
responsibilities Role of
risk management in
information security
programs Information
Security Management-
Supporting role and
purpose of: policy,
training, culture, baselines,
system acquisition and
development, change
management,
configuration
management, monitoring,
personnel policies,
assessments, metrics, and
evaluation Incident
response and basic steps:
identification,
containment, collection,
recovery, analysis Cyber
frauds, cyber attacks,
 impact
of cyber frauds on
enterprise, techniques to
commit cyber frauds.
4 Software / System 10 CO1 Lectures with Evaluate Group
Development Life Cycle- PPTs Activity
Four basic steps in SDLC: End Term
analysis, development, Group Activity Exam:
Video Cases Short case
testing, implementation
and
General sense for SDLC situation
risks , Differences based
betweenpre- and post questions
implementation audits
Pre-implementation
and Post-implementation:
approaches, role of auditor,
advantages, disadvantages
( in both phases)
5 Evidence Collection- 10 CO2 Lecture Apply Case
Audit software, Code Case Presentatio
Activity n
review, test data, and
Activity
code comparison, End Term:
Concurrent auditing Theory
techniques, Interview, Applied
questionnaires, and
control flowcharts,
Performance
measurement tools.
Evaluating Asset
Safeguarding and Data
Integrity Introduction,
measures of asset
safeguarding and data
integrity, Nature of the
global evaluation
decision, Determinants
of judgment
performance, Audit
technology to assist the
evaluation decision,
Cost-effectiveness
considerations,
Overview of the
efficiency evaluation
process, Performance
indices, Workload
models, System models,
combining workload
and system models,
Overview of the
 effectiveness evaluation
process, A model of
Information System
effectiveness,
Evaluating system
quality, Evaluating
information quality,
Evaluating perceived
usefulness, Evaluating
perceived ease of use,
Evaluating computer
self-efficacy,
Evaluating Information
System use, Evaluating
individual impact,
Evaluating Information
System satisfaction,
Evaluating
organizational impact
6 Audit planning - Scope, 10 CO4 Lectures with Evaluate Activity
objectives, Audits vs. PPTs End Term:
assessments Need for Flip Classroom Theory
business continuity Applied
management, Business
Continuity policy and
Planning, objectives
Goals, plan,
implementation, testing,
Types of Back up,
Disaster recovery plan,
Audit of BCP and DRP
New trends- cloud
computing, security
issues, mobile computing,
BYOD(bring your own
device) threats of BYOD,
web 2.0, social media and
network social network
threats , Green
IT security service and
challenges
 COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 2 2 2 1 1 1

CO2 2 2 2 1 1 1

CO3 2 2 2 1 1 1

CO4 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO5 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO6 1 1 1 1 1 1

Very Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%
 Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club
5 1 2 2
activity
Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
5 2 3
Projects
Internal End Term
20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5
Exam

Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute

Reference Books

Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Edition Publisher Company
(Publisher) Author

1 National Doug Dayton, Daug (1997), Prentice Hall, ISBN:

Dayton Technology Audit 0136143148

2 National Ron Weber Information Pearson Education

Systems Control Inc., Ninth
and Impression, 2013,
ISBN 978-81-317-
0472-1
3 National Richard E. Auditor's Guide to - 978-0-470-
Cascarino Information Systems 00989-5 Willey
Auditing publication
4 International Frederick Auerbach Pub,
Gallegos, Technology ISBN:
Sandra Allen- Control and 0849399947
Senft, Daniel P.
Manson (1999)
 5 International James A. Hall South Western College
Systems Auditing Publishing, 1999.
and

Online Resources
Online Web site address
Resources
No
1 https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/6673169.pdf
2 https://www.tutorialspoint.com/system_analysis_and_design/system_analysis_an
d
_design_security_audit.htm
3 https://www.isaca.org/resources/isaca-journal/issues/2016/volume-
5/information- systems-security-audit-an-ontological-framework
4 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Information_security_audit
5 https://www2.deloitte.com/me/en/pages/technology/solutions/it_audit_and_infor
m
ation_system_security_deloitte_montenegro_technology_services_solutions.html

MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in
Resources No. Website address
1 Alisons
2 Swayam

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Alignment with Program Goals: Mapping helps align the specific learning
objectives of individual courses (COs) with the broader educational goals and
Mapped at 3 objectives of the program (POs). This ensures that the courses are directly
contributing to the overarching program outcomes.

CO1 & PO1 Relevance and Applicability: It ensures that what students learn in each course is
relevant and applicable to the skills and knowledge required to achieve program
Mapped at 3 outcomes. In this context, the program aims to produce graduates who can apply
management and business knowledge. Mapping ensures that course content is
designed to meet this objective.

CO1 & PO1 Skill Development: Mapping helps identify which COs are related to developing
specific skills or competencies required for achieving the program outcomes. For
Mapped at 1 instance, if the program outcome is about fostering critical thinking abilities (PO2),
mapping can identify which courses are developing this skill, such as CO2.
CO1 & PO1 Assessment and Evaluation: Mapping assists in creating a clear and systematic
approach to assessment and evaluation. Faculty can design assessments that
Mapped at 1 measure how well students are progressing toward achieving the program
 outcomes. For instance, CO1 and CO3 may contribute to students' ability to
understand and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of
business (PO4).

CO1 & PO1 Curriculum Coherence: It helps in creating a cohesive curriculum. Each course
plays a role in building the knowledge and skills that students need to meet the
Mapped at 1 program outcomes. This avoids gaps or overlaps in the curriculum.

CO1 & PO1 Continuous Improvement: Mapping enables institutions to continuously improve
the curriculum. By assessing the effectiveness of COs in achieving POs, educators
Mapped at 3 can make necessary adjustments to better meet program goals.

Mapped by: Dr.H.M.Padalikar, BVDU,IMED,Pune

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme : MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. -
Year 2022 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III AM01 Rural Marketing
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
To sensitize the students towards the Agriculture and Rural Marketing
environment soas to help them in understanding the emerging challenges in the
Global Economic Environment
To familiarize the students with the basic concepts of Rural Marketing,
To make the students aware of nature of the Rural Consumer
To give insights of marketing of agricultural inputs and produce.
Learning Outcomes:
Understand the importance of Rural Markets
Sensitize to the needs and behavior of consumers and channels
Utilize the understanding on peculiarities of rural markets, channels and
competition inmarketing decision making
Understand the Rural Market Segmentation and Rural Products
Expose the students to Rural Market Distribution and services

Lesson Plan

Unit Contents Sessio COs Number Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ns Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs)

1 Rural marketing – concept, 10 CO 1 Lecture with Understand, Quiz

scope, nature, taxonomy Ppts Analyze End Term
attractiveness. Urban vs. rural Quiz Internals:
marketing. Rural consumer Short
behavior – buyer Answers
characteristics, decision
process, and behavior patterns,
evaluation procedure, brand
loyalty, innovation adoption
2 Rural Marketing in India. 10 CO2, CO4 Lecture with Case Study ,
Rural marketing management Ppts End Term:
perspectives, challenges to Case Study Application
Indian marketer. Rural – urban Remember, oriented
disparities, policy Apply Questions
interventions required rural
face to reforms, towards cyber
India
3 Information system for rural 10 CO2, CO 3 Lecture with Understand Short
marketing – concepts, PPTs questions,
significance, internal reporting
system, marketing research
system, decision support
system. Selecting and
attracting markets – concepts
and process, segmentation,
degrees, bases, and guides to
effective segmentation,
 targeting and positioning
4 Product strategy for rural 10 CO 2, CO 5 Lectures with Understand, End Term
markets. Concept and PPTs Analyze Exam: Short
significance. Product mix and case and
product item decisions. situation
Competitive product based
strategies. Pricing strategy in questions
rural marketing: Concept,
Significance, Objectives,
Policy and strategy.
5 Promotion towards rural 10 CO 2, CO 5 Lectures with Understand, End Term
audience, exploring media, PPTs Analyze Exam: Short
profiling target audience, case and
designing right promotion situation
strategy and campaigns. Rural based
distribution – channels, old questions
setup, new players, new
approaches, coverage strategy
6 Cases related to the topics 10 CO 2, CO 5 Lectures with Understand, End Term
covered under earlier units. PPTs Analyze Exam: Short
Agribusiness marketing case and
Project studies in your areas situation
based
questions
 CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 2 2 3 2 3

CO2 3 2 3 3 - 2

CO3 1 3 1 3 - 1

CO4 3 2 - 1 3 2

CO5 3 3 - 1 1 2

CO. 2.6 2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2

CO 3 2 1 2 1 2

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Sessio Topic CO Teaching Cognition Evaluation

n Number Methodology (As per Tools
(hrs.)
Taxonomy)

10 Unit 1-Rural Marketing- 1 As per Knowledge As per

Concept individual individual
faculty faculty
discretion discretion
Application
10 Unit 2- Rural Marketing 2
in India
Comprehens
10 Unit 3- Information 2 ion
System for Rural
Marketing
Application
10 Unit 4- Product Strategy 3
for Rural Markets
Synthesis
10 Unit 5-Promotion 4
towards Rural Audience
Analysis
10 Unit 6-Cases Related to 5
the topics covered under
earlier units

Evaluation
 Internal+ External Assessment

Total-100%

Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Attendance/Cl 10 2 2 2 2 2
ass
participation
Live Project- 5 2 2 1 - -
Club Activity
Case Study 10 2 2 2 2 2
discussion
Assignments 5 2 1 1 1 -

Internal End 20 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 2

Term Exam
50 12.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 6

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 C.S.G. Rural Marketin , Pearson
National Krishnamacharyulu & Text and Cases education.
Lalitha Ramakrishnan,
2 C.S.G. Cases in rural Pearson
National Krishnamacharyulu & marketing an education.
Lalitha Ramakrishnan integrated
3 Robert Chambers Rural Development: Pearson
National Putting the last first education.
 Online Resources:
Online Resources No Web site
address
1 https://www.economicsdiscussion.net/marketing-
management/rural- marketing-in-india/31957
2 https://www.ddegjust.ac.in/studymaterial/mba/mm-310.pdf
3 https://theinvestorsbook.com/rural-marketing-strategy.html

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site
address
1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Understanding the significance of rural markets is essential for business. By
comprehending rural markets, management theories can be applied by learners to address
Mapped at 3 the unique challenges and opportunities, thereby solving real world business problems
effectively.
CO1 & PO 2 To understand the importance of rural markets, students need to collect and analyze data
Mapped at 2 related to these markets, such as demographics, consumer behavior and market trends.
This process fosters analytical thinking skills as students learn to interpret and make
sense of data.
CO1 & PO 3 Rural markets can be geographically dispersed and remote. Being productive in such
Mapped at 2 contexts often involves using technology for remote communication, market monitoring
and data management. Learning new technologies can empower individuals to be more
productive when dealing with rural markets, especially when physical presence is
limited.
CO1 & PO 4
Mapped at 3 importance involves analyzing their economic impact, such as their contribution to GDP,
employment, consumption patterns. Businesses often need to consider how their actions
in rural market fit into a global context. Hence this is aligned at highest level.
CO1 & PO5 Understanding the importance of rural markets, they can apply this knowledge to
Mapped at 2 contribute to business literature. Hence CO 1 is aligned with PO 5 at moderate level.

CO1 & PO6 After understanding the complexities of rural markets, strong adaptability skills may be
Mapped at 3 developed. Students can apply their knowledge to lead and make informed decisions in
a variety of contexts, which is essential for effective leadership.
CO2 & PO1 Understanding consumer needs and behavior is foundational to making effective
Mapped at 3 management decisions. When managers are sensitive to consumer preferences and
channel dynamics, they can apply this knowledge to make informed decisions regarding
product development, marketing strategies and resource allocation.
CO2 & PO2 Combining knowledge of consumer behavior with analytical and critical thinking skills
Mapped at 2 equips students to make holistic decisions. They can consider not only the data but also
broader context when making business choices.
CO2 & PO3
Mapped at 3 Sensitizing students to consumer needs and behaviors can foster an open mind set for
technology adoption. Being aware of consumer preferences can drive individuals to
proactively seek and adopt technologies that align with these preferences.
CO2 & PO4 CO 2 is aligned with PO4 at highest level and it is justified because consumer behavior
Mapped at 3 is intertwined with economic, legal and ethical aspects. It helps to develop a well rounded

CO2 & PO5 Understanding consumers is a practical skill that can be applied to real world business
- s
No alignment.
CO2 & PO6 Understanding consumer behavior is integral to making informed decisions, fostering
Mapped at 2 teamwork, and ultimately contributing to the achievement of organizational goals.

CO3 & PO1 Management theories encompass various aspects of business, such as organizational
Mapped at 1 behavior, strategy and leadership which can complement the specific knowledge of rural
markets and channels.
CO3 & PO2 Critical thinking plays a key role in evaluating marketing strategies and assessing their
Mapped at 3 potential impact. Analytical skills help in quantifying the expected outcomes of various
marketing decisions, aiding in strategy selection.
CO3 & PO3 Understanding how to leverage technology tools for market analysis and communication
Mapped at 1 can enhance productivity.
Understanding rural market provides valuable insights into diverse market dynamics,
CO3 & PO4 which includes both rural and urb
Mapped at 3 ability to understand global business scenarios, as rural markets often mirror some
challenges faced in emerging economies around the world.

CO3 & PO5 Real world insights gained from understanding rural markets and channels can provide
- valuable content for business literature. But practical examples and case studies are
required to be added. No alignment.
CO3 & PO6 Leaders who understand peculiarities of rural markets and possess this knowledge are
Mapped at 1 better equipped to guide their teams in making informed choices that align with market
realities, thus contributing to the achievement of organizational goals.
CO4 & PO1 Management practices involve strategic decision making. Understanding rural markets
Mapped at 3 is a strategic aspect of business, where students learn to identify opportunities, develop
strategies and address challenges. This aligns with applying management theories to
solve real world business problems.
CO4 & PO2 Understanding rural market segmentation and products often involves collecting and
Mapped at 2 analyzing data. Students are required to assess factors like demographics, consumer
behavior and market trends in rural areas. This process fosters analytical thinking as they
work with data to gain insights into these markets.
CO4 & PO3 While technology may play a role in market research and data analysis, the
-
learning new technologies. Hence No alignment.
Rural markets can be complex and multifaceted, involving economic, legal and ethical
CO4 & PO4 dimensions. Understanding these aspects requires interdisciplinary learning, which
Mapped at 1 contributes to a broader understanding of the global, economic, legal and ethical aspects
of business.
CO4 & PO5 As students gain expertise in rural market segmentation and rural products, they may
Mapped at 3 contribute to the field by conducting research, publishing articles or sharing insights
through case studies and industry reports.
CO4 & PO6
Mapped at 2 of various markets, including rural markets. Rural market segmentation equips students
with insights into a specific market segment, which can be valuable when leading
initiatives or teams within an organization.
CO5 & PO1 The PO emphasizes the application of management theories and practices to address real
Mapped at 3 world business challenges. When students are exposed to rural market distribution in the
course, they can apply their management knowledge to solve problems to specific rural
markets, aligning with the broader program objective.
CO5 & PO2 The CO of exposing students to rural market distribution provides a practical context for
Mapped at 3 applying analytical and critical thinking skills. Analyzing data related to rural markets
and making decisions based on this data can be a valuable learning experience.
CO5 & PO 3 In the process of exposing students to rural market distribution, the course may
incorporate use of various technologies. Additionally, being productive in business
context often involves making informed decisions based on data and market insights. So
there is no potential connection between CO and PO.
CO5 & PO 4 Rural market distribution has global implications. Understanding how rural markets fit
Mapped at 1 into the larger global business landscape can broaden
contribute to their ability to understand global aspects of business.
CO5 & PO 5 As students gain expertise in rural market distribution, they may contribute to the field
Mapped at 1 by conducting research, publishing articles or sharing insights through case studies.

CO5 & PO6 Rural markets can be diverse and challenging requiring adaptability. The experience
Mapped at 2 gained by students during course may enhance their ability to adapt to various situations
and work effectively in different team environments within organizations.

Mapped by: Dr.Vaibhavi.Desai, BVDU-Institute of Management Kolhapur

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Lesson Plan

Programme: MBACBCS RevisedSyllabusw.e.f.-Year2022 2023

Semester Course Code Course Title
I AM02 Supply Chain Management in Agribusiness
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core elective 3 CES UE:IE
50:50
Program Outcomes:
P1-Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems
P2-Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making
P3-Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times
P4-Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of
business.
P5-Read, write, and contribute to Business literature
P6-Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
Effectively to a team environment.
Course Outcomes:
C1-Understand the principles of supply chain management and its importance in business
management.
C2-Know the emerging practices, challenges and trends in supply chains
C3-Understand the Supply Chain Strategy
C4-Understand the Logistics Management in Supply Chains
C5-Understand the Information Technology for Supply Chain Management
.

Uni Contents Session COs Teaching Cogniti Evaluation

t s Number Methodology on Tools
(Hrs) Level

1 Supply Chain: Changing 10 CO 1 Lecture with Underst Quiz

Business Environment; SCM: Ppts and End Term
Present Need; Conceptual Quiz Internals:S
Model of Supply Chain hort
Management; Evolution of Answers
SCM; SCM Approach;
Traditional Agri. Supply
Chain Management
Approach; Modern
Supply Chain Management
Approach; Elements in
SCM.
2 Demand Management in 10 CO 1 Lecture with Case Study
Supply Chain: Types of PPts ,
Demand, Demand Planning Case Study Underst Newspaper
and Forecasting; Operations Psychometric and Article
Management in Supply Tools End Term:
Chain, Basic Principles Applied
of Manufacturing Questions
Management
 3 Procurement Management in 10 CO 2 Lecture with Analyze Case Study
Agri. Supply chain: PPTs Evaluat with
Purchasing Cycle, Types of Case Study e Presentatio
Purchases, ns
Contract/Corporate Farming, End Term
Classification of Purchases Exams:
Goods or Services, Case based
Questions/
Traditional Inventory
Applied
Management, Material
Requirements Questions
Planning, Just in Time (JIT),
Vendor Managed Inventory.
4 Logistics Management: 10 CO2 Lectures with Analyze Group
History and Evolution of PPTs Activity
Logistics; Elements of
Logistics; Management; Group Activity End Term
Distribution Management, Video Cases Exam:
Distribution Strategies; Pool Short case
Distribution; 28 and
Transportation Management; situation
based
Fleet Management; Service
questions
Innovation; Warehousing;
Packaging for Logistics,
Third-Party
Logistics (TPL/3PL); GPS
Technology.
5 Concept of Information 10 CO3 Lecture Apply Case
Technology: IT Application CO5 Case Create Presentatio
in SCM; Advanced Planning Website activity n
and Scheduling; SCM in Activity
Electronic Business; Role of End Term:
Knowledge in SCM; Theory
Performance Measurement Applied
and Controls in Agri. Supply
Chain Management-
Benchmarking: introduction,
concept and forms of
Benchmarking.
6 Food supply chain Networks, 10 CO1 Lectures with Remem Activity
The advantages for supply CO2 PPTs ber End Term:
chain members, Components CO3 Flip Classroom create Theory
of an Agri supply chain, Agri Project Applied
marketing and emergence of
coordinated supply chains in
India, Coordinated supply
chains, Supply Chain
Management in Horticulture,
Value chain Some
Horticulture crops
1- CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COAM02.1 3 1 2 2 1 3

CO AM02.2 3 2 3 3 1 2

COAM02.3 3 2 3 3 2 3

COAM02.4 2 2 3 2 1 2

COAM02.5 2 2 1 3 1 3

CO. 2.1 1.5 2 2.1 1 2.1

CO 2 2 2 2 1 2

Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/ 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club 5 3 2
activity
Case study 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion

Assignments/ 5 2 3
Projects
Internal End Term 20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5
Exam

Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute

Reference Books:
 Sr.No. Nameof the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
Edition Company
1National Altekar RV. Supply Chain 2006 Prentice Hall of
Management: India.
Concepts and
Cases
2 National Monczka R, Trent R Purchasing and 2002 Thomson Asia
& Handfield R. Supply Chain
Management.
3National vanWeele AJ Purchasing and 2000 Vikas Publ.
Supply Chain House
Management
Analysis
,Planning and
Practice
4International Fawcett, S., Ellram, Supply Chain 2007 Pearson Prentice
L. and Ogden, J. Management Hall, Upper
From Vision to Saddle River, NJ,
Implementation USA.
5International Fischer, C. and Agri-food Chain 2010 CAB
Hartmann, M. Relationships International,
UK

Online Resources

Online Website
ResourcesNo. address
1 https://www.academia.edu/40734182/Principles_of_Agribusines
s_Management
2 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Agribusiness
3 https://zalamsyah.files.wordpress.com/2018/02/6-agribusiness-
management.pdf
4 http://eagri.org/eagri50/AECO341/index.html

MOOCs:

Resources Website
No. address
1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in
Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Students will understand and will get the knowledge of supply chain management and
evolution in supply chain management.
Mapped at 1
CO1 & PO 2 To know the demand management in supply chain management and forecasting the
Mapped at 2 demand by analytical and critical thinking abilities.

CO1 & PO 3 Study the principles and importance of supply chain management by learning new
Mapped at 3 technologies and to increase productivity

CO1 & PO 4 Understand , analyze and communicate the principles and importance of supply chain
Mapped at 4 management at global, economic, ethical and legal aspect of business

CO1 & PO5 Students will learn to read, write and contribute to understand the principles of supply
Mapped at 2 chain management and its importance in business.

CO1 & PO6 Using principles of supply chain management and lead themselves to lead themselves to
Mapped at 4 achieve organizational goals and contribute effectively to team environment.

CO2 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to Analyze the emerging
Mapped at 5 practices, challenges and trends in supply chain

CO2& PO2 Create analytical and critical thinking abilities in procurement management in agri.,
Mapped at 3 purchase cycle and understand traditional inventory management.

CO2& PO3 To learn and analyze new technologies in logistics management, transportation
Mapped at 2 management and innovation in logistics.

CO2& PO4 Understand , analyze and communicate supply chain management practices, challenges
Mapped at 3 and trends in logistics management

CO2& PO5 Increase the business literature in supply chain management by studying service
Mapped at -4 innovation and GPS technologies.

CO2& PO6 By applying the concepts of Just in time- and lead themselves towards achiving
Mapped at 3 organizational goals and contribution towards team environment.

CO3 & PO1 Understanding supply chain strategies by using IT application in supply chain
Mapped at 3 management., Role of knowledge in SCM

CO3 & PO2 Students can learn to evaluate the modern supply chain management approach and apply
Mapped at 1 new strategies in SCM

CO3 & PO3 New technologies used inTPL/3PL, packaging for logistics, setting new benchmarking
Mapped at 2 are exposed to students for remembering and creating new trend in SCM

Students are given knowledge so as to make them understand, analyze and communicate
CO3 & PO4 global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business in supply chain management.
Mapped at 1

CO3 & PO5 Literate students about demand management, procurement management, logistic
Mapped at - management in supply chain management

CO3 & PO6 Understand the modern SCM and elements of SCM,GPS technologies and SCM for
Mapped at 3 Horticulture crops.
CO4 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of Evolution of SCM and practices to Analyze the emerging
Mapped at 3 practices, challenges and trends in supply chain

CO4 & PO2 To create critical thinking abilities in procurement management in agri., purchase cycle
Mapped at - and understand traditional inventory management.

CO4 & PO3 Apply, learn and analyze new technologies in logistics management, transportation
Mapped at - management and innovation in logistics.

CO4 & PO4 Understand , analyze and communicate supply chain management practices, challenges
Mapped at 3 and trends in value chain, Benchmarking in SCM

CO4 & PO5 Increase the business literature in supply chain management by studying service
Mapped at1 innovation and GPS technologies.

CO4& PO6 By applying the concepts of Just in time- and lead themselves towards achieving
Mapped at 3 organizational goals and contribution towards team environment.

CO4 & PO1 Students will understand and will get the knowledge of supply chain management and
Mapped at 3 evolution in supply chain management.

CO4 & PO2 To know the demand management in supply chain management and forecasting the
Mapped at -4 demand by analytical and critical thinking abilities.

CO4 & PO3 Study the principles and importance of supply chain management by learning new
Mapped at -5 technologies and to increase productivity

CO4 & PO4 Understand , analyze and communicate the principles and importance of supply chain
Mapped at 3 management at global, economic, ethical and legal aspect of agribusiness management

CO4 & PO5 Students will learn to read, write and contribute to understand the principles of supply
Mapped at1 chain management and its importance in business. Establish their own agribusiness .

CO4& PO6 Understand food chain networks of supply chain management and lead themselves to
Mapped at 3 lead themselves to achieve organizational goals and contribute effectively to team agri
entrepreneurs

Mapped by: Dr. Pratap Desai BVDU, IMRDA, Sangli

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme : MBA (HR) CBCS Revised Sayllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III R01 Introduction to Retailing
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
To familiarize the students with evolution and growth of Retailing, expectations of
customers and
To studythe importance of retailing in the current business scenario.
Learning Outcomes :
Enable the students to gain knowledge on concepts, formats and managerial practices of
retailing
Enable the students to gain skills on analysis and decision making in retailing
management
Understand to the Product Categories, Types and Formats
Understand to the Retail Strategy
Understand to the Store Operation and Services
Unit Contents Sessions
1 Retailing- Meaning, Nature, Classification, Growing Importance of Retailing, 10
Factors Influencing Retailing, Functions of Retailing, Retail as a career.
2 Developing and applying Retail Strategy, Strategic Retail Planning Process, 10
Retail Organization,
3 The changing Structure of retail, Classification of Retail Units, Retail Formats: 10
Corporate chains, Retailer Corporative and Voluntary system, Departmental
Stores, Discount Stores, Super Markets, Warehouse Clubs.
4 4 Varity of Merchandising Mix, Retail Models and Theory of Retail 10
Development, Business Models in Retail, Concept of Life cycle Retail.
5 Emergence of Organized Retiling, Traditional and Modern retail Formats in 10
India, Retailing in rural India, Environment and Legislation For Retailing,
6 Case Studies in Retail Management 10

Lesson Plan

Session Topic CO Teaching Cognition Evaluation

(hrs.) Number Methodolo (As per Tools
gy
Taxonomy
)
Common Comm As per Common As per
Common on individual individual
(as faculty faculty
mentione discretion discretion
d in the
syllabus)
10 Unit 1 - Retailing- Meaning, CO1 Understand
Nature, Classification,
Growing Importance of
Retailing, Factors Influencing
Retailing, Functions of
Retailing, Retail as a career.
10 Unit 2 - Developing and CO3 Apply
applying Retail Strategy,
Strategic Retail Planning
 Process, and Retail
Organization.

10 Unit 3- The changing Structure CO2 Analyze

of retail, Classification of
Retail Units, Retail Formats:
Corporate chains, Retailer
Corporative and Voluntary
system, Departmental Stores,
Discount Stores, Super
Markets, Warehouse Clubs.
10 Unit 4- Varity of CO4 Evaluate
Merchandising Mix, Retail
Models and Theory of Retail
Development, Business
Models in Retail, Concept of
Life cycle Retail.
10 Unit 5- Emergence of CO5 Create
Organized Retiling,
Traditional and Modern retail
Formats in India, Retailing in
rural India, Environment and
Legislation For Retailing,
10 Unit 6 - Case Studies in CO5 Create
Retail Management

CO-PO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 2 3 3 - 2

CO2 2 - 2 2 3 1

CO3 2 3 2 - 2 3

CO4 2 2 3 - 3 2

CO5 2 1 3 2 1 3

CO. 2 1.6 2.6 1.4 1.8 2.2

CO 2 2 3 1 2 2

1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
 Evaluation

Internal+External Assessment

Total-100%
Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Attendance/ 10 2.5 2.5 2 1 2

Class
participation
Live 5 3 2 - - -
Project-Club
Activity
Case Study 10 - - 2.5 2.5 5
discussion
Assignments 5 2 3 - - -

Internal End 20 5.5 5.5 3.5 3.5 2

Term Exam
50 15 15 8 7 5

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute

Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) Edition Company
1 National Swapana Pradhan- Retailing Management
2 National Dravid Gilbert - Retail Marketing
3 National George H, Lucas Jr., Retailing
Robert P. Bush, Larry
G Greshan-
4 International A. J. Lamba The Art of Retailing
5 International . Barry Berman, Joel Retail Management; A
R Evans Strategic Approach
 Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources
No
1 https://www.businessmanagementideas.com/india/retailing/retailing-in-india-
definition-nature-types-importance-examples-and-opportunities/18318
2 https://www.mbaknol.com/retail-management/retail-organization-and-
classification-of-retail-units/
3 http://164.100.47.193/Refinput/New_Reference_Notes/English/FDI_Sector.pdf

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Retail management serves as a valuable tool for students to acquire knowledge about
concepts, formats, and managerial practices in the retail industry. It analyze practical,
Mapped at 3 real-world examples that apply management theories and practices to solve business
problems, helping students develop a deeper understanding of how retail businesses
operate and make informed decisions based on theoretical knowledge.
CO1 & PO 2 Retail management is an educational tool that allows students to acquire knowledge
Mapped at 2 about concepts, formats, and managerial practices in the retail industry. To analytical
and critical thinking by presenting real-world scenarios and data, enabling students to
make informed, data-based decisions in a business context.
CO1 & PO 3 Retail management empowers students to acquire knowledge and promotes productivity
Mapped at 3 by allowing students to apply theoretical knowledge in practical settings, adapt to
emerging technologies, and make informed decisions to enhance efficiency and
effectiveness in retail operations.
CO1 & PO 4 Explore various types of retail, such as e-commerce, brick-and-mortar, pop-up stores,
Mapped at 3 and hybrid models. Understand the advantages and disadvantages of each retail type and
how they adapt to consumer trends and preferences..
CO1 & PO5 The retail reflects the necessary skills to read, write, and contribute to the existing body
Mapped at - of business literature, enabling students to engage with and contribute to the field's
academic and practical knowledge. Retail management empowers students to acquire
knowledge of essential concepts, formats, and managerial practices in the retail sector.
CO1 & PO6 Retail management helps students acquire knowledge of fundamental concepts, formats,
Mapped at 2 and managerial practices in the retail industry. Additionally, it cultivates the ability to
lead both themselves and others in the pursuit of organizational goals while being
effective contributors in a team environment.
CO2 & PO1 Retailing management enables students to develop skills in analysis and decision-making
Mapped at 2 within the context of the retail industry. It empowers them to apply their knowledge of
management theories and practices to solve real-world problems and make informed,
data-driven decisions in a retail management context.
CO2 & PO2 Students learn to apply theoretical knowledge to real-world scenarios, making informed
Mapped at - decisions based on data and critical analysis. A case study in retailing management helps
students acquire the skills needed for analysis and decision-making within the retail
industry.
CO2 & PO3 Retail Management introduce the enhances their ability to quickly adapt to and learn new
Mapped at 2 technologies, enabling them to remain productive and stay current with technological
advancements in the fast-paced retail industry
CO2 & PO4 Retailing management equips students with skills in analysis and decision-making,
Mapped at 2 enabling them to understand, analyze, and effectively communicate the global,
economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business within the context of the retail industry.
It fosters a comprehensive understanding of the broader business environment and its
implications for retail management.
CO2 & PO5 Retail Management empowers them to read, write, and contribute to the body of business
Mapped at 3 literature, allowing them to engage with and contribute to the field's academic and
practical knowledge.
CO2 & PO6 Retail management introduced and nurtures their ability to lead both themselves and
Mapped at 1 others in accomplishing organizational objectives, effectively contributing to a
collaborative team environment in the retail industry.
CO3 & PO1 To Learn to categorize products based on attributes like perish ability, consumer demand,
Mapped at 2 and pricing. Explore various types of retail, such as e-commerce, brick-and-mortar, pop-
up stores, and hybrid models.
Understand the advantages and disadvantages of each retail type and how they adapt to
consumer trends and preferences.
CO3 & PO2 Retailing management equips students with skills in analysis and decision-making,
Mapped at 3 enabling them to understand, analyze, and effectively communicate the global,
economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business within the context of the retail industry.
It fosters a comprehensive understanding of the broader business environment and its
implications for retail management.
CO3 & PO3 To facilitate learning new technologies and maintain productivity in the context of
Mapped at 2 understanding product categories, types, and formats in retail, students can focus on the
retail strategy and new innovation in the market.
CO3 & PO4 Analyze global market trends and consumer behavior related to different product
Mapped at - categories. Understand the economic impact of product categories on global trade and
supply chains. Consider legal and ethical aspects, such as environmental sustainability,
when dealing with specific product categories.
CO3 & PO5 Students are integrating reading, writing, and contributing to business literature into their
Mapped at 2 study of retail, students can deepen their understanding of product categories, retail
types, and formats and actively participate in the broader discourse surrounding the retail
industry.
CO3 & PO6 Develop leadership skills by overseeing the implementation of format-specific strategies
Mapped at 3 within a team environment. Encourage open communication and collaboration within
the team to achieve organizational goals.
CO4 & PO1 To understanding of the legal and ethical considerations in retail, including consumer
Mapped at 2 protection laws, product safety, and labor regulations. Analyze the ethical implications
of supply chain management, sustainability practices, and corporate social responsibility
in retail.
CO4 & PO2 Students are realizing the data analysis skills by working with real-world retail data, such
Mapped at 2 as sales figures, customer behavior, and market trends.
Employ data analysis tools and techniques to extract valuable insights from retail data.
CO4 & PO3 Retail Management explore the technology adoption, continuous learning,
Mapped at 3 experimentation, efficient implementation, and collaboration into their understanding of
retail strategy, students can effectively adapt to new technologies and remain productive
in the dynamic retail landscape.
Regularly evaluate the effectiveness and impact of new technologies on retail strategy
CO4 & PO4 and overall business performance. By combining these strategies with an understanding
- of retail strategy, students can not only learn new technologies with ease but also
effectively apply them to enhance productivity in the dynamic and competitive retail
industry.
CO4 & PO5 Develop strong communication skills to convey retail strategy, objectives, and
Mapped at 3 expectations clearly to team members. Foster open and transparent communication
within the team to encourage collaboration.
CO4 & PO6 To update on evolving research methodologies, tools, and publication platforms. Remain
Mapped at 2 committed to lifelong learning and professional development to stay relevant in the field.

CO5 & PO1 Familiarize yourself with management theories like TQM, Lean, and Six Sigma
Mapped at 2 regarding retail Management.
CO5 & PO2 To learn new technologies with ease and remain productive in store operations and
Mapped at 1 services of products and study the detail of retail Management concepts.
CO5 & PO3 To lead oneself and others effectively in store operations and services to achieve
Mapped at 3 organizational goals and contribute to a team environment of retail Management.
CO5 & PO4 Communicate clearly and set expectations for team members, fostering open and
Mapped at 2 transparent communication related retailing management.
CO5 & PO5 To focus on business literature in the context of store operations and services of retail
Mapped at 1 management.
CO5 & PO6 Integrating retailing strategies with their understanding of store operations and services,
Mapped at 3 students can effectively lead teams, contribute to organizational goals, and maintain a
cohesive and productive team environment in the retail sector.

Mapped by: Prof. Kirti R. Kadam, Institute of Management Kolhapur

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBACBCS Revised Syllabusw.e.f.-Year2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
III R02 Retail Management and Franchising
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Full Credit 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
To familiarize the students with evolution and growth of Retailing,
expectations ofcustomers and to study the importance of retailing in
present business scenario.

Course Outcomes:
Understand the retail sector and the range of retail occupations.
Describe the characteristics of the local retail environment
Identify different retail occupations and the related skills, attributes and behaviors.
State factors that influence customer expectations.
Explain how a Point of Sale is used in retail.

Lesson Plan

Unit Contents Sessio COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ns Number Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs)
1 Introduction: Definition, 10 CO1 CO2 Lecture with Understan Class test
Relationship between Ppts d End Term
retailing & marketing, Quiz Internals
Customer Relationship :Short
Management for retail Answers
store, Features of
retailing, retailing
structure. Retailing &
channels of distribution,
place of retailing in
channels of distribution,
Structural dynamics,
alternative ways of
classifying, retail structure,
essentials of successful
retailing, non-store
retailing.
2 Retail Strategic Planning: 5 CO 1 Lecture with Case Study
Meaning, importance, Ppts Understan ,
steps involved in retail Case Study d Newspaper
strategic planning. Apply Article
(Analyse) End Term:
Applied
Questions
3 Franchising: Introduction, 7 CO 3 Lecture with Understan Case Study
meaning, Advantages & PPTs d with
disadvantages of Case Study Presentatio
 becoming a franchisee, ns
Legal restrictions in End Term
franchising, types of Exams:
franchises, elements of an Case based
ideal franchise Questions/
programme, forms of Applied
franchise arrangement, Questions
Evaluating the franchise
company, trends in
franchising.
4 Location: Introduction, 7 CO3 Lectures with Evaluate Group
Geographic location PPTs Activity
decision, location site and
types Group End Term
of retail development, Activity Exam:
location techniques, Video Cases Short case
catchment area analysis, and
situation
leasing ofa retail outlet
based
questions
5 Store Design & 8 CO4 Lecture Create Case
Layout: Introduction, Case Presentatio
Activity n
Store & its image, The Activity
External Store,Internal End Term:
Store, Display, visual Theory
merchandising & Applied
atmospherics, types of
layout
6 Consumerism & Ethics in 8 CO5 Lectures with Evaluate Activity
Retailing: Introduction, PPTs End Term:
Pressures for a company to Flip Theory
be socially responsible, Classroom Applied
criticism of marketing
activity, product misuse
and
safety issues, acceptability
of social responsibility.

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO RO2.1 2 1 - 1 3 1

COR02.2 2 2 1 2 3 1

COR02.3 2 2 2 1 3 1

COR02.4 2 2 1 1 3 1

CO. 3 1.5 1.75 2.25 .5 3

CO 3 2 2 2 1 3
 1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%

Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club
5 3 2
activity
Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
5 2 3
Projects
Internal End Term
20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5
Exam

Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute

Reference Books
Sr.No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
Edition Company
1National David Gilbert Retail Marketing Pearson Education
Management
2International Andrew J. Retailing Change learning
Newman & Peter Cullen Environment &
operations
3National Barry Berman Retail Management Pearson Education
&Jeol R. Evans A Strategic Approach

4International Agarwal, Retail Management, W.K. Road, Merut.

Bansal, Yadav & Kumar Pragati Prakashan
5International Barbara E.Kahn The Shopping Wharton School
Revolution Press
6International John Stanley Just About Error! Hyperlink
Everything a Retail reference not
Manager Needs to valid.Gray & Nash
Know
7-National Swapna Pradhan Retailing 2011 Tata McGraw-Hill
Management Education

Online Resources

Online Resources Website address

No.
1 https://www.vectorconsulting.in/research-publications/consumer-
industry-insights/leveraging-franchisees-for-profitable-growth-in-
retail/
2 https://courses.lumenlearning.com/clinton-
marketing/chapter/reading- types-of-retailers/
3 https://www.primaseller.com/knowledge-base/retail-store-
management/

MOOCs:

Resources No. Website address

1 https://www.shortcoursesportal.com/disciplines/244/retail-
management.html
2 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec19_mg40/preview

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Clarify the concept and related terms in retailing.
Mapped at 2
CO1 & PO 2 Comprehend the ways retailers use marketing tools and techniques to
Mapped at 1 interact with their customers.
CO1 & PO 3 Understand various formats of retail in the industry.
Mapped at -
CO1 & PO 4 Recognize and understand the operations-oriented policies, methods,
Mapped at 1
CO1 & PO5
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO6 Understanding channels of distribution, Structural dynamics, alternative
Mapped at 1 ways of classifying, retail structure, essentials of successful
CO2 & PO1 Clarify the concept and related terms in retailing.
Mapped at 2
CO2& PO2 Comprehend the ways retailers use marketing tools and techniques to
Mapped at 2 interact with their customers.
CO2& PO3 Understand various formats of retail in the industry
Mapped at 1
CO2& PO4 Recognize and understand the operations-oriented policies, methods, and
Mapped at 2 procedures used by successful retailers .
CO2& PO5 Understanding of different retail strategies
Mapped at 3
CO2& PO6 Develop Skills to formulate different strategies
Mapped at 1
CO3 & PO1 Clarify the concept and related terms in franchising.
Mapped at 2
CO3 & PO2 Understand the advantages and disadvantages of becoming a franchisee.
Mapped at 2
CO3 & PO3 Recognize legal restrictions in franchising.
Mapped at 2
CO3 & PO4 Identify different types of franchises.
Mapped at 1
CO3 & PO5 Understand the elements of an ideal franchise program
Mapped at -3
CO3 & PO6 Recognize forms of franchise arrangement and Evaluate the franchise
Mapped at 1 company.
CO4 & PO1 Clarify the concept and related terms in retailing.
Mapped at 2
CO4 & PO2 Comprehend the ways retailers use marketing tools and techniques to
Mapped at 2 interact with their customers.
CO4 & PO3 Understand various formats of retail in the industry.
Mapped at 1
CO4 & PO4 Recognize and understand the operations-oriented policies, methods
Mapped at 1
CO4 & PO5
Mapped at3
CO4& PO6 Understanding of catchment area analysis, leasing ofa retail outlet
Mapped at 1

Mapped by: Prof.C.R.Suryawanshi, AKIMSS, Solapur

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme:MBACBCS RevisedSyllabusw.e.f.-Year2022 2023
Semester CourseCode CourseTitle
III PR01 Project risk Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
FullCredit 3 UE:IE 50:50
CourseObjectives:
To understand how to apply customizable, industry-robust Templates to create a Risk
Management Plan and Risk Register
To understand how to Use Qualitative Risk analysis process to Identify Risk Exposure
To understand how to Translate Risk into actual Time and Cost impact using proven
Quantitative Risk Analysis Tools
To understand how to Utilize Technique to Design your Risk Response Strategies
To understand how to Monitor Risk Triggers to control uncertainties and maximize
project payoff
CourseOutcomes:
Develop skills to help you enhance your skills on project risk management.
Help in identifying and measuring risks in project development and implementation,
Learn to quantify risks and create risk response strategies to deliver projects that meet stakeholder
expectations.

Lesson Plan
Uni Sessio COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation
t ns Number Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs)

1 Introduction to Risk 8 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz

Management Difference Ppts End Term
between Risk and Issue Quiz Internals:
Management, Definitions of Short
Risk and Key Terms, Risk Answers
vs. Opportunities, Impact of
Risk on Organizations,
Internal Control and Risk
Management, Maturity in
Risk Culture, Risk
Management Strategy,
Perspectives – Strategic,
Programme, Project,
Operations, Risk
Management Policy and
Processes, Risk Management
Responsibilities, Risk
Management Templates for
Risk Management, Strategy
and Risk Register
2 Risk Management 8 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Case Study
Planning Risk Ppts , (Analyze) , End Term:
Case Study & Apply Applied
Management Planning
Psychometric Questions
Process, Inputs to Risk Tools
 Planning, Techniques for
Risk Planning, Tailoring
the Risk Register,
Tailoring the Probability
Impact Matrix, Define
Roles and
Responsibilities, Develop
Project Risk Management
Plan
3 Identify Risks Risk 8 CO 2 Lecture with Analyze Case Study
Identification Process, PPTs with
Case Study Presentatio
Inputs to Risk
ns
Identification, Techniques End Term
in Risk Identification, Exams:
Determine Project Risk Case based
and Opportunities, Using Questions/
Expert Judgment and Applied
historical Data Analysis, Questions
Discuss SWOT,
Taxonomy, Checklist,
Delphi, Cause and Effect,
Pareto analysis, Where to
look for Project Risks,
Risk Breakdown
Structure, Common risks
in Software Project
4 Risk Analysis Risk Analysis 8 CO2 Lectures with Analyze Case study
Process, Qualitative vs. PPTs Analysis
Quantitative Risk Analysis, End Term
When to use Quantitative
Risk Analysis, Inputs for
Qualitative Risks Analysis,
Determine Risk Probability
and Impact, Risk Urgency
Assessment, Categorize
Risks, Update Risk Register,
Quantifying with Expected
Monitory Value, Decision
Tree Analysis
 Group Activity Exam:
Video Cases Short case
and
situation
based
questions
5 Planning Risk Responses 8 CO3 Lecture Create Case
Risk Response planning Case Presentatio
process, Inputs for Risk Activity n
response planning, Strategies Activity
for Negative Risks, End Term:
Strategies for Positive Risks, Theory
Applied
Secondary Risks and
Residual Risks, Assigning
Risk Ownership and
Responsibilities,
Contingency Planning
6 Monitoring and Controlling 5 CO3 Lectures with Analyze & Activity
Risks Risk Monitoring and PPTs Apply, End Term:
Controlling Process, Inputs Flip Create Theory
to Risk Monitoring and Classroom Applied
Controlling Process,
Techniques in Risk
Monitoring and Controlling
Risk Reassessment, Risk
Audits, Variance and Trend
Analysis Documenting Risk
Data for future projects,
Managing Issues

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COPR01.1 3 2 3 1 3 3

COPR01.2 3 3 3 1 2 3

COPR01.3 3 3 3 1 2 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%

Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3

Class Participation/
10 3 3 4
Attendance
Case study discussion 10 3 3 4
Assignments/ Projects 10 3 3 4

Mid Term Exam 10 3 3 4

Internal End Term

10 3 3 4
Exam

Internal 50 15 15 20
End Term (Univ) 50
Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute

Reference Books

Sr.No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company
1 International Tom Kendrik Identifying and 3rd edition (16 AMACOM, United
Managing Project April 2015) Kingdom
Risk
2 International Michel Crouhy The Essentials of Risk 2nd Edition 2015 McGraw-Hill
Management Education; 2nd
edition, USA
3 National Yadav Manoj 101 Secrets of Project 1st Edition 2016 Vitasta Publishing
Risk Management Pvt.Lt

4 National P Gopalakrishnan& Textbook of Project 1st Edition 2017 Laxmi Publications

V E Ramamoorthy Management
5 National IIBF Risk Management 2nd edition Macmillan
Publishers India
Pvt. Ltd.;

Online Resources

Online Websiteaddress
Resources No.
1 https://www.pmi.org/-
/media/pmi/documents/public/pdf/certifications/practice-standard-project-
risk-management.pdf?v=1e0b5985-74af-4c57-963c-b91a9af6fecb
2 https://www.edureka.co/blog/project-risk-management/
3 https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/pmp-project-
management/9780470479582/9780470479582_monitor_and_control_risks.
html
4 https://projectriskcoach.com/identify-project-risks/
5 https://www.greycampus.com/opencampus/project-management-
professional/risk-categories

MOOCs:

ResourcesNo. Websiteaddress
1 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec21_ge06/preview
2 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/nou21_ag10/preview
3 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec21_ge06/preview
Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve
business problems is feasible when the skills on project risk management are
Mapped at 3 developed.
CO1 & PO 2 Skills in project risk management will help to foster analytical and critical
Mapped at 2 thinking abilities for data-based decision making but to a limited extent.

CO1 & PO 3 CO1 and PO3 are highly aligned as various technologies are included in project
Mapped at 3 risk management.

CO1 & PO 4 Project Risk management skills are significant but economic legal and ethical
Mapped at 1 aspects of business are not very relevant to CO 1 hence the alignment of Co1 to
PO 1is very low.
CO1 & PO5 Project Risk management skills are significant to business world and contribution
Mapped at 3 to Business literature is highly aligned. Contribution to business literature can be
made in the form of Risk management plan, Risk analysis, Risk management
templates, Risk response planning process. (documents)
CO1 & PO6 Developing skills on Project Risk management in business world and PO 6 are
Mapped at 3 highly aligned as CO1 develops the ability to lead themselves and others in the
achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment by successfully executing the projects.
CO2 & PO1 Identifying and Measuring risks in project development and implementation is
Mapped at 3 highly aligned with the application of the knowledge of management theories and
practices to solve business problems.
CO2& PO2 Managers need to Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based
Mapped at 3 decision making and it is extensively applicable in identifying and measuring risks
in project development and implementation.
CO2& PO3 Entrepreneurs / corporate / managers as leaders need to Learn new technologies
Mapped at 3 with ease and be productive at all times. Hence CO2& PO3 are highly aligned.

CO2& PO4 Identifying and measuring risks are weakly highly aligned as entrepreneurs /
Mapped at 1 corporate / managers does not result in the ability to understand, analyze and
communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.
CO2& PO5 Identifying and measuring risks in Project Development and implementation is
Mapped at - 2 moderately aligned to Reading, writing, and contributing to Business literature.

CO2& PO6 Identifying and measuring risks in Project Development and implementation is
Mapped at 3 highly essential for entrepreneurs / corporate / managers to lead themselves and
others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment by successfully completing the projects. So highly aligned.
CO3 & PO1 CO3 and PO1 are highly aligned. To deliver projects that meet the st
Mapped at 3 expectations is feasible by integration of knowledge of quantifying risks and
creating risk response strategies and knowledge of management theories and
practices.
CO3 & PO2 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making
Mapped at 3 CO3 includes creating risk response strategies and this is based on analytical and
critical thinking abilities. So CO3 and PO2 are highly aligned.
CO3 & PO3 Learning new technologies to be productive is essential to deliver projects that
Mapped at 3 meet the stakeholder expectations. So CO3and PO3 are highly aligned.

CO3 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and
Mapped at 1 ethical aspects of business is weakly aligned with learning to quantify risks and
create risk response strategies to deliver projects that meet the stakeholder
expectations.
CO3 & PO5 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is moderately aligned learning to
Mapped at -2 quantify risks and create risk response strategies to deliver projects that meet the
stakeholder expectations. Strategies will contribute to business literature however
will change with types of projects and new technologies.
CO3 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
Mapped at 3 contributing effectively to a team environment is highly aligned with learning and
skill development. (Learn to quantify risks and creating risk response strategies
to deliver projects that meet the stakeholder expectations)

Mapped by: Dr Rajita Yogesh Dixit CDOE

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
Elective - Project Management Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year
2022 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III PR02 Software Project Management Tools
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE =50:50
Course Objectives:
To understand best in class templates
To schedule tasks effectively.
To collaborate with project partners with ease.
To understand how to get updates and stay current
Learning Outcomes:
Understand the Microsoft Project 2010 Interface
Learn Best Practices in Planning and Scheduling using Microsoft Project and Checklists
Learn Resource Planning, How to resolve Resource Workload, Re-Assignments and Performance
Review
Uni Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation
t: Contents ons Number Methodology Level Tools
Best Practice Guidelines and
Checklists on Project
Quiz
Scheduling
End Term
Scheduling in a Nut Shell, Lecture with
1 8 CO1 Understand Internals:
Scheduling Best Practices and PPT, Quiz
Short
Answers
Overview of Microsoft Project
2010
Resolving Resource Workload
Over Allocation
Determine Resource Workloads,
Sharing Resources across
Multiple Projects, Strategies for Lecture with Understand Case Study ,
2 resolving Resource Workload 11 CO1 PPT, Quiz, and End Term,
over allocation, Level the Case Study Analyze Internals
Workload yourself, Let
Microsoft Project level the
Workload for you, Best practices
on Workload Leveling
Optimizing for Scope, Time, Case Study
Cost and Resource with Group
Strategies for Optimizing the Lecture with
Understand Project,
Schedule, Managing Critical PPT, Quiz,
3 5 CO2 and End Term
Path using Microsoft Project, Examples,
Analyze Exams: Case
Running What-if Scenarios in Case Study
based
Microsoft Project, Determining
Questions
Critical Resources
Managing Multiple Projects Case Study
Project, Program and Portfolio with Group
Lecture with
Management Concepts, Project,
PPT, Quiz,
4 Combining Projects for Progress 4 CO3 End Term
Examples,
Review, Creating and Managing Apply Exams: Case
Case Study
Sub Projects and Master (Analyze) based
Projects, Managing Project Task Questions
 Dependencies, Sharing
Resources amongst
Projects
Group
Customizing and Sharing Activity,
Objects Lecture with End Term
Customizing Project Objects, CO1, PPT, Quiz, Understand Exam: Short
5 10
Sharing Objects between CO2 Examples, and Apply case and
Projects, Using Project Case Study situation
Templates based
questions
Group
Analyzing Projects Activity,
Analyzing Project Progress, Lecture with End Term
Measuring Performance using PPT, Quiz, Apply Exam: Short
6 7 CO3
Earned Value Analysis, Examples, (Analyze) case and
Responding to Changes in your Case Study situation
Project based
questions
Best Practice Guidelines and
Checklists on Project Case Study
Scheduling Lecture with with Group
Understand
Scheduling in a Nut Shell, PPT, Quiz, Project,
7 8 CO4 , apply and
Scheduling Best Practices and Examples, End Term
Case Study Analyze
Exams
Overview of Microsoft Project questions
2010

CO-PO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO2 2 2 1 2 - 3

CO3 3 2 1 1 2 3

CO4 2 1 3 2 1 2

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals (CES- Continuous Evaluation): 50%
Internals (CES- Continuous Evaluation) Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club
5 3 2
activity
Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
5 2 3
Projects
Internal End Term
20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5
Exam

Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute

Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of theAuthor Title of the Book Year Edition PublisherCompany
(Publisher)
1 International Bonnie Biafore Microsoft Project 1stEdition O'Reilly
2010: The Missing Media,Inc.
Manual
2 International Nancy C. Muir Project 2010 For May 2010 For Dummies
Dummies
3 International Robert Happy Microsoft Project 2010 1st Edition Sybex
Project Management:
Real World Skills for
Certification and
Beyond
Online Resources:
Online Resources No. Web site
address
1 http://cnaiman.com/PM/MIT-LabText/2013/microsoft-project-
2013-step-by-step.pdf
2 http://www.asciutto.com/project2010/Project2010_eBook.pdf
3 https://www.uis.edu/informationtechnologyservices/wp-
content/uploads/sites/106/2013/04/IntroductiontoProject2010.pdf
 MOOCs:
Resources No. Web site
address
1 https://www.my-mooc.com/en/mooc/managing-projects-
microsoft-project-microsoft-cld213x/
2 https://www.classcentral.com/course/edx-managing-projects-
with-microsoft-project-6718
3 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/uva-darden-project-
management/supplemental-tutorial-getting-started-with-
microsoft-project-ojHba

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

Students will understand and using best-in-class templates in business operations

can be a practical way to apply knowledge of management theories and practices
CO1 & PO1
to solve real-world business problems. Templates serve as tangible, structured
Mapped at 1
tools that incorporate management principles and provide a framework for
addressing challenges and improving business processes.
Microsoft Project 2010 is not only about applying pre-designed structures but also
CO1 & PO 2 about fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities. These skills are essential
Mapped at 1 for making data-based decisions related to template selection, customization,
performance evaluation, and continuous improvement in project management.
Here Students will learn new technologies with ease and being productive at all
CO1 & PO 3 times go hand in hand with understanding and effectively using best-in-class
Mapped 2 templates in Microsoft Project 2010. These skills involve adaptability, data-driven
decision-making, continuous improvement, and efficient technology adoption.
Microsoft Project 2010 can be closely correlated with the ability to understand,
analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business.
CO1 & PO 4
Both involve data-driven decision-making, adherence to ethical standards,
Mapped at 3
communication of insights, and the use of best practices to achieve efficiency and
effectiveness.
CO1 & PO5 In Microsoft Project 2010 both areas involve knowledge sharing, standards,
Mapped at 2 effective communication, data analysis, continuous learning, and innovation.
Students will understand the ability to lead oneself and others in the achievement
CO1 & PO6
of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment is closely
Mapped at 1
correlated with understanding best-in-class templates in Microsoft Project 2010.
Scheduling tasks effectively in Microsoft Project 2010 is a practical application of
management theories and practices. It involves the application of principles related
CO2 & PO1
to project planning, resource management, critical path analysis, and
Mapped at 2
communication, which are fundamental aspects of management in the context of
project execution.
Students will learn about how fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities is
CO2& PO2
crucial for making data-based decisions when scheduling tasks effectively in
Mapped at 2
Microsoft Project 2010.
Students will be learning new technologies with ease and being productive at all
CO2& PO3
times align with and can enhance the process of scheduling tasks effectively in
Mapped at 1
Microsoft Project 2010.
Students will understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal, and
CO2& PO4
ethical aspects of business is closely related to scheduling tasks effectively in
Mapped at 2
Microsoft Project 2010.
CO2& PO5 To schedule task effectively and Read, write, and contribute to Business literature
Mapped at Nil does not correlate.
CO2& PO6 In Microsoft Project 2010 both areas involve leadership, team collaboration, goal
Mapped at 3 alignment, effective communication, and adherence to deadlines, resource
allocation, and motivation, which collectively contribute to achieving
organizational and project goals effectively.
Collaborating with project partners in Microsoft Project 2010 is not only a practical
application of project management but also a means to apply knowledge of
CO3 & PO1 management theories and practices. It ensures that project teams work cohesively,
Mapped at 3 communicate effectively, make informed decisions, and engage stakeholders, all
of which are fundamental aspects of management in the context of project
execution.
Fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities is not only about individual skills
but also about enhancing collaborative effectiveness. These skills enable you to
CO3 & PO2
contribute valuable insights, facilitate clear communication, support decision-
Mapped at 2
making with data, and promote continuous improvement when working with
project partners in Microsoft Project 2010.
Learning new technologies with ease and being productive at all times align with
CO3 & PO3
and can enhance the process of collaborating with project partners with ease in
Mapped at 1
Microsoft Project 2010.
Students will learn the ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global,
economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business is closely related to collaborating
CO3 & PO4 with project partners with ease in Microsoft Project 2010. Both involve data-driven
Mapped at 1 decision-making, adherence to legal and ethical standards, consideration of global
and economic factors, resource allocation, and effective communication to achieve
successful project management and collaboration.
The correlation here will help students with the ability to read, write, and contribute
to business literature is closely correlated with collaborating with project partners
CO3 & PO5
with ease in Microsoft Project 2010. Both areas involve effective communication,
Mapped at 2
knowledge sharing, data-driven decision-making, adherence to best practices and
standards, continuous learning, and creativity.
Students will learn to improve the ability to lead oneself and others in the
achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment is closely correlated with collaborating with project partners with ease
CO3 & PO6
in Microsoft Project 2010. Both areas involve leadership, team collaboration, goal
Mapped at 3
alignment, effective communication, resource allocation, and motivation, which
collectively contribute to achieving organizational and project goals through
effective teamwork.
Staying current with Microsoft Project 2010 updates is not only about technical
proficiency but also about aligning with management theories and practices. It
CO4 & PO1
ensures that you can efficiently apply management principles, adapt to changes,
Mapped at 2
manage risks, make data-driven decisions, and promote continuous learning and
compliance within your project management processes.
The correlation lies in fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities is not only
about individual skills but also about enhancing your ability to stay current in
CO4 & PO2 software like Microsoft Project 2010. These skills enable you to assess software
Mapped at 1 updates, make data-driven decisions about their adoption, troubleshoot issues,
optimize workflows, invest in relevant training, and continuously improve your
project management practices based on available data.
Learning new technologies with ease and being productive at all times align with
and can enhance the process of understanding how to get updates and stay current
CO4 & PO3
in Microsoft Project 2010. These skills involve adaptability, data-driven decision-
Mapped at 3
making, continuous improvement, and efficient technology adoption, all of which
contribute to increased productivity and up-to-date project management practices.
The ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal, and
CO4 & PO4
ethical aspects of business is closely related to understanding how to get updates
Mapped at 2
and stay current in Microsoft Project 2010.
Students will learn the ability to read, write, and contribute to business literature is
CO4 & PO5
closely correlated with the process of understanding how to get updates and stay
Mapped at 1
current in Microsoft Project 2010. Both areas involve knowledge acquisition,
 effective communication, data-driven decision-making, adherence to best practices
and standards, continuous learning, and creativity. These skills contribute to
informed project management and the effective utilization of software updates.
The correlation gives the ability to lead oneself and others in the achievement of
organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment is closely
correlated with understanding how to get updates and stay current in Microsoft
CO4& PO6
Project 2010. Both areas involve leadership, team collaboration, goal alignment,
Mapped at 2
effective communication, change management, and motivation, which collectively
contribute to achieving organizational goals and optimizing the use of software
tools.

Mapped by: Ms. Deepti Deshmukh IMED, Pune

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme:MBA CBCS–RevisedSyllabusw.e.f.-Year2022–2023
Semester CourseCode CourseTitle
III BA01 Introduction to Business Analytics and Data
Mining
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CE UE:CA = 50 : 50
CourseObjectives:

 To gain an understanding of how managers use business analytics to formulate and solve
business problems and to support managerial decision making.
 To become familiar with the processes needed to develop, report, and analyze business

CourseOutcomes:

CO1 - Understand role of technology in decision making process in a business

CO2 - Understand different cases in business where critical decision making is to be done
CO3 - List different visualization techniques
CO4 - Demonstrate selection of proper visualizations for different cases
CO5 - Analyze different decision making case studies with reference to analytical techniques

Unit Sess
C COs Number Teaching Cognition Evaluation
ions
o Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs
n
) t
e
n
t
s
1 Introduction to Business 07 CO 1, CO 2, Lecture with Understand, Quiz
Analytics (BA): CO 5 Ppts Analyze End Term
Applications of Business Quiz Internals:
Analytics in various fields, Short
OLAP, Geographical Answers
Information system, Real
time Business Intelligence
Automated Decision support
and Competitive Intelligence
2 Visualization and Data 08 CO 3, CO 4 Lecture with Case Study ,
Issues: Ppts End Term:
Introduction to Data Case Study Application
Visualization, Organization Remember, oriented
of Source of Data, Apply Questions
Importance of Data Quality,
Dealing with Missing or
incomplete data, data
classification
3 Introduction to Data 07 CO 1, CO 2 Lecture with Understand Short
 Mining: Introduction, Data PPTs questions,
mining process, data mining
tools XL MINER.
4 Applications of Business 08 CO 2, CO 5 Lectures with Understand, End Term
Analytics : PPTs Analyze Exam: Short
Risk - Fraud Detection and case and
Prediction, Recovery situation
Management, Loss Risk based
Forecasting, Risk Profiling, questions
Portfolio Stress Testing,
Market share estimation and
Sensitivity Analysis
5 Analytics I : Loyalty 08 CO 2, CO 5 Lectures with Understand, End Term
Analytics PPTs Analyze Exam: Short
Customer Life Time Value, case and
Propensity Analytics, Churn situation
Analytics, Customer based
Analytics, Customer questions
Segmentation, Cross- Sell or
Up sell Models
6 Analytics II : Recruitment 07 CO 2, CO 5 Lectures with Understand, End Term
Analytics, Compensation PPTs Analyze Exam: Short
Analytics, Talent Analytics, case and
Training Analytics, Human situation
Resource Retention based
Analytics, Workforce questions
Analytics

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COBA01.1 3 2 3 2 1 -

CO BA01.2 3 3 - 3 - -

CO BA01.3 - 2 2 - - -

CO BA01.4 3 2 1 - - -

CO BA01.5 2 2 2 - - -

CO. 2.75 2.2 2 2.5 1 -

CO 3 2 2 2 1 -

1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation,put ‘-’

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%

Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Class Participation/
10 2 2 2 2 2
Attendance
Case study
10 - 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
10 2 2 2 2 2
Projects
Internal End Term
20 4 4 4 4 4
Exam

Internal 50 8 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy

95-100% 10 marks

90-94% 9 marks

85-89% 8 marks

80-84% 7 marks

75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books
Sr.No. NameoftheAuthor TitleoftheBook Year Publisher
Edition Company
1 PurbaHaladyRao Business Analytics – 2013 PHI
an application focus Learning
2 Tanushree Banerjee Business Analytics – 2019 SAGE Publications
ArindamBannerjea Text and Cases
3 BhimasankaramPochiraj Essentials of Business 2018 Springer
u, Sridhar Seshadri Analytics

4 Gert H.N. Laursen, Business Analytics 2010 Wiley and SAS

JesperThorland for Managers
 5 Mark J. Schniederjans, Business Analytics- 2014 Pearson
Dara Principles, Concepts
G. Schniederjans and and Applications
Christopher M Starkey
6 Jay Liebowitz Business Analytics: 2013 CRC Press,
An Introduction Taylor and Francis

Online Resources

OnlineResourcesNo. Websiteaddress
1 https://www.managementstudyguide.com/business-analytics.htm
2 https://www.academia.edu/35314419/Bernard_Marr_Key_Business_A
nalytics_
3 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/320685945_Understanding_t
he_Role
_of_Business

MOOCs:

ResourcesNo. Websiteaddress
1 www.swayam.com
2 https://www.coursera.org/specializations/business-analytics
3 https://www.edx.org/course/people-management-3
4 https://www.edx.org/course/data-models-and-decisions-in-
business-analytics

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Technology like Data mining, GIS plays a vital role in managing knowledge (data)
Mapped at 3 collected through business processes and using it for making decisions using systems
like OLAP and hence a manager needs to understand role of technology.
CO1 & PO 2 Technology is not only helping to store data but also helps to retrieve required
Mapped at 2 information using OLAP which helps in decision making with minimum required
time.
CO1 & PO 3 Understand role of data mining and XLMiner in processing data and decision
Mapped at 3 making process in a business
CO1 & PO 4 Understand the process of analysis of data using Data Mining process which helps
Mapped at 2 in decision making process in a business with the help of latest technology
CO1 & PO5 With the knowledge of latest technology new applications of decision making can
Mapped at 1 developed which contributes to Business Literature.
CO2 & PO1 Understand different cases which represents problems arising in business where
Mapped at 3 critical decision making is to be done based on knowledge (data) collected through
business processes.
CO2& PO2 The course explains techniques like OLAP, visualization of data used for
Mapped at 3 Analytical Processing of data and helps in data-based decision making.
CO2& PO4 Understand various cases where business analytics process can be applied
Mapped at 3 representing critical decision making situations.
CO3& PO2 For data based decision making one need to understand data which encourages
Mapped at 2 analytical and critical thinking abilities
CO3 & PO 3 Learning new visualization techniques easily and applying proper visualization
Mapped at 2 technique for data.
CO4& PO1 Demonstrate selection of proper visualizations for different cases, which helps in
Mapped at 3 interpretation of data on which management theories can be applied to solve
business problem.
CO4 & PO2 Demonstrate selection of proper visualizations for different cases which encourages
Mapped at 2 to develop analytical and critical thinking abilities for decision making.
CO4 & PO3 Learning latest visualization techniques and selecting proper visualization for
Mapped at 1 different cases representing different business problems which helps in making
better decisions and consequently makes decision maker more productive
CO5 & PO1 Analyze different decision making case studies representing business problems
Mapped at 2 where decisions are to be taken by applying management theories
CO5 & PO2 Analysis of case studies of various business problems encourages one to develop
Mapped at 2 analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.
CO5 & PO3 Learning to be productive one need to Analyze different decision making case
Mapped at 2 studies with reference to analytical techniques

Mapped by: Name Dr. D.V.Sahasrabuddhe Designation: Assistant Professor

Institute: Institute of Management and Rural Development Administration, Sangli
 Programme: MBA CBCS – Revised Syllabus – w.e.f. - Year 2022– 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III BA 02 Business Statistics and Analytics
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 IE:UE 50 : 50

Course Objectives :
1. To understand the different basic concept / fundamentals of business statistics.
2. To understand the importance of Statistical Analysis Tools which includes Time Series
Analysis, Index Number, Skewness and Kurtosis and their implication on Business
performance
3. To understand the techniques of Statistical inferences and its usage in various business
applications.
4. To understand the multiple and partial correlation and regression concepts and its use in
inferential statistics
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course the students shall be able to
1. To develop numerical ability to solve examples on various topics.
2. To have clear understanding of various statistical tools and their applications in Business.
3. To analyze the importance of Statistical Techniques in different functional areas of
Management.
4. To apply the statistical techniques to small data sets for analysis and interpretation
 Unit Sub Unit Sessions CO Teaching Cognition Evaluati
Numbe Methodology Level on Tools
r
1 Time Time Series Analysis: 8 CO 1 Lecture with Understan Quiz,
Series Concept, Additive and PPT, White d Assign
Analysis Multiplicative Models, board ment
Components of Time Questio
Series, ns
Trend Analysis: Least
Square Method - Linear
and Non- Linear
Equations, Applications in
Business, Moving
Average Method
2 Introduction, 8 CO 3 Lecture with Apply Case
Skewness Difference between PPT, White Study,
, and Dispersion and board, Quiz, Assign
Kurtosis Skewness, Tests of ment
skewness, Measures Questio
of Skewness: ns
Absolute measures
of Skewness,
Relative Measures of
Skewness, Karl
Pearson’s Coefficient
of
Skewness,
Bowley’s coefficient of
Skewness
3 Index Introduction, Uses of 8 CO 2 Lecture with Analyze Case
Numbers Index Numbers, PPT, White Study,
Classification of board, Case Assign
Index Numbers, Study ment
Problems in the Questio
construction of Index ns
Numbers, Methodsof ,Applie
constructing Index d
Numbers, Questio
ns
Unweighted Index
Numbers, Weighted
Index Numbers,
Quantity or Volume
Index Numbers,
Value Index
Numbers
4 Properties of a good 7 CO 3 Lecture with Analysis Case
Statistical estimator, Tests of PPT, White & Study,
Inference Significance of board, Evaluation Assign
s attributes, Tests of ment
significance of Large Questio
Samples, Difference ns
between large and ,Applie
 small samples, Two d
tailed test for Questio
differencebetween the ns,
means of two Quiz
samples, standard
error of the difference
between two standard
deviations, Tests of
significance of small
samples,The
assumption of
Normality, t-
distribution,
properties of t-
distribution, working
examples
5 Partial Introduction, Partial 7 CO 4 Lecture with Create Case
and Correlation PPT, present
Multiple Coefficient, zero order, ations,
Correlati first order and second Assign
on: order coefficients, ment
Partialcorrelation Questio
ns
coefficient in case of
,Applie
four variables Second
d
order partial correlation Questio
coefficients, The ns,
significance of a partial
coefficient,
6.Multipl Normal equations for 7 CO 4 Lecture with Analysis LAB
e the least square PPT,LAB & Project
Regressio regression plane, practicals Evaluation s, Live
n Assumptions of Linear Project
Analysis: Multiple Regression s
Analysis,
Other equations of
Multiple Linear
Regression

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO102.1 3
3 3 2 3 1

CO102.2 3
3 3 3 3 1

CO102.3 3
3 3 3 2 1

CO102.4 3
3 3 3 1 1
Average 3
3 3 2.75 2.25 1

Mapping Correlation Low Medium High No

-
Scale 1 2 3

Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO 1 CO 2 CO 3 CO 4

Class Participation/Attendance 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Live Project/ Club Activity 5 3 - 2 -

2.5
Case Study/ Discussion 10 2.5 2.5 2.5

Assignments/Projects 5 - 2 3
-

Internal End Term Exam 20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5

9.5
Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5

End Term (UE) 50 - - -

-

Attendance Policy

95-100% 10 marks

90-94% 9 marks

85-89% 8 marks

80-84% 7 marks

75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
 Sr.No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher Company
Addition
1 S.P.Gupta Business Statistics 2016 Himalaya Publishing
House
2 Robert S. Witte, John S. Witte Statistics 2014 John Wiley & Sons

Online Resources:
Online Web site
Resources No address
1 http://www.yourarticlelibrary.com

2 https://en.wikipedia.org

3 https://managementhelp.org

4 https://www.cleverism.com

5 https://commercemates.com

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address

1 www.swayam.gov.in
2 www.udemy.com

3 www.coursera.org

Appendix
Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes
Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve
CO 1 & PO 1
business problems is possible only if managers understand concept and
Mapped at 3
characteristics of Project Management
CO 1 & PO 2 Project Management concepts would be delivered through case studies and
Mapped at 3 projects to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based
decision making
Helps to understand how individuals and teams within organizations learn and
CO 1 & PO 3
cope with change to be productive
Mapped at 2
Learning new Project Management technologies can lead to evaluate various
project activities
Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and
CO 1 & PO 4
ethical aspects of business is directly aligned to cost estimation, planning
Mapped at 3
various project activities and evaluation of project.
CO 1 & PO 5 Project evaluation and read, write, and contribute to Business literature is
Mapped at 1 aligned very low as writing and contributing to business literature is not a
necessary outcome
CO 1 & PO 6 Project planning and evaluation is highly aligned to the ability to lead
Mapped at 3 themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
effectively to a team environment.
 Identify the resources required for a project can get by knowledge of
CO 2 & PO 1
management theories and practices to solve business problems. So it is highly
Mapped at 3
aligned.
CO 2 & PO 2 Project Managers need to Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for
Mapped at 3 data-based decision making such as planning and scheduling of the project. So
it is highly aligned.
CO 2 & PO 3 Entrepreneurs / corporate / managers as leaders need to Learn new
Mapped at 3 technologies with ease and be productive at all times for project planning and
scheduling
Highly aligned as identifying the resources for project by project manager
CO 2 & PO 4 results in the ability to understand, analyze and communicate global,
Mapped at 3 economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.
CO 2 & PO 5 Identifying the resources required for a project manager as leaders do not
Mapped at 1 require necessarily reading, writing, and contributing to Business literature. So
there is slightly alignment
CO 2 & PO 6 Producing an effective work plan shows ability to lead themselves and others
Mapped at 3 in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment. So it is highly aligned.
CO 3 & PO 1 Applying the knowledge of management theories and practices is useful for
Mapped at 3 evaluate the project. So it is highly aligned.
CO 3 & PO 2 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making
Mapped at 3 are required for project evaluation So it is highly aligned.

CO 3 & PO 3 Learning new technologies is essential to evaluate project by smarter way and
Mapped at 3 within less time. So it is highly aligned.

CO 3 & PO 4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and
Mapped at 2 ethical aspects of business is weakly aligned with project evaluation.

CO 3 & PO 5 Read, write and contribute to business literature is slightly aligned to project
Mapped at 1 evaluation.

CO 3 & PO 6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational

Mapped at 3 goals, contributing effectively to a team environment is possible in Project
evaluation. Hence it is aligned.
CO 4 & PO 1 Apply the knowledge of management theories included the use of project
Mapped at 3 management tools. Hence it is highly aligned.
CO 4 & PO 2 Project management tools are useful for Foster analytical and critical thinking.
Mapped at 3 Hence it is highly aligned.

CO 4 & PO 3 Learning new project management tools means learning new technologies.
Mapped at 3 Hence it is highly aligned.

CO 4 & PO 4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global economic legal and
Mapped at 2 ethical aspects of business is slightly aligned to use of project management
tools.
CO 4 & PO 5 Use of project management tools for project management is very low aligned
Mapped at 1 to read, write and contribute to business literature.

CO 4 & PO 6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational

Mapped at 3 goals, contributing effectively to a team environment is possible only when
project managers are using the project management tools. Hence it is highly
 aligned.

Mapped by: Dr.Vishal Deshmukh, Yashwantrao Mohite Institute of Management, Karad

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (G)CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f.-Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
III EM-01 Event Marketing
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To helps the students, understand events market.
To enable them to acquaint with event marketing process; and
To equip them with the necessary event marketing skills.

Course Outcomes:
To enable the students to acquire a general knowledge about the "event
management"
To become familiar with management techniques and strategies required for
successful planning, promotion, implementation and evaluation of special
events.

Lesson Plan

Unit Contents Session COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

s Number Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs)
1 Introduction to Event 8 CO 1 Lecture with Remember Quiz
Marketing: Nature, need and Ppts End Term
importance - Marketing for Internals:
events -Special features of Short
event marketing - Event Answers
marketing mix: Product,
Price, Promotion,
Distribution, Partnership,
Physical Evidence,
Packaging, Programming -
Market Research.
2 Understanding the Event 8 CO 1 Lecture with Case Study ,
Market: Concept of market in Ppts Newspaper
events - Segmentation and Article
targeting of the market for Understand Unit Test
events - Positioning in events
and the concept of Event
Property -Repositioning of
events.
3 Event Promotion: Trends and 8 CO 1 Lecture with Apply End Term
challenges - Marketing & PPTs Exams: Case
Communication: Image, CO 2 Case Study based
Branding, Advertisement, Questions
Publicity, Public Relations -
 marketing -Marketing

4 Concept of Pricing in 8 CO 2 Lectures with Analyze Group

Events: Setting pricing PPTs Activity
objectives in tune with Case Study
marketing and business End Term
strategies - Feedback from Exam: Short
the market - Skills required case and
for negotiating the best price situation
-Assessment of internal based
systems and overheads - questions
Understanding of the
discounting techniques -
Checklist for pricing of
events
5 Marketing skills for 8 CO 2 Lectures with Create Case
Event Management: PPTs Presentation
Creativity & Innovation - Case Study Activity
End Term:
Self Motivation -
situation
Emergency Preparedness based
- Team Building, questions
Networking, Leadership
and Coordination.
6 Case Studies and Presentation 5 CO 2 Case Study Evaluate Case Study
Discussion with
Presentations
End Term
Exams: Case
based
Questions/A
pplied
Questions

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COEM01.1 2 1 1 1 - 2

COEM01.2 3 1 2 1 - 3

CO. 2.5 1 1.5 1 - 2.5

CO 3 1 2 1 - 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
 Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3

Class Participation/
10 3 3 4
Attendance
Live project club
activity
Case study
10 3 3 4
discussion
Assignments/
10 4 3 3
Projects
Internal End Term
20 7 7 6
Exam

Internal 50 17 16 17
End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute

Reference Books

Sr. No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
Edition Company
01 Leonard H. Hoyle Event Marketing: Festivals.
How to Successfully
Promote Events
02 John Wiley and Sons Conventions and 2002 New York
Expositions
03 Gaur, Event Marketing and 2003 Vikas Publishing
Management House

04 Kotler, Philip , Marketing 2006 PHI, New Delhi

Management
Online Resources

Online Resources No. Website address

1 https://www.cvent.com/en/blog/events/event-marketing-guide
2 https://www.studocu.com/en-gb/document/aston-university/events-
marketing/eventsmarketing-notes/7679123
3 http://managementstudyguide.com/lms/course/view.php?id=291

MOOCs:

Resources No. Website address

1 https://swayam.gov.in/

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of event management theories and practices to solve
problems and helps students to understand events market.
Mapped at 2
CO1 & PO 2 Individual and team behavior concepts would be delivered through case studies
Mapped at 1 and helps to take critical decisions on the field.
CO1 & PO 3 Helps to understand event management and how individuals and teams within
Mapped at 1 organizations learn and cope with change to be productive
CO1 & PO 4 Understand the expected individual and team behavior and communicate in the
Mapped at 1 business world globally and external factors affecting the other aspects of business.

CO1 & PO5 Understand the expected individual and team behavior in business world can lead
Mapped at - to Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is aligned very low as writing
and contributing to business literature is not a necessary outcome.
CO1 & PO6 Understand the expected individual and team behavior in business world and
Mapped at 2 ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment.
CO2 & PO1 Apply the event management process and management theories to solve the
Mapped at 3 business problems.
CO2& PO2 Enable them to introduce event management process and thinking abilities for
Mapped at 1 decision making.
CO2& PO3 Students/Entrepreneurs /managers as leaders need to Learn new technologies with
Mapped at 2 ease and be productive at all times
CO2& PO4 Allow them to familiar event management processes and understand the other
Mapped at 1 aspects of business.
CO2& PO5 To be familiar with management techniques and strategies does not relate to Read,
Mapped at - write, and contribute to Business literature, no alignment.
CO2& PO6 Understanding event management techniques and strategies to lead themselves and
Mapped at 3 others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment.

Mapped by: Dr.Jagdish Patil, BVDU-IMRDA,Sangali

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
Elective Event Management Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f. -
Year
2022 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III EM-02 Event Risk Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
To aware need of risk management in event operations;
To know the fundamental issues and application of risk management in event; and
To understand the risk management models
Learning Outcomes :
The purpose of this course is to enable the students to acquire a general knowledge about the
"event management" and to become familiar with management techniques and strategies required for
successful planning, promotion, implementation and evaluation of special events.

Unit Contents Sessions CO Teaching Cognitive Evaluation

No. Methodology Level Tools
1 Risk Management for 8 CO1 Lectures Understand Short and
Events: concept and scope Essay Type
of risk management in Questions,
events Nature of risk in Term Exams
different events - Role of
risk management for
meetings and events -
Integration of risk
management and event
management
- Risk and opportunity.
2 Risks in events: 8 CO1 Lectures, Analysis Short and
Emergencies and Practical Essay Type
emergency preparedness - Exposure to Questions,
Critical issues for event Events Practical
safety - Outdoor events: Oriented
Stage safety - Assessment,
Pyrotechnics, parades, and Term Exams
demonstrations.
3 Risk identification: 8 CO3 Lecture , Remember Short and
Describe challenges in the Group Essay Type
risk identification process Discussion Questions,
Select suitable risk Practical
identification mechanisms Oriented
- Identify event and Assessment,
associated risks - Risk Presentations,
analysis and methods of Term Exams
analysis - Alcoholism and
drugs, crowd control, fire
safety and emergency
medical services, food and
water safety, outdoor
events.
4 Risk Mitigation Process, 8 CO2 Lectures Create Short and
tools, techniques Risk Essay Type
mitigation - Practices, Questions,
procedures, and Practical
safeguards associated with Oriented
the identification - Assessment,
 Analysis, response Term Exams
planning, and control of
the risks surrounding
events of all types -
Administrative
Safeguards Early
warning system.
5 Health and safety codes - 8 CO2 Lectures Apply Short and
Public health issues - Essay Type
Occupational health and Questions,
safety Legal issues, Practical
contracts, Duty care - Oriented
Future of Event Risk Assessment,
Management Relevant Term Exams
case studies.
6 Case Studies and 5 CO1, Case Study, Apply Practical
Presentation CO2, Group Oriented
CO3 Discussion Assessment,
Term Exams

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COEM02.1 2 1 1 2 1 2

COEM02.2 3 2 1 1 1 2

COEM02.3 1 2 2 1 1 2

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%

Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3

Class Participation/
10 4 4 2
Attendance
Live project club
5 2 3 0
activity
Case study discussion 10 3 3 4
Assignments/ Projects 5 1 3 1

Internal End Term

20 8 5 7
Exam
Internal 50 18 18 14
End Term (Univ) 50
Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute

Reference Books:

Sr. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Edition PublisherCompany
No.
1 Julia Rutherford Silvers Risk Management for 2007. Butterworth
Meetingsand Events Heinemann,
2 Peter E.Tarlow, Event Risk Management 2002 Wiley
and Safety
3 Gaur, Event Marketing and 2003 Vikas Publishing
Management House

4 Kotler, Philip , Marketing Management 2006 PHI, New Delhi

Online Resources:

No Web site address

1 https://library.olivet.edu/subject-guides/communication/comm325/docs/risk-management-
event-planning.pdf
2 https://study.com/academy/lesson/risk-management-in-event-conference-planning.html
3 https://www.slideshare.net/LinaKamarudin/event-risk-management

MOOCs:

Resources Web site address

No
1 https://swayam.gov.in/

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

Mapped by: Dr.V.Phalke, IMED, Pune
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBACBCS RevisedSyllabusw.e.f.-Year2022 2023
Semester CourseCode Course Title
III HM-01 Food Service operation
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
CourseObjectives:
To understand Food service operation
To understand the role and responsibility of Food service management
To understand and manage meal experience
To expose the concept of eating out
To study methods of purchasing food

Course Outcomes:
CO1 understand Food service operation
CO2 Focus role and responsibility of Food service management
CO3 Learn to manage meal experience
CO4 Familiarize with concept of eating out
CO5 Recognize the methods of purchasing food

unit Contents Sessio COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ns Number Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs)

1 Introduction to food service 5 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz

operation Origin of food Ppts End Term
service industry Commercial Quiz Internals:S
and noncommercial Food hort
service operation Subsidized Answers
and welfare catering
establishments
2 Food and Beverage 5 CO2, Lecture with Case Study
management , CO 6 Ppts ,
Responsibilities of food and Case Study Newspaper
Beverage management, Job Psychometric Understand Article
description of food and Tools End Term:
Beverage manager, Applied
Constraints on food and Questions
beverage management
External- Government/
political, economic, social,
technical and Internal food
and beverage, staff, control
3 Managing meal 5 CO 3 Lecture with Analyse Case Study
ExperienceFactors/ Reasons PPTs with
for using food services- such Case Study Presentatio
as Social, business, ns
 convenience and time. End Term
Atmosphere of food service Exams:
establishment, price and Case based
Menu. Questions/
Applied
Questions
4 Understanding eating out 5 CO4 Lectures with Evaluate Group
Introduction , food and PPTs Activity
drink , variety in menu
choice, level of service, Group Activity End Term
price and value for menu , Video Cases Exam:
interior design, Atmosphere Short case
and mood , location and and
accessibility , food service situation
employees. based
questions
5 Food service 5 CO5 Lecture analyze Case
establishments- Fine Case Presentatio
dining, Bars, night clubs Activity n
Activity
and pubs, Fast food
End Term:
establishments Theory
Financial policy, Applied
Marketing policy,
product and service style,
staffing and technology
6 Food Menu- Introduction, 5 CO3 Lectures with apply Activity
PPTs End Term:
la carte, Banqueting menu, Flip Theory
cyclic menu . Classroom Applied

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 2 - - 3 - 1

CO2 3 1 - 2 - -

CO3 3 - - 2 - 1

CO4 2 - 1 - - 3

CO5 3 - - - 1 2

1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total : 100%
 Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Class
Participation/ 10 2 2 2 2 2
Attendance
2 2
Assignments 10 2 2 2
Case study /
10 2 2 2 2 2
discussion
Internal End Term
20 4 4 4 4 4
Exam

Internal 50 10 10 10 10 10
End Term
50
(University)

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute

Reference Books
Sr.No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
Edition Company
1 Bernard Davis, Andrew Food and Beverage Fourth edition ButterworthHeine
lockwood, Ioannis Pantelieds , Management mann
Peter Alcot
2 John Cousins , Dennis Food and beverage Ninth Edition Hodder Education
Lillicrap, Suzanne Weekes Service
Online Resources

Online Resources Website address

No.
1 1 https://www.greatsampleresume.com/job-responsibilities/food-service/food-and-
beveragemanager 2 https://study.com/academy/lesson/food-service-industry-
definition-history.html
2 1 https://www.greatsampleresume.com/job-responsibilities/food-service/food-and-
beveragemanager 2 https://study.com/academy/lesson/food-service-industry-
definition-history.html

Resources No. Website address

1 https://swayam.gov.in/
Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business
problems is possible only if managers understands proper communication skills and ne
Mapped at 2 hospitable
CO1 & PO4 Food service operations facilitates global economical, legal ethical aspects of
Mapped at 3 business

CO1 & PO6 Food service operations are the best examples of team work which Helps to
Mapped at 1 understand how individuals and teams within organizations learn and cope with
change to be productive.
CO2 & PO 1 Understand the basic concept of hospitality industry and apply the knowledge to make
Mapped at 3 management decisions as departmentalization in hospitality is vast.
CO2 & PO2 Know the job role of each personnel in the food service industry and is aligned very low
Mapped at 1 as writing and contributing to business literature is not a necessary outcome
CO2 & PO4 Key role of each person makes ability to analyze understand and communicate and
Mapped at 2 handling situation in busy work culture lead themselves and others in the achievement
of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.
CO3 & PO1 Leadership for entrepreneurs / corporate / managers is possible only if managers apply
Mapped at 3 the knowledge of meal experience and practices to solve business problems. So highly
aligned.
CO3& PO4 Meal experience helps to understand tempo of other person which can be beneficial for
Mapped at 2 understanding client.
CO3& PO6 Entrepreneurs / corporate / managers as leaders need to learn the behavior at fine dine
Mapped at 1 restaurants
CO4& PO1 Highly aligned as The awareness eating out with stranger/ business client helps for
Mapped at 2 leadership qualities for entrepreneurs / corporate / managers results in the ability to
understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of
business.
CO4& PO4 The awareness of proper dining etiquettes qualities for Entrepreneurs / corporate /
Mapped at -1 managers as leaders requires to necessarily Read, write, and contribute to Business
literature.
CO4& PO6 Best speaking and dining qualities along with Leadership qualities an essential for
Mapped at 3 entrepreneurs / corporate / managers to lead themselves and others in the achievement
of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment. So highly
alligned.
CO5 & PO1 To develop the habit of ordering right food for right occasion and inculcate motivational
Mapped at 3 concepts only when the application of the knowledge of management theories and
practices to solve business problems is possible only when skills are developed and
motivational concepts are inculcated.
CO5 & PO5 Very limited alignment since ordering right food and business literature has no valid
Mapped at 1 connection

CO5 & PO6 Learning new technologies to be productive is possible only if students are aware about
Mapped at 2 various kinds of menu and cuisine and how to order them to develop new skills but since
it depends on many other variables the alignment is moderate

Mapped by: Ajay Budke, BVIHMCT

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA CBCS Revised Syllabus w.e.f.-Year2023
2024
Course
Semester Course Title
Code
V HM 02 Tour Operations Management
Type of Credits Evaluation Marks
Course
DSE 03 UE (60) + IE (40) 100

Course Objectives:
To understand basic Tour Operation Management.
To study various areas such as the basics of tourism, tourism destination, entire basics of
tourism, geography,
To have understanding of Basic tourism marketing, communication and other areas under
tourism.
To impart knowledge about various operational aspects of handling tourism operation
Course Outcomes:
At the successful completion of the course the learner will be able to
Able to understand basic evolution and development of tourism industry.
Assess managerial practices required for handling tourism services and operations.
To develop skills to handle travel agency, tour operators and its functions.
Able to explain basic tourism policy and planning and to understand impacts on tourism

Lesson Plan

Unit Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Num Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs ber
)
1 Introduction to Tourism 15 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz,
Industry : Understanding PPTs, News Paper
Tourism, Historical Videos Article with
Evolution and Development Group Presentation,
, Tourism System, Activity Activity
Constituents of Tourism Assignments
Industry and Tourism End Term
Organizations, Tourism Internals:
Regulations, Biodiversity, Applied
Seasonality and Question
Destinations, Maps and
Chart Work ,Cultural
Heritage - Living Culture
and Performing Arts, Use of
History
2 Basics Tourism Service 15 CO 2 Lecture with Quiz,
and Operations with CO3 PPTs, Understand News Paper
Marketing and Videos Apply Article with
Communication : Tourism Group (Analyse) Presentation,
Services and Operation - Activity Activity
Modes of Transport, Tourist Case Study Assignments
End Term
Accommodation, Informal
Internals:
Services in Tourism, Applied
Subsidiary Services, Travel Question
Agency, Tour Operations,
Guides and Escorts, Tourism
Marketing, Role of Media,
Communication Skills
3 Tour Operation Planning , 15 CO 4 Lecture with Understand Quiz,
Policy and its impact : PPTs, News Paper
Tourism Planning and Policy Videos Article with
- Infrastructural Group Presentation,
Development, Local Bodies, Activity Activity
Officials and Tourism, Case Study Assignments
Development, Dependency End Term
and Manila Declaration Internals:
Economic Impact, Social, Applied
Environmental and Political Question
Impacts, Threats and
Obstacles to Tourism

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3

CO 1 3 2 1

CO 2 1 3 1

CO 3 2 3 1

CO 4 1 2 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 40%
Externals: 60%
Total: 100%
 Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Assignments 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Internal End Term

20 5.5 4.5 5.5 4.5
Exam

Internal 40 10.5 9.5 10.5 9.5

End Term
60
(University)

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year of Publisher
Edition
01 Sunetra Roday, Archana Tourism 25th March 1990 Oxford Press
Biwal and Vandana Joshi Operations
and
Management
02 Sampad Kumar Swain Tourism Principles and 24th November Oxford Press
Practices 2011

03 Akhil Bali Tourism and Travel Notion

Management Press
04 Arvind Kumar Travel Agency 29th August 2019 Walnut
Management & Publicatio
Operations ns
05 Saryu Doshi Aspects of the 1993 Marg
Performing Arts of Publicatio
India ns
 Online Resources:

Online Resource No. Website

address
1 https://onlinecourses.swayam.2.ac.in

MOOCs:

Resource No. Website

address
1 https://www.my-mooc.com

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of tourism industry development and evaluation would be
delivered through presentation and different group activities for better understanding of
Mapped at 3 tour operation management hence CO1 and PO1 are highly aligned.

CO1 & PO 2 The knowledge of tourism and industry development aspects are moderate with basic
Mapped at 2 tourism services hence CO1 and PO2 are related medium so marked 2.

CO1 & PO 3 Helps to understand how individuals and teams within organizations learn and cope with
Mapped at 1 change in tourism industry so alignment of CO1 to PO3 is moderate

CO2 & PO 1 Assess managerial practices required for handling tourism services and operations in
Mapped at 1 tourism industry important but economic legal and ethical aspects of business are not very
relevant to CO 1 hence the alignment of CO2 to PO 1 is moderate

CO2 & PO2 Assess managerial practices required for handling tourism services and operations related
Mapped at 3 to tourism industry are aligned with different basic marketing and communication skills
to increase business so CO2 to PO 2 are highly aligned so marked as 3.

CO2 & PO3 Assess managerial practices required for handling tourism services and operations related
Mapped at 1 to tourism industry are not related with tour planning and impact of different environment
so alignment is moderate.
CO3 & PO1 To develop skills to handle travel agency, tour operators and its functions are not aligned
Mapped at 2 with basic knowledge of biodiversity, seasonality and destinations, maps and chart work
,cultural heritage - living culture and performing arts so marked medium.

CO3 & PO2 To develop skills to handle travel agency, tour operators and its functions are highly aligned
Mapped at 3 with travel agency, tour operations, guides and escorts, tourism marketing, role of media,
communication skills so highly marked.

CO3 & PO3 The knowledge of travel agency, tour operations, guides and escorts, tourism marketing,
Mapped at 1 role of media, communication skills are not aligned much with basic understanding of
tourism so marked moderate.

CO4 & PO1 Able to explain basic tourism policy and planning and to understand impacts on tourism is
 Mapped at 1 not aligned much with basic understanding of tourism knowledge so marked as moderate.

CO4 & PO2 Able to explain basic tourism policy and planning and to understand impacts on tourism are
Mapped at 2 related with planning and impact of different environment so marked moderate.

CO4& PO3 Highly aligned tourism planning and policy - infrastructural development, local bodies,
Mapped at 3 officials and tourism, development, dependency and manila declaration economic impact,
social, environmental and political impacts, threats and obstacles to tourism so marked 3.

Mapped by: Dr. Shailesh Ghanekar, BVDU- Hotel Management ,Mumbai

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS Revised
Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 23
Semester CourseCode Course Title
III SM-01 Sports Marketing
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 03 UE : IE 50:50
CourseObjectives:
The evolution of sports marketing into a global business Identifying, and assessing
the role of sports in marketing and professional sports
Identifying the changing role of the consumer Developing an awareness of the role
of sponsorship
Taking strategic and the operational decisions.
Understanding the importance of athletes as Brands
Identifying the ethical challenges associated with the application of the marketing
programs
Understanding the basic contents and structure of a sports marketing plan

LearningOutcomes:
Understand the sports marketing environment and trends influencing marketers.
Evaluate sports sponsorship decisions
Understand the process and structure in sporting events

Lesson Plan

Sessio CO Teaching Cognition Evaluation

n Topic Number Methodolog (As per Tools
(hrs.) y Taxonomy)
Introduction to Sport Marketing
8 Marketing through sports and CO1 Lecture Understan End Term
marketing of sport. with Ppts d Exam:
Product decision in sport Quiz Short case
marketing. Integrated marketing and
communications for sport. situation
based
The Four domains of Sport questions
Marketing
Basic principles of marketing
Principles of Effective Sports
Marketing in the 21st Century.

8 Services Marketing Concepts CO2 Lecture Analyse Case

Marketing Research with Ppts Presentati
Market Orientation on
Customer Relationship Activity
Management End
Term:
Theory
Applied
 8 Broadcasting and Endorsements CO3 Activity
Sport funding through Analyze End
Broadcasting and Endorsements Term:
Basics of sports broadcasting Theory
rights, sports Leagues and their Applied
broadcasting rights, benefits to the
broadcaster.
Endorsement, Sports and celebrity
endorsement, Sportspersons and
their recent endorsements.
Endorsement strategy.
Marketing and endorsement,
Benefits of endorsements.
10 Promotional and pricing method CO4
in Sports Evaluate
Social Networking Platforms.
Mega -Special -Event Promotions
Ticket Prices Concessions
Dynamic Dynamic Ticket Pricing End Term
Licensing and Sponsorship Exam:
Concept of sports Licensing Short case
Goals and objectives and
Sponsorship meaning and its types. situation
Selecting the Sports Property New based
Media and Technology use in questions
corporate sponsorships Ambush
Marketing
8 The Global Market for Sports CO5 Create Case
Industry and Industry Trends Presentati
Professional Sport Leagues and on
global branding Activity
E-sports End
Brand building Term:
Sports patent. Theory
Career in sports and marketing. Applied

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 2 1 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 2 3
CO3 3 2 2 - 3

CO4 3 2 - 1 3

CO. 3 1 - 1 3

CO 3 2 2 - 3

1- Low , 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
 Evaluation

Internal+External Assessment

Total-100%
Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Class 10 2 2 2 2 2
attendance
Project 5 2 3
Assignment 5 2 3
Case study 10 2 2 2 2 2
Midterm 20 4 4 4 4 4
exam
50

50

Written 50 10
exam
Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute

eference Books:

Sr. Name of the Author Titleof the Book YearAdd Publisher

No. ition Company

1 Bernard SportMarketing, 2014 HumanKinetics

JMullin,StephenHardy,William
2 PhilSchaaf. SportsMarketing- 1995 Amherst, N.Y. :
Prometheus Books,
3 LarryDeGaris SportsMarketing:APractic 2015 Larry Degaris
alApproach
4 David Shilbury; Hans Strategic Sport Marketing 2009
Westerbeek
 Online Resources:

No Web site address

1 https://www.docsity.com/en/sport-marketing-and-its-major-trusts-and-marketing-myopia-
kin-3801/6672936/
2 https://www.bartleby.com/essay/Sport-Marketing-F3YV2HK86VS

MOOCs:
ResourcesNo Websiteaddress
https://www.my-mooc.com

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Students with requisite knowledge, skills & right attitude necessary to
become an effective leadership in a global environment.
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 2 Sports marketing concepts would be delivered through case studies and
Mapped at 2 projects to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based
decision making.
CO1 & PO 3 Ability of Understanding and Communication aspects of marketing.
Mapped at 1

CO1 & PO 4 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve
Mapped at 3 business problems is possible only if managers understand market demand.

CO1 & PO5 Communicate effectively with the business community and with society at large.
Mapped at 3 Be able to comprehend and write effective reports documentation. Make effective
presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
CO2 & PO1 Competent management professionals with strong ethical values and leadership.
Mapped at 3

CO2 & PO2 Market Analyst/ leaders need to Foster analytical and critical thinking
Mapped at 3 abilities for data-based decision making.

CO2 & PO3 Sponsorship and experiential marketing proposals with a brand activation
Mapped at 2 strategy that provides value to the sponsor, event property and consumer.

CO2 & PO4 Knowledge to understand, analyses and control the operating environment
Mapped at 2 in operations management.

CO2 & PO5 Effective communication and also be able to analyses different type
Mapped at -3

CO3 & PO1

Mapped at 3 To develop and understand the sports industry in relationship to the legal
sector and effective leadership in a global environment.
CO3 & PO2 To have a boarder analyses of market and application of marketing principles.
Mapped at 2

CO3 & PO3

Mapped at 2 Deep of analyses of market and relationship between the industry and society.
CO3 & PO4 To develop and use finance for the growth of sports organizations.
Mapped at-

CO3 & PO5 To understand sports industry and develop effective communication.
Mapped at 3

CO4 & PO1 Execute common responsibilities and managing large sport events with
Mapped at 3 leadership skills and right attitude.

CO4 & PO2 To manage sports marketing strategies, brand activation strategy
Mapped at 2 entertainment events.
CO4 & PO3

Mapped at -
CO4 & PO4 Common duties and responsibilities for managing, controlling, analyzing
Mapped at 1 and operating market environment.
CO4 & PO5 To execute and communicate with business community and sport and
Mapped at 3 entertainment community.
CO5 & PO1 To understand sports industries and develop skills and right attitude.
Mapped at 3
CO5 & PO2 To Evaluate and analyses endorsement through marketing.
Mapped at 1
CO5 & PO3 Ability to lead themselves in the achievement of financial goal.
Mapped at -
CO5 & PO4 To aware of market, analyses of market, technical skills and control the
Mapped at 1 operating environment.
CO5 & PO5 To communicate effectively with society and develop new strategy about
Mapped at 3 endorsement and sponsorship.

Mapped by: Prof. Rajat Sukladas, BVDU- Physical Education,Pune

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 23
Semester Course Code Course Title
III SM-02 Basics of Sports Medicine & Nutrition
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 IE:UE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To impart knowledge of sport Nutrition.
To enhance exercise and sports performance with due emphasis on Physiology and body
composition.
To impart knowledge of Nutritional requirements
To impart knowledge of Weight Management.
To impart knowledge of Holistic health and Ergogenic aid
Course Outcomes:
1. To understand the basic concepts of medicine & Nutrition.
2. To analyze and evaluate the drug abuse and doping in sports.
3. To understand and evaluate the requirements and sources of energy in sports.
4. To analyze the relation of nutrition and sport performance.

Unit Unit Details Session COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

No (Hrs) Number Methodology Level Tools
1 Introduction Concept of Sports 5 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz
Medicine. Ppts End Term
Aim and objective of sports Quiz Internals:
medicine. Short
Need and scope of sports Answers
medicine. Role of sports
physician, physical educator /
sports coaches in sports medicine
sports injuries introduction.
Types of sports injuries. Reasons
of sports injuries, prevention and
management of sports injuries.
2 Drug Abuse In Sports Meaning 5 CO 2 Lecture with Case Study
and Definition of Doping. Ppts ,
Classification of Doping, Doping Case Study Newspaper
Methods., Why Drugs are used by Psychometric Apply Article
Individual?, Why Drugs are used Tools (Analyse) End Term:
by Sports Persons? The Applied
Prevention of Doping. Questions
3 Elements Of Physical Nutrition 5 CO 3 Lecture with Understand Case Study
Cell and human physiology, human PPTs Analyze with
nutrition, functional anatomy, Case Study Presentatio
metabolism, nutritional ns
physiology and biochemistry, End Term
nutritional requirements Exams:
carbohydrates, fats, minerals, Case based
Questions/
Applied
Questions
4 Energy Requirements 5 CO3 Lectures Evaluate Group
Individual caloric requirement with PPTs Analyze Activity
basal energy requirement, energy
 requirement during working Group End Term
hours nutritional medicines Activity Exam:
elements of health education, Video Cases Short case
introduction to elements of and
medicines that help augmenting situation
physical fitness and general based
strength and vigor, questions
5 Food The Sources Of 5 CO3 Lecture Analyze Case
Energy Case Presentatio
Carbohydrates, mono, Activity n
Activity
saccharides, disaccharides,
End Term:
polysaccharides, fats, proteins, Theory
enzymes, digestion. Applied
6 Nutrition And Physical 5 CO4 Lectures Evaluate Activity
Performance with PPTs End Term:
An Analysis of the Correlation Flip Theory
between Nutrition and Physical Classroom Applied
Fitness and Performance in
Sports

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COSM02.1 2 - - 2 - -

COSM02.2 2 2 - 2 - -

COSM02.3 2 1 - - - -

COSM02.4 2 2 - - - -

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals (CES- Continuous Evaluation): 50%
External University Evaluation 50%
Internals (CES- Continuous Evaluation) Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club
5 3 2
activity
Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
5 2 3
Projects
Internal End Term
20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5
Exam
End Term
50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5
(University)

Attendance Policy

Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Note: Whichever attendance policy is applicable to concern institute

Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Titleof the Book YearAdditi Publisher

on Company

01 Steven Ray, Irvin Richer, Sports Medicine, Prentice 1983 Prentice Hall,
Hall
02 Vinger and Roerner Sports Injuries 1981. PSG Publishing
Co., Inc,

03 William J. G. P Sports Medicine, London Edwar

Arnold
Publishers
04 Armstrong and Tucker, Injuries and Sports London
Scamples Press.
 Online Resources:

No Web site address

1 https://www.sportsmedtoday.com/what-is-a-sports-medicine-physician.htm
2 https://edurev.in/studytube/Revision-Notes--Doping--Physical-Education/6a3a682f-ada7-
49a4-9684-738e13e28cd7_t
3 kairostech.io/the-role-of-diet-nutrition-in-sports-performance/

MOOCs:
Resources No Websiteaddress
1 https://www.my-mooc.com

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 mapped with Understanding the basic concept of medicine and nutrition knowledge and
POI and PO4 practices help to solve the problems of decision making in sports at medium
mapped at level 2 level and basic knowledge and concept understanding develop ability to
communicate business aspects.
CO2 mapped Analyzing the cases of doping helps in solving problems and decision making
With PO1,PO2 and in the cases of doping. It also contribute in understanding global and ethical
PO4 at level 2 issues of sport industries
CO3 mapped with Understanding and evaluating requirement and sources of energy in sport
PO1 at level 2 And contribute in the solving problems, decision making based of analytical
PO2 thinking.
Mapped at level 1
CO4 mapped with The study of coronation of nutrition and sport performance help in decision
PO 4 making and problem solving and analyzing issues
Mapped at low and
PO2 mapped at
level 2

Mapped by: Dr. N. Jadhav, IMED, Pune

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 MBA (GENRAL)
SEMESTER IV
Revised Syllabus

With Effect From (2022 23)

 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV 401 Project Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE : IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To understand the concepts of project planning and organization, budgeting and control,
and project life cycles.
To master several basic project scheduling techniques including WBS, CPM, PERT,
GANTT CHARTS, and resource constrained scheduling.
To understand the related concepts of organizational forms, conflict resolution, and issues
related to leadership and task management in a project environment.
To become familiar with Microsoft Project in performing simple project management
tasks.

Learning Outcomes :
Evaluate project to develop scope of work, provide accurate cost estimation and to plan
the various activities.
Identify resources required for a project and to produce a work plan and resources
schedule.
Evaluate project for quality concept.
Use of project management tools for project management.

Sessi Topic CO Teaching Cognition Evaluation

on No Methodology Tools
Hour
s

10 Introduction, Need for Project Management, CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz,

characteristics of project, Problemswith projects, All PPT, White Assignment
parties (stakeholders) involved in project. Role of board Questions
Project Manager. Project management body of
knowledge (PMBOK), Project
Management Knowledge Areas, Phases of project
management life Cycle.
10 Organizational Structure and Organizational Issues: CO 3 Lecture with Apply Case Study,
Introduction, Organizational Structures, Team PPT, White Assignment
structures, Team development process, team building board, Quiz, Questions
process, stages in developing a high performance
project team, project team pitfalls, Roles and
Responsibilities of Project Leader Leadership Styles
for Project Managers, Conflict Resolution, Team
Management and Diversity
Management
10 Project Planning and scheduling: Introduction, CO 2 Lecture with Analyze Case Study,
Project Planning, Need of ProjectPlanning, Project PPT, White Assignment
Planning Process, Work Breakdown Structure board, Case Questions
(WBS), Gantt chart, Network Planning models, Study ,Applied
Questions
formulating network model , Critical path analysis ,
PERT, Resource Allocation, Scheduling, Project
Cost Estimate and
Budgets, Cost Forecasts
10 Project Risk Management: Introduction, Risk, Risk CO 3 Lecture with Analysis & Case Study,
Management, Role of Risk Management in Overall PPT, White Evaluation Assignment
Project Management, Steps in Risk Management, board, Questions
Risk Identification, Risk Analysis, Risk ,Applied
prioritization, Risk mitigation. Questions, Quiz
10 Project Quality management :Introduction, Quality, CO 4 Lecture with Create Case
Quality Concepts, Place of PPT, presentations,
quality in planning, importance of it, quality Assignment
measures, ISO standards, CMM standards, Quality Questions
Assurance document ,Applied
Questions,
10 Project Management Software: Introduction, CO 4 Lecture with Analysis & LAB Projects,
Advantages of Using Project Management Software, PPT,LAB Evaluation Live Prijects
Common Features Available In Most of the Project practicals
Management Software, Study of MS project or any
other project management

PO-CO Mapping
Program Outcomes

Course Outcomes PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

3
CO 401.1 3 3 2 3 1
3
CO 401.2 3 3 3 3 -
3
CO 401.3 3 3 3 2 -
3
CO 401.4 3 3 3 1 -
-
CO - - - - -
-
CO - - - - -
3
Average 3 3 2.75 2.25 0.50
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, -
(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO 1 CO 2 CO 3 CO 4

Class Participation/Attendance 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Live Project/ Club Activity 5 3 2

2.5
Case Study/ Discussion 10 2.5 2.5 2.5

Assignments/Projects 5 2 3

Internal End Term Exam 20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5

9.5
Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5

End Term (UE) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
National John M Nicholas Project Management Prentice Hall Of
For Business And India Pvt Ltd
Technology
International Clifford F Gray, Project Management Tata Mcgraw
Erik W Larson : -
The Managerial Process Hill Publishing
Co Ltd
International Jack Meredith, Project Management John Wiley and
Samuel J. Mantel - Sons
Jr. A Managerial Approach

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources
No
1 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_Management_Institute
2 https://www.projectengineer.net/the-10-pmbok-knowledge-areas/
 3 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_management
4 https://pmstudycircle.com/2012/03/stakeholders-inproject-management-
definition-and-types/
5 ..https://opentextbc.ca/projectmanagement/chapter/chapter-8-overview-of-
project-planning-project-management/

MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 Please refer these websites for MOOCS:
NPTEL / Swayam
2 www. edx.com
3 www.coursera.com

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes

Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems
CO 1 & PO 1 is possible only if managers understand concept and characteristics of Project Management
Mapped at 3

Project Management concepts would be delivered through case studies and projects to foster
CO 1 & PO 2 analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making
Mapped at 3

Helps to understand how individuals and teams within organizations learn and cope with change
CO 1 & PO 3 to be productive
Mapped at 2 Learning new Project Management technologies can lead to evaluate various project activities

Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of
CO 1 & PO 4 business is directly aligned to cost estimation, planning various project activities and evaluation of
Mapped at 3 project.

Project evaluation and read, write, and contribute to Business literature is aligned very low as
CO 1 & PO 5
writing and contributing to business literature is not a necessary outcome
Mapped at 1

Project planning and evaluation is highly aligned to the ability to lead themselves and others in
CO 1 & PO 6
the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.
Mapped at 3

Identify the resources required for a project can get by knowledge of management theories and
CO 2 & PO 1 practices to solve business problems. So it is highly aligned.
Mapped at 3

Project Managers need to Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision
CO 2 & PO 2
making such as planning and scheduling of the project. So it is highly aligned.
Mapped at 3

CO 2 & PO 3 Entrepreneurs / corporate / managers as leaders need to Learn new technologies with ease and be
Mapped at 3 productive at all times for project planning and scheduling

Highly aligned as identifying the resources for project by project manager results in the ability to
CO 2 & PO 4 understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.
Mapped at 3

CO 2 & PO 5 Identifying the resources required for a project manager as leaders do not require necessarily
Mapped at 0 reading, writing, and contributing to Business literature. There is no alignment

CO 2 & PO 6 Producing an effective work plan shows ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement
Mapped at 3 of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment. So it is highly aligned.

CO 3 & PO 1 Applying the knowledge of management theories and practices is useful for evaluate the project.
Mapped at 3 So it is highly aligned.
 CO 3 & PO 2 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making are required for
Mapped at 3 project evaluation So it is highly aligned.

CO 3 & PO 3 Learning new technologies is essential to evaluate project by smarter way and within less time. So
Mapped at 3 it is highly aligned.

CO 3 & PO 4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of
Mapped at 2 business is weakly aligned with project evaluation.

CO 3 & PO 5 Read, write and contribute to business literature is not aligned to project evaluation.
Mapped at 0

CO 3 & PO 6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
Mapped at 3 effectively to a team environment is possible in Project evaluation. Hence it is aligned.

CO 4 & PO 1 Apply the knowledge of management theories included the use of project management tools.
Mapped at 3 Hence it is highly aligned.

CO 4 & PO 2 Project management tools are useful for Foster analytical and critical thinking. Hence it is highly
Mapped at 3 aligned.

CO 4 & PO 3 Learning new project management tools means learning new technologies. Hence it is highly
Mapped at 3 aligned.

CO 4 & PO 4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global economic legal and ethical aspects of
Mapped at 2 business is slightly aligned to use of project management tools.

CO 4 & PO 5 Use of project management tools for project management is very low aligned to read, write and
Mapped at 1 contribute to business literature.

CO 4 & PO 6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
Mapped at 3 effectively to a team environment is possible only when project managers are using the project
management tools. Hence it is highly aligned.

Mapped by: Dr.Vishal Deshmukh, Yashwantrao Mohite Institute of Management, Karad

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022
2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV 402 Environment and Disaster Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 2 IE IE = 100
Course Objectives:
Understand and realize the multi-disciplinary nature of the environment, its components,
and inter-relationship between man and environment.
Understand the relevance and importance of the natural resources in the sustenance of life
on earth and living standard.
Comprehend the importance of ecosystem, biodiversity and natural bio geo chemical
cycle.

Learning Outcomes :
Understand the natural environment and its relationships with human activities.
Characterize and examine human affects at the environment.
Capacity to obtain, analyse, and communicate information on risks, relief needs and
lessons learned from earlier disasters in order to formulate strategies for mitigation in
future scenarios
Integrate facts, concepts, and methods from multiple disciplines and apply to
environmental problems of disaster events at a local and global level.
Capacity to integrate knowledge and to analyse, evaluate and manage the different
public health aspects

Unit Topics session CO Teachin Cognitive level Evalua

g tion
Method Tools
ology
1 The Environment and 5 1,3 PPT Understand Class
Ecosystem: Environment and Describe Test
Environmental studies:
Definition, concept, components
and importance
Ecosystem and Ecology: Structure
and Function of ecosystem, Brief
concept of Autecology and
Synecology.
Food chain, food web and
ecological pyramids .
Biogeochemical cycles in an
ecosystems: (Carbon, Nitrogen
and Phosphorous cycle)
Ecological succession:
Definition, types, concept and
process (Hydrosere, Xerosere
and Lithosere).
2 Environment as Science: 5 1,3 PPT Understand Case
Introduction, Types of Describe study
environment- Physical & Cultural,
Environmental Science- meaning
and definition, nature and scope,
methods and importance of study.
Impact of Technology on the
 environment, Environmental
Degradation, Sustainable
Development, Environmental
Education.
3 Biodiversity and its 5 1,2,4 PPT, Understand Case
conservation: Definition, genetic, Discu Describe study
species and ecosystem diversity. ssion
Value of biodiversity :
consumptive use, productive use,
social, ethical, aesthetic and
option values
Biodiversity at global, National
and local levels. India as a mega-
diversity nation
Threats to biodiversity: habitat
loss, poaching of wildlife, man
wildlife conflicts.
Endangered and endemic species
of India
Conservation of biodiversity: In-
situ and Ex-situ conservation of
biodiversity.
4 Definition and types of disaster: 5 4 1,4 PPT, Understand Class
Hazards and Disasters, Risk and Discu Describe, Test
Vulnerability in Disasters, Natural and ssion Apply
Man-made disasters, earthquakes, floods
drought, landside, land subsidence,
cyclones, volcanoes, tsunami,
avalanches, global climate extreme s.
Man-made disasters: Terrorism, ga s and
radiations leaks, toxic waste dispo sal, oil
spills, forest fires.

5 Natural Disasters: Epidemic, 5 1,2,3, PPT, Understand Class

Cyclone, Drought, Food, 4 Discu Describe, Test
Landslide, Fire and forest fire, ssion Apply Skill
Earthquake and Volcanoes, Builder
Tsunami. s
Man- made Disasters: War, Arson
/ Sabotage / Internal Disturbances
/ Riots, Nuclear Explosion
/Accidents / Radioactive
Leakages. Ecological disasters
like Deforestation / Soil Erosion
/ Air / Water Pollution.
CORONA,HIV / AIDS, Life
Style Diseases.
6 Disaster Management: 5 1,2,3, PPT, Understand Quiz
Components of Disaster 4 Discu Describe,Ap
Management, ssion ply

Management through Control of

Information, Actors in Disaster
Management, Organizing Relief
 measures at National and Local
Level, psychological Issues,
Carrying Out Rehabilitation
Work,
Government Response in
Disaster

PO-CO Mapping

PO/CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 1 3 2 3 2 2
CO2 2 2 3 2 3 2
CO3 2 2 2 2 2 -
TOTAL 1.6 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 1.3
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -
(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/ 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Class Test/Assignment 10 5 5
Case study 5 2.5 2.5
Mid-term 15 5 5 2.5 2.5
End-Term 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Total 50 15 15 10 10

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 National Dr. AlokSatsangi Environment 2014 Green Leaf
Management and Publication
Disaster Management
2 National Gupta A.K., Niar Disaster management 2013 Narosa Publishing
S.S and Chatterjee and Risk Reduction, House, Delhi.
S. Role of
Environmental
Knowledge
 3 National Dr. Ponmani S, Environmental Studies 2019 Agrobios (India)
Mrs. Bharathi VS, & Disaster
Dr. Balusamy A Management
4 International R. Rajagopalan Environmental Studies 2015 Oxford University
Press Publication
5 International Majid Husain Environment And 2016 Access Publishing
Ecology: Biodiversity,
Climate Change And
Disaster Management
6 International Thomas H. Environmental and 2018 Routledge
Tietenberg ,Lynne Natural Resource Publishing
Lewis Economics

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 environment-and-ecology-by-anil-kumar-d60361115.html
2 http://nammakpsc.com/wp/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/12.pdf
3 http://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in/document/Qm92bWdMVkJ2U1J3RjNWSDhFMWkwa
GplSi9ObFJpd2VZQytMbkljZGZ3RT0
4 https://www.journals.elsevier.com/international-journal-of-disaster-risk-
reduction
5 https://www.omicsonline.org/environmental-journals.php

MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.edx.org/course/natural-disasters
2 https://swayam.gov.in/
3 https://www.coursera.org/
4 https://nptel.ac.in/

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

PO1 - CO1 The learner can gain knowledge of how the enterprises are progressively acknowledging
(Low 1) the ecological sustainability.

PO1 CO2 With the help of Management theories and practices can guide how to develop plans to
(Medium-2 ) reduce resources wastage and for developing sustainability initiatives that focus on
responsible resource use and minimizing negative environmental impacts.
PO1-CO3 With the help of Management theories and Practices , utilization of resource can be done
(Medium-2) effectively, by applying the theories, learner can contribute to the sustainable management
of nature resource which also includes Ecosystem Biodiversity.
PO2-CO1 It will help to understand and acknowledges the various challenges like population,
(High 3) climate, social , economical. An analytical and critical thinking skill will help to
synthesizing information for these.
PO2-CO2 Use of thinking skills, learner can make smart decision about the things (recourses)like
(Medium -2) water, land, forests, mineral & the variety of life on earth (Biodiversity). It also helps to
understand the importance of natural resources in sustaining life and living standards.
PO2-CO3 Skills like analytical and critical thinking will enable learner to understand the
(Medium -2) complexities of these natural systems, ecosystem, biodiversity and natural biogeochemical
cycle. Carefully examine data and think critically is crucial, But it will make learner to
make choices that are well informed and based on analysis.
PO3-CO1 The learner can study a broad spectrum of fields, including technology business or
(Medium-2) industry indicating their ability to adopt and apply knowledge to various domain. He can
seek information of environmental interconnections, data collection and analysis using
technology, and the application of technology for data-driven decision-making in various
contexts.
PO3-CO2 Learner can grasp that technology is crucial for them to better protect and use natural
(High-3) resources wisely. This will help sustain life on earth and raise living standards.
PO3-CO3 The learning outcome emphasizes that technology mastery equips individuals and
(Medium-2) organizations with vital skills for efficient natural resource management, fostering
sustainability and environmental conservation.
PO3-CO3 Learner can gather and analyze data related to ecosystem dynamics, biodiversity, and
(Medium-2) natural biogeochemical cycles
PO4-CO1 An effective communication skill, which is developed can be applied to convey complex
(High-3) environmental concepts, promoting a holistic understanding of the environment and its
importance in various sectors, including business and industry.
PO4-CO2 Strong communication skills developed in the program can be used to convey the
(Medium-2) significance of natural resources, promoting awareness and informed decision-making
about their sustainable use and conservation.
PO4-CO3 literacy skills in the business context can be applied to convey and contribute to
(Medium-2) discussions on environmental topics, fostering awareness and appreciation of the intricate
relationships within ecosystems and the significance of biodiversity and natural cycles.
PO5-CO1 Can enhance one's understanding and recognition of the multi-disciplinary nature of the
(Medium-2) environment, its components, and the inter-relationship between humans and the
environment.
PO5-CO2 The learner can bridge the gap between business literacy and environmental
(High-3) responsibility.
PO5-CO3 It promotes a holistic understanding of environmental factors within the business realm,
fostering environmental awareness.
(Medium-2)
PO6-CO1 Learner can develop Leadership skills in this program and extend to fostering a holistic
(Medium-2) perspective on environmental issues within teams and organizations.

PO6-CO2 Learner can inspire responsible resource management practices, aligning organizational
(Medium - 2) goals with the sustainable use and conservation of natural resources.
PO6-CO3 No direct relation
No Relation
(-)

Mapped by: Prof. Swapnil Thorat,Assistant Professor BVDU-IMED PUNE

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV 404 Open Introduction to Data Science
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE 100
Course Objectives :
Understanding the Role of Data Science in business.
Understanding the basic concept of data management and data mining techniques
To understand the basic concept of machine learning
To understand the application of business analysis
Understanding the basic concept of Data Science Project Life Cycle.
Learning Outcomes:
Upon the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
Understand the basics of business analysis and Data Science Knowledge (K2)
Understand data management and handling and Data Science Project Life Cycle
Understand the data mining concept and its techniques Applying (K4)
Understand and Analyzing machine learning concept Analyzing (K5)
Understand the application of business analysis in different domain Applying (K4)

Unit Contents Sessions CO Teaching Cognitive Evaluation

(Hrs) No. Methodology Level Tools
1 Introduction: What is Data 6 CO1 Lecture with Remember Quiz,
Science? Historical Overview of PPTs Short Answer
data analysis, Data Scientist vs. Questions
Data Engineer vs. Business
Analyst, Career in , what is data
science, Why Data Science,
Applications for data science,
Data Scientists Roles and
Responsibility
2 Data: Data Collection, Data 8 CO2 Lectures with Understand Quiz, Short
Management, Big Data PPTs, Flipped Answer
Management, Classroom Questions
Organization/sources of data, Method
Importance of data quality,
Dealing with missing or
incomplete data.
3 Data Classification Data Science 6 CO5 Lectures with Apply Case Study ,
Project Life Cycle: Business PPTs, Case Group
Requirement, Study Discussion,
Data Acquisition, Data End Term
Preparation, Hypothesis and Exam Essay
Modeling, Evaluation and Questions
Interpretation, Deployment.
4 Introduction to Data Mining, The 8 CO2 Lectures with Understand End Term
origins of Data Mining, Data PPTs Exam, Short
Mining Tasks, Answer
OLAP and Multidimensional data Questions,
analysis, Basic concept of Essay
Association Questions
5 Introduction to Machine 6 CO3 Lectures with Analyse End Term
Learning: History and Evolution, PPTs Exams, Essay
AI Evolution, Statistics Vs Data Questions
Mining Vs, Data Analytics Vs,
Data Science, Supervised
Learning, Unsupervised Learning,
Reinforcement Learning,
Frameworks for building Machine
Learning Systems.
6 Application of Business Analysis: 8 CO4 Lectures with Apply Case Study
Retail Analytics, Marketing PPTs, Case with
Analytics, Financial Analytics, Study, Group Presentations,
Healthcare Analytics, Supply Discussion End Term
Chain Analytics. Exams: Case
based
Questions/App
lied Questions

PO-CO Mapping

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher

Editio
1 Bhimasankaram Pochiraju, Essentials of Business Analytics: An Springer
Sridhar Seshadri, Introduction to the methodology and its
application,
2 Andreas C. Müller, Sarah Introduction to Machine Learning with 1st
Guido, Python: A Guide for Data Scientists Edition
3 Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Introduction to Data Mining, Pearson
Steinbach, Vipin Kumar, Education
4 Ger Koole, Lulu.com, An Introduction to Business Analytics 2019

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No
1 https://bdigital.uvhm.edu.mx/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/Essentials-of-
Business-Analytics.pdf
2 https://michael.hahsler.net/SMU/EMIS3309/slides/Evans_Analytics2e_ppt_0
1.pdf
3 http://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in/document/Qm92bWdMVkJ2U1J3RjNWSDhFMWkwa
GplSi9ObFJpd2VZQytMbkljZGZ3RT0
MOOC:

Resources No Web site address

1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1
Mapped at 3

CO1 & PO2

Mapped at 2
CO1 & PO3
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO4
Mapped at 2

CO1 & PO5

Mapped at 2
CO1 & PO6
Mapped at 2
CO2 & PO1
Mapped at 3
CO2 & PO2
Mapped at 3

CO2 & PO3

Mapped at 3
CO2 & PO4
Mapped at 2

CO2 & PO5

Mapped at 2
CO2 & PO6
Mapped at 2
CO3 & PO1
Mapped at 3
CO3 & PO2
Mapped at 3
CO3 & PO3
Mapped at 3
CO3 & PO4
Mapped at 2

CO3 & PO5

Mapped at 2

CO3 & PO6

Mapped at 2
CO4 & PO1
Mapped at 3

CO4 & PO2

Mapped at 3
CO4 & PO3
Mapped at 3

CO4 & PO4

Mapped at 2
CO4 & PO5
Mapped at 2

CO4 & PO6

Mapped at 2
CO5 & PO1
Mapped at 3

CO5 & PO2

Mapped at 3

CO5 & PO3

Mapped at 3
CO5 & PO4
Mapped at 2
CO5 & PO5
Mapped at 2
CO5 & PO6
Mapped at 2

Mapped by: Dr.Shweta Joglekar Assistant Professor BVDU-IMED PUNE

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV 404 Open HR Analytics
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE 100
Course Objectives:
To enable the learner towards critical thinking about data for HR decisions.
Use of statistical software to manipulate and organize data.
Learning Outcomes:
Enable learners to use statistical methods for analyzing data
Learners can do inferring the data for managerial decisions on HR

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Numbe Methodolog Level Tools
(Hrs r y
)

1 Introduction to Data Analysis & Data CES (class

Analytics a. What is Data Analysis & PPT and Understand test or
Data Analytics? b. Understand what is Demonstrati assignment
analytics and the difference between on or end
analysis and analytics c. What is data & 5 CO1 term)
Types of data d. Data Transformation:

Discovery e. Data storage to data

discovery f. What is Data Science and
various stages of Data Science Process g.
Understanding Data Analytics & Data
Science h. Data Modelling
2 Introduction to HR Management, HR
Data and Metrics Overview on Human
resource management functions a. 6
Employee life cycle - hire to or exit or
retire i. Workforce Planning ii. Talent
Acquisition or recruitment iii.
Performance measurement and 5 CO2 PPT and Understand CES (class
management iv. Talent Management v. Discussion test or
Learning and organization development assignment
vi. HR Operations vii. Compensation and or end
Benefits b. Understanding HR Data and term)
Classifications c. HR Metrics
3 Introduction to HR Technology and
Analytics a. Overview of HR Technology
and Systems b. HRIS and other systems
for HR Data creation c. What is HR
Analytics? d. Functional and Technical Flip class
Skills for HR Analytics e. Making a case 5 CO1 PPT and Analyze or End
for HR Analytics and wining sponsorship case study Term
f. Importance of data availability and internal
governance
4 Application of HR Analytics a. 98 CO2 PPT and Analyze End Term
Understanding the various forms of HR case study internal
Analytics b. People Analytics, Workforce
Analytics & HR Functional Analytics c.
 HR Functional Analytics i. Workforce
Planning Analytics ii. Recruitment &
Selection Analytics iii. On-boarding
Analytics iv. Training & Development
Analytics v. Compensation Analytics vi.
Employee Engagement Analytics vii.
Performance Management Analytics viii.
Employee Attrition Analytics ix. Various
other HR Analytics Problems and their
solutions for various industry domains.
5 Application of Statistics in HR Analytics 56.1 UndCeO rs2tandi ngPPstTatainsdtical Evaluate End Term
analysis on HR Data a. Descriptive Statistics b.InferentialSPtartaicsticasl5.2 internal
Applications of statistical techniques on HR Datac. Mean me dwiainth&hamnodse
d. Correlation - HR Case study of correlatoni e. Linear regressi oonn- HR Case
study of Linear regression f. Logistic regression - HR Case stu dyexopf eLroiegniscteic
regression g. Understand how to pick a problem that is relevant, measuring
outcome, checking data for Errors, Creati ng new variable from existing data
h. Using trend lines and charts i. Data Preparation (cleaning) j. Data
Analysis using statistical techniques k. Data Model ing l. Analy tics reporting
using Dashboard m. Use of slicers to filter data n. Creating Piv ot Tables and
Analysis o. Hypothesis Testing of Leader ship,
6 Understanding Data Visualization in 6 CO2 PPT and Create CES (Flip
HR Analytics (using Advanced Excel, Practical class or
Power BI & Tableau) 6.1 Use of with hands end term)
Advanced Excel Functionality in HR on
Analytics Reporting 6.2 Use of Microsoft experience
Power BI for data visualization for HR
Analytics Reporting a. "Utilize the
VLOOKUP function to merge HR data b.
Combine PivotTables and visualization
techniques" c. Create an HR data model,
Structure the HR data model, Prepare the
HR data model for analysis 6.3
Understanding basics of Tableau for data
visualization which helps in analyzing
"Exporting data into Tableau and
Visualization KPI Dashboard Tableau
Dashboard Analysis

PO-CO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 -2 1 1 1 -1
CO2 3 2 1 - 2 -
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -
(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%

Internal Assessment Mapping

 Parameter Marks CO1 CO2

Class Participation/ Attendance 10 2 2

PPT 5 3- 2-

Case study discussion or assignment

5 3 3
/projects

Internal End Term Exam 30 5 5

Internal 50 9 9
Viva Voce 50 3 3

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books

Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

(Publisher) Author Editi Company
on
1 Kuldeep Singh and Winning on HR Analytics: 2016 SAGE Publishing
Ramesh Leveraging Data for
Soundararajan Competitive Advantage
2 Kirsten Edwards Predictive HR Analytics: 2019 Kogan Page
and Martin Mastering the HR Metric
Edwards
3 Tracey Smith HR Analytics: The What, 2013 CreatespaceIndep
Why and How endent Pub
4 Rachael Johnson The Practical Guide to HR 2018 Society For
Murray,Lindsay Analytics: Using Data to Human Resource
McFarlane, Valerie Inform, Transform, and Management
Streets Empower HR Decisions

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No
1 https://www.cipd.ie/Images/Marianne-Lee-HR-Analytics-February-
2017_tcm21-23091.pdf
https://www.shrm.org/foundation/ourwork/initiatives/preparing-for-future-hr-
trends/Documents/Workforce%20Analytics%20Report.pdf
https://www.cipd.co.uk/Images/people-analytics-report_tcm18-43755.pdf
2 https://www.ijbmi.org/papers/Vol(6)7/Version-
4/D0607042334.pdf
 3 https://hrotodayforum.com/emea/wp-
content/uploads/2013/11/EB-Analytics.pdf
4 https://www.publicatie-
online.nl/files/8515/3675/1058/15810_vanderlaken_FLP.pdf

MOOC:

Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.coursera.org/learn/wharton-people-
analytics
2 https://www.coursera.org/learn/analytics-data-
decisions
3 https://www.udemy.com/course/peopleanalytics101/
4 https://www.udemy.com/course/hr-analytics-using-
excel/

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is possible only
Enable learners to use statistical methods for analyzing data. Hence alignment of CO1 with PO1 has been kept at
Mapped at 2 medium.
CO1 & PO 2 Analytical and critical thinking abilities for data based decision making can be developed only. Hence alignment
Mapped at 3 of CO1 with PO2 has been kept at high

CO1 & PO 3 Understanding learners to use statistical methods for analyzing data can make learners to learn new technologies
Mapped at 3 and be productive while working in organization at a high extent only. Hence alignment of CO1 with PO3 has
been kept at high.

CO1 & PO 4 Understanding learners to use statistical methods with perspective of global, economic, legal and ethical aspects
Mapped at 1

CO1 & PO5 Read, write and contribute to Business literature is aimed while making learners to use statistical methods for
Mapped at 2 analyzing data but this knowledge. Hence alignment of CO1 with PO5 has been kept at medium

CO1 & PO6 Ability to lead cannot be achieved solely only through to use statistical methods for analyzing. Hence alignment
Mapped at 0 of CO1 with PO6 has been kept at medium

CO2 & PO1 Learners can do inferring the data for managerial decisions on HR. Hence alignment of CO2 with PO1 has been
Mapped at 3 kept at high.

CO2& PO2 Analytical and critical thinking abilities for data based decision making can be developed only. Hence alignment
Mapped at 3 of CO2 with PO2 has been kept at high

CO2& PO3 Understanding learners to use statistical methods with perspective of global, economic, legal and ethical aspects
Mapped at 1

CO2& PO4 Understanding learners to use statistical methods with perspective of global, economic, legal and ethical aspects
Mapped at 1

CO2& PO5 Read, write and contribute to Business literature is aimed while making learners to use statistical methods for
Mapped at 2 analyzing data but this knowledge. Hence alignment of CO2 with PO5 has been kept at medium.

CO2& PO6 Ability to lead can be achieved through to use statistical methods for analyzing. Hence alignment of CO2 with
Mapped at 3 PO6 has been kept at high.

Mapped by: Dr. Ashima Bhatnagar, Institute of Management & Research, New Delhi
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (HR) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV 404 Open Labour Laws
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE 100
Course Objectives:
To adopt good techniques to have healthy industrial relations
This course is structured to give an insight to the students in the areas of maintaining
employee relations and the welfare provisions to be made available to them
To give an insight to the students in the areas of maintaining employee relations and
the welfare provisions to be made available
To adopt good techniques to have healthy industrial relations
Learning Outcomes :
Understanding various importances of industrial relations in effective business
management.
Understanding the legislation related to industrial relations.
Understand various statutory provisions related with industrial relations and labour
welfare.
Analyze issues and challenges of applying provisions as per legislations in the
industry
Familiarizing, analyzing and applying the role of labour welfare in employee
motivation and satisfaction.

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Number Methodolog Level Tools
(Hrs y
)
1 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 5 CO1, CO2 Lecture with Understand Quiz
An Overview Definition, Ppts End Term
Objectives, Scope in the Internals
context of changing Socio- Short
economic, political and legal Answers
changes,Overview of
Industrial Relations (IR),
Perspectives/Approaches to
IR, Major stakeholders of IR
, Evolution of IR in India ,
Changing Dimensions of IR
in India, Impact of
globalization on IR, ILO
2 THE INDUSTRIAL 5 CO 1, Lecture with Case Study ,
DISPUTES ACT, 1947. The CO 2, CO3, Ppts Newspaper
Industrial Disputes Act 1947 CO4 Case Study Article
Definitions, Scope and Understand, End Term:
objectives of the Act, Apply Applied
Machineries and Authorities (Analyse) Questions
under the Act-Conciliation,
Adjudication and
Arbitration, Provisions
relating to Lay off,
Retrenchment, Closure,
Strikes and Lock outs. The
 authorities and their
provisions, power and duties,
references of disputes to
boards, courts or tribunals,
conciliation, arbitration
proceedings , unfair labour
practices ,provisions related
to voluntary arbitration,
awards and settlement,
provision relating tostrikes,
lockout, closures, lay-off,
retrenchments, offenses and
penalties, Industrial
Employment (standing
orders) Act 1946 -
Definitions, procedure for
certifications ofstanding
orders, provisions for model
standing orders, nature of
misconducts, domestic
enquiry
3 TRADE UNION ACT,1926 5 CO 1, Lecture with Remember, Case Study
Definitions, Registration of CO 2, PPTs Apply with
Trade union, rights of CO 3 Case Study Presentations
registered trade union, End Term
privileges of office bearers Exams: Case
of trade unions, outside based
leadership of trade unions, Questions/Ap
dissolution, merger & plied
amalgamation of trade Questions
unions, enforcement of the
act. Concepts, Functions,
Objectives, Structure, Kinds
of Trade Unions, Problems
of Trade Unions, Trade
union movement in India,
Trade Union
Act,1926,Applicability,Regis
tration, Recognition of Trade
union
4 COLLECTIVE 5 CO1, Lectures with Remember, Group
BARGAINING Collective CO2, CO3 PPTs Understand, Activity
Bargaining Meaning, Apply
process and theories of Group End Term
common, Perlman, Hoxie, Activity Exam: Short
Tannenbaum Concept, Video Cases case and
Essential Pre requisites for situation
collective bargaining, based
Levels of Collective questions
Bargaining Plant Level,
Industry Level and National
Level, The collective
Bargaining Process-
Advantages and
disadvantages of collective
bargaining, Collective
 Bargaining in India
5 Labour Welfare: 5 CO1, CO2, Lecture Understand, Case
Meaning, Theories of CO3, CO4, Case Apply Presentation
Labour Welfare, Welfare CO5 Activity Activity
Exams: Case
Provisions in The
based
Factory Act, 1948, Questions/Ap
Statutory and non plied
statutory welfare Questions
facilities, Duties and
responsibilities of
Labour Welfare Officer,
The Role Of
International
LabourOrganisation
6 THE CONTRACT LABOUR 5 CO1, CO2, Lectures with Understand, Activity
ACT Standing Orders and CO3, PPTs Apply End Term:
Grievance Procedure Object CO4,CO5 Flip Exams: Case
and Evolution of Standing Classroom based
Orders, Grievances and Questions/Ap
Procedure, plied
Indiscipline/Misconduct, Questions
Disciplinary Action,
procedure for Punishment.
The Industrial Employment
(Standing Orders) Act 1946.
Strikes and lockout Forms of
Strikes, Wage for the period of
strike, strike and Punishment,
Layoff retrenchment and
closure, Strike and
Punishment, Strike and
execution of good conduct

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO 1 3 2 1 3 1 2

CO 2 2 1 1 3 1 2
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 3 1 3
CO 5 3 3 2 2 1 2
CO. 2.8 2 1.8 2.8 1.2 2.4
CO 3 2 2 3 1 2
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -
(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Class
Participation/ 10 2 2 2 2 2
Attendance
Live project club
activity 5 3 2

Case study
10 2 2 2 2 2
discussion
Assignments/
Projects 5 2 3

Internal End Term

20 4 4 4 4 4
Exam

Internal 50 8 12.5 12.5 9 8

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
Reference Books:

Reference Name of the Author Title of the Book

Books
(Publisher)
2 National Punekar ,Deokar ,Sankaran Labour Welfare ,Trade Unionism and
Industrial Relations
3 National R.S.Dwivedi . Managing Human Resources Industrial
Relations in India
4 International Mamoria Dynamics of Industrial Relations

5 International Dr.Avtar Singh Introduction to Labour and Industrial Law

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No
1 https://www.ilo.org/inform/online-information-resources/research-
guides/national-labour-law/lang--en/index.htm
2 https://guides.loc.gov/employment-and-labor-law/online-resources
3 https://guides.library.utoronto.ca/c.php?g=251198&p=1673409
4 https://labour.gov.in/
5 https://ec.europa.eu/social/main.jsp?catId=157

MOOC:
 Resources No Web site address
1 www.coursera.org
2 www.cefims.as.uk
2 https://alison.com/
2 swayam.gov.in

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Understanding importance of Industrial relations can help to apply the knowledge of management
theories and practices to solve business problems.
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 2 Knowledge of industrial relations delivered through case studies and projects to foster analytical and
Mapped at - critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making is possible to a certain extent, hence Co1 and
PO2 have moderate alignment.

CO1 & PO 3 Helps to understand how managers in organizations learn and cope with change to be productive at all
Mapped at 1 times, thus CO1 is aligned to PO3 moderately.

CO1 & PO 4 Managers understand the expected behavior and communicate in the global business world, accounting
Mapped at 3 economic, legal and ethical aspects of business are very relevant to CO1 hence the alignment of Co1 to
PO4 is High.

CO1 & PO5 Understanding the expected industrial relations world can lead to Read, write, and contribute to
Mapped at 1 Business literature is aligned very low as writing and contributing to business literature is not a
necessary outcome
CO1 & PO6 Knowledge of individual and team behavior in business world and PO 6 are moderately aligned as CO 1
Mapped at 2 delineates the ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment.

CO2 & PO1 Understanding the legislations related to industrial relations for managers is possible only if managers
Mapped at 2 apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve an organizational problem. So
moderately aligned.

CO2& PO2 Managers as leaders need to Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision
Mapped at 1 making.

CO2& PO3 Managers as leaders need to Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times.
Mapped at 1

CO2& PO4 Highly aligned as the knowledge of legislations results in the ability to understand, analyze and
Mapped at 3 communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO2& PO5 The awareness of labour legislations helps managers to Read, write, and contribute to Business
Mapped at 1 literature, hence low alignment.

CO2& PO6 Proper knowledge of legislations can help managers to lead themselves and others in the achievement
Mapped at 2 of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment. So moderately aligned.

CO3 & PO1 Understanding various statutory provisions related with industrial relations and labour welfare, To
Mapped at 3 develop and inculcate motivational concepts only when the application of the knowledge of
management theories and practices to solve business problems is possible only when understanding of
provisions is done.
CO3 & PO2 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making, with understanding
Mapped at 2 statutory provisions and IR can be done to certain extent thus alignment is Moderate.

CO3 & PO3 Learning new technologies to be productive is possible only if students are motivated to understand
Mapped at 3 various statutory provisions of IR and labour welfare

CO3 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business
Mapped at 3 is aligned strongly with understanding various statutory provisions of IR and labour welfare

CO3 & PO5 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is moderately aligned with
Mapped at 2 understand various statutory provisions of IR and labour welfare.

CO3 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
Mapped at 3 effectively to a team environment is only possible with proper understanding various statutory
provisions of IR and labour welfare
CO4 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems are very
Mapped at 3 important hence highly aligned to analyze issues and challenges of applying provisions as per
legislations in the industry.
CO4 & PO2 Analyze issues and challenges of applying provisions as per legislations in the industry and analytical
Mapped at 2 and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making are moderately aligned.

CO4 & PO3 Analyze issues and challenges of applying provisions as per legislations in the industry is moderately
Mapped at 2 aligned with Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times

CO4 & PO4 Issues and challenges of applying provisions as per legislations in the industry, are helpful to analyze
Mapped at 3 and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO4 & PO5 Analyze issues and challenges of applying provisions as per legislations in the industry and Read, write,
Mapped at1 and contribute to Business literature are not totally aligned as CO 4 will ensure reading and writing
ability will contribute to business literature to certain level only.
CO4& PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
Mapped at 3 effectively to a team environment is possible with the knowledge to analyze issues and challenges of
applying provisions as per legislations in the industry.

CO5 & PO1 Familiarizing, analyzing and applying the role of labour welfare in employee motivation and
Mapped at 3 satisfaction is possible only if managers apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to
solve an organizational problem. So highly aligned.
CO5 & PO2 Analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making are highly aligned with
Mapped at 3 Familiarizing, analyzing and applying the role of labour welfare in employee motivation and
satisfaction
CO5 & PO3 Familiarizing, analyzing and applying the role of labour welfare in employee motivation and
Mapped at 2 satisfaction is moderately aligned with Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times

CO5 & PO4 Familiarizing, analyzing and applying the role of labour welfare in employee motivation and
Mapped at 2 satisfaction are helpful to analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of
business thus moderately aligned.
CO5 & PO5 Familiarizing, analyzing and applying the role of labour welfare in employee motivation and
Mapped at 1 satisfaction and Read, write, and contribute to Business literature are not totally aligned.

CO5 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
Mapped at 2 effectively to a team environment is possible with Familiarizing, analyzing and applying the role of
labour welfare in employee motivation and satisfaction, thus moderately aligned.

Mapped by: Dr.Ganraj Mane -Assistant Professor BVDU-Abhjjit Kadam Institute of Management
and Social Sciences Solapur
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV 404 Open Cyber Security
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE = 100
Course Objectives:
To studythe types of threats.
To explain various terminologies used in cyber attack.
To understand difference malware, virus, hacking and cracking activities.
Learning Outcomes :
To understand different encryption technique
To understand Cryptography importance in computer forensics and cyber security
To identify and avoid Cyber Crime.
To studythe defensive techniques against these attacks

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Number Methodolog Level Tools
(Hrs y
)

1 Cyber Security What is 5 CO1 Lecture with Understand Quiz

Cyber security and Cyber Ppts Short
Crimes, Cyber Security Answers
Techniques, IT Act,
Computer Ethics and
Security Policies,
Guidelines to choose web
browsers, Guidelines for
setting up a Secure
password, Online Banking
Security, Mobile Banking
Security, Web Application
Security, Digital
Infrastructure Security
2 Information Security- 6 CO1 Lecture with Quiz
Threat to business Ppts Understand Short
continuity due to accidents Answers
related to information
systems, Cyber space,
Information assets,
Vulnerabilities, Information
security measures, Threats
Unauthorized intrusion,
Unauthorized access, Eaves
dropping, Spoofing,
Alteration,Cracking.
3 Cyber-attack Information 4 CO3 Lecture with Analyse Case Study
leakage, DoS attack, PPTs Quiz
Rumor, Flaming, SPAM e- Case Study Short
Answers
 mail Computer virus, Macro
virus, Worm, Bot (botnet,
remote operated virus),
Trojan horse, Spyware,
Ransomware, Keylogger,
Rootkit, Backdoor, Fake
anti-virus software
4 Cryptography- 5 CO2 Lectures with Understand Quiz
Encryption, Decryption PPTs Short
(decryption key), Answers
Encoding/Decoding,
Symmetric cryptography
(common key),Public key
cryptography (public key,
private key)),
5 Encryption Technique 6 CO2 Lecture with Understand Quiz
-AES (Advanced PPT Short
Encryption Standard), Answers
S/MIME (Secure
MIME), PGP (Pretty
Good Privacy), Hybrid
encryption, Hash
function (SHA-256,
etc.), Disk encryption,
File
encryption, Digital
signature (signature key,
verification key),
Timestamp
(time authentication),
Message authentication /
MAC (Message
Authentication Code)
6 Social Engineering: What 4 CO4 Lecture with Apply Quiz
is Social Engineering and PPTs Short
how it works, Case Study Answers
Types of Social Psesentation
Engineering, How Cyber
Criminal Works, How to
prevent for being a victim of
Cyber Crime

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO404.1 - - 2 1 - -

CO404.2 - - 2 1 - -

CO404.3 2 - - 1 - -
 CO404.4 1 2 2 - -

CO. 0.75 - 1.5 1.25 - -

CO 1 - 2 1 - -

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club
activity 10 5 5

Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
Projects 20 10 10

Internal End Term

50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5
Exam

Internal 100 27.5 27.5 27.5 17.5

End Term (Univ) 0

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
International Mark Stamp Information Security By
International Mark Stamp Information Security:
Principles and Practice
 International Jason Andress Foundations of Information
Security: A
Straightforward
Introduction
National Nina Godbole,
Cyber Security
Sunit Belapure

National Fundamentals of Cyber BPB

Bhushan Security Publications
Mayank
Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resource
s No
1 https://www.coursera.org
2 https://www.simplilearn.com/cyber-security
3 https://mrcet.com/pdf/Lab%20Manuals/IT/CYBER%20SECURITY%20(R18A05
21).pdf
MOOCs:
Resources No Web site address
1 Please refer these websites for MOOCS:
NPTEL / Swayam
2 www. edx.com
3 www.coursera.com

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO3 Learning new technology in the form of Encryption technique.
Mapped at 2
CO1 & PO 4 Understand the various form of Encryption technique.
Mapped at 1
CO2 & PO 3 Learning importance of Cryptography in computer forensics and cyber security
Mapped at 2
CO2 & PO 4 Understanding importance of Cryptography in computer forensics and cyber security
Mapped at 1
CO3 & PO1 Apply the knowledge to identify the causes of Cyber Crime and avoid the cyber crime.
Mapped at 2
CO3 & PO4 Able to understand and analyze the causes of Cyber Crime and avoid the cyber crime
Mapped at 1
CO4 & PO1 Apply the defensive techniques for avoid the attacks
Mapped at 1
CO4 & PO3 Learning the defensive techniques which are used for attacks
Mapped at 2
CO4 & PO4 Understanding the defensive techniques against attacks
Mapped at 2

Mapped by: Dr.Suvarna Patil Assistant Professor -BVDU-IMRAD, Sangali

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV 404 Open Financial Planning and Instruments
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Open 2 IE IE = 100
CourseObjectives:
To explain the basic concept and process of Financial Planning
To acquaint the students with basic conceptsof investment, concept of risk and return
related to investment.
To enlighten the concept of various Financial Products.
To explain the concept and applications of fundamental analysis and technical analysis.
To clarify how to construct the Investment plans for Individuals in different stages of
life cycles and different situations.
To explain the calculation of the risk and return for securities and for portfolios.
LearningOutcomes:
Understand the importance and process of Financial Planning
Understand the risk and return relationship and various Financial Products available in
India.
Comprehend the concept of Mutual Funds, Insurance and derivatives and its importance.
Understand how to use fundamental analysis and technical analysis.
Create a policy statement to showcase the objectives and risk tolerances of numerous
categories of individual and institutional investors which can help in making Investment
plans for Individuals in different stages of life cycles and different situations.
Evaluate the effect of risk on investment decisions. Students will able to calculate the risk
and return for securities and for portfolios.

Unit Contents Sessions COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

(Hrs) Number Methodolog Level Tools
y
1 Introduction to Financial 4 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz
Planning-Meaning, Ppts Mid Term
Objectives, Characteristics of Quiz Internals:Sho
sound Financial Planning , rt Answers
Steps /Process involved
preparation of sound
Financial Plan, Factors
affecting financial planning ,
Types of Financial Planning
2 Introduction to Investment- 6 CO 2 Lecture with Case Study,
Meaning and objectives of Ppts Mid Term:
Investment, Process of Case Study, Uderstand Presentations
Investment, Concepts of risk and .
and return with reference to Apply
Investment ,Time Value of
Money, Behavioural Finance.
3 Financial 6 CO 3 Lecture with Apply and Case Study
Products/Investment PPTs Analysis with
Avenues-Concept, Features Case Study Presentations
and Limitations of Equity Mid Term
Shares, Bonds, real estate, Exams: Case
PPF, Commodities Concept, based
Features, Types and Questions/Ap
 Limitations of Banking plied
Products, Mutual Fund, Questions
Derivatives, and Insurance,
Concept of Digital Currency
4 Financial Products 6 CO4 Lectures with Analysis Group
Analysis- Fundamental PPTs and Activity
Analysis - Economic, Evaluate
Industry and Company Group End Term
Analysis, Concept, Activity Exam: Short
Importance and Limitations Video Cases case and
of Technical Analysis, situation
Parameters for Analysis of based
questions
Mutual Fund Schemes,
Concept and importance of
Tax Planning
5 Portfolio Management- 4 CO6 Lecture Evaluate Case
Portfolio Meaning, Concept, Case Presentation
Objectives and importance of Activity Activity
Portfolio Management , End Term:
Process of Portfolio Theory
Management, preparation of Applied
Investment plans for
Individuals in different stages
of life cycles and different
situations.
6 Calculation for risk and 4 CO4 Lectures with Create Case Study,
return for PPTs End Term:
Security/Portfolio-Problems Flip Theory
on calculation of risk and Classroom Applied
return for security (mean,
variance, and standard
deviation), Problems on risk
and return associated with
portfolio consisting
maximum three securities
(mean, variance, and standard
deviation).

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO404.1 3 2 2 1 3 2

CO404.2 1 3 - - 2 -

CO404.3 3 2 3 1 1 -

CO404.4 - 1 3 3 - -

CO404.5 3 - 1 2 3 2
 CO404.6 3 3 1 3 3 3

CO. 2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 0.83

CO 3 2 2 2 2 1

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 C05 CO6

Class
Participation/ 10 1.67 1.67 1.67 1.67 1.66 1.66
Attendance
Live project club 1 1
5 1 1 1
activity
Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
5 2 3
Projects
Internal End 2.5 3.5
20 3 4 4 3
Term Exam

Internal 50 8.17 8.67 8.67 8.17 7.66 8.66

End Term (UE) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
 Sr. Titleof the Book Name of Author YearAddit Publisher
No. ion Company
1 Prasanna Chandra Investment Analysis and 2012, 4th Tata McGraw
Portfolio Management Edition Hill, New Delhi

2 I M Pandey Financial Management 2010, , 10th Vikas Publishing

revised House
Edition
3 Bhalla, V.K. Investment Management: 2010,17th S.Chand& Sons,
Security Analysis and Edition.
Portfolio Management
4 Frank K. Reilly, Keith C Investment Analysis and 2012, 10th Cengage
Brown Portfolio Management Edition Learning

5 E. Fischer Donald , J. Jordan 2018,7th Pearson

Ronald , K. Pradhan Security Analysis Portfolio edition. Education,
Ashwini
6 Fischer. and Jordon Security Analysis and 2009 , 6th Pearson
Investment Management - Edition Education

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No
1 https://www.moneycontrol.com
2 https://www.nseindia.com
3 https://www.sebi.gov.in
4 https://www.rbi.org.in
5 https://www.investopedia.com
MOOC:

Resources Web site address

No
1 https://swayam.gov.in
2 https://www.edx.org
2 https://alison.com/certificate-courses

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Understand the importance of Financial Planning is highly aligned with knowledge of management
theories to enhance the managerial abilities to solve business problems.
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 2 Knowledge of Investment Decisions based on risks and return factors is very much essential for every for
Mapped at 2 solving financial problems in business organization.

CO1 & PO 3 Understand the financial product with their effects on financial performance helps to understand the
Mapped at 2 financial problems and solve them tactfully.

CO1 & PO 4 Knowledge of critical analysis of financial products to some extent makes leader to draw proper
Mapped at -1 conclusion and select the proper financial products.

CO1 & PO5 Understand the concept of Portfolio Management helps the management to diversify the investments in
Mapped at 3 order to reduce the risks and ensure the business stability.
CO1 & PO6 The risk and return analysis of securities/portfolio is essential to select proper set of securities or portfolio.
Mapped at -2

CO2 & PO1 Basic knowledge of financial planning does lead to improve the analytical skill and critical thinking, so we
Mapped at 1 can say that CO2 is low aligned with PO1.

CO2& PO2 Knowledge of risk and return analysis of investment option can definitely improve the analytical skills and
Mapped at 3 critical thinking of the management.

CO2& PO3 Basic knowledge of Investment Avenues may not necessarily improve the analytical skills or critical
Mapped at -1 thinking, so low aligned.

CO2& PO4 Knowledge of analysis of financial products can definitely enhance the analytical skill to certain extent,
Mapped at -2 therefore, it is moderately aligned.

CO2& PO5 Conceptual knowledge of Portfolio Management can improve the analytical skill or critical thinking, so
Mapped at - CO2 is not aligned with PO5.

CO2& PO6 Understanding the risk and return analysis of securities or portfolio can certainly enhance the analytical
Mapped at -3 skill and critical thinking.

CO3 & PO1 Use of new technology would be of great importance in financial planning and resolving various financial
Mapped at 3 problems.

CO3 & PO2 Knowledge of technological advancement may also be of significant use in the investment decision
Mapped at 2 making process to analyse risk and return of the investment proposal.

CO3 & PO3 Understanding the various old financial products does not require the knowledge of technological changes,
Mapped at 1 but digital currency requires technical knowledge also.

CO3 & PO4 Fundamental Analysis and Technical Analysis of any business concern can be done quickly and easily
Mapped at 2 with the knowledge of technological advancement.

CO3 & PO5 Understanding the concept of Portfolio Management and technological advancement are not that much
Mapped at - concerned with each other and so low aligned.

CO3 & PO6 New technology can play significant role in analyzing the risks and return associated with any investment
Mapped at 3 project or financial product.

CO4 & PO1 Basic knowledge of financial planning leads to understand global, economic, legal as well as ethical
Mapped at 3 aspects of all business activities.

CO4 & PO2 Ability to analyse and select the best investment proposal is possible only if the management consider the
Mapped at -2 impact of global, economic, legal and ethical aspects.

CO4 & PO3 Understanding the impact of various aspects like global, economic and legal on financial products can help
Mapped at -2 the management in selecting proper financial products.

CO4 & PO4 Knowledge of global, economic, legal or ethical aspects have less effect on fundamental or technical
Mapped at 1 analysis of any business unit.

CO4 & PO5 Basic knowledge of Portfolio Management has cannot be directly relate with the various business aspects
Mapped at- which affects the business performance.

CO4& PO6 Global, economic, legal and ethical aspects may affect the business exposed to any risk and return thereon.
Mapped at 2

CO5 & PO1 Knowledge of financial planning and various concepts related to it may motive the students contribute to
Mapped at -2 business literature based on hands on experience.

CO5 & PO2 Risk & return analysis of any investment proposal may not necessarily help or motivate the managers to
Mapped at - contribute in business literature.

CO5 & PO3 Understanding the concepts of financial products and review the performance can some time help the
Mapped at -1 students contribute to business literature.

CO5 & PO4 Study of risk and return analysis of any investment proposal can not help to contribute in business
Mapped at - literature, so are not aligned at all.
CO5 & PO5 Knowledge of Portfolio Management at the various stages of business may to some extent help the
Mapped at -2 managerial people to contribute business literature.

CO5 & PO6 Calculation of risk and return of any security will be of no use in contributing to business literature, so are
Mapped at - not aligned properly.

CO6 & PO1 Financial Planning is one of the most significant functions of management in order to achieve the main
Mapped at -3 goal of the business organized, so are aligned at high level.

CO6 & PO2 Ability to take correct investment decision leads to achieve the organizational both financial and non-
Mapped at -2 financial goals in an efficient manner.

CO6 & PO3 Understanding the various financial products with their advantages and disadvantages may not help attain
Mapped at -1 main goal of the organization.

CO6 & PO4 Fundamental analysis and technical analysis of business unit may help the management to achieve the
Mapped at -2 organizational goal, so are aligned to some extent.

CO6 & PO5 The study of Portfolio Management and knowledge of preparing investment plans at different levels of
Mapped at - business organization can not be aligned with achievement main objective of business.

CO6 & PO6 Calculation of risk and return of the securities can help the management take appropriate decision which
Mapped at -1 may help to achieve main goal.

Mapped by: Dr.R.D.Patil Assisant professor- BVDU- Institue of Managemnet Studies, Mumbai
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective - Marketing Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022

2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV MK03 Sales and Distribution Management &B2B
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To understand the Importance of Sales Management.
To know the Emerging Trends in Sales Management.
To learn the Sales Planning and Budgeting.
To know Sales Territories and Quotas.
To study Controlling of Sales force Performance.
To learn Logistics and Supply Chain Management.

Learning Outcomes:
To know the Role and Skills of Modern Sales Managers.
To set Sales Objectives and design the Sales Strategies.
To learn the various Methods of Sales Forecasting.
To know the procedure of preparing Sales Budget.
To learn the process for designing Sales Territories.
To learn the methods of setting Sales Quota.

Sessio
n Topic CO Teaching Cognitio
(hrs.) Num Methodolo n Evaluation
ber gy (As per
Tools
Taxono
my)
Introduction to Sales CO1, Lecture To Quiz
5 Management: CO2 with ppt understand End Term
Nature and Importance of Sales case study Internals
Management, Role and Skills :Short
of Modern Sales Managers, Answers
Personal Selling Objectives,
Sales Process/ Personal Selling
Process, Sales/ Personal Selling
Strategies, Emerging Trends in
Sales
Management.
6 Sales Planning and CO3, Lecture Apply, End term
Budgeting: CO4 with ppt Analyse tests, Group
Sales Planning Process, Quiz discussion
Developing Sales Forecast,
Types of Sales Forecasts. Sales
Forecasting Methods, Sales
Budget, Purpose of Sales
Budget, Methods
 used for Deciding Sales
Expenditure Budget, Sales
Budgeting Process.

6 Sales Territories and Quotas: CO5, Lecture Evaluate Group

Reasons for Setting or CO6 with ppt, discussion,
Reviewing Sales Territories, case study surprise tests
Procedure for Designing Sales with use of
Territories, Use of IT in Sales practical
Territory Management, problems
Territorial Coverage, Sales
Quotas or Sales Targets,
Objectives of Sales Quotas,
Types
Of Sales Quotas, Methods for
Setting Sales Quotas.
Sales Organization and CO1, Lecture Create End term
Salesforce: CO2, with ppt, tests
Sales Organization and its types, quiz
Specialization in Sales
Organization, Staffing the
Salesforce, Sales Training
Process, Compensating the
Salesforce, Motivating and
Leading the Salesforce
,Evaluating and Controlling
the Performance of the
Salesforce, Sales Analysis and
Sales Audit, Ethical and Social
Responsibilities of Sales
Personnel.
9 Distribution Management: Lecture with Evaluate End term
Need for Distribution Channels, CO2, ppt, case test, group
Different Types of Distribution CO4 study discussion
Channels, Factors influencing
the Channel selection. Channel
Conflict, Ways of Managing the
Channel Conflict.
Retailing: Meaning of
Retailing, Retailer as a
Salesman, Types of Retailers,
Role of Retailer, Retailing in
Rural India, E-Retailing.
Wholesaling: Meaning of
Wholesaler, Functions of
Wholesalers, Types of
Wholesalers, Key Tasks of
Wholesalers.
 PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COMK03.1 3 2 2 2 2 3
COMK03.2 2 3 1 3 3 3
COMK03.3 3 3 3 3 2 3
COMK03.4 3 3 2 2 3 1
COMK03.5 2 2 3 3 1 3
COMM03.6 3 3 3 3 2 3
CO. 2.6 2.6 2.3 2.6 2.1 2.6
CO 3 3 2 3 2 3
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -
(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

CO CO COM
Parameter Mark COM COM
MK0 COM MK0 K03.
s K03.1 K03.2 K03.4
3.3 3.5 6
Class
participation 2 2 2 2 1
/Attendance 10 1

Mid-term
15 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

End-term
15 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Class Tests,
Assignments,
MOOCs,
Presentation / 10 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.7 1.6 1.7
Project, case
study

8.34 8.33
50 8.33 8.33 8.34 8.33
Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Reference Books Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) Edition Company
1 National K. ShridharBhat Sales and 1st Himalaya
Distribution Edition Publishing
Management 2017 House.

2 National Dr. S.L.Gupta Sales and 3rd Trinity Press

Distribution Edition
Management 2018
Text & Cases
An Indian
Perspective
3 National Satish S. Uplaonkar Sales and 1st Book Enclave.
Distribution Edition
Management 2019

4 International Tapan K. Panda & Sunil Sales and 2nd Oxford

Sahadev Distribution Edition University
Management 2012 Press.

5 International Krishna Sales and 3rd McGraw Hill

Havaldar&VasantCavale Distribution Edition Education
Management 2017
Text & Cases
6 International Richard Still, Sales and 6th Pearson.
Edward Cundiff, Distribution Edition
Norman Govoni& Management 2017
Sandeep Puri

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No.
1 www.marketing91.com sales-management
2 www.researchgate.net journal -3134_Journal
3 www.iaset.us index.php international-journal-of-sal.
4 https://academic-accelerator.com/Impact-factor-if Journal
5 www.tandfonline.com loi rpss20

MOOCs:
 Resources Web site address
No.
1 www.mooc-list.com tags sales-management
2 https://alison.com Business Sales Courses
3 https://alison.com/course/diploma-in-sales-management
4 https://alison.com/course/introduction-to-sales-management
5 www.edx.org sales

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is possible because
either modern or old days managers, use all the management theories to find out solutions for various
Mapped at 3 problems.
CO1 & PO 2 Individual and team behavior concepts would be delivered through case studies and projects to foster
Mapped at 2 analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making

CO1 & PO 3 To forecast the sales, previous database and use of new technologies is essential.
Mapped at 2

CO1 & PO 4 Understand the expected individual and team behavior and communicate in the business world globally is
Mapped at 2 important but economic legal and ethical aspects of business are slightly relevant to CO1. Hence mapping
is moderate.
CO1 & PO5 Modern sales manager should read business literature to decide the various strategies. It is mapped at
Mapped at 2 moderate, as managers are hardly ready to create business literature.

CO1 & PO6 Understand the expected individual and team behavior in business world and PO 6 are highly aligned as
Mapped at 3 CO 1 delineates the ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment.
CO2 & PO1 Management theories can be used to determine the sales strategy, but Due to change in circumstances it is
Mapped at 2

CO2 & PO2 To set Sales Objectives and design the Sales Strategies, analytical study with the use of database is vitally
Mapped at 3 important. Thus it is highly aligned.

CO2 & PO3 To learn new technologies for determination of sales objectives is not always essential. Thus it is mapped
Mapped at 1 at low.

CO2 & PO4 While determination of sales objectives and strategies, the sales manager should understand, analyze and
Mapped at 3 communicate properly with channel members and should think on economic, legal and ethical aspects of
business. Thus it is highly aligned.

CO2 & PO5 Business literature reading is vitally important each time of strategy determination and setting of
Mapped at 3 objectives.

CO2 & PO6 To set sales objectives and strategies are highly contributed in achievement of organizational goals. It is
Mapped at 3 highly mapped.

CO3 & PO1 To do future planning of sales, problem solving approach should highly appreciate. To do sales forecast,
Mapped at 3 various management theories and methods are used.

CO3 & PO2 ly thinks while taking decisions of sales forecast.

Mapped at 3

CO3 & PO3 To learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times . It is highly related to decision of sales
Mapped at 3 forecast,

CO3 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business is
Mapped at 3 mapped at 3 level as sales forecast is the decision economic, ethical and legal decision.

CO3 & PO5 Sales forecast is future goal and it will always not good to convert into literature . Thus mapped at 2.
Mapped at 2

CO3 & PO6 Positive team spirit is majorly contributed in sales forecasting decision. It is exactly match with level 3.
Mapped at 3

CO4 & PO1 Sales budget in one of the controlling activities in business. Thus manager apply his knowledge to solve
 business problems. It is mapped at level 3.
Mapped at 3

CO4 & PO 2 Sales budget is outcome of analytical and critical thinking. It is totally based on previous database, thus it
Mapped at 3 is highly mapped.

CO4 & PO 3 To learn new technology is not always effective while determination of sales budget, hence it is
Mapped at 2 moderately mapped.

CO4 & PO 4 Economical , legal aspects of business should consider in making of sales budget. It is slight bit confusion
Mapped at 2 about ethical aspects of business in making of sales budget. It is mapped at moderate level.

CO4 & PO5 Sales budget is dependent on various business literature or secondary data or stored data. It is highly
Mapped at 3 aligned with level 3.

CO4 & PO6 Sales budget is the outcome of team work and is mapped at level one.
Mapped at 1

CO5 & PO1 To learn the process for designing Sales Territories,
Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems
Mapped at 2
CO5 & PO 2 Appropriate sales territory can be designed with the analysis of available database. Sales manager is
Mapped at 2 thinking critically so that he can assigned the sales territory to each sales force, hence it is moderately
mapped.

CO5 & PO 3 When the sales territory is assigned to sales force perfectly then it will affect the productivity of the
Mapped at 3 organization. Thus it is mapped at level 3.

CO5 & PO 4 Design of sales territory is economical decision. Sales manager should be unbiased i.e. ethically and
Mapped at 3 legally also correct while assigning the sales territory to each sales force.

CO5 & PO5 Sales manager read the literature i.e. secondary data while assigning the sales territory but he should think
Mapped at 1 critically because there are always changes in circumstances. Thus at mapped at 1.

CO5 & PO6 Effective sales territory is the outcome of good team work. Sales territory is the major component in
Mapped at 3 achievement in organization goal. This it is highly aligned.

CO6 & PO1 Determination of sales quota is one of the major roles of sales manager. Thus it is mapped at 3.

Mapped at 3
CO6 & PO 2 Sales quota determination is based on database. Analysis of database is used in determination of sales
Mapped at 3 quota. Hence it is mapped at level 3.

CO6 & PO 3 New technology always supports in increasing productivity of the organization. Learning of new
Mapped at 3

CO6 & PO 4
Mapped at 3 CO and PO are exactly match with each other. Thus mapped at 3.

CO6 & PO5 Sales quota changes according to change in business environment. Thus literature will always not be
Mapped at 2 applicable for determination of sales quota. Thus it is mapped at 2.

CO6 & PO6 Team work is contributed effectively in completion of sales quota or sales target assign to sales force
Mapped at 3 (team). Thus it is mapped at 3.

Mapped by: Dr. Amruta Sane,Yashwantrao Mohite Institute of Management, Karad

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective - Marketing Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV MK04 Integrated Marketing Communications
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To provide an in-depth understanding of integrated marketing communications concepts
To understand the importance of integrated marketing communication strategies in the
contemporary market

Learning Outcomes:

Applythe key terms, definitions, and concepts used in integrated marketing communications.
Choose a marketing communications mix to achieve the communications and behavioural
objectives of the IMC campaign.
Structure an integrated marketing communications campaign based on the application of
marketing concepts, principles, and practices within an organization.
Measure and critically evaluate the communications effects and results of an IMC campaign
to determine its success.

Sessio
n Topic CO Teaching Cognitio
(hrs.) Num Methodolo n Evaluation
ber gy (As per
Tools
Taxono
my)
Introduction to Integrated
8 Marketing Communications 1 As per As per
(IMC): Concept, Components individual Knowledg individual
of Integrated Marketing faculty e faculty
Communications (IMC) - discretion discretion
Above the Line (ATL), Below
the line (BTL) and Through
The line (TTL) promotion -
Push and Pull strategy.
Segmenting Markets, IMC
Promotional Methods (Market
Environment- Internal and
External)
Advertising and Social Media Applicatio
11 - Meaning, Functions & Types 1 n
of Advertising- Commercial
advertising, corporate
advertising, surrogate
 advertising, social advertising,
Ad appeals rational,
emotional positive emotional,
negative emotional appeal,
humor, musical etc. Objections
on Advertising. ASCII
guidelines for the advertisers
and celebrity endorsers. E-
Commerce and digital media,
Mobile advertising,
Advertising Laws and Ethics,
Intellectual Property Rights,
ASCI ( The Advertising
Standards Council of India)
Media Management: Applicatio
8 Introduction to Media mix, 2 n
Media planning and selection
decisions- steps involved and
information needed for media
planning. Types of media-
Print, broadcast Television
and Radio, Outdoor,
Transit, Social Media-
Facebook , Instagram,
Twitter etc. Media mix
planning and scheduling.
Sales Promotion- Applicatio
4 Objectives of sales 2 n and
promotion, Trade Analysis
promotion -
Consumer
promotion- coupons,
Premiums, contests,
Sweepstakes, refund and
Rebate, Sampling.
Event Sponsorships,
Planning and developing
marketing communication
(MarCom) Measuring the
effectiveness of all
Promotional tools and
IMC
Public relation(PR)- Types of Synthesis
7 PR- Publicity -Corporate 3
Reputation,imagebuilding,
crisis management,Event
Sponsorship, ord of mouth
(WOM) Marketing,
Direct Marketing. SWOT
of Public
Relations,
 Communication i
ncontemporary era: Online &
Mobile media

Understanding Evaluation
7 Communication Process- 4
Source, Message and channel
factors, Communication
response hierarchy- AIDA
model, Hierarchy ofeffect
model, ELM model.

Integrated Marketing
Communications (IMC)
Promotional Tools: Product
placement and Branding in
films, Product placement on
television, Film Based
Merchandising, Sponsorships
for Reality Shows & TV serials,
Ambushmarketing.

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 2 3 2 1 3

CO2 3 3 2 3 - 3

CO3 3 1 2 1 - 3

CO4 3 - - 3 1 3

CO. 3 1.5 1.75 2.25 0.5 3

CO 3 2 2 2 1 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
CO1 CO CO CO4
Parameter Marks 3
2 CO5

Attendance/Cl 10 3 3 2 2
ass
participation
Live Project- 5 3 2 - -
Club Activity
Case Study 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments 5 2 3 -

Internal End 20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5

Term Exam
50 16 16 9 9

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) Author Edition Company
1) National Chunawalla & Foundations of 2008 Himalaya
Sethia Advertising Publications
2) International Sandra Moriarty, Advertising & 2019 Pearson
Nancy Mitchell, IMC 2019 College Div,
William D. Wells 11th edition

Online Resources:
Online Resources No. Web site address
1 Swayam.gov.in , Nptel.ac.in
2 https://www.barcindia.co.in/
MOOCs:
Resources No. Web site address
1 www.Swayam.org
2 www.Coursera.com

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Integrated marketing Communication is a crucial aspect of modern business. By teaching students to apply
key IMC concepts, they can effectively communicate with customers and stakeholders, which is essential
Mapped at 3 for solving various business problems such as increasing market share or launching new products.
CO1 & PO 2 IMC concepts,
Mapped at 2 the students will be prepared to make data driven decisions in a marketing context, which is a valuable
skill for any manager or business professional.
CO1 & PO 3 IMC often includes digital marketing strategies, which heavily rely on technology platforms and tools.
Mapped at 3 Learning IMC concepts equips students with a foundation in understanding and utilizing various digital
marketing technologies effectively.
CO1 & PO 4 This CO with the PO focused on understanding, analyzing and communicating global economic, legal and
Mapped at 2 ethical aspects of business is justified because IMC encompasses these dimensions. By mastering IMC
concepts, students are better prepared to navigate the complexities of the business world while considering
the global, legal, economic and ethical implications of their decisions.
CO1 & PO5 Matching CO 1 with PO 5 is justified as very low because though IMC equips students with necessary
Mapped at 1 communication, analytical and critical thinking skills to engage with ,,it may not contribute meaningfully
to discussions in the field of business research.
CO1 & PO6 IMC campaigns often involve cross-functional teams where individuals from different departments
Mapped at 3 collaborate to achieve common objectives. After understanding IMC concepts, it will help in fostering a
team oriented mindset. PO 6 is highly aligned to CO 1 as teamwork abilities needed to lead themselves
and others towards the achievement of organizational goals in a collaborative environment.
CO2 & PO1 CO 2 and PO1 matches at high level that is application level. The CO involves selecting a marketing
Mapped at 3 communication mix, which is a practical application of management knowledge and practices. It requires
students to apply concepts from marketing communication and management theories to make informed
decisions and implement strategies.
CO2 & PO2 This CO requires students critically evaluate the potential impact of different communication strategies
Mapped at 3 and select the most suitable mix. This critical evaluation is essential for making well informed decisions,
which is a key component of the PO 2.Hence aligned as high.
CO2 & PO3 Effectively choosing a communication mix to achieve IMC objectives requires students to utilize
Mapped at 2 technology efficiently. They need to assess the productivity and effectiveness of different communication
tools and platforms, which directly relates to being productive at all times.
CO2 & PO4 Integrated Marketing Communication often involves reaching global audiences. Students need to consider
Mapped at 3 the global economic landscape ,legal regulations ,and ethical standards when selecting communication
strategies. This aligns highly with global and legal aspects of PO.
CO2 & PO5 To effectively choose a communication mix, students must critically assess various options such as target
M - audience, budget and campaign objectives. This critical thinking may not align with the skills needed to
read and write business literature. Hence No alignment
CO2 & PO6 Choosing the right marketing communication mix is a strategic decision that requires leadership skills.
Mapped at 3 Students need to analyze options, make decisions and guide their team in implementing their chosen
strategies. Hence it is highly aligned with PO 6.
CO3 & PO1 Structuring an integrated marketing communication campaign involves strategic decision making, where
Mapped at 3 students need to apply marketing concepts, principles and practices. This aligns with
on applying management theories and practices, as it is a strategic aspect of business problem solving.
CO3 & PO2 To create an effective IMC campaign, students need to critically evaluate different marketing concepts and
Mapped at 1 pr
This critical evaluation enhances their critical thinking skills.
CO3 & PO3 Proficiency in utilizing digital tools and platforms can significantly enhance productivity in marketing and
Mapped at 2 communication .Learning how to structure IMC campaigns with technology enables students to be more
productive, which is in line with productivity aspect of PO 3.Hence aligned at moderate level.
CO3 & PO4 Applying marketing concepts in a real world business context requires consideration of global, economic,
Mapped at 1 legal and ethical dimensions. But alignment is at low level.
CO3 & PO5 Structuring an effective IMC campaign requires critical thinking and analysis of marketing concepts and
-
CO3 & PO6 IMC campaign often requires collaboration with team members from different departments, such as
Mapped at 3 marketing, advertising and public relations. Students must contribute effectively to ensure successful
execution of their campaigns.
CO4 & PO1 Determining the success of an IMC campaign can be viewed as solving a specific problem or addressing a
Mapped at 3 business challenge. Students must analyze data, identify issues or opportunities and propose solutions or
improvements, which aligns with broader problem solving aspect.
CO4 & PO2 Application of marketing knowledge is must to
- with data based decision making. No Alignment.
CO4 & PO3 While measuring and evaluating IMC campaign results may involve the use of technology, the primary
- focus of this CO is on assessing communication effects and results. It does not inherently emphasize the
learning of new technologies. Hence No Alignment.
The CO involves synthesizing information, analyzing various aspects of business and effectively
CO4 & PO4 communicating findings, which aligns with the broader program objective of understanding, analyzing and
Mapped at 3 communicating multifaceted aspects of business.
CO4 & PO5 This CO aligns with PO at very basic knowledge level. Where for measuring and evaluating success of an
Mapped at 1 IMC campaign, it requires knowledge of marketing and communication concepts.
CO4 & PO6 Effective leaders ensure that their actions and decisions are aligned with the organizational goals. When
Mapped at 3 measuring the success of an IMC campaign, students must ensure that their evaluations and
recommendations contribute to achieving these goals.
Mapped by: Dr.Vaibhavi.Desai BVDU-Institute of Management Kolhapur
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy

Elective - Financial Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV FM03 Corporate Finance
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To orient the students regarding application of Corporate Finance
To orient the students to understand basic concepts of Financial Planning and Liquidity
Management
To orient the students to understand the concept of Corporate Restructuring & forms of
Business combination
To orient the concept of International Business Combination Forms and structure.

Learning Outcomes :
To acquire the concept of Corporate Finance and Financial decision in terms of Planning
and Liquidity Management
To gain the knowledge of Business combination structure and various forms of corporate
restructuring in Indian and International Context
Students can able to apply common frameworks and tools related to mergers and
acquisitions.
To acquire the knowledge of Restructuring decision while working for M&A process in
organization with the help on various interaction of Cases in the Indian and International
contexts.

Unit Ses COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

sio Number Methodology Level Tools
Contents ns
(Hr
s)
1 CorporateFinance 5 CO 1 Lecture with Understand CES
Meaning,NatureandScope of PPTs and Apply Mid Term
CorporateFinance,Changing End Term
roleofCorporateFinanceinglo
baleconomicenvironment,Co
rporateGovernance.
2 FinancialPlanning 6 CO 1 Lecture with Understand CES
Meaning, CO 2 PPTs and Mid Term
Objectives,Characteristicsof Case Studies Analyze End Term
soundFinancialPlanning,Ste
ps
/Process involvedpreparation
of sound Financial Plan,
Factors
affectingfinancialplanning,
Capitalization:Meaning,Ov
er-
CapitalizationandUndercapit
 alization-
Meaning,CausesandRemedi
alMeasures.
3 ValuationofBondsandShar 7 CO 1 Lecture with Analyze& CES
es: CO 2 PPTs Apply Mid Term
BasicValuationModel,Valua Case Studies End Term
tionofBonds/Debentures,Val
uationofPreferenceShares,V
aluationofOrdinaryShares,R
elationshipAmongFinancial
Decisions,Return,RiskandSh
areValues.
4 Corporate Restructuring 12 CO1 Lectures with Evaluate CES
Meaning,differentforms,Mo CO 3 PPTs Analyze Mid Term
tivesandapplicationsofcorp CO 4 and End Term
oraterestructuring,forms of Case studies Apply
restructuring Flip
Joint venture sell off and Classroom
spin off , divestitures,
meaning of LBO,
MBO,governance and
mode of Purchased in
LBO,Key motives behind
MBO,StructureofMBO.
Demerger- Meaning of
Demerger, Characteristics of
demerger, Structure
ofDemerger,andTaximplicati
onofdemergers.
5 Mergersand Acquisition: 12 CO1 Lecture Understand CES
Meaning ,Types of CO 3 Case Studies Apply and Mid Term
CO 4 discussions Analyze End Term
Mergers, motives behind
Practical
the M & A, advantages Problem
anddisadvantagesofM&A solving
,Process (Numericals
on the
ofmergerintegration, concepts)
Methods of financing Flip
mergers, calculation and Classroom
Significance of P/E
RatiosandEPSAnalysis,Mar
ketCapitalization,Analysiso
fMergers&Acquisitions.
The Legal and Regulatory
framework of Mergers and
Acquisition
CompanyAct1956&2013.
AccountingforMergers&A
cquisitions
AccountingmethodsforMerg
ers&Acquisition-
PurchaseMethodandPooling
ofInterestMethod,Taxaspect
sonMergers and
Acquisitions.
 ProminentCasesofMerge
rsandAcquisitions-
examplesofM
&AintheIndianandIntern
ationalcontexts.

6 InternationalM&A 8 CO1 Lectures with Evaluate, CES

Introductionofinternational CO 3 PPTs Apply and Mid Term
M&Aactivity,theopportuniti CO 4 Flip Create End Term
esandthreats,roleofM&A Classroom
ininternationaltradegrowth.
Impactofgovernmentpolicies
andpoliticalandeconomicsta
bilityon
international
M&Adecisions,recommendati
onforeffectivecross-
borderM&A.

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 3 1 3 3 3

CO2 3 2 1 3 3 3

CO3 3 3 1 3 3 3

CO4 3 3 1 3 3 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
Attendance 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Live project club
5 3 2
activity
Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
Projects 5 2 3
 Internal Mid Term
20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5
Exam
Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5
End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 I.M. Pandey Financial Management 2015 Vikas Publishing
House Pvt
Limited
2 R.P. Rustagi, Financial Management - January
Galgotia Theory, Concepts and 2018
Problems
3 Richard A. Brealey Principles of Corporate 2007 Tata McGraw-
Finance Hill Education
4 Kamal Ghose Ray Mergers, Acquisitions, 2010 Kindle Edition
Strategy and Integration
5 Prasad Godbole Mergers, Acquisitions January Vikas
and Corporate 2013 Publication
Restructuring
6 A.P.Dash Mergers & Acquisitions Feb-2020 Dreamtech
press-Wiley

7 William R Snow Mergers & Acquisitions 2008 John Willey&sons

for Dummies A willey Inc
brand
8 M. Y. Khan & P. K.Jain Financial Management 2010 Tata McGraw-

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No
1 https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/- Mergers and Acquisitions: A
Step by Step Legal and Practical Guide, Second Edition
2
https://www.ebooks.com/
Mergers, Acquisitions and Corporate Restructuring
3 https://www.questia.com/library/economics-and-
business/business/corporations/corporate-mergers-acquisitions

MOOCs:
 Resources No Web site address
1 http://ugcmoocs.inflibnet.ac.in
2 https://nptel.ac.in
3 https://swayam.gov.in
4 https://coursera.
Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:
Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is
CO1 & PO1 possible only if managers understands the basics of Corporate Finance. It can enhance decision-making
Mapped at 3 capabilities, enabling individuals to make informed choices and address business challenges more
effectively within the framework of corporate finance principles.
Proficient data-based decision-making in the domain of corporate finance involves analysing complex
financial data, understanding market trends, assessing risk, and evaluating the financial implications of
CO1 & PO 2 strategic choices. Therefore, fostering analytical and critical thinking skills is crucial for students to
Mapped at 3 effectively grasp and apply the principles of corporate finance in practical situations. This correlation
highlights the interdependence of these two aspects in preparing students for successful careers in finance
and related fields.
CO1 & PO 3 Helps to understand the application of corporate finance that helps to individuals and teams within
Mapped at 1 organizations to learn and cope with new technologies in order to be productive and more efficient at
work place to certain extent.
The correlation between these two points emphasizes the importance of integrating the knowledge of
CO1 & PO 4
corporate finance within a broader global business context By fostering an understanding of both
Mapped at 3
corporate finance principles and global business dynamics, students can develop a comprehensive skill
set that enables them to navigate the complexities of the international business landscape effectively.
The correlation between the two points lies in the intersection of effective communication and the
CO1 & PO5 practical application of corporate finance. It suggests that in order to contribute to business literature
Mapped at 3 effectively, individuals need to have a solid understanding of corporate finance principles. This
understanding allows for the critical analysis and interpretation of financial data, enabling individuals to
contribute valuable insights and research findings to the field of business literature.
The correlation between the two points lies in the intersection of effective leadership and the application
of corporate finance principles. It suggests that individuals with strong leadership skills can effectively
CO1 & PO6 guide their teams in making informed financial decisions that align with the organization's goals and
Mapped at 3 overall financial strategy By correlating these two points, it becomes evident that strong leadership skills,
coupled with a solid understanding of corporate finance, are essential for fostering a collaborative and
goal-oriented work environment that contributes to the overall success of the organization.
The correlation between these two points lies in the intersection of management principles and financial
planning. By correlating these two points, it becomes evident that a comprehensive understanding of both
CO2 & PO1 management theories and financial planning concepts is essential for addressing business problems and
Mapped at 3 ensuring sound financial management within an organization. This correlation highlights the importance
of integrating management principles with financial planning strategies to achieve optimal business
performance and long-term sustainability.
The correlation between these points lies in the need for analytical and critical thinking skills in the
context of financial planning and liquidity management. It suggests that individuals must be able to
CO2& PO2
analyze financial data, assess the implications of different financial strategies, and make sound decisions
Mapped at 2
that support the organization's liquidity requirements and long-term financial goals. Hence aligned at
moderate level.
The ability to learn new technologies and the understanding of financial planning and liquidity
management concepts are essential for fostering a dynamic and productive approach to financial
CO2& PO3
management. This correlation highlights the significance of utilizing technological advancements to
Mapped at 1
streamline financial processes and ensure optimal liquidity management, contributing to the overall
financial health and success of an organization. Hence mapped to a certain extent
This correlation highlights the significance of integrating global perspectives into financial planning
CO2& PO4
strategies, ensuring effective liquidity management, and contributing to the sustainable growth and
Mapped at 3
success of an organization in the global marketplace.
Students will learn about a strong foundation in financial planning and liquidity management is essential
CO2& PO5 for students to engage meaningfully with business literature. It equips them with the knowledge and skills
Mapped at 3 necessary to understand and analyze financial aspects of business scenarios, which are often central to
business literature.
This correlation underscores the importance of integrating leadership skills with financial planning
CO2& PO6 strategies to achieve optimal financial performance and long-term sustainability for the organization. It
Mapped at 3 equips leaders with the financial acumen necessary to make informed decisions, allocate resources, and
contribute to the achievement of organizational goals
The correlation lies in the application of knowledge in the context of corporate restructuring and
CO3 & PO1 management theories. Students who understand these concepts can apply their management expertise to
Mapped at 3 make strategic decisions and address business problems that arise during restructuring and other
organizational changes.
The correlation centers on the role of analytical and critical thinking in understanding corporate
CO3 & PO2 restructuring and making data-based decisions in this complex domain. Students who foster these skills
Mapped at 3 are better prepared to analyze, evaluate, and make informed decisions about corporate restructuring and
business combinations. Hence mapped at highest level.
 The correlation centers on the intersection of adaptability, change management, and productivity.
CO3 & PO3 Students who understand the concepts of corporate restructuring and business combinations are better
Mapped at 1 prepared to apply their knowledge when adopting new technologies and remain productive in an ever-
changing business environment. Hence mapped up to certain extent.

CO3 & PO4 This correlation underscores the significance of integrating global perspectives into the strategies and
Mapped at 3 processes of corporate restructuring and business combinations, contributing to the sustainable growth
and success of organizations in the global marketplace.
The correlation centers on the intersection of foundational business knowledge and literary skills.
CO3 & PO5 Students who understand corporate restructuring and business combinations are better equipped to engage
Mapped at 3 with, analyze, and contribute to business literature, effectively bridging the gap between theoretical
knowledge and its practical application in real-world business scenarios.
The ability to lead oneself and others in the achievement of organizational goals and the understanding
of corporate restructuring and business combination concepts are essential for fostering a collaborative
CO3 & PO6 and goal-oriented work environment. This correlation emphasizes the importance of integrating
Mapped at 3 leadership skills with the strategies and processes involved in corporate restructuring and business
combinations, and during times of change.

The correlation centers on the intersection of international business knowledge and management
CO4 & PO1 expertise. Students who understand international business combination forms and structures are better
Mapped at 3 prepared to apply management theories and practices when addressing complex international business
problems, ensuring they can navigate the global business landscape successfully.
The correlation centers on the intersection of analytical and critical thinking and international business
CO4 & PO2 knowledge. Students who understand international business combination forms and structures are better
Mapped at 3 prepared to apply analytical and critical thinking to make data-based decisions in the global business
environment.
The correlation centers on the intersection of technological adaptability and global business knowledge.
CO4 & PO3 Students who understand international business combination forms and structures are better prepared to
Mapped at 1 apply their knowledge when integrating and adapting to new technologies, thus enhancing their
effectiveness in global business environments.
The correlation centers on the intersection of global business knowledge and the ability to understand and
communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business. Students who understand
CO4 & PO4
international business combination forms and structures are better prepared to apply their knowledge
Mapped at 3
when analyzing and communicating the global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business,
ultimately contributing to responsible and successful global business practices.
The correlation centers on the intersection of foundational business knowledge and literary skills.
CO4 & PO5 Students who understand international business combination forms and structures are better prepared to
Mapped at 3 engage with, analyze, and contribute to business literature, effectively bridging the gap between
theoretical knowledge and its practical application in real-world business scenarios.
The correlation centers on the intersection of global business knowledge and leadership skills. Students
CO4& PO6 who understand international business combination forms and structures are better prepared to lead
Mapped at 3 themselves and others effectively in achieving organizational goals within a global context and
contributing to team success in international business environments.

Mapped by: Dr.A.Yesgude Assistant professor- Institute of Management & Entrepreneurship

Development , Pune
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective - Financial Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV FM04 International Financial Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 CES UE:IE = 50:50
Course Objectives:
To understand the core concepts of International Finance and Domestic Finance.
To studythe International Flow of Funds and International Monetary System.
To analyze the nature and functioning of foreign exchange markets, determination of
exchange rates and study the techniques of Foreign Exchange Risk Management.
The course also aims to provide students with a thorough understanding of international
investment, taxation and financing decisions.
To gain the conceptual clarity of the theoretical aspects of international trade and finance.
To identifythe processes, risks and instruments used in the financing of international trade.
Learning Outcomes :
Gain understanding of core concepts of International Finance and Domestic Finance.
Knowledge of International Flow of Funds and International Monetary System.
Analyze and understand the nature and functioning of foreign exchange markets and develop
the ability to manage the foreign exchange risk.
Understanding of International Capital Budgeting and International Taxation.
Knowledge of details of International Trade Settlement.
Familiarize with the mechanism of International Trade Finance.

Session
(hrs.) Topic CO Teaching Cognition Evaluation
Numbe Methodology (As per Tools
r
Taxonomy
)
Introduction:
6 Overview, Scope and Objective CO1 Lecture with Remember Quiz
of International Finance. PPTs, End Term
Distinction between Illustration Internals:
Domestic Finance and Short Answers
International Finance.
Importance and Challenges of
International Financial
Management.
Foreign Direct Investment:
Concept, Cost and Benefits of
Foreign Direct
Investment, Concept of
International Portfolio
Management.
7 International Flow of Funds and 2 Lecture with Understand Quiz
International Monetary System: PPTs, End Term
Concept, principles and Illustration Internals:
components of Balance of Short Answers
Payments.
International Monetary System:
Evolution, Gold Standard,
Bretton Woods System, The
Flexible Exchange
Rate regime, The Current
Exchange Rate arrangement.
11 Foreign Exchange Market and 3 Lecture with Evaluate, Case Study,
Foreign Exchange Risk PPTs, Apply End Term:
Management: Illustration, Applied
Functions and structure of Case Study Questions
Foreign Exchange Market. Major
participants.
Types of transactions. Foreign
Exchange Exposure. Various
tools and
techniques of Foreign Exchange
Risk Management.
Foreign Exchange Rate
Determination:
An overview, Factors influencing
Exchange Rates, Foreign
Exchange
Quotations, International
Arbitrage, Interest Rates Parity,
Purchasing Power
Parity, Relationship between
Inflation, Interest Rates and
Exchange Rates.
10 International Capital Budgeting 4 Lecture with Evaluate, Case Study
and International Taxation: PPTs, Create End Term:
Introduction of international Illustration, Applied
capital budgeting, adjusted Case Study Questions
present value model,
capital budgeting from parent

the future
expected exchange rate analysis.
International tax system, double
taxation, double taxation
avoidance
agreement (DTAA), tax havens
and transfer pricing.
7 International Trade Settlement: 5 Lecture with Understand, Case Study
Concept, objectives and PPTs, Apply with
importance of International Illustration Presentations
Trade, Risks involved in End Term:
International Trade, Factors Applied
influencing International Trade, Questions
Settlement
methods of International Trade
viz. Open Account, Advance
 Payment,
Documentary Credit,
Documentary Collection,
Consignment Trading.

7 International Trade Finance: 6 Lecture with Understand, Activity

Pre shipment finance, Post PPTs, Apply End Term:
Illustration Theory
credit, Applied
Factoring, Forfeiting, Offshore
banking documentary credit
mechanism, Steps
involved in Letter of Credit
(L.C.) mechanism along with
role played by the
parties to L.C.

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COFM04.1 2 2 3 3 1 1
COFM04.2 2 1 2 2 1 1

COFM04.3 3 3 3 3 1 2
COFM04.4 3 3 3 3 2 1
COFM04.5 2 2 3 2 1 1
COFN04.6 2 1 2 2 1 1
CO 2.33 2 2.67 2.5 1.17 1.17

CO 2 2 3 3 1 1
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -
(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
CO6
CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 O5
Parameter Mark
s
Class 10 1 1 2 2 2 2
Participation
/ Attendance
Mid-term 15 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
 End-term 15 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Class Tests, 10 1 1 2 2 2 2
Assignments
, MOOCs,
Presentation/
Project,
Case
Study/Lab
work etc.
50 07 07 09 09 09 09

50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 National P.G.Apte. International Financial 2014 Tata Mcgraw
Management Hill
2 National VyuptakeshShar International Financial 2012 Prentice Hall
an Management of India Pvt
Ltd
3 National MadhuVij International Financial 2006 Excel Books
Management
4 International Eiteman David, Multinational Business 2017 Pearson
I. Stonehill Finance
Arthur, et al.
5 International Alan C. Shaprio International Financial 2016 Wiley
Management
6 International Cheol S. Eun, International Financial 2017 Tata
Bruce G. Management McGraw-Hill
Resnick

Online Resources:

Online Resources Web site address

No
1 https://www.investopedia.com/
2 www.icmai.in
3 https://www.yourarticlelibrary.com
4 www.youtube.com
5 https://www.freebookcentre.net/
 MOOCs:

Resources Web site address

No
1 https://www.coursera.org/learn/global-financial-markets-instruments
2 https://www.coursera.org/specializations/global-challenges-business
3 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105057/
4 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105031/

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 After understanding of core concepts of International Finance and Domestic Finance, the knowledge will
be helpful to solve business problems to a certain extent.
Mapped at 2
CO1 & PO 2 The understanding of core concepts of International Finance and Domestic Finance may foster analytical
Mapped at 2 and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making to a limited extent.

CO1 & PO 3 The understanding of core concepts of International Finance and Domestic Finance is essential for learning
Mapped at 3 new and advanced technologies with ease and help the learner to be productive at all times.

CO1 & PO 4 The knowledge about core concepts of International Finance and Domestic Finance is required to enhance
Mapped at 3 the ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO1 & PO5 The understanding of core concepts of International Finance and Domestic Finance is of limited use for
Mapped at 1 reading, writing, and contributing to Business literature.

CO1 & PO6 The understanding of core concepts of International Finance and Domestic Finance is of limited use for
Mapped at 1 developing the ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,
contributing effectively to a team environment.
CO2 & PO1 Knowledge of International Flow of Funds and International Monetary System can be applied to a certain
Mapped at 2 extent for solving business problems.

CO2 & PO2 Knowledge of International Flow of Funds and International Monetary System is of limited use for
Mapped at 1 fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.

CO2 & PO3 Knowledge of International Flow of Funds and International Monetary System is helpful to a certain
Mapped at 2 extent in learning new technologies with ease and to be productive.

CO2 & PO4 Knowledge of International Flow of Funds and International Monetary System is helpful to a certain
Mapped at 2 extent in developing the ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and
ethical aspects of business.
CO2 & PO5 Knowledge of International Flow of Funds and International Monetary System is of limited use for
Mapped at 1 reading, writing, and contributing to Business literature.

CO2 & PO6 Knowledge of International Flow of Funds and International Monetary System is of limited use for
Mapped at 1 developing the ability to lead oneself and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
effectively to a team environment.
CO3 & PO1 The ability to analyze and understand the nature and functioning of foreign exchange markets and to
Mapped at 3 manage the foreign exchange risk is greatly helpful for managers in solving business problems.

CO3 & PO2 The ability to analyze and understand the nature and functioning of foreign exchange markets and to
Mapped at 3 manage the foreign exchange risk is highly aligned with analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-
based decision making.
CO3 & PO3 The ability to analyze and understand the nature and functioning of foreign exchange markets and develop
Mapped at 3 the ability to manage the foreign exchange risk is highly aligned with the process of learning new
technologies with ease and being productive at all times.
CO3 related to analyzing and understanding the nature and functioning of foreign exchange markets and
CO3 & PO4 developing the ability to manage the foreign exchange risk is highly aligned with the PO4 of developing
Mapped at 3 the ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO3 & PO5 The ability to analyze and understand the nature and functioning of foreign exchange markets and develop
Mapped at 1 the ability to manage the foreign exchange risk is of limited use in reading, writing, and contributing to
Business literature.
CO3 & PO6 The ability to analyze and understand the nature and functioning of foreign exchange markets and develop
Mapped at 2 the ability to manage the foreign exchange risk can be useful to a certain extent to managers in leading
themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment.
CO4 & PO1 The understanding of International Capital Budgeting and International Taxation is very useful to
Mapped at 3 managers in solving business problems.
CO4 & PO2 Understanding of International Capital Budgeting and International Taxation techniques are very helpful to
Mapped at 3 managers for fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.
CO4 & PO3 Understanding of International Capital Budgeting and International Taxation can be very helpful to
Mapped at 3 managers for learning new technologies with ease and be productive at all times.
CO4 & PO4 Understanding of International Capital Budgeting and International Taxation is required for developing the
Mapped at 3 ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.
CO4 & PO5 Understanding of International Capital Budgeting and International Taxation is of moderate use in reading,
Mapped at 2 writing, and contributing to Business literature.
CO4 & PO6 Understanding of International Capital Budgeting and International Taxation is of limited use to managers
Mapped at 1 in contributing effectively to a team environment.
CO5 & PO1 The knowledge of details of International Trade Settlement can be applied for solving business problems
Mapped at 2 to a moderate extent.
CO5 & PO2 The knowledge of details of International Trade Settlement can be used for data-based decision making to
Mapped at 2 a moderate extent.
CO5 & PO3 Knowledge of details of International Trade Settlement are helpful to managers for learning new
Mapped at 3 technologies in International Finance with ease and be productive at all times.
CO5 & PO4 Knowledge of details of International Trade Settlement can help in understanding, analyzing and
Mapped at 2 communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business to a moderate extent.
CO5 & PO5 The knowledge of details of International Trade Settlement is of limited use in reading, writing, and
Mapped at 1 contributing to Business literature.
CO5 & PO6 Knowledge of details of International Trade Settlement is weakly aligned with the ability of managers to
Mapped at 1 lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment.
CO6 & PO1 The CO to familiarize with the mechanism of International Trade Finance is moderately aligned with the
Mapped at 2 PO of applying the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems.
CO6 & PO2 The familiarization with the mechanism of International Trade Finance can moderately help managers to
Mapped at 2 foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.
CO6 & PO3 The familiarization with the mechanism of International Trade Finance can moderately help managers to
Mapped at 2 learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times.
CO6 & PO4 Familiarization with the mechanism of International Trade Finance can be useful in making the managers
Mapped at 2 understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business to a certain
extent.
CO6 & PO5 Familiarization with the mechanism of International Trade Finance is of limited use to read, write, and
Mapped at 1 contribute to Business literature.
CO6 & PO6 The CO to familiarize with the mechanism of International Trade Finance is weakly aligned with the PO
Mapped at 1 of developing the ability to lead oneself and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
effectively to a team environment.

Mapped by: Dr.A.Rodrigues Yashwantrao Mohite Institute of Management, Karad

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective: Human Resource Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 20222023

Semester Course Code Course Title
IV HR03 Compensation and benefits management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To understand the concept of compensation
To explain the components of labour cost.
To define executive compensation with various plans.
To discuss wage policies and concepts related to labour market
To elaborate issues related to reward management and global compensation
To understand the rules for taxation and concept of tax friendly package.
Learning Outcomes :
Explain concepts related to compensation
Explain components of labour cost.
Contribute in designing executive compensation
Describe issues related to wage policies and labour market.
Handle the issues related to reward management and global compensation
Explain rules of taxation and design tax friendly package

Session Topic CO Teaching Cognition Evaluatio Session

Hours No Methodolo n Tools Hours
gy
1 Introduction: Concept, scope 8 CO1, CO4, Lecture with Remember, Quiz
and importance of CO5, Ppts, Class Understand End Term
Compensation and Benefits discussion Internals
Management; Factors Short
affecting Compensation and Answers
Benefits decisions; Roles and
responsibilities of
Compensation and Benefit
Managers
2 Labour Cost: Components of 8 CO 1, Lecture with Case Study ,
Compensation package; CO 2, CO3, Ppts Newspaper
Bonus: Method of CO4, CO5 Case Study, Article
Determining Bonus; Fringe Hand outs Understand, End Term:
Benefits: concept and types; Apply Applied
Wage Incentives: Concept, (Analyse) Questions
different kinds of wage
incentives plans and their
application; Labour
Turnover: causes,
implications and costs.
3 Executive Compensation: 7 CO 2, CO3, Lecture with Remember, Case Study
Compensation and CO4, CO5, PPTs Apply, with
organization Structure; CO6 Case Study Evaluate Presentations
Aligning compensation to End Term
organization culture; Stock Exams: Case
Options and Stock Purchase based
 plans; Economic value added Questions/Ap
(EVA) as an alternative to plied
Stock based compensation; Questions
Pay for performance;
Competency based pay.
Retirement benefits
4 Company Wage Policy: 8 CO2, CO3, Lectures with Remember, Group
National Wage Policy: CO4, CO6 PPTs Understand, Activity
Objectives, Concepts; Video Cases Apply
Labour Market: Concept, End Term
broad types; Wage Exam: Short
Determination; Pay Grades, case and
Economic Principles; situation
External Equity: Wage based
Surveys. questions
5 Reward and Global 6 CO1, CO2, Lecture, Understand, Case
Compensation - Total CO3, CO4, Hand outs, Apply, Presentation
reward management CO5, CO6 Case Evaluate Activity
Activity Exams: Case
processAssessment,
based
Design, Execution and Questions/Ap
Evaluation, Global plied
compensation - Questions
strategies, Best practices
in global compensation.
6 Taxation Aspect: Current rules 8 CO2, CO3, Lectures with Understand, Activity
of taxation of salaries; CO4,CO5, PPTs Apply, End Term:
Exemption in income tax-and CO6 Evaluate Exams: Case
the rationale; Fringe benefit based
tax and its implication for the Questions/Ap
employers and employees; plied
Taxation of stock options; Questions
Designing a tax friendly
package. Note: Simple
problems on Income Tax
Calculation to be taught.

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO 1 3 2 2 3 2 3

CO 2 2 2 2 3 2 2

CO 3 3 3 2 2 2 2

CO 4 2 3 2 3 3 3

CO 5 3 2 2 3 2 3
 CO 6 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO. 2.5 2.33 2 2.66 2.33 2.5

CO 3 2 2 3 2 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6

Class
Participation/ 10 1.5 1.5 2 2 1.5 1.5
Attendance
Live project 1 1
5 0.5 0.5 1 1
club activity
Case study
10 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2
discussion
Assignments/
5 2 3
Projects
Internal End
20 2.5 2.5 5 5 2.5 2.5
Term Exam

Internal 50 6 8 12.5 8.5 8 7

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Reference Name of Title of the Book Year Publisher Company

Books the Author Edition
(Publisher)
 National R.C.sharma, Compensation 2019 Sage Publishing
Sulabh Management
Sharma
National A.P. Rao Labour Cost 2000 Everest Publishing
Accounting and House.
Compensation
Management
National B.D.Singh Compensation & 2007 Excel Books
Reward Management

International Michele Effective executive 2008 American management

Dennis and compensation Association
Thomas
Roth

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No
1 https://www.iedunote.com/compensation-management
2 https://execcomp.org/Basics/Basic/What-Is-Executive-Compensation
3 https://theinvestorsbook.com/labour-turnover.html
4 https://www.shrm.org/resourcesandtools/tools-and-samples/hr-
qa/pages/totalrewardsstrategies.aspx
5 https://www.worldatwork.org/workspan/articles/global-compensation-
considerations
6 https://www.incometaxindia.gov.in/pages/tax-laws-rules.aspx

MOOCs:

Online Web site address

Resources No
1 https://www.coursera.org/learn/compensation-management
2 https://alison.com/courses/diploma-in-modern-human-resource-
management/content/scorm/5730/module-6-compensation-and-benefits
3 https://www.classcentral.com/course/managing-employee-compensation-
5510

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Understanding the concept of Compensation can help to apply the knowledge of management theories
and practices to solve business problems.
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 2 Knowledge of Compensation discussed through case studies and projects to foster analytical and critical
Mapped at 2 thinking abilities for data-based decision making is possible to a certain extent, hence Co1 and PO2
have moderate alignment.

CO1 & PO 3 Concept of Compensation helps to understand how managers in organizations learn and cope with
Mapped at 2 change to be productive at all times, thus CO1 is aligned to PO3 moderately.

CO1 & PO 4 Managers understand the components of Compensation and communicate in the global business world,
Mapped at 3 accounting economic, legal and ethical aspects of business are very relevant to CO1 hence the
alignment of Co1 to PO4 is High.
CO1 & PO5 Conceptual knowledge of Compensation can help to lead to Read, write, and contribute to Business
Mapped at 2 literature is aligned very low as writing and contributing to business literature is not a necessary
outcome
CO1 & PO6 Compensation concepts understanding ability to leads individuals themselves and others in the
Mapped at 3 achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment hence highly
aligned.

CO2 & PO1 Knowledge of components of Compensation is helpful to managers to apply the knowledge of
Mapped at 2 management theories and practices to solve an organizational problem. So moderately aligned.

CO2& PO2 Compensation Components knowledge is needed to Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for
Mapped at 2 data-based decision making, so moderately aligned.

CO2& PO3 Managers as leaders need Compensation Components knowledge to Learn new technologies with ease
Mapped at 2 and be productive at all times, so moderately aligned.

CO2& PO4 Highly aligned as the knowledge of Compensation Components results in the ability to understand,
Mapped at 3 analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO2& PO5 The awareness of Compensation Components helps managers to Read, write, and contribute to Business
Mapped at 2 literature, hence moderately aligned.

CO2& PO6 Proper knowledge of Compensation Components can help managers to lead themselves and others in
Mapped at 2 the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment. So moderately
aligned.
CO3 & PO1 Contribute in designing executive compensation is possible only when the application of the knowledge
Mapped at 3 of management theories and practices to solve business problems is done, so aligned highly.

CO3 & PO2 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making, with contributing in
Mapped at 3 designing executive compensation is possible, thus alignment is Moderate.

CO3 & PO3 Learning new technologies to be productive is possible only if students are motivated to contribute in
Mapped at 2 designing executive compensation is possible
CO3 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business
Mapped at 2 is aligned moderately with Contribute in designing executive compensation.

CO3 & PO5 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is moderately aligned with
Mapped at 2 Contribute in designing executive compensation.

CO3 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
Mapped at 2 effectively to a team environment is only possible with Contribute in designing executive
compensation.
CO4 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems are very
Mapped at 2 important hence highly aligned to describe issues related to wage policies and labour market in the
industry.
CO4 & PO2 Knowledge of describing issues related to wage policies and labour market in the industry are used for
Mapped at 3 analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making thus are highly aligned.

CO4 & PO3 Issues related to wage policies and labour market in the industry is moderately aligned with Learn new
Mapped at 2 technologies with ease and be productive at all times

CO4 & PO4 Describing issues related to wage policies and labour market in the industry are helpful to analyze and
Mapped at 3 communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO4 & PO5 Analyzing issues related to wage policies and labour market in the industryand Read, write, and
Mapped at 3 contribute to Business literature are totally aligned as CO 4 will ensure reading and writing ability will
contribute to business literature to certain level only.
CO4& PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
Mapped at 3 effectively to a team environment is possible with the knowledge to describe issues related to wage
policies and labour market in the industry.
CO5 & PO1 To handle the issues related to reward management and global compensation is possible only if
Mapped at 3 managers apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve an organizational
problem. So highly aligned.
CO5 & PO2 Analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making are moderately aligned with to
Mapped at 2 handle the issues related to reward management and global compensation

CO5 & PO3 Familiarizing & handling the issues related to reward management and global compensation is
Mapped at 2 moderately aligned with Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times
CO5 & PO4 The skill to handle the issues related to reward management and global compensation are helpful to
Mapped at 3 analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business thus highly aligned.

CO5 & PO5 Handle the issues related to reward management and global compensation knowledge is useful to read,
Mapped at 2 write, and contribute to Business literature are moderately aligned.

CO5 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
Mapped at 3 effectively to a team environment is possible with knowledge to handle the issues related to reward
management and global compensation thus highly aligned.
CO5 & PO1 Explanation of rules of taxation and design tax friendly package to employee motivation and
Mapped at 2 satisfaction is possible only if managers apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to
solve an organizational problem. So moderately aligned.
CO5 & PO2 Analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making are moderately aligned with
Mapped at 2 knowledge of rules of taxation and design tax friendly package.

CO5 & PO3 Skill of explaining rules of taxation and design tax friendly package is moderately aligned with learn
Mapped at 2 new technologies with ease and be productive at all times.
CO5 & PO4 Knowledge of rules of taxation and design tax friendly package are helpful to analyze and communicate
Mapped at 2 global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business thus moderately aligned.

CO5 & PO5 Knowledge of rules of taxation and design tax friendly package Read, write, and contribute to Business
Mapped at 3 literature are not totally aligned.
CO5 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
Mapped at 2 effectively to a team environment is possible with Familiarizing rules of taxation and design tax
friendly package, thus moderately aligned.

Mapped by: Dr.Ganraj Mane -Assistant Professor BVDU-Abhjjit Kadam Institute of Management
and Social Sciences Solapur
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 20222023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV HR04 Competency Mapping and Performance
Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To understand managerial competencies in changing business environment and the
resultant challenges.
To establish links between managerial competencies for effective work performance.
To introduce the concept of performance management and its importance in
organizations.
To enable students, knowledge of managing performances for greater success.
To provide information about the latest development and trends in the practices of
performance management.

Learning Outcomes :
Applied skills and knowledge that enable people to successfully perform in
professional, educational, and other life contexts.
Understand the different types of Performance Planning strategies and develop various
development plans for the employees.
Gain a practical understanding as how Performance Management plan is beneficial for
the organization and also the employees.
Recognize how Competency Mapping works and affects at different levels of
theorganizations.
Appreciate the Performance Appraisal Process and gain knowledge for avoiding
various rating errors.
Identify job ready competencies and how to detect them in a probable candidate.
Design and develop Competency Models for a particular job-role.
Session Topic CO Teaching Cognition Evaluatio Session
Hours No Methodolo n Tools Hours
gy
1 Concept of Competencies: 10 CO1,CO6 Lecture with Understand Quiz
Meaning and significance Ppts End Term
of Managerial Quiz Internals:
competencies for effective Short
work performance, Answers
competency identification
and its role in performance
development, managerial
competency in a dynamic
business national and
global workplace,
environment, PJ Job fit
Theory, PE fit Theory,
Holland Theory.

2 Competency Mapping for 10 CO1, CO3, Lecture with Case Study ,

Effective HRM CO4,CO6 Ppts Newspaper
Development: Concept of Case Study Article
Competency Mapping - Apply End Term:
and its scopes, (Analyze) Applied
significance of Questions
competency mapping for
effective HRM, techniques
for competency mapping,
career planning, the role of
competency mapping in
career planning and
development.
3 Introduction to 8 CO 3, CO4 Lecture with Analyze Case Study
Performance PPTs with
Management: Definition Case Study Presentation
and Importance of s
Performance Management, End Term
the contribution of Exams:
competency mapping Case based
ineffective performance Questions/A
development. Linkage of pplied
Performance Management Questions
to Other HR Processes;
Aims, Purposes and
Principles of Performance
Management.
4 Performance 12 CO1,CO2 Lectures Evaluate Group
Management Planning with PPTs Activity
and Development:
Introduction: Group End Term
Performance Activity Exam: Short
Management Planning, Video Cases case and
 the Planning Process, situation-
Performance based
Management questions
Documentation,

in Performance Planning
Mechanics and
Documentation,

Responsibility in
Performance Planning
Mechanics and
Documentation, Creation
of PM Document

5 Competency Appraisal 12 CO2,CO4 Lecture Create Case

and Performance Case Presentation
Management: Need Activity Activity
End Term:
and benefits of
Theory
effective appraisal Applied
system in Performance
management.
Traditional and
Modern methods of
Appraisal. Identifying
training needs, and
developing suitable
training programs for
competency
management.
6 Management Competencies 8 CO4,CO5 Lectures Evaluate Activity
and Performance with PPTs End Term:
Development in Flip Theory
Organizations: Developing Classroom Applied
a model for competency
mapping and management
for effective HR
development for a chosen
firm. Ethics and Challenges
in Performance
Management.

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COHR04.1 3 2 3 3 1 2

COHR04.2 3 2 1 1 - 3
 COHR04.3 - 2 1 1 - 1

COHR04.4 2 - 1 3 1 3

COHR04.5 3 2 - 1 1 3

COHR04.6 2 2 - - - 3

CO. 2.16 1.66 1 1.5 0.5 2.5

CO 3 2 1 2 1 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6

Class 2
Participation/ 10 2 2 2 2
Attendance
Live project 3
5 2
club activity
Case study 2.5
10 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
5 2 3
Projects
Internal End- 3.3 3.5
20 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
Term Exam
Internal 50 5.3 9.8 9.8 10.8 7.8 6.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
 Reference Books:

Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

(Publisher) Author Edition Company
1 National Radha Sharma 360 degree Feedback,
Competency Mapping
and Assessment Center
2 National
3 National
4 International Spencer and Competency at Work - Wiley
Spencer Publication
5 International David D. Dubois, Competency Based
Deborah Jo King Human Resource
Stern, Linda K. Management
Kemp
6 International Michael Performance Jaico
Armstrong & Management Publication
Angela Baron

Online Resources:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 [email protected]
2 https://www.emerald.com/insight/content/doi/10.1108/096852206
10648373/full/html?journalCode=i
3 https://bdigital.ufp.pt/handle/10284/357
MOOCs:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 Coursera -Managing Employee Performance, www.coursera.org
2 Alission- Performance Management and strategic planning

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is possible
when individuals use this in professional, educational, and other life contexts.
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 2 To apply skill and knowledge to successfully perform in professional, educational, ethical, and other life
Mapped at 2 contexts would be conveyed through case studies and projects, and role-play activities to foster analytical
and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making but this is possible to a limited extent.

CO1 & PO 3 Helps individuals to understand through performance management planning to learn and cope with change
Mapped at 3 and be productive within organizations

CO1 & PO 4 To apply skills and knowledge that enable people to successfully perform in professional, educational, and
Mapped at 3 other life contexts, it is highly necessary to understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal,
and ethical aspects of business, So CO1 and PO4 are very relevant hence the alignment of Co1 to PO 1 is
higher.

CO1 & PO5 To apply skills and knowledge that enable people to successfully perform in professional, educational, and
Mapped at 1 other life contexts can lead to
Read, writing, and contribute to Business literature is aligned very low as writing and contributing to
business literature is not a necessary outcome
CO1 & PO6 To apply skills and knowledge that enable people to successfully perform in professional, educational, and
Mapped at 2 other life contexts and PO 6 are moderately aligned as CO 1 delineates the ability to lead themselves and
others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

CO2 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices will be reflected in development plans
Mapped at 3 for employees through a proper understanding of different performance planning strategies. So highly
aligned.

CO2& PO2 Employees/Individuals as performers do not deliberately need to foster analytical and critical thinking
Mapped at 2 abilities for data-based decision-making. But managers as performance appraising authorities require it to a
certain extent. Hence the CO2 and PO2 mapped moderately.

CO2& PO3 Employees/ managers need to learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times is not directly
Mapped at 1 aligned with understanding the different types of performance planning strategies but is moderately aligned
with developing plans for employees.
CO2& PO4 Understanding different performance planning strategies and generating developmental plans for employees
Mapped at 1 is weekly relatable to understanding, analyzing, and communicating a business's global, economic, legal, and
ethical aspects of business.
CO2& PO5 Understanding different performance planning strategies and generating developmental plans for employees
Mapped at - do not necessarily Read, write, and contribute to Business literature. No alignment

CO2& PO6 Understanding different performance planning strategies and generating developmental plans for employees
Mapped at 3 will effectively contribute to the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment. So highly aligned.
CO3 & PO1
Mapped at - Understanding the importance of a performance management plan for employees and organizations is not
necessary for the application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business
problems. So no alignment.
CO3 & PO2 Understanding the importance of a performance management plan for employees and organizations will
Mapped at 2 foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision-making to a less than large extent
hence the alignment is moderate.

CO3 & PO3 Employees/ managers as leaders need to learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times is
Mapped at 1 aligned very low with understanding the importance of a performance management plan hence the alignment
of CO2 and PO3 is 1.
The ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business
CO3 & PO4 is feebly aligned with understanding the importance of a performance management plan for employees and
Mapped at 1 organizations. Hence the alignment of CO3 and PO4 is 1

CO3 & PO5 Reading, writing, and contributing to Business literature are not aligned with understanding the importance
Mapped at - of a performance management plan for employees and organizations. Hence no alignment.

CO3 & PO6 The ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, and is rarely possible
Mapped at 1 through understanding the importance of a performance management plan for employees and organizations.
Hence the alignment of CO3 and PO6 is 1
CO4 & PO1 Recognize how the work of Competency Mapping affects different levels of the organizations and designing,
Mapped at- 2 and developing Competency Models for a particular job role is moderately associated with applying the
knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems hence alignment of CO4 and
PO1 is 2
CO4 & PO2 Understanding how the work of Competency Mapping affects different levels of the organizations and
Mapped at - designing, and developing Competency Models for a particular job role in an organization is not aligned with
fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision-making. Hence no alignment.
CO4 & PO3 Understanding how the work of Competency Mapping affects different levels of the organizations is not
Mapped at -1 aligned with Learning new technologies with ease and being productive at all times but designing, and
developing Competency Models for a particular job role is associated with being productive so alignment
with CO4 and PO2 is 1
CO4 & PO4 Understanding how the work of Competency Mapping affects different levels of the organizations and
Mapped at 3 designing, and developing Competency Models for a particular job role is important to understand, analyze,
and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business. So highly aligned.
CO4 & PO5 Understanding how the work of Competency Mapping affects different levels of the organizations and
Mapped at1 designing, and developing Competency Models for a particular job role and reading, writing, and
contributing to Business literature are not totally aligned as CO 4 will ensure reading ability but whether they
will contribute to business literature is doubtful. Hence the alignment of CO4 and PO5 is 1
CO4& PO6 The ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, and contribute
Mapped at 3 effectively to a team environment is possible by reorganizing how the work of Competency Mapping affects
different levels of the organizations and designing, and developing Competency Models for a particular job
role is done. Hence the alignment of CO4 and PO5 is 3
CO5 & PO1 Appreciation of the performance appraisal process and gaining knowledge for avoiding various rating errors
Mapped at 3 is only possible when the application of knowledge of management theories and practices ensues. Hence the
alignment of CO4 and PO5 is 3
CO5 & PO2 The application of knowledge of management theories and practices will moderately evidence the
Mapped at 2 appreciation of the performance appraisal process and gaining knowledge for avoiding various rating errors.
Hence the alignment of CO4 and PO5 is 2
CO5 & PO3 The learning of new technologies with ease and being productive will be weekly associated with appreciation
Mapped at - of the performance appraisal process and gaining knowledge for avoiding various rating errors. No
alignment.
CO5 & PO4 The application of knowledge of management theories and practices to understand, analyze, and
Mapped at 1 communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business is a weekly associated with
appreciation of the performance appraisal process and gaining knowledge for avoiding various rating errors.
Hence the alignment of CO5 and PO5 is 1
CO5 & PO5 Appreciation of the performance appraisal process and gaining knowledge for avoiding various rating errors
Mapped at 1 can be associated with the reading aspect but writing and contribution is rarely possible. Hence the alignment
of CO5 and PO5 is 1

CO5 & PO6 Appreciation of the performance appraisal process and gaining knowledge for avoiding various rating errors
Mapped at 3 will able to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals and contribute effectively
to a team environment. Hence the alignment of CO5 and PO6 is 3
CO6 & PO1 Identifying job-ready competencies and how to detect them in a probable candidate is moderately associated
Mapped at 2 with applying the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems hence
alignment of CO4 and PO1 is 2
CO6 & PO2 Detecting job-ready competencies in a probable candidate is not aligned with the appreciation of the
Mapped at 2 performance appraisal process but gaining knowledge of job-ready competencies for avoiding various rating
errors and identifying job-ready competencies are perfectly aligned. Hence the half alignment of CO4 and
PO5 is 2
CO6 & PO3 Identifying job-ready competencies and how to detect them in a probable candidate is not aligned with
Mapped at - learning new technologies with ease and being productive. Hence no alignment of CO6 and PO3
CO6 & PO4 The application of knowledge of management theories and practices to understand, analyze, and
Mapped at communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business.is not aligned with the identification of
job-ready competencies of a probable candidate. Hence no alignment of CO6 and PO4
CO6 & PO5 Identifying job-ready competencies and how to detect them in a probable candidate and reading, writing, and
Mapped at contributing to Business literature are hardly aligned. Hence no alignment of CO6 and PO5

CO6 & PO6 Identifying job-ready competencies and detecting them in a probable candidate will enable them to lead
Mapped at 3 themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals and contribute effectively to a team
environment. Hence alignment of CO6 and PO6 is 3

Mapped by: Dr. Vrushali Yadav,Associate Professor BVDU-IMED PUNE

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective:International Business Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022

2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV IB03 International Marketing
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
Subject / Course Objectives :
Apply the key terms, definitions, and concepts used in marketing with an international
perspective.
Compare the value of developing global awareness vs. a local perspective in marketing.
Evaluate different cultural, political, and legal environments influencing international
trade.
Distinguish the advantages and disadvantages Canadian products and services possess in
international marketing in both emerging markets and mature markets.
Learning Outcomes :
Explain the impact of global and regional influences on products and services for
consumers and businesses.
Apply basic internationally oriented marketing strategies (total product concept, pricing,
place, and promotion).
Develop creative international market entrystrategies.
Understand the importance of the Internet for global business.
Explain the differences in negotiating with marketing partners from different countries
and the implications for the marketing strategies (4Ps).

Unit Sessio COs Number Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ns Methodolog Level Tools
Contents (Hrs) y

1 International Marketing: 8 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz

Concept, Importance, End Term
International Marketing Quiz Internals:
Research and Information Short
System Answers
2 Market Analysis and 8 CO 2 Lecture with Case Study ,
Foreign Market Entry Newspaper
Strategies, Future of Case Study Article
International Marketing, Psychometric Apply End Term:
Tools (Analyse) Applied
International Marketing Questions
3 Internationalization of 8 CO 3 Lecture with Analyse Case Study
Retailing and Evolution PPTs with
of International Retailing, Case Study Presentations
Motives of International End Term
Retailing, International Exams: Case
Retail Environment based
Socio-Cultural, Questions/Ap
Economic, Political, plied
Legal, Technological Questions
4 Selection of Retail 8 CO4 Lectures with Evaluate Group
Market, Study and PPTs Activity
Analysis of Retailing in
Global Setting, Methods Group End Term
 of International Activity Exam: Short
Retailing, Forms of Video Cases case and
Entry-Joint Ventures, situation
Franchising, Acquisition based
questions
5 Competing in 5 CO5 Lecture Create Case
Foreign Market, Case Presentation
Multi-country Activity Activity
End Term:
competition and
Theory
Global Competition, Applied
Competitive
Advantages in
Foreign Market,
Cross Market
subsidization, Retail
Structure, Global
Structure
6 Digital Revolution, 8 CO6 Lectures with Evaluate Activity
Strategy and Leadership in PPTs End Term:
International Marketing, Flip Theory
Global E-commerce, Value Classroom Applied
Networks and Disruptive
Technologies in the
context of International
Marketing, The Digital
Revolution: New Products
and Services, Global
Competition and National
Competitive Advantage,
Leadership and
Organisation for
International Marketing,
Ethics, Corporate Social
Responsibility and Social
Responsiveness in the
context of International
Marketing

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COIB103.1 3 2 3 2 1 3

COIB103.2 3 3 2 3 - 3
COIB103.3 3 - 1 3 - -
COIB103.4 3 3 1 3 1 3
COIB103.5 3 3 2 3 2 3
COIB103.6 1 3 3 3 1 3
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -
(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6

Class
Participation/ 10 1.5 1.5 1.0 2.5 2.5 1.0
Attendance
Live project 2
5 1 2
club activity
Case study
10 2.5 1.5 1.0 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/ 2
5 3
Projects
Internal End
20 1 5.5 2.5 4.0 5 2
Term Exam

Internal 50 5.5 10.5 14.5 9.5 5.5 4.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 National Swapana Pradhan- Retailing
Management
2 National A. J. Lamba- The Art of Retailing
4 International Dravid Gilbert Retail Marketing
5 International . George H, Lucas Jr., Robert Retailing
P. Bush, Larry G Greshan-
6 International Barry Berman, Joel R Evans- A Strategic
Retail Management Approach
 Online Resources:
Online Resources No Web site address

1 https://gacbe.ac.in/pdf/ematerial/18BIB52C-U1.pdf
2 http://centre.uek.krakow.pl/CENTRUMPSiM/wp-
content/uploads/2017/10/Horska_et_al_2014_mini.pdf

MOOCs:
Online Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.edx.org/
2 https://www.coursera.org/
3 https://alison.com/
4 https://swayam.gov.in/nc_details/NPTEL

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is
Mapped at 3 possible only if managers understand core concepts of International Marketing

CO1 & PO 2 Market Dynamics and Entry strategies concepts would be delivered through case studies and projects to
Mapped at 2 foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making but is possible to a limited
extent.

CO1 & PO 3 Helps to understand evolution of International Retailing in organizations and learn and cope with change
Mapped at 3 to be productive

CO1 & PO 4 Comprehending the core concepts of International Marketing globally is important but economic legal and
Mapped at 2 ethical aspects of business are not very relevant to CO 1 hence the alignment of Co1 to PO4 is moderate .

CO1 & PO5 Comprehending the core concepts can lead to

Mapped at 1 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is aligned very low as writing and contributing to
business literature is not a necessary outcome
CO1 & PO6 Comprehending the core concepts and PO 6 are highly aligned as CO 1 delineates the ability to lead
Mapped at 3 themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team
environment.

CO2 & PO1 Analyzing market dynamics and developing market entry strategies is possible only if managers apply the
Mapped at 3 knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems. So highly aligned.

CO2& PO2 Analyzing market dynamics and developing market entry strategies need to Foster analytical and critical
Mapped at 3 thinking abilities for data-based decision making

CO2& PO3 Analyzing market dynamics and developing market entry strategies need to Learn new technologies with
Mapped at 2 ease and be productive at all times

CO2& PO4 Analyzing market dynamics and developing market entry strategies results in the ability to understand,
Mapped at 3 analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO2& PO5 Analyzing market dynamics and developing market entry strategies do not require to necessarily Read,
Mapped at - write, and contribute to Business literature. No alignment

CO2& PO6 Analyzing market dynamics and developing market entry strategies facilitate in the achievement of
Mapped at 3 organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment. So highly aligned.

CO3 & PO1

Mapped at 3 Examining the evolution of International retailing and its motives is possible only when skills are
developed and motivational concepts are inculcated
CO3 & PO2 Evolution of International Marketing may not foster analytical and critical thinking abilities. Hence there
Mapped at - is no alignment

CO3 & PO3 Learning new technologies to be productive is possible only if students are motivated to develop new
Mapped at 1 skills but since it depends on many other variables the alignment is low

CO3 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business is
Mapped at 3 aligned with examining the evolution of International Marketing and its motives

CO3 & PO5 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is not aligned with studying the evolution of International
Mapped at - Retailing and its motives.

CO3 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively
Mapped at - to a team environment is not aligned to examining the evolution of International Retailing and its motives.

CO4 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to evaluate the selection of retail markets and
Mapped at 3 International Retailing methods are very important hence highly aligned.

CO4 & PO2 To be aware of parameters of selection of retail markets and International Retailing methods facilitate
Mapped at 3 analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making Hence highly aligned

CO4 & PO3 To be aware of parameters of selection of retail markets and International Retailing methods is not highly
Mapped at 1 aligned with Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times

CO4 & PO4 To be aware of parameters of selection of retail markets and International Retailing methods are important
Mapped at 3 to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO4 & PO5 To be aware of parameters of selection of retail markets and International Retailing methods and Read,
Mapped at1 write, and contribute to Business literature are not totally aligned as CO 4 will ensure reading and writing
ability but whether they will contribute to business literature is doubtful.
CO4& PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively
Mapped at 3 to a team environment is possible only when managers are aware of parameters of selection of retail
markets and International Retailing methods
CO5& PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to develop competitive advantages and
Mapped at 3 understand Global Retail structures are very important hence highly aligned.

CO5 & PO2 To develop competitive advantages facilitate analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based
Mapped at 3 decision making Hence highly aligned

CO5 & PO3 Developing competitive advantages and understanding global retail structures is not highly aligned with
Mapped at 2 Learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times

CO5 & PO4 Developing competitive advantages and understanding global retail structures are important to
Mapped at 3 understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO5 & PO5 Developing competitive advantages and understanding global retail structures and Read, write, and
Mapped at 2 contribute to Business literature are moderately aligned

CO5& PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively
Mapped at 3 to a team environment is possible only when managers can develop competitive advantages and
understand global retail structures
CO6 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to adapt to Digital Revolution and ethical
Mapped at 1 consideration in International Marketing are not very important hence not highly aligned.

CO6 & PO2 Adopting digital technologies require analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision
Mapped at 3 making Hence highly aligned

CO6 & PO3 Adopting digital technologies is highly aligned with Learn new technologies with ease and be productive
Mapped at 3 at all times

CO6 & PO4 Adopting digital technologies are very important to understand, analyze and communicate global,
Mapped at 3 economic, legal and ethical aspects of business. Hence highly aligned

CO6 & PO5 Adopting digital technologies and Read, write, and contribute to Business literature are moderately aligned
Mapped at 1
CO6& PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively
Mapped at 3 to a team environment is possible only when managers can learn new digital technologies and ethical
considerations in International Markeing

Mapped by: Prof. Deepak Navalgund Assistant professor-Institute of Management &

Entrepreneurship Development , Pune
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective: International Business Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV IB04 Global Business Strategies
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
Knowledge: Basic and broad knowledge in international business environment, strategies
and management. Ability to apply concepts, principles and theories to simple business
situations.
Global Perspective: Awareness of the different thinking and viewpoints of diverse
cultures.
Awareness of the global business environment and its impacts on businesses.
Practical Application: Use of excel tools in real world scenarios.
Learning Outcomes :
Explain the concepts in international business with respect to foreign trade/international
business
Apply the current business phenomenon and to evaluate the global business environment
in terms of economic, social and legal aspects
Analyse the principle of international business and strategies adopted by firms to expand
globally
. Integrate concept in international business concepts with functioning of global trade

U Ses COs Number Teaching Cognition Evaluation

n sio Methodolog Level Tools
it Contents ns y
(Hr
s)
1 Export Import Strategies, 6 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz
Third Party Intermediaries, End Term
Cause of Ethical dilemma Quiz Internals:
demand always Short
Technology impact on Export Answers
Strategy
2 Global Manufacturing 5 CO 2 Lecture with Case Study ,
Strategies, Global Newspaper
Supply Chain Case Study Article
Management,Ethical Psychometric Apply End Term:
Dilemma supplier Tools (Analyse) Applied
relations approach that Questions
yields best result
3 Control Strategies 8 CO 3 Lecture with Analyse Case Study
Introduction, Planning, PPTs with
Organizational Structure, Case Study Presentations
Location of Decision End Term
making, Control in process Exams: Case
based
of Internationalization,
Questions/Ap
Control Strategy Mechanisms plied
Corporate Culture & Co- Questions
ordinating Methods,Control
in special situations
Acquisitions, Shared
 ownership
4 Role of legal 5 CO4 Lectures with Evaluate Group
structure in Control PPTs Activity
Strategies Control
or No control Group End Term
Constant Balancing Activity Exam: Short
Act Video Cases case and
situation
based
questions
5 Collaborative Strategies 8 CO5 Lecture Create Case
Motives for Case Presentation
collaborative Activity Activity
arrangements, End Term:
Considerations in Theory
collaborative Applied
arrangements,
Licensing/ Franchising /
Contracts/ Joint Ventures/
Equity Alliances
6 Problems of Collaborative 8 CO6 Lectures with Evaluate Activity
Arrangements, PPTs End Term:
Collaborative Importance, Flip Theory
Differing Objectives, Classroom Applied
Control Problems,
Cultural Difference,
CompatiblePartners, Steps
to know how Innovation
breeds collaboration

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COIB04.1 2 2 3 2 1 2
COIB04.2 1 2 2 3 2 1
COIB04.3 2 3 1 2 3 2
COIB04.4 2 2 1 2 3 1
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -
(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4
Class Participation/ 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club 5 2 1 1 1
activity
Case study discussion 1 3 1 4 4
 Assignments/ Projects 5 1 2 1 1

Internal End Term 20 5 5 5 5

Exam

Internal 50 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5

End Term (Univ) 50
Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) Author Edition Company

1 National T.K Das & A resource Based Journal of

Bing- Sheng theory of Strategic management 26,
Teng Alliance no.1 [2000:31- 61]
2 National Jeffery Reur Collaborative The logic of
Strategy J Alliances
Financial Times
Oct- 4 1999- Page
12-13 3.
3 National Chakrawarthy Strategic Planning
B and for Global
Permutter H Business
(1995)
4 International M Porter Competitive )New York Free
(1990) Advantage of Press
Nation
5 International Engelwood The Strategy M J Prentice Hall
Cliffs, Process

6 International The Dynamics of Strategy London

International International
Strategy Thompson Press
Online Resources:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 https://www.global-strategy.net/what-is-global-strategy/
2 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/322789850_Internatio
nal_Business_Strategy
MOOCs:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in
Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 A strong foundation in international business knowledge correlates with effective use of management
Mapped at 2 theories for problem-solving. This highlights the value of combining international business
understanding with practical management skills for addressing business challenges.
CO1 & PO2 Having a strong foundation in international business knowledge is associated with improved
Mapped at 2 analytical and critical thinking skills for data-driven decision-making. Those well-versed in
international business concepts tend to excel in critical and analytical thinking when handling data-
based decisions. This connection highlights how international business knowledge and critical
thinking skills mutually reinforce each other for more informed decision-making.
CO1 & PO3 Having a strong background in international business correlates with the capacity to easily learn new
Mapped at 3 technologies and sustain productivity. Individuals well-versed in international business concepts tend
to adapt more effectively to emerging technologies while consistently maintaining their productivity
levels. This correlation underscores the importance of international business knowledge in enhancing
tech proficiency and productivity.
CO1 & PO4 Having a strong foundation in international business correlates with the capacity to understand,
Mapped at 2 analyze, and communicate global economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business. Individuals with
this knowledge are better equipped to grasp and convey the intricate dimensions of global economics,
legal issues, and ethical considerations in the business sphere, highlighting the importance of
international business knowledge in comprehending global operations comprehensively.
CO1 & PO5 A strong foundation in international business concepts and strategies is positively linked to the ability
Mapped at 1 to apply this knowledge to real-world business scenarios and actively engage in creating and sharing
business literature. This connection underscores the significance of a solid international business
knowledge base for individuals aiming to contribute meaningfully to the field and succeed in practical
business situations
CO1 & PO6 A robust understanding of international business, encompassing its environment, strategies, and
Mapped at 2 management, is positively connected to the aptitude for applying theoretical concepts to real-world
business scenarios. This knowledge base is also associated with effective leadership skills, enabling
individuals to lead themselves and others toward organizational goals while contributing
collaboratively within a team. In summary, a strong foundation in international business knowledge
supports both practical application of theory and successful leadership and teamwork, driving
organizational success.
CO2 & PO1 Cultural awareness and a global perspective are positively linked to the effective application of
Mapped at 1 management theories and practices for addressing complex business problems. Those who embrace
a global mindset and appreciate diverse cultural viewpoints tend to excel in utilizing management
knowledge for practical problem-solving in a global context. This correlation emphasizes the
importance of cultural awareness in enhancing one's ability to apply management theory to real-world
business challenges.
CO2 & PO2 Understanding diverse cultural perspectives as part of a global mindset is linked to the development
Mapped at 2 of strong analytical and critical thinking skills for data-based decision-making. Those who appreciate
cultural diversity tend to excel in analyzing data critically and making well-informed decisions based
on it. This correlation highlights the vital role of cultural awareness in enhancing analytical and
decision-making abilities within a global context.
CO2 & PO3 Embracing a global perspective, marked by cultural awareness, is linked to the ease of acquiring new
Mapped at 2 technologies and sustaining high productivity. Those who appreciate diverse cultural viewpoints tend
to adapt more effectively to technology, enabling consistent productivity across different contexts.
This correlation underscores the significance of cultural awareness in technology adoption and
maintaining productivity.
CO2 & PO4 A global perspective, rooted in cultural awareness, is positively associated with the capacity to
Mapped at 3 comprehend, analyze, and communicate the intricate global economic, legal, and ethical aspects of
business. Those who embrace diverse cultural viewpoints tend to excel in understanding and
articulating the multifaceted dimensions of the global business landscape. This correlation highlights
the pivotal role of cultural awareness in effectively navigating and communicating within a global
business context.
CO2 & PO5 Fostering a global perspective, rooted in an understanding of diverse viewpoints, is linked to the
Mapped at 2 capability to read, write, and actively contribute to the field of business literature. Those who embrace
this global mindset and appreciate cultural diversity are more inclined to engage meaningfully in
discussions and contribute to the evolving landscape of business literature. This connection highlights
the pivotal role of cultural awareness in shaping one's ability to participate in and enhance the
discourse within the realm of business literature.
CO2 & PO6 Embracing a global perspective and understanding diverse thinking positively relates to the capability
Mapped at 1 to lead both oneself and others in accomplishing organizational goals within a collaborative team
environment. Individuals who adopt a global mindset and appreciate cultural diversity tend to excel
in guiding and cooperating with their team to achieve these objectives. This correlation underscores
the pivotal role of cultural awareness in enhancing leadership and teamwork dynamics in a global
context.
CO3 & PO1 A strong awareness of the global business environment and its consequences on businesses is
Mapped at 2 associated with the effective application of management theories and practices to tackle complex
business issues. Those well-versed in the global business landscape tend to excel in leveraging
management knowledge for problem-solving. This correlation underscores the vital role of
 comprehending the global business context in applying management theory to real-world problem-
solving scenarios.
CO3 & PO2 Having a deep understanding of the global business environment and its influence on various
Mapped at 3 industries is connected to the development of strong analytical and critical thinking skills for making
data-driven decisions. Those with this global awareness tend to excel in analyzing data critically and
making well-informed decisions based on it. This correlation emphasizes the vital role of global
awareness in enhancing analytical and decision-making abilities within a business context.
CO3 & PO3 Understanding the global business environment and its influence on industries is associated with the
Mapped at 1 ease of learning new technologies and maintaining consistent productivity. Those with this awareness
tend to adapt more effectively to technology, enabling sustained high productivity in a rapidly
changing business landscape. This correlation underscores the significance of global awareness in
facilitating technology adoption and productivity within the evolving business world.
CO3 & PO4 Comprehensive awareness of the global business environment and its effects on businesses is linked
Mapped at 2 to the capability to understand, analyze, and proficiently communicate global economic, legal, and
ethical dimensions in the business world. Those with deep insight into the global business landscape
tend to excel in comprehending and articulating the intricacies of these global aspects. This
correlation underscores the crucial role of global awareness in fostering proficiency in addressing
and conveying the multifaceted dimensions of business.
CO3 & PO5 Comprehensive awareness of the global business environment's effects on businesses is linked to a
Mapped at 3 greater likelihood of actively reading, writing, and contributing to the field of business literature.
Those with deep insights into the global business landscape tend to be more engaged and influential
within this literature. This correlation highlights the pivotal role of global awareness in shaping active
participation in the discourse of business literature.
CO3 & PO6 Comprehensive awareness of the global business environment's effects on businesses is associated
Mapped at 2 with a stronger ability to lead oneself and others in achieving organizational goals and effectively
contributing to team dynamics. Those who deeply understand the global business landscape tend to
excel in guiding and collaborating with their team to meet organizational objectives. This correlation
highlights the crucial role of global awareness in enhancing leadership and teamwork within the
global business context.
CO4 & PO 1 The hands-on use of Excel tools in real-world scenarios is associated with an improved ability to
Mapped at 2 apply management knowledge for addressing complex business issues. Those who effectively
employ Excel in practical situations tend to be more adept at utilizing their management expertise for
problem-solving. This correlation highlights the importance of practical experience and technical
tools in enhancing problem-solving skills within the realm of management.
CO4 & PO 2 Using Excel tools in practical situations is linked to the development of critical thinking and
Mapped at 2 analytical abilities for data-driven decision-making. Those who effectively apply Excel in real-world
scenarios tend to improve their capacity to critically analyze data and make well-informed decisions
based on it. This correlation underscores the importance of hands-on experience and technical tools
in enhancing critical thinking and data-driven decision-making skills.
CO4 & PO 3 The hands-on use of Excel tools in real-world situations is associated with an increased aptitude for
Mapped at 1 easily learning new technologies and maintaining high levels of productivity. Those who effectively
apply Excel in practical contexts tend to be more adaptable in quickly grasping and effectively using
new technologies, which contributes to sustained productivity. This correlation underscores the
significance of practical experience and technical proficiency in streamlining technology adoption
and sustaining productivity.
CO4 & PO 4 Utilizing Excel tools in practical settings is associated with a stronger ability to understand, analyze,
Mapped at 2 and communicate various complex aspects of global business, including economic, legal, and ethical
dimensions. Those who effectively apply Excel in real-world situations tend to excel in
comprehending and articulating these intricate facets within the business context. This correlation
underscores the importance of practical experience and technical tools in enhancing proficiency in
addressing and communicating multifaceted business aspects.
CO4 & PO 5 Practical application of Excel tools in real-world situations is linked to a greater likelihood of actively
Mapped at 3 participating in business literature by reading, writing, and contributing. Those who effectively use
Excel in practical contexts tend to engage more meaningfully in discussions and make valuable
contributions to the field. This correlation emphasizes the importance of hands-on experience and
technical tools in enhancing one's active involvement in business literature.
CO4 & PO 6 Using Excel tools in real-world applications is associated with a greater capacity to lead oneself and
Mapped at 1 others in achieving organizational goals and effectively contributing to team dynamics. Those who
effectively employ Excel in practical contexts tend to excel in guiding and collaborating with their
team to meet organizational objectives. This correlation underscores the pivotal role of practical
experience and technical tools in enhancing leadership and teamwork within a professional context.

Mapped by: Dr. Suchata Kanchi,Assistant professor-Institute of Management & Entrepreneurship

Development , Pune
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective:Production & Operations Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV PM03 Logistics & Supply Chain Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To gain the in depth knowledge, and importance of the subject of Supply Chain
Management (SCM).
To acquire the working knowledge.
To understand the JIT and SCM concepts and applicability to industrial examples.
To know the concept of 5R in achieving Customer satisfaction/ delight.
Learning Outcomes :
Develop a sound understanding of the important role of supply chain management in
business environment.
Become familiar with current supply chain management trends.
Learn logistics concepts and basic activities.
Know the types of transportation systems.
Know the third, fourth party logistics.

U Ses COs Number Teaching Cognition Evaluation

n sio Methodolog Level Tools
it Contents ns y
(Hr
s)
1 Introduction to Logistics 10 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz
and SCM: Meaning, End Term
objectives, importance of Quiz Internals:
various terms and Short
Answers
concepts of SCM in
relation to competitive
global business. EOQ
models, Customer
Relationship Management
and SupplyChain
2 Planning and SCM: Planning 10 CO 2 Lecture with Case Study ,
Demand & Supply chain, Newspaper
types of distributionnetwork, Case Study Article
concept of 5R in achieving Psychometric Apply End Term:
Tools (Analyse) Applied
Customer satisfaction/
Questions
delight. Role of agent,
Distributor, Ware house,
Retailer, and various types of
distribution
level.
3 Materials Management and 10 CO 3 Lecture with Analyse Case Study
Logistics: Meaning of PPTs with
logistics in reference to Case Study Presentations
materials management, End Term
broader sense including Exams: Case
transport selection, long term based
Questions/Ap
contracts for information flow plied
 & material flow to reach the Questions
supply with5R.Sourcing and
pricing of logistics.
4 Transportation Systems: 10 CO4 Lectures with Evaluate Group
Types of transportation PPTs Activity
systems & their merits/
demerits, , selection of Group End Term
suitable type, Activity Exam: Short
complexities in trans Video Cases case and
situation
shipment, andexporting
based
the goods, role of questions
forwarding and clearing
agents and documentation
requirements
5 Integration of Logistics 10 CO5 Lecture Create Case
functions: Developments in Case Presentation
outsourcing of Logistics- Activity Activity
stores functions-bar coding, End Term:
layout, material handling, and Theory
suitableequipments for it, Applied
overall integration of various
functions of material
management, stores,
procurement, distribution
network tuned to information
flow from customers to get
the effectiveness .
6 Current Trends in 10 CO6 Lectures with Evaluate Activity
Logistics and SCM: PPTs End Term:
Current developments/ Flip Theory
practices-MRP, MRPII. Classroom Applied
3PL,4PL, use of IT.

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COPM03.1 2 - - 2 - 3

COPM03.2 3 3 3 3 2 1

COPM03.3 3 1 2 1 1 2

COPM03.4 3 1 1 3 1 2

COPM03.5 3 2 3 2 1 1

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/ 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club 5 2 1 1 1
activity
Case study discussion 1 3 1 4 4

Assignments/ Projects 5 1 2 1 1

Internal End Term 20 5 5 5 5

Exam

Internal 50 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Reference Name of the Title of the Year Publisher Company

Books Author Book Edition
(Publisher)
1 National Satish C. Logistics 2005 Prentice-Hall Of India
Ailawadi&Rakes Management Pvt. Limited
h Singh
2 National D K Agrawal Logistics and 2003 Macmillan Publishers
Supply Chain India Limited,
Management
3 National Janat Shah Supply Chain 2009 Pearson Education
Management-
Text and Cases
4 International Douglas Long International 2003 Springer US
Logistics: Global
Supply Chain
Management
5 International Donald J. Logistical 1996 McGraw-Hill Companies
Bowersox& Management
David J. Closs
 6 International Donald Waters Logistics- An 2003 Palgrave Macmillan
Introduction to
Supply Chain
Management

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources No
1 www.poms.org
2 www.searchmanufacturingerp.techtarget.com
3 www.inderscience.com
4 www.logisticsmgmt.com
5 www.ionlogistics.eu
MOOCs:

Resources No Web site address

1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Understanding the role of supply chain management involves applying management theories and practices
to address real-world business challenges
Mapped at 2

CO1 & PO 2 No mapping

CO1 & PO 3 No mapping

CO1 & PO 4 Supply chain management has significant global, economic, and legal aspects, and students must
understand and analyze these to grasp its importance in the business environment.
Mapped at 2

CO1 & PO5 No mapping

CO1 & PO6 Students completing this course should develop a sound understanding of the important role of supply
chain management and, in turn, gain the ability to lead themselves and others in achieving organizational
Mapped at 3 goals.

CO2 & Understanding current trends in supply chain management is crucial for solving business problems
PO1Mapped at 3 effectively. By staying informed about the latest practices and theories, students can apply this knowledge
to address real-world challenges in logistics and SCM.

CO2& PO2 Becoming familiar with current trends in SCM requires analytical and critical thinking. Students need to
analyze the impact of trends on business operations and make data-based decisions to adapt to changing
Mapped at 3 market dynamics.

CO2& PO3 Current trends in SCM often involve the adoption of new technologies. To stay familiar with these trends,
students must be comfortable learning and adapting to new technologies, ensuring they can remain
Mapped at 2 productive in a technology-driven business environment.

CO2& PO4 Supply chain trends are influenced by global, economic, legal, and ethical factors. Understanding these
aspects is crucial for interpreting and adapting to current SCM trends. Communication skills are essential
Mapped at 3 for conveying the implications of these trends to stakeholders.

CO2& PO5 Staying familiar with current SCM trends involves reading and contributing to business literature. Students
need to be able to access, comprehend, and contribute to literature discussing the latest practices and
Mapped at - 2 innovations in supply chain management.

CO2& PO6 Students completing this course should become familiar with current trends, contributing to their ability to
Mapped at 1 navigate and contribute in a changing organizational landscape.

CO3 & PO1 Understanding logistics concepts involves applying management theories to streamline material flow,
optimize distribution networks, and solve logistical challenges within the supply chain. Students need to
Mapped at 3 use management principles to make effective decisions in logistics.

CO3 & PO2 Logistics involves data-driven decision-making, such as optimizing transportation routes, managing
inventory levels, and analyzing supply chain performance. Students learning logistics concepts will
Mapped at 1 develop analytical and critical thinking skills for effective decision-making based on data.

CO3 & PO3 Logistics operations increasingly rely on technology, including tracking systems, inventory management
software, and transportation management systems. Learning logistics concepts involves understanding and
Mapped at 2 adapting to new technologies, aligning with the program outcome of learning new technologies with ease.

CO3 & PO4 Logistics has a global dimension involving the movement of goods across borders. Understanding logistics
concepts includes considerations of global trade regulations, economic impacts on supply chains, and
Mapped at 1 ethical aspects of procurement and distribution.

CO3 & Logistics is a critical aspect of business, and students learning logistics concepts will contribute to business
PO5Mapped at -1 literature by understanding, analyzing, and writing about logistics practices, innovations, and challenges.

CO3 & PO6 Students should gain a solid understanding of fundamental logistics concepts, contributing to their ability
to operate effectively in the supply chain management field within a dynamic business context.
Mapped at 2
CO4 & PO1 Understanding the types of transportation systems involves not only technical knowledge but also
managerial decision-making. The choice of transportation systems has direct implications for business
Mapped at 3 operations and requires application of management theories to optimize logistical processes.

CO4 & PO2 Knowing the types of transportation systems requires analytical thinking, considering factors such as costs,
efficiency, and reliability. Decision-making in logistics involves critical analysis of data related to
Mapped at -1 transportation systems, route planning, and performance metrics.

CO4 & PO3 The logistics and transportation industry is increasingly reliant on technology, from tracking systems to
route optimization software. Understanding different transportation systems involves familiarity with
Mapped at 1 evolving technologies in the field, aligning with the goal of learning new technologies with ease.

CO4 & PO4 Transportation systems have significant implications for global supply chains, economic considerations
(cost-effectiveness of different modes), legal aspects (regulations in various transportation modes), and
Mapped at 3 ethical considerations (sustainability in transportation). Knowing the types of transportation systems
requires understanding and analyzing these broader aspects.

CO4 & PO5 Understanding transportation systems involves engaging with business literature on logistics, supply chain
management, and transportation. Students need to read and comprehend relevant literature to gain insights
Mapped at 1 into the latest trends, best practices, and case studies in the field.

CO4& PO6 Understanding transportation systems is vital in the supply chain, and individuals with this knowledge can
effectively contribute to organizational goals, particularly in the context of logistics and supply chain
Mapped at 2 management where transportation plays a critical role.

CO5 & PO1 Understanding third and fourth-party logistics involves applying management theories and practices to
Mapped at 3 optimize and solve logistics and supply chain challenges. This knowledge is essential for addressing real-
world business problems in the context of supply chain management.
CO5 & PO2 Knowing third and fourth-party logistics requires analytical thinking to evaluate the effectiveness of
Mapped at 2 outsourcing logistics functions and making data-based decisions regarding when and how to engage with
third-party logistics providers. Critical thinking is crucial in assessing the impact of such decisions on the
overall supply chain.
CO5 & PO3 Third and fourth-party logistics often involve the use of advanced technologies such as tracking systems,
Mapped at 3 inventory management software, and communication tools. Understanding these technologies is integral to
being productive and efficient in a logistics and supply chain management setting.
CO5 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze, and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business.
Mapped at 2 Understanding third and fourth-party logistics involves considering global, economic, legal, and ethical
dimensions of business.
CO5 & PO5 Reading, writing, and contributing to business literature, as understanding third and fourth-party logistics
Mapped at 1 involves staying informed and contributing to the discourse in the field.
CO5 & PO6 Understanding third and fourth party logistics aspects is crucial in the supply chain, and individuals with
Mapped at 1 this knowledge can contribute effectively to organizational goals, especially in team environments within
the logistics and supply chain management context

Mapped by: Dr.P.S.Patil Assoicate Professor- BVDU- IMRDA,Sangli

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective:Production & Operations Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022

2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV PM04 World Class Manufacturing Practices
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To gain in depth knowledge of World Class Manufacturing(WCM) systems in
globally Leading Manufacturers.
To gain concept of Strategic Decisions for business, JIT, Total Employee
involvement.
To get acquainted with the use of IT, ERP and MRP systems

Learning Outcomes :
Demonstrate the relevance and basics of World Class Manufacturing.
Understand the concepts of Business excellence, competitiveness and customization of
product for manufacturing.
Implementation of new technology concepts of world class manufacturing, dynamics
of material flow, and Lean manufacturing.
Understand recent trends in manufacturing to meet the current and future business
challenges.
Compare the existing industries with WCM industries.

U Ses COs Number Teaching Cognition Evaluation

n sio Methodolog Level Tools
it Contents ns y
(Hr
s)
1 Introduction to World 10 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz
Class Manufacturing End Term
(WCM): World Class Quiz Internals:
manufacturing; Concept, Short
Imperatives for success Answers
Technology, systems
approach and change in
the mindset
2 Planning for 10 CO 2 Lecture with Case Study ,
Manufacturing System: Newspaper
Strategic decisions in Case Study Article
manufacturingmanagement; Psychometric Apply End Term:
choice of technology; Tools (Analyse) Applied
capacity; Layout; Aggregate Questions
Planning
and Master production
scheduling.
3 Materials Planning: 10 CO 3 Lecture with Analyse Case Study
Resources planning - PPTs with
Materials Requirement Case Study Presentations
planning (MRP). End Term
Manufacturing Resources Exams: Case
based
 planning (MRP-II) Questions/Ap
Enterprise Resources plied
Planning (ERP). Questions
4 Just in Time (JIT): Just-In- 10 CO4 Lectures with Evaluate Group
Time (JIT) - Concept, PPTs Activity
Advantages, Techniquesof
JIT, JIT Layout, Kanban Group End Term
Activity Exam: Short
system, JIT Purchasing.
Video Cases case and
situation
based
questions
5 World Class 10 CO5 Lecture Create Case
Manufacturing Case Presentation
development Tools: Total Activity Activity
employee Involvement and End Term:
small group activities 5-S Theory
Applied
Concept, Total Productive
Maintenance, Automation in
design and manufacturing,
Automated Material

Product and Process Design

Tools, Bar Code Systems.
6 Recent Trends in World 10 CO6 Lectures with Evaluate Activity
Class Manufacturing: Role of PPTs End Term:
IT in World Class Flip Theory
Manufacturing, Flexible Classroom Applied
Manufacturing Systems
(FMS), Group Technology,
Six Sigma.

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

C.O. 1 2 2 3 2 1 3
PM04

C.O. 2 3 3 2 3 3 3
PM04

C.O. 3 2 1 2 - - 3
PM04

C.O. 4 3 2 1 3 1 3
PM04

C.O. 5 3 1 - 2 2 -
PM04

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4
Class Participation/ 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club 5 2 1 1 1
activity
Case study discussion 1 3 1 4 4

Assignments/ Projects 5 1 2 1 1

Internal End Term 20 5 5 5 5

Exam

Internal 50 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5

End Term (Univ) 50
Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
(Publisher) Author Editio Company
n
1 National B S Sahay K B World-Class 2018 Infinity press
C
Saxena, Ashish Manufacturing- A
Kumar Strategic Perspective
2 National L.C. Jhamb Production Operations 2014 Everest
Management publishing
House
3 National S.A. Chunawalla, Production and Operations 2018 Himalaya
D.R. Patel Management Systems Publishing
House
4 International Richard World Class 1986 Schonberger
J.Schonberger, Manufacturing & Associates
5 International Carlo WCOM (World Class 2016 Springer
Baroncelli&NoelaB Operations Management) : International
allerio (eds.) Why You Need More Than Publishing
Lean
6 International Devistsiotis Kostas Operations Management 1981 McGraw Hill
N,
Online Resources:
Online Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.wcm.fcagroup.com/
2 www.iso.org
MOOCs:

Online Resources No Web site address

1 www.coursera.org
2 www.edx.org
3 www.openlearning.com
4 www.alison.com

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Understanding the basics of World Class Manufacturing is essential to solving manufacturing-related
business problems, making it relevant to management theories and practices.
Mapped at 2
CO1 & PO2 Its necessary to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.
Mapped at 2 Demonstrating the relevance of WCM involves critical thinking and analysis of manufacturing processes.

CO1 & PO3 WCM often involves the implementation of new technologies, and understanding its basics is a
Mapped at 3 prerequisite for adapting to these technologies.

CO1 & PO 4 WCM has global implications and understanding its basics contributes to a broader understanding of the
Mapped at 2 economic and ethical aspects of manufacturing.

CO1 & PO5 Understanding the basics of WCM enables students to engage with and contribute to the literature on
Mapped at 1 modern manufacturing practices.

CO1 & PO6 CO1 provides foundational knowledge for leadership in manufacturing and effective teamwork.
Mapped at 3

CO2 & PO1 CO2 is aligned with this outcome because it involves understanding the principles and concepts related to
Mapped at 3 business excellence and competitiveness. It equips students with the knowledge required to apply
management theories and practices in the context of WCM to address manufacturing and operational
challenges effectively.
CO2& PO2 Understanding business excellence and competitiveness involves analyzing data and making data-based
Mapped at 3 decisions to enhance manufacturing processes.

CO2& PO3 WCM involves the use of advanced manufacturing technologies and systems. CO2's focus helps students
Mapped at 2 learn and adapt to new technologies and systems that are essential for achieving world-class manufacturing
standards.
CO2& PO4 By grasping the concept of business excellence and competitiveness students become better equipped to
Mapped at 3 analyze and communicate the global and ethical dimensions of manufacturing within a WCM framework.

CO2& PO5 WCM and its components contributes to the development of students' knowledge in the field. This
Mapped at 3 knowledge allows them to read, write, and potentially contribute to the literature on business excellence
and competitiveness in the context of WCM.

CO2& PO6 Understanding the principles of WCM, is crucial for leadership roles within manufacturing organizations.
Mapped at 3 It enables students to lead themselves and teams effectively by implementing WCM concepts and
methodologies to achieve organizational goals and improve manufacturing processes.
CO3 & PO1 Implementing new technology concepts in manufacturing, requires an understanding of management
Mapped at 2 theories and practices related to world-class manufacturing.

CO3 & PO2 Understanding the dynamics of material flow and Lean manufacturing, requires analytical and critical
Mapped at 1 thinking to optimize processes and reduce waste.

CO3 & PO3 Implementing new technology concepts and Lean manufacturing principles in World Class Manufacturing
Mapped at 2 requires the ability to learn new technologies and adapt to them efficiently.

No Mapping
CO3 & PO4
--
CO3 & PO5 No Mapping
--
CO3 & PO6 Implementing Lean manufacturing principles, can lead to improved organizational efficiency and
Mapped at 3 effectiveness in achieving manufacturing goals.

CO4 & PO1 Its required that students understand recent manufacturing trends, which involves applying knowledge to
Mapped at 3 solve business problems and making informed management decisions.

CO4 & PO2 It involves staying up-to-date with the latest manufacturing trends and requires analytical and critical
Mapped at 2 thinking abilities to assess their relevance and impact on business.

CO4 & PO3 It is important of learn new manufacturing technologies to remain productive, which reflects the ability to
Mapped at 1 learn new technologies with ease.

CO4 & PO4 Understanding recent trends in manufacturing is essential to adapt to global economic challenges and
Mapped at 3 ethical considerations in business.

CO4 & PO5 Encouraging students to stay informed about current trends in manufacturing, can lead to reading, writing,
Mapped at1 and contributing to business literature on these topics.

CO4& PO6 Students develop the ability to lead and contribute effectively to a team environment, as they can apply
Mapped at 3 their knowledge of recent manufacturing trends to help achieve organizational goals and navigate
changing business challenges.

CO5&PO1 Students apply management knowledge, critical thinking skills, and an understanding of economic and
Mapped at 3 ethical aspects in the context of comparing different manufacturing approaches.

CO5&PO2 Students apply management knowledge, critical thinking skills, and an understanding of economic and
Mapped at 1 ethical aspects in the context of comparing different manufacturing approaches.

CO5&PO3 -- No Mapping
CO5&PO4 Students apply management knowledge, critical thinking skills, and an understanding of economic and
Mapped at 2 ethical aspects in the context of comparing different manufacturing approaches.

CO5&PO5 Comparing existing industries with World Class Manufacturing involves analyzing and contributing to
Mapped at 2 business literature to understand the differences and improvements.

CO5&PO6 -- No Mapping

Mapped by: Dr.P.S.Patil Assoicate Professor- BVDU- IMRDA,Sangli

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective: Information Technology Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022

2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV IT03 RDBMS with Oracle
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
To understand and learn how to work with an Oracle database.
To understand the Structured Query Language and be able to use it in conjunction with
Oracle database.
To understand Procedural Language SQL (PL/SQL) and be able to use it in conjunction
with an Oracle database.
Learning Outcomes :
At the end of this course, student should be able to:
Simple Queryusing sample datasets
Complex queries using SQL.
Writing PL/SQL blocks

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Number Methodolo Level Tools
(Hrs) gy

1 Introduction to oracle 4 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Discussion

RDBMS: Ppts,
DBMS VS RDBMS, Discussion

to Oracle: History, Features,

Versions of oracle,
introduction to oracle
RDBMS, Tools of Oracle:
SQL, SQL*Plus, SQL Form,
SQL Reports.
2 SQL and Components of 9 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Understand
SQL Ppts, and and execute
Defining a database in SQL, Practical execute basic SQL
Components of SQL: DDL, sessions on basic SQL queries on
DML, DCL, DQL, SQL computer queries on sample
query Rules, Data types, sample datasets.
Keywords, Delimiters, datasets.
Literals. DDL Commands
Defining a database in SQL,
Creating table, changing
table definition, removing
table. Truncating Table.
DML Commands- Inserting,
updating, deleting data,
DQL Commands: Select
Statement with all options.
Renaming table, Describe
Command, Distinct Clause,
Sorting Data in a Table,
 creating table from a table,
Inserting data from other
table, Table alias, and
Column alias.
Data Constraints: Primary
key, Foreign Key, NOT
NULL, UNIQUE, CHECK
constraint
3 Operators, Functions and 8 CO 2 Lecture with Understand Analyze and
Joins PPTs, and extract
Arithmetic, Logical, Practical analyze specific
Relational, Range sessions information
Searching, Pattern from a
Matching, IN & NOT IN database
Predicate, all, % any, exists, using SQL.
not exists clauses, Set
Operations: Union, Union
All, Minus, Intersect.
Relating data through join
concept. Simple join, equi
join, non equi join, Self-join,
Outer join, Sub queries,
Aggregate Functions ,
Numeric Functions, String
Functions, Conversion
functions, Date conversion
functions, Date
functions.
4 Database Objects 6 CO 2 Lectures Evaluate Formulate
Index: Creating index, with PPTs, and execute
simple index, composite complex
index, unique index, Practical SQL queries
dropping indexes, multiple Sessions involving
indexes on table, using multiple
rowid to delete duplicate tables,
rows from a table, conditions,
Sequence: Creating and joins.
sequence, altering sequence,
dropping
sequence. Views: Defining,
modifying, deleting views.
5 Introduction to PL/SQL 9 CO 3 Lectures Compose Compose
programming with PPTs, and and execute
Introduction, Advantages, Write execute PL/SQL
PL/SQL Block, PL/SQL PL/SQL blocks for
Execution Environment, block, tasks such
PL/SQL Character set, Practicing, as data
Literals, Data types, Practical manipulatio
Variables, Constants, Sessions n,
Displaying User Message on transaction
screen, Conditional Control control, and
in PL/SQL, Iterative Control stored
Structure: While Loop, For procedures.
 Loop, Goto Statement.
6 Advanced Programming 9 CO 3 Lectures Demonstrat Demonstrat
Techniques of PL/SQL with PPTs, e e
Cursors: Introduction, Types Write proficiency
of Cursors: Implicit Cursor, PL/SQL in using
Explicit Cursors, block, PL/SQL for
Parameterized cursors, Practicing, database
Programs on cursors, Practical developmen
Triggers: Introduction, Use Sessions t.
of triggers, Types of
Triggers, Creating triggers,
Examples on Triggers

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 3 - - 3 - -

CO2 3 - 3

CO3 - 3 3 - 3 -

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6

Class
Participation/ 10 2 2 2 2 2
Attendance
periodic
assessments for
analytical and 5 2 1 2
critical thinking
abilities
coding
challenges or 5 2 2 1
assignments

Internal Exam 30 5 5 5 5 5 5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 National P.S.Deshpande SQL for oracle 9i 3rd Dreamtech
Edition Press
2 International Ivan Bayross PL/SQL The 3rd BPB
Programming Edition Publication
Language of Oracle
3rd Revised Edition
Online Resources:
Online Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.w3schools.com/sql/
2 https://www.tutorialspoint.com/sql/index.htm
3 https://www.javatpoint.com/sql-tutorial
MOOCs:
Online Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.coursera.org/learn/intro-sql
2 https://www.coursera.org/projects/introduction-to-relational-database-
and-sql
3 https://www.coursera.org/projects/intermediate-rdb-sql

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Students will be able to apply SQL queries to retrieve data from sample datasets and solve business-
related problems by extracting relevant information.
Mapped at 3
CO2 & PO 1 Students will gain the ability to create more advanced SQL queries to address complex business
Mapped at 3 challenges, involving multiple tables and data manipulation.
CO3 & PO 2 PL/SQL (Procedural Language/Structured Query Language) allows students to develop analytical
Mapped at 3 and critical thinking skills by creating procedural code to handle and manipulate data within a
database. This can aid in data-based decision-making processes.
CO3 & PO 3 PL/SQL is a valuable skill that can be leveraged to work with various database technologies.
Mapped at 3 Learning and effectively using PL/SQL demonstrates the ability to adapt to new technologies and
be productive when working with databases.
CO1 & PO4 Understanding and analyzing business data through SQL queries can help students grasp economic
Mapped at 3 and legal aspects by examining financial data and compliance-related information.
CO3 & PO5 Understanding and analyzing business data through SQL queries can help students grasp economic
Mapped at 3 and legal aspects by examining financial data and compliance-related information.
CO2 & PO6 The ability to create complex SQL queries can be essential in team projects and leadership roles, as
Mapped at 3 it enables students to effectively extract, analyze, and present data to contribute to organizational
goals.

Mapped by: Dr.S.N.Gambhire Assistant Professor -BVDU- Abhjjit Kadam Institute of Management
and Social Sciences Solapur
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022
2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV IT04 Enterprise Business Applications
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To enable knowledge about E-commerce
To enable knowledge about types of business models in E-commerce
To enable knowledge about security issues of e-commerce
To enable knowledge about payment systems of e-commerce.
To enable knowledge about various e-commerce applications.
To enable knowledge about Mobile commerce
Learning Outcomes :
Recognize the impact of Information and Communication technologies, especially of the
Internet in business operations.
Recognize the fundamental principles of e Business and e Commerce
Use tools and services of the internet in the development of a virtual e commerce site

Unit Contents Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Number Methodolo Level Tools
(Hrs) gy

1 Introduction: Brief history of 10 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz

e-commerce, definition of e- Ppts End Term
commerce , Technical Quiz Internals:
components and their Short
functions , e-commerce Answers
versus traditional business,
requirement of e-commerce.
Advantages and
disadvantages of e-
commerce, Value chain in e-
commerce,
current status of e-commerce
in India.
2 Types of business models 10 CO 2 Lecture with Case Study ,
(B2B,B2C,C2B,C2C) with Ppts Business
examples. Case Study cases
EDI Requirement of EDI, Apply End Term:
types of EDI, Advantages (Analyse) Applied
and disadvantages of EDI, Questions
ISP, Types of ISP, choosing
and ISP,
domain name, domain name
types, how to register
domain name.
3 Security issues, privacy 10 CO 3 Lecture with Analyse Case Study
issues, basic computer PPTs with
security, secure transaction , Case Study Presentations
security threats, risk, End Term
security tools. Exams:
Hacking, viruses, denial od Case based
service attacks, malicious Questions/Ap
code, Intruders, attacking plied
 methods, Questions
Cryptography, types of
cryptography, symmetric and
asymmetric cryptography.
Firewall, types of firewall,
Components of firewall,
Digital signature ,digital
certificate, secure electronic
transactions, secure socket
layer.
4 E-commerce Payment 10 CO 4 Lectures with Evaluate Group
System Overview of PPTs Activity
electronic payment
technology, limitations of Group End Term
traditional payment system, Activity Exam: Short
requirement for e-payment Video Cases business
system. cases and
B2B electronic payments, situation
Third-party Payment based
questions
Processing, Electronic
Payment Gateway,
Electronic or digital cash,
properties of digital cash,
how it works. Online credit
card payment system, Smart
card,

5 E-commerce Applications 10 CO 5 Lecture, Analyze / Case

: E-commerce and Case Evaluate Presentation
Activity
banking , e-commerce and
Activity End Term:
retailing, e-commerce and Theory
online publishing, online Applied
marketing, e-advertising, Questions
e-branding.
6 Mobile Commerce: Overview 10 CO 6 Lectures with Evaluate Case
of M-Commerce Wireless PPTs /Create Presentation
Application Protocol (WAP), Flip Activity
Generations of Mobile Classroom End Term:
Wireless Technology, Theory
Components of Mobile Applied
Commerce, Networking Questions
Standards for Mobiles,
Examples of M-commerce,
Current status of M-
Commerce in India,
M-commerce applications ,
Mobile information services

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COIT04.1 1 1
CO IT04.2 2 2
 CO IT04.3 2 3
CO IT04.4 2 1
CO IT04.5 3 2
CO IT04.6 2 3
CO 0.66 0.33 0.83 0.66 0.66 0.83
CO 1 0 1 1 1 1
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -
(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6

Class Participation/ 2 2
10 1 1 2 2
Attendance
Case study 3 3
10 - - 2 2
discussion
Assignments/ 2
10 2 2 2 2
Projects
Internal End Term 4 4
20 2 2 4 4
Exam

Internal 50 5 5 10 10 11 9

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
 Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Titleof the Book Publisher

Company
1 National Alexis neon ERP Demystified Mc Grawhill

2 National V.K. Garg &N.K. Venkita ERP Ware: ERP

Krishnan Implementation
Framework
3 National V.K. Garg &N.K. Venkita ERP Concepts &
Krishnan Planning

4 International P.T.Joseph, E-Commerce A Prentice Hall of

Managerial India
Perspective
5 International Kalakota and Whinston Frontiers of Pearson Education
Electronic

Online Resources:
Online Websiteaddress
ResourcesNo
1 http://index-of.co.uk/IT/Wiley%20-
%20Enterprise%20Resource%20Planning.pdf
2 https://mrcet.com/downloads/digital_notes/ME/III%20year/ERP%20Com
plete%20Digital%20notes.pdf
3 https://www.analyticom.de/docs/erp/Booklet_EN_ERP.pdf

4 http://sim.edu.in/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/B.Com-CA-II-Semester.pdf

MOOCs:
Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress
1 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec20_mg25/preview
2 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=e-commerce
3 https://www.udemy.com/courses/business/e-commerce
4 https://www.edx.org/learn/ecommerce
5 https://www.classcentral.com/subject/ecommerce

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO3,5 E-commerce business applications are mapped with program learning outcome to
learn new technologies with ease and be productive at all times with contribution to
Mapped at 2 business literature.

CO2 & PO Various e-commerce business models with various internet service providers are
1,PO3 mapped with program learning outcome to apply the knowledge of management
Mapped at 1 theories and practice to solve business problems with learning new technology.

CO3 & PO4,1 Various security issues concern with e-commerce applications are mapped with
Mapped at 2 program learning outcome to acquire ability to understand ,analyze and
communicate global ,economic , legal and ethical aspects of business .
CO4 & PO2,4 E-commerce payment system with various electronic payment mode and payment
Mapped at 2 gateway are mapped with program learning outcome to recognize the fundamental
principles of e-business and e-commerce.
CO5 & PO5,6 E-commerce applications like banking, retailing, online marketing, e-advertising ,e-
Mapped at 3 branding are mapped with program learning outcome to use various tools and
services of the internet in the development of ecommerce system.
CO6 & PO6,3 Mobile Commerce and ,wireless application protocol with current usage status in
Mapped at 3 India are mapped with program learning outcome to use tools and services of the
internet in the development of ecommerce system.

Mapped by: Dr.B.D.Patil Assistant Professor- BVDU- IMRDA,Sangl

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective:Agribusiness Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV AM03 Use of Information Technology in Agribusiness
Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
Gain a solid understanding of core concepts of ICT in agriculture, with a focus on
used cases and potential impact.
Learn about digital tools enhancing on-farm productivity.
Understand how to empower smallholder farmers through ICT/Digital Tools in
market access and financial services.
Gain awareness of the forward-looking technologies and their scope in agriculture
artificial intelligence, remote sensing, crowd sourcing, and big data analytics.

Unit Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Number Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs)

1 Introduction to Computers: 8 CO1 Lecture with Understand Quiz

Types of Computer systems, Ppts End Term
Basic Computer operations, Quiz Internals:
Networks: Internet, Intranet and Short
Extranet Applications, Answers
Functional units of Computers,
Practical data processing
application in business, and
Computer applications in
various areas of business.

2 The Software: Software types, 8 CO2 Lecture with Case Study ,

Systems Software, Ppts Newspaper
Classification of Operating Case Study Article
System, Application Software, Psychometric Apply End Term:
Introduction to Programming Tools (Analyse) Applied
Language, Types of Questions
Programming Languages.
Introduction to Microsoft
Office, working with MS Word,
MS Excel, MS Power point,
Data Base, Data Base
Management System

3 Internet, Security and E- 8 CO3 Lecture with Analyse Case Study

Commerce: Introduction, PPTs with
History and Core features of the Case Study Presentations
Internet, Internet Applications, End Term
Internet and World Wide Web, Exams: Case
Extranet and E-mail, Mobile based
Computing, Electronic Questions/Ap
Commerce, Types of plied
ECommerce and their utilities Questions
 4 Management Information 8 CO2, CO4 Lectures with Evaluate Group
Systems: Introduction to MIS, PPTs Activity
Principles of MIS,
Characteristics, functions, Group End Term
structure & Classification of Activity Exam: Short
MIS, information for decisions; Video Cases case and
strategic importance of MIS, situation
MIS in Manufacturing, based
Marketing, Finance Human questions
Resource Management,
Materials & Project
Management; ERP: CRM

5 Managing Knowledge: 8 CO2, CO4 Lecture Create Case

Introduction to Knowledge Case Presentation
Management, Organizational Activity Activity
Learning and Memory, End Term:
knowledge management Theory
activities, Approaches to Applied
Knowledge management,
Information Technology in
Knowledge Management,
knowledge Management
Systems implementation, Roles
of people in knowledge
management, Managerial Issues
in Knowledge Management.

6 Corporate Performance 8 CO4 Lectures with Evaluate Activity

Management and Business PPTs End Term:
Intelligence: A framework of Flip Theory
Business Intelligence: Concepts Classroom Applied
and Benefits, Business
Analytics: Online analytical
processing reporting and
querying, Data Text Web
mining and Predictive
Analytics, Data Visualization,
Geographical Page, Information
Systems and virtual reality,
Real time business intelligence
and competitive Intelligence,
Business Performance
Management Scorecards and
Dashboards.

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COAM03.1 3 2 3 2 1 3

CO AM03.2 3 3 2 3 1 3
 CO AM03.3 3 1 2 1 - 3

CO AM03.4 3 3 2 3 1 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
Attendance 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Live project club
5 3 2
activity
Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
Projects 5 2 3

Internal End Term

20 4.5 5.5 5.5 4.5
Exam

Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
Sr.No. Name of the Titleof the Book Year Publisher Company
Author Addition
1 National Turban, Information John Wiley & Son
McLean, technology for
Wetherbe Management,
2 National S. Computer Application Himalaya Publishing
Sudalaimuthu, in Business House
S.Anthony
3 National Jaiswal& . Management 5Oxford University Press
Mittal, Information Systems,
(2010),
 4-International . Management
J.A. (2004 Information Systems:
Managing IT in the (6th edition) Prentice Hall
5- International . Lucas, H. C. 4Information New Delhi: TMH
Jr. (2004). Technology For
Management. (7th ed

Online Resources:
Online Website address
Resources No
1 http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/mod/page/view.php?id=123663
2 https://knowledge4food.net/event/training-course-on-agribusiness-
development-and-management/
3 https://cgspace.cgiar.org/bitstream/handle/10568/90119/1931_PDF.pdf
4 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Information_and_communications_technology_in
_agriculture
5 http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/mod/page/view.php?id=123663

MOOCs:
Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress
1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of Agribusiness management and practices to solve business problems is
possible only if managers understand use of technology for business management.
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 2 Application Software, Introduction to Programming Language, Types of Programming Languages will
Mapped at 2 foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making but is possible to a limited
extent.

CO1 & PO 3 Helps to understand how to empower farmers through digital tools cope with change to be productive
Mapped at 3

CO1 & PO 4 Gain awareness of forward-looking technologies for agriculture and agribusiness to solve business
Mapped at 2 problems.

CO1 & PO5 Understand the expected use of IT tools in agri-business management world which can lead to
Mapped at 1 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is aligned very low as writing and contributing to
business literature is not a necessary outcome
CO1 & PO6 Understand the expected use of IT in agri-business management world and PO 6 are highly aligned as
Mapped at 3 CO 1 delineates the ability to understand core concepts of ICT in agriculture which leads to the
achievement of organizational goals.
CO2 & PO1 Developing understanding about digital tools is possible by learning about digital tools which will
Mapped at 3 enhance farm productivity. So highly aligned.

CO2& PO2 Fostering analytical thinking is possible by learning about digital tools which will enhance farm
Mapped at 3 productivity. This is possible only if managers apply the knowledge of digital tools to solve business
problems. So highly aligned.

CO2& PO3 Entrepreneurs / corporate / managers as leaders need to Learn new technologies with ease and be
Mapped at 2 productive at all times

CO2& PO4 Highly aligned as The awareness of digital tools for entrepreneurs / corporate / managers results in the
Mapped at 3 ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO2& PO5 The awareness of digital tools for Entrepreneurs / corporate / managers as leaders do require to
Mapped at - 1 necessarily Read, write, and contribute to Business literature.

CO2& PO6 Leadership qualities an essential for entrepreneurs / corporate / managers to lead themselves and others
Mapped at 3 in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment. So highly
aligned.
CO3 & PO1
Mapped at 3 To develop and inculcate skills for empowerment of farmers to solve business problems is possible only
when skills for ICT tools are developed and utilization of appropriate financial services are inculcated
CO3 & PO2 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making
Mapped at 1 Digital tools and financial services can be inculcated to foster analytical and critical thinking abilities
through case studies and projects for data based decision making to a limited extent hence the alignment
is low.
CO3 & PO3
Mapped at 2 Learning new technologies to be productive is possible only if skills related to use of digital tools and
financial services students can quire. But since it depends on many other variables the alignment is
moderate

CO3 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business
Mapped at 1 is weakly aligned with develop skills and inculcate ICT tools and financial services.

CO3 & PO5 Read, write, and contribute to Agri-Business literature is not aligned with
Mapped at - Developing skills and inculcate Financial services concepts.

CO3 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
Mapped at 3 effectively to a team environment is only possible by skill development and inculcating awareness
about financial services.

CO4 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to gain understanding about forward
Mapped at 3 looking technologies in agriculture to solve agri-business issues are very important hence highly
aligned.
CO4 & PO2 To be aware of forward looking technologies in agri-business and to be able to master over them will
Mapped at -3 develop analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making. Hence highly aligned.

CO4 & PO3 To be aware of forward looking technologies and to be able to master over them is aligned with Learn
Mapped at -2 new technologies with ease and be productive at all times

CO4 & PO4 Forward looking technologies for agri-business management are important to understand, analyze and
Mapped at 3 communicate global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.

CO4 & PO5 To be aware of forward looking technologies in agri-business management and to be able to master over
Mapped at1 them and Read, write, and contribute to Business literature are not totally aligned as CO 4 will ensure
reading and writing ability but whether they will contribute to business literature is doubtful.
CO4& PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
Mapped at 3 effectively to a team environment is possible only when forward looking technologies for agribusiness
management aspects are taken into consideration

Mapped by: Dr.Pramod Pawar Associate professor Institute of Management & Entrepreneurship
Development , Pune
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective: Agribusiness Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022

2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV AM04 Cooperatives Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
The objective of the course is to provide the conceptual and practical understanding
of cooperative management.
The course will be helpful to provide the knowledge of functions, rules & regulations
and the benefits of the cooperative management

Learning Outcomes :
Communicate Concept and Characteristics of Cooperatives,

Explain Functional and Management aspects of Cooperatives

Organize a cooperative institution based upon grassroots level after analyzing market
condition

Unit Contents Sessio Cos Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ns Number Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs)

1 Historyofcooperativemanagement. 10 CO1 Lectures Understand CES (class

Cooperationideologyorigingrowth with PPTs test or
and development Principles of Cases assignment
Agriculture Cooperation. Raifeisen Discussion or end
and schulze concept of s term)
Agricultural Cooperatives
Cooperation and otherforms
of Enterprise Cooperative
Management- Nature and
Function. Professionalized
Management for Cooperatives
2 Theory and practice of Agricultural 10 CO1 & Lectures Understand Class test
Cooperative credit system critical CO2 with PPTs Analyze or
study of organization and financial and assignment
structure, operation and Discussion or end
term)
Management of selected
cooperative credit Institutions-
Central Cooperative Banks. State
Cooperative Banks. Land Dev.
Banks and NABARD
3 Formation and Management in 10 CO2 Lectures Understand Class test
Agriculture Cooperative Socieites; with PPTs Analyze or End
Re- organization of Agricultural Discussion Term
Credit Societies, Multipurpose s internal
cooperative Socieites; Large-Sized
Cooperative Socieites, Service
Cooperatives. Cooperative farming
 in India
4 Cooperative Processing; 10 CO1 & Lectures Understand End Term
Management of Cooperative Sugar CO2 with PPTs Analyze internal,
Factories; Food processing Discussion MOOCS
industries, Cooperative s Online
Cources
Agricultural marketing; Growth
and Development Problems and
challenges. Cooperative Education
and Training Management in
India; Role of State in the progress
Indian Cooperative Movement.
5 Dairy Cooperatives, Growth and 10 CO 2 Lectures Understand End Term
Development, Problems, Measures with PPTs Analyze internal,
to overcome these problems Discussion Online
s Quiz

6 Indian Cooperatives in this era of 10 CO2 Lectures Understand End Term,

Globalization Challenges and with PPTs Analyze Assignmen
prospects ts.

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 2 - 2 1 1 -

CO2 2 2 1 - 1 -

CO3 - 1 3 1 - 1

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2

Class Participation/ Attendance 10 5 5

PPT 5 2.5 2.5

Case study discussion or assignment

5 2.5 2.5
/projects

Internal End Term Exam 30 15 15

Internal 50 25 25
End Term (Uni) 50 50

Attendance Policy:
 Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
Sr.N Name of the Titleof the Book YearAddition Publisher
o. Author Company

1 B.S. Mathur Cooperation in India SahityaBhawan,

Agra

2 Kamat G.S. Cooperative Management, HPH

3 Bedi R.D. Theory, History and Practical of

Cooperation
4 Fay, C.R. Cooperation in India and Abroad
5 Raj Krutia Cooperative Farming some Critical
Reflection
6 Rais Ahmad Cooperative Development and Mittal Pub. House
Management Text and Cases,

Online Resources:

Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress

1 http://unaab.edu.ng/wp-
content/uploads/2009/12/451_AEM%20511.pdf

2 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cooperative_learning

MOOCs:

Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress

1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 This perspective equips students with a more comprehensive toolkit for responsible and informed decision-
making, facilitating the alignment of cooperative values with effective management strategies to address complex
Mapped at 2 business challenges.
CO1 & PO 2 There is no co-relation between Course Outcome and Program Outcome
Mapped at0

CO1 & PO 3 Students develop ability to communicate the core essence of cooperatives and their defining characteristics plays
Mapped at 1 a pivotal role in fostering a culture of adaptability and productivity within these organizations. This adaptability
extends to technology adoption, as cooperative members are more likely to embrace new technologies when they
understand how these innovations align with the cooperative's mission and values, ultimately contributing to
increased productivity.
CO1 & PO 4 It creates understanding of the global, economic, legal, and ethical facets of business. This holistic perspective
Mapped at 1 equips students with a more comprehensive toolkit for responsible and informed decision-making, facilitating the
 alignment of cooperative values with ethical, legal, and economic considerations in the broader business arena.
CO1 & PO5 Students can adeptly articulate the fundamental concepts and characteristics of cooperatives, it establishes a
Mapped at 1 foundation for mutual understanding and alignment. This shared understanding, in turn, amplifies collective
decision-making and empowers the cooperative to harmonize its objectives with its democratic, community-
centric principles.
CO1 & PO6 There is no co-relation between Course Outcome and Program Outcome
Mapped at 0

CO2 & PO1 This explain the functional and management aspects of cooperatives serves as a valuable foundation for applying
Mapped at 2 management theories and practices in various business contexts. This understanding prepares students with a
broader perspective, enabling them to align cooperative values with effective management strategies and to
address complex business problems while fostering a sense of equity, inclusivity, and ethical responsibility.
CO2& PO2 Students can able to explain the functional and management aspects of cooperatives, which reflects a solid grasp
Mapped at 1 of cooperative principles, governance, and organizational structure. This understanding provides a foundation for
honing analytical and critical thinking skills in order to address complex issues and make data-driven decisions
effectively.
This highlights the significance of a comprehensive understanding of cooperative principles and operations as a
CO2& PO3 foundation for adapting to and effectively utilizing new technologies to boost productivity.
Mapped at 1

CO2& PO4 There is no co-relation between Course Outcome and Program Outcome
Mapped at 0

CO2& PO5 Students can proficiently explain the functional and management aspects of cooperatives, it reflects a
Mapped at 2 comprehensive grasp of cooperative principles, governance, and organizational structure. This understanding
provides a strong basis for not only understanding but also actively participating in discussions, research, and
contributions to the field of business literature.
CO2& PO6 There is no co-relation between Course Outcome and Program Outcome
Mapped at0

CO3 & PO1 There is no co-relation between Course Outcome and Program Outcome

CO3 & PO2 Students undertake the task of organizing a cooperative institution, they engage in a comprehensive analysis of
market conditions, economic factors, and community needs. This process often requires analytical and critical
thinking to gather, assess, and interpret data, enabling informed decision making at various stages of cooperative
development.
CO3 & PO3 It increase the adaptability and problem-solving skills in students, which can facilitate the effective adoption of
new technologies and sustained productivity.
CO3 & PO4 It gives comprehensive analysis of market conditions, economic factors, and community needs. This process often
involves gathering, assessing, and interpreting data, which promotes analytical skills.
CO3 & PO5 There is no co-relation between Course Outcome and Program Outcome

CO3 & PO6 It enhance an students capacity to lead and collaborate in various organizational settings, promoting a culture of
shared goals and teamwork.

Mapped by: Dr.S.B.Sawant Professor BVDU-Abhjjit Kadam Institute of Management and Social
Sciences Solapur
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy

Elective:Retail Management
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022
2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV R03 Merchandising , Display & Advertising
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To familiarize the students with evolution and growth of Retailing, expectations of
customers and to studythe importance of retailing in present business scenario.
Present and coordinate merchandise so that related goods are shown in a unique,
desirable, and saleable manner.
Use both written and oral English that emphasizes good organization, clarity, correct
grammar which is appropriate for communication purposes in the business environment.
Understand the fundamentals of basic financial problems, and use good reason in
financial decision making.

Learning Outcomes :
Understand the basic functions of retail store operations including store location and
layout, shopping centre analysis, retail market segmentation and strategies, and the
merchandising mix.
Prepare and execute displays for exhibitions and promotional events using the visual
dynamics of light as a design element.
Prepare illustrative matter and layout for posters and advertising using graphic design
principles including perspective, lettering, and logo design.
Understand basic personnel functions such as interviewing techniques, basic supervisory
skills, motivation, and written and non verbal communication.

Unit Sessi COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

ons Number Methodology Level Tools
(Hrs)

1 Introduction: stages of 10 CO 1 Lecture with Understand Quiz

merchandise, management Ppts End Term
process, developing Quiz Internals:Sho
merchandise plan (a) rt Answers
Decision related to buying
organization and its
process,
(b) Factors to be
considered in the process
of devising merchandise
plan
2 Elements of Merchandise 10 CO 1 Lecture with Case Study ,
Management: Ppts Newspaper
Introduction, issues of Case Study Article
merchandise management Psychometric Apply End Term:
(a) Sales forecasting, (b) Tools (Analyse) Applied
Inventory planning, (c) Questions
 Logistic
3 Implementing 10 CO 2 Lecture with Analyse Case Study
Merchandise Plan: Steps PPTs with
involved in implementing Case Study Presentations
the plan, End Term
(a) Logistic performance Exams: Case
goal, order processing & based
fulfillment, transportation Questions/Ap
& warehousing, customer plied
Questions
transaction and customer
service. (b) Inventory
Management Meaning,
Retailer task, inventory
levels,
Merchandise security,
Reverse logistic, Inventory
analysis.
4 Fundamentals of 10 CO3 Lectures with Evaluate Group
Merchandising: (a) PPTs Activity
Product - Merchandise
strategy,Planning, Group End Term
Sourcing, Arranging & Activity Exam: Short
Video Cases case and
display, space
situation
management. (b) Pricing based
questions
objectives, pricing for
markets, pricing
calculations, pricing
policies, pricing
strategies
5 Promoting the Store: 10 CO4 Lecture Create Case
Elements of Case Presentation
Activity Activity
promotion, End Term:
communicating the Theory
image,selection of Applied
promotion mix,
advertising and sales
promotion, publicity,
personal selling and
relationship marketing.
6 Display Advertisement: 10 CO5 Lectures with Evaluate Activity
Types of promotion, PPTs End Term:
promotion in the channel, Flip Theory
promotional objectives, Classroom Applied
steps in planning and
retail advertising
campaign,
Management of sales
promotion & publicity.

PO-CO Mapping
 CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COR03.1 2 1 2 2 3

COR03.2 2 1 1 1 3

COR03.3 2 2 1 2 3

COR03.4 2 1 1 2 3

CO 3 2 1 2 1

CO 3 2 2 2 1

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
Attendance 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Live project club
activity 5 3 2

Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
Projects 5 2 3

Internal End Term

20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5
Exam

Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
 Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Title of the Book Edition Year Publisher

Author Company
1 David Gilbert Retail Marketing Pearson Education
Management
2 Agarwal, Bansal, Retail Management . PragatiPrakashan,
Yadav& Kumar W.K.Road, Merut
3 Barry Berman Retail Management A Pearson Education
&Jeol R. Evans Strategic Approach
4 Barry Barman & Retail management, Prentice Hall of India
Joel R. Evans Pvt. Ltd.
5 Andrew J. Retailing Environment & Change learning
Newman & Peter operations
6 MeenalDhotre Channel management & Himalaya Publishing
Retail Marketing House, Mumbai

Online Resources:

Online Website address

Resources No
1 https://reflektion.com/resource/merchandising-
types-and-examples
2 https://www.yotpo.com/blog/online-
merchandising
3 https://www.smartinsights.com/ecommerce/merc
handising/online-merchandising/
4 https://www.tickto.com/digital-displays-retail-
store-tomorrow
MOOCs:

Online Resources No Website address

1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Students will be able to define the merchandise management and understand its importance for retail
Mapped at 2 operations.
CO1 & PO 2 Students will be able to discuss planning of merchandise assortment and compare and contrast various
Mapped at 1 options for different target markets, locations, formats, and trends.

CO1 & PO3 Students will be able to describe the buying process and explain the principles of buying, such as
Mapped at 2 sourcing, negotiation, pricing, and timing.

CO1 & PO 4 Students will be able to determine product inventory levels and outline a system for controlling
Mapped at 2 merchandise flow, such as open-to-buy, markdowns, and replenishment.

CO1 & PO5 Students will be able to develop an assortment plan

Mapped at 3 and customer preferences.

CO2 & PO1 Students will be able to understand the concept of merchandise management and its role in retailing.
Mapped at 2

CO2& PO2 Students will be able to apply various methods of sales forecasting and analyze the factors affecting sales
Mapped at 1 performance.

CO2& PO3 Students will be able to apply various methods of sales forecasting and analyze the factors affecting sales
Mapped at 1 performance.
CO2& PO4 Students will be able to plan inventory levels and optimize stock turnover, availability, and profitability
Mapped at 1

CO2& PO5 Students will be able to manage logistics and coordinate the flow of merchandise from suppliers to
Mapped at 3 customers.

CO3 & PO1 Students will be able to understand the concept of merchandise management and its role in retailing .
Mapped at 2 students will be able to set performance goals and measure the effectiveness of your logistics operations.
You will be able to manage order processing and fulfillment and ensure timely and accurate delivery of
products to customers
CO3 & PO2 Students will be able to perform retailer tasks such as planning, buying, allocating, and replenishing
Mapped at 2 merchandise .And will be able to determine inventory levels and balance the trade-off between stock
availability and holding costs.
CO3 & PO3 Students will be able to define inventory management and explain its importance for retail profitability
Mapped at 1 and students will be able to ensure merchandise security and prevent theft, damage, or loss of products

CO3 & PO4 Students will be able to manage reverse logistics and deal with product returns, exchanges, or recalls.
Mapped at 2
CO3 & PO5 Students will be able to analyze inventory and use various metrics and tools to evaluate your merchandise
Mapped at 3 performance.
CO4 & PO1 Students will be able to define merchandising and describe the factors that influence it.
Mapped at 2
CO4 & PO2 Students will be able to plan and manage products and understand the principles of brand management
Mapped at 1 and types of brands.

CO4 & PO3 Students will be able to source merchandise from vendors and wholesalers at the best possible cost and
Mapped at 1 quality.

CO4 & PO4 Students will be able to arrange and display merchandise in an attractive and effective way to draw
Mapped at 2 crease sales. Students will be able to manage space and optimize the allocation
of merchandise in different store locations and formats. Students will be able to set pricing objectives and
.
CO4 & PO5 Students will be able to price for markets and consider the factors that affect the demand and supply of
Mapped at 3 products in different segments. Students will be able to perform pricing calculations and use various
methods and tools to determine the optimal price for each product, and will be able to apply pricing
policies and follow the rules and regulations that govern the pricing of products in different markets
.Students will be able to implement pricing strategies and choose the best approach to achieve competitive
advantage and customer satisfaction.

Mapped by: Prof.C.R.Suryawanshi AKIMSS, Solpaur

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective:Retail Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022

2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV R04 Supply Chain Management in Retailing
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
Familiarize the students with organized retail and, the value it creates.
The strategic and operational decision-making processes in the organized retail.
Relate the supply chain activities which create the value in the organized retail
industry
Learning Outcomes :
Understand the functions of retail business and various retail formats and retail
channels.
Understand the difference between Retail and Manufacturing Supply Chain
Understand, key drivers of retail supply chain and how to select a retail store
location?
Analyze Retail Market and Financial Strategy including product pricing.
Integrate the various Supply Chain partners and how to collaborate with them?

Unit Sub Unit Sessions COs Teaching Cognition Evaluation

(in Hrs) Number Methodology Level Tools

Introductio Meaning, Objectives and 8 CO1, CO2 Lecture with Understand Quiz
n to Supply Importance, Decision phases, Ppt Short
Chain Process View, Competitive Answers
Manageme and supply chain strategies,
nt in Achieving strategic fit,
Retailing Supply chain drivers.

Supply Chain integration, 8 CO2 Lecture with Apply Case Study

Planning Demand Forecasting in a Ppt (Analyse)
Demand and supply chain, Managing
Supply Chain Demand and supply chain, Role
Retailing of IT in forecasting for SCM in
Retailing.
 Designing the - Designing the Distribution 11 CO3 Lecture with Apply Quiz
Supply Chain Network, Role of Ppt Short
Network for Distribution, Factors answers
Retailing influencing distribution,
Design, Modeling, Network
for Supply Chain in
Retailing.

Logistics in Introduction, Elements, 8 CO4 Lecture with Create Quiz

Supply Chain Logistics interfaces with ppt
Management other areas, Approach to
in Retailing analyze Logistics System,
Logistics System Analysis-
Techniques, Factors
affecting the cost and
Importance of logistics

Sourcing and I. Sourcing- In-house 10 CO4 Lectures with Undetstand Quiz

Pricing in or outsource, PPTs Short
Logistics in Supplier scoring Answer
Retailing - and assessment,
Procurement
process, Sourcing-
Planning and
Analysis.
II. II. Pricing- Pricing
and Revenue
management for
multiple customers,
Perishable
products, Seasonal
demand, Bulk and
spot contracts

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

C.O. 1 3 -- - 3 - 2

C.O. 2 2 - - 2 - 2

C.O. 3 2 2 1 2 - --
 C.O. 4 1 1 - 2 2 -

C.O. 5 1 - - - 1 2

Average 1.8 0.6 0.2 1.8 0.6 1.2

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club
5 3 2
activity
Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
Projects 5 2 3

Internal End Term

20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5
Exam

Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:
Reference Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Books Author Edition Company
(Publisher)
1 National Sunil Chopra, Supply Chain Pearson
Peter Meindal, Management- Education.
D.V.Kalra, Strategy, Planning
and Operation,
2 National Braj Mohan Supply Chain ICFAI University
Chaturvedi, Management, Press
 3 National Rahul Supply Chain Prentice Hall
V.Altekar, Management, India, New Delhi.
Concepts and
Cases,
4 International John Mentzer, Supply Chain Sage Publication,
Management, New Delhi
Response Books,

Online Resources:
Online Resources No Web site address
1 https://www.vinculumgroup.com/the-role-of-scm-in-retail-scenario-
of-today/
2 https://www.vendhq.com/blog/supply-chain-management/
3 https://www.slideshare.net/RahulJha6/retail-supply-chain-
management

MOOCs:
Online Resources No Web site address
1 mooc.org
2 www.Coursera.org
3 www.Udemy.com
4 Swayam.gov.in

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 PO1 mapped at 3
Understanding the basis of retail business and apply management theory to applicable to retail business
management
CO1PO4 MAPPED AT 3.
Supply chain management has global impact and understanding its basic concept helps to understand
its economic, ethical aspects related to retail industry.
Co1po6 mapped at 2
Understanding of retail business and its various format helps to achieve organizational goals more
effectively.
Co2 po1 mapped at 2
Understanding the difference between retail business and supply chain management. It helps student to
acquire theory knowledge related to supply chain management to perform better problem solving in
practical.
Co 2 po4 mapped at 2
By understanding retail and supply chain management students are able to understand various
dimension of above subject with respect to global context. It also helps to understand economical and
ethical prospect of supply chain management with relation to retail business.
Co 2 po 6 mapped at 2
Study of retail and supply chain management helps to develop effective team for achiving
organizational goals.
Co3 po1 mapped at 2
To implement new technology concept in supply chain management it is needed to understand
management theories and its implementation in practical
Co3 po2 mapped at 2
Understanding the key drivers of supply chain management helps for decision making with helps of
developed analytical and critical thinking
Co 3 po 3 mapped at 1
Study new technology in field of supply chain management in order to select better store location
Co3 po4 mapped at2
Study of global, economical, ethical aspects of business helps to identify key drivers of retail business
which affects success of supply chain management
Co4 po1 mapped at 1
Its required that students understand recent retail business strategy, which involves applying knowledge
to solve business problems and making informed management decisions
Co4 po2 mapped at 1
Understand and analyze better retail strategy with help of analytical and critical thinking about global
context of retail business
Co 4 po3 mapped at1
understand impact of new technology on retail business strategy and find more effective pricing policy
to face global competition well.
Co4po4 mapped at 2
By achieving these outcomes, students will gain a comprehensive understanding of the retail market,
financial strategy, with context of global economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.
Co 4 po5 mapped at 2
Students should aware of recent retail business strategy and pricing policy which helps students to
write , to read current retail business development and contributes in business literature on it
Co5po1 mapped at1

Mapped by: Dr.P.S.Patil Assoicate Professor- BVDU- IMRDA,Sangli

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective: Project Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022

2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV PR03 Managing Large Projects
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To understand the overall aspects of project management
To view at the project from a holistic view
To identifycosts and control them while implementing project
To understand qualityaspects in project
Learning Outcomes:
To know the details of project budgeting and costing
To learn various aspects of project monitoring and implementation.
To understand how to manage project qualityand project audit
To understand the aspects related to Human resource in Project Management

COs Teaching Cogniti Evalua

Session
Unit Contents Numbe Methodolog on tion
s (Hrs.)
r y Level Tools
1 Baseline Cost Structure 8 CO1 Lectures, Understan Quizzes,
Introduction to cost Discussions d, Assignme
structure, Inputs for project nts
costing, Project cost
estimation, categories of
costs such as Labor cost,
Equipment cost, Cost of
supplies, Travel cost,
Training cost, Overhead
cost, etc.
Project Procurement
process: Plan procurement ,
Conduct procurement,
Control procurement and
Close.
2 Project budgeting &8 CO1 Lectures, Case Analysis, Assignme
activity costing Studies Apply nts,
Techniques to estimate Midterm
project costs - Analogous Exam
Estimating, Parametric
estimating, Bottom-up
estimating, Project Budget
planning, Identifying
activities and Activity cost
estimates, generation of
Cost performance
baseline, Project funding
requirements, Project
documents
3 Project Monitoring 8 CO2 Lectures, Analysis, Group
General aspects of project Practical Apply Projects,
monitoring, Importance of Demonstrations Presentatio
project monitoring and ns
control, Monitoring and
control method, Project
monitoring activities,
Project monitoring process,
Project Monitoring Steps,
Monitoring and
control techniques, control
with Gantt Chart, Earned
Value Analysis
4 Project Quality 8 CO3 Lectures, Analysis, Quality
Management Workshops Apply Audits,
Project Quality Quality
Management Plan , Plans
identifying quality metrics
and standard measures for
project processes,
regulatory compliance
requirements, product
functionality,
documentation, etc.,
Development of Quality
management
plan, Process improvement
plan, Quality metrics,
Quality checklists, Project
documents
5 Project Audit 7 CO3 Lectures, Case Analysis, Quality
Quality Assurance - Studies Create Audits,
analyzing project quality, Reports
improve project quality,
checking whether the
quality standards are met,
Quality control
measurements, Work
performance information,
checking Project
management plan, Project
documents updates,
Organizational process
assetsupdates
6 Project Human Resource 6 CO4 Workshops, Analysis, Role Play,
Management Group Create Project
Develop human resource Discussions Team
plan with the help of Evaluation
Activity resource
PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1
3 - - - - 2
CO2
3 3 2 2 - -
CO3
3 2 - - - 3
CO4
2 - - - - 2
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -
(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Class Participation/ 2
10 2 2 2 2
Attendance
Case study 2
10 2 2 2 2
discussion
Assignments/ 2
10 2 2 2 2
Projects
Internal End Term 4
20 4 4 4 4
Exam

Internal 50 10 10 10 10 10

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
Reference Books:
Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher
Author Edition Company

1 International Kenneth Rose Project Quality 2nd Edition J. Ross

Management- Why, What Publishing
and How

2 International Kim H. Total Quality 1st Edition Taylor &

Pries, Jon M. Management for Project Francis
Quigley Management

3 International Sunil Total Quality 1st Edition, CRC Press

Luthra, Dixit Management (TQM) -
Principles, Methods, and 2021
Garg, Ashish
Agarwal, Sachin Applications
K. Mangla

4 International Martina Human Resource 1st Edition, Taylor &

Huemann Management in the 2016 Francis
Project-Oriented
Organization - Towards a
Viable System for Project
Personnel

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources
No.
1 https://www.guru99.com/learn-financial-planning-project-management.html
2 https://www.ispatguru.com/project-monitoring/
3 https://memory.ai/timely-blog/project-monitoring-what-it-is-and-how-to-do-
it-well
4 https://www.greycampus.com/blog/project-management/top-4-project-
monitoring-steps
5 https://www.projectmanagementqualification.com/blog/2019/10/21/project-

Resources Web site address

No.
1 https://www.mooc-list.com/course/preparing-manage-human-resources-
coursera#.YC84K56SNGg.whatsapp
2 https://www.my-mooc.com/en/categorie/project-management
3 https://www.coursera.org/learn/uva-darden-project-management

Appendix:
Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:
CO1 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems

Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
effectively to a team environment through the details of project budgeting and costing.
Mapped at 2
CO2 & PO1 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making
Mapped at 3
CO2 & PO2 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making
Mapped at 3
CO2 & PO3 Learn new technologies with ease and be always productive by learning various aspects of project
Mapped at 2 monitoring and implementation.

CO2 & PO4 Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal and
Mapped at 2 ethical aspects of business by learning various aspects of project monitoring and implementation

CO3 & PO1 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
Mapped at 3 effectively to a team environment
CO3 & PO2 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
Mapped at 2 effectively to a team environment
CO3 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
Mapped at 3 effectively to a team environment
CO4 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems related to
Mapped at 2 Human resource in Project Management

CO4 & PO6 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing
Mapped at 2 effectively to a team environment by understanding the aspects related to Human resources in Project
Management.

Mapped by: Dr. Heema Mirji Assistant Professor BVDU Institute of Management &
Entrepreneurship Development,Pune
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective: Project Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022

2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV PR04 Social cost & benefit analysis
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives:
To understand the business environment impacts project management
To understand how to scan internal business environment and to work on strengths
and weaknesses
To understand how to scan external business environment to identify opportunities
and threats
To understand the intricacies for preparing for unforeseen events.
Learning Outcomes:
To know how to scan business environment
To understand the impact of changes in business environment
To identify, evaluate and deliver project benefits and value in the complex business
environment
To understand the impact of project on Organization culture through organizational
change.

Sessi Teachi
U ons COs ng Cognition Evaluati
Contents
nit (Hrs. Number Metho Level on Tools
) dology
1 Environmental Scanning for 8 CO 1 Lecture Understand Quiz
Implementing project with End Term
Ppts Internals:
Importance of environmental scanning for
Quiz Short
project management, internal and Answers
external environment, global
environment, SWOT analysis for
readiness for
project, preparation for unforeseen
changes.
2 Evaluating Internal Business Environment 11 CO 1 Lecture Case
Corporate mission, corporate culture, and with Study ,
Ppts Newspap
leadership style, Organizational
Case Apply er Article
structure and suitability to project, Study (Analyse) End
Financial condition of organization, Skill Term:
sets of employees Applied
Questions
3 Evaluating External business environment 5 CO 3 Lecture Analyse Case
Monitoring external business with Study
PPTs with
environmental changes ((e.g., regulations, Case Presentati
technology, geopolitical, market), Study ons
Assessing and prioritizing impact on End Term
project scope/backlog based on changes in Exams:
Case
 external business environment, based
Identify options for scope/backlog changes Questions
/Applied
Questions
4 Plan and manage project compliance 4 CO1 Lectures Evaluate
Project compliance requirements (e.g., with
PPTs End Term
security, health and safety, regulatory Exam:
compliance), Analysing potential Video Short
threats to compliance, Use methods to Cases case and
support compliance, Conditions of non- situation
based
compliance, consequences of questions
noncompliance, Approach and Action
to address compliance needs (e.g.,
risk, legal), Measure the extent to which
the project is in compliance
5 Evaluate and deliver project benefits 10 CO2 Lecture Create Case
and value Case Presentati
Activity on
Identifying Project Benefits, Creating
Activity
agreement on ownership for ongoing End
benefit realization, Establishing Term:
measurement system to track benefits, Theory
Applied
Evaluation of delivery options to
demonstrate value, Appraise
stakeholders
of value gain progress
6 Support organizational change 7 CO4 Lectures Evaluate Activity
with End
Assess organizational culture, Evaluating
PPTs Term:
impact of organizational change to Theory
project, Impact of project on the Applied
organization culture

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

COPR04.1 3 2 3 2 1 3
COPR04.2 3 3 2 3 - 3
COPR04.3 3 1 2 1 - 3
COPR04.4 3 - - 3 1 3
CO. 3 1.5 1.75 2.25 .5 3
CO 3 2 2 2 1 3
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -
(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club
activity 5 3 2

Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
Projects 5 2 3

Internal End Term

20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5
Exam

Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Reference Books Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company
(Publisher)

1 International Worthington, Ian, The Business 2018 Pearson

Britton, Chris, Environment: A Education
Thompson, Global Perspective Limited
Edward

2 International Avraham Shtub Project 2nd Pearson

and Management: Edition
ShlomoGloberson Processes,
and Jonathan F Methodologies, And
Bard Economics
 3 International Robert J. Graham Creating an 1st Jossey-Bass
Environment for Edition
Successful Projects:
The Quest to
Manage Project
Management

Online Resources:

Online Web site address

Resources
No.
1 https://twproject.com/blog/internal-external-corporate-environmental-factors-
project-environment/
2 https://www.itmplatform.com/en/blog/corporate-environmental-factors-that-
affect-project-management/
3 https://www.tefen.com/insights/services/operation_Organization/project_manag
ement_global_projects
4 https://www.knowledgehut.com/blog/project-management/projects-in-business-
environments
5 http://www.opentextbooks.org.hk/system/files/export/15/15694/pdf/Project_Ma
nagement_15694.pdf

MOOCs:

Online Web site address

Resources
No.
1 https://www.mooc-list.com/course/global-business-environment-evolution-
and-dynamics-futurelearn
2 https://www.udemy.com/course/project-management-course-udemy/
3 https://www.coursera.org/learn/global-business-environment

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices of global business environment
scanning for implementing project.
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 2 Internal business environment concepts would be delivered through case studies and projects to foster
Mapped at 2 analytical and critical thinking about corporate mission, corporate culture etc.,

CO1 & PO 3 Helps to understand how to monitor external business environmental

Mapped at 3

CO1 & PO 4 Understanding the assessing and prioritizing impact on

Mapped at 2 project scope/backlog based on changes in external business environment.

CO2 & PO1 Understanding financial condition of organization & skill sets of employees. So highly aligned.
Mapped at 3

CO2& PO2 Understanding the monitoring of external business environmental changes. So highly aligned.
Mapped at 3

CO2& PO3 Understanding Project compliance requirements will help to evaluate the complex business environment.
Mapped at 2

CO2& PO4 Highly aligned as understanding corporate culture and leadership style will help in project assessment.
Mapped at 3

CO3 & PO1

Mapped at 3 Understanding external business environment i.e., regulations,
technology, geopolitical, market will help to identify project based opportunities and threats.
CO3 & PO2 Analytical and critical thinking abilities for regulations,
Mapped at 1 technology, geopolitical market.

CO3 & PO3 Identifying and prioritizing impact on project scope/backlog is based on changes in external business
Mapped at 2 environment.

CO3 & PO4 Ability to scan external business environment to identify opportunities
Mapped at 1 and threats based on organization culture through organizational change.

CO4 & PO1 Apply the knowledge of management theories and practices to understand the intricacies for preparing for
Mapped at 3 unforeseen events are very important hence highly aligned.

CO4 & PO2 To be aware of intricacies for managing unforeseen events of project and to be able to master the impact
Mapped at - of changes in business environment. Hence not alligned

CO4 & PO3 To be aware of intricacies for managing unforeseen events of project and to be able to identify, evaluate
Mapped at - and deliver project benefits and value in the complex business
environment. Hence not aligned
CO4 & PO4 Understanding the impact of project on Organization culture through organizational
Mapped at 3 change are important to understand the intricacies for preparing for unforeseen events.

Mapped by: Dr.Shyam Shukla Associate Professor BVDU Institute of Management &
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective: Business Analytics & Data Mining

Programme: MBA CBCS w.e.f.-Year2022 –2023

Semester Course Course Title
Code
IV BA03 Digital Transformation of Business

Type of Credits Evaluation Marks

Course
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50

Course Objectives:
 To understand the concept of digital transformation and its impact on
businesses.
 To know how digital strategies can be designed, executed and communicated in
a real-life organizational context.
 To explore the key technologies and trends driving digital transformation in the
business landscape.
 To analyze the challenges and opportunities associated with digital
transformation in different industries.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course the students shall be able to
CO1: Identify the drivers and implications of digital transformation for businesses.
CO2: Assess the digital readiness of organizations and propose strategies for digital
transformation.
CO3: Apply relevant frameworks and models to design and execute digital transformation
initiatives.
CO4: Develop critical thinking skills to anticipate and navigate challenges in the digital
transformation journey.
Uni Sub Unit Sessions CO Teaching Cognition Evaluation
t Numbe Methodology Level Tools
r
1 Digital Strategy CO1, Lectures with PPTs Understand Quiz
7
• Understand the CO3 , Apply Short
characteristics of Answers
digital innovation
• Distinguish the
nature of digital
innovation vs.
traditional/convention
al innovation.
• Introduction of
Technology
Management and
Innovation.
• High-level
introduction of
Digital
Transformation.
“Homo informatics”,
• What has changed
in the last decade?
2 Managing IT CO1, Lectures with PPTs Understand Quiz
7 Short
Trends & Emerging CO4 , Evaluate
Technologies Answers
• Future of
Technology evolution
• How to get
advantage of Cloud,
Big Data, Internet of
Things and the new
technological
developments,
• How organizations
can effectively and
efficiently anticipate,
assess, introduce, and
leverage them.
• What is Big Data,
and how can we use
it in our everyday
life?
• What is cloud? Are
there any real risks?
• What exactly is the
Internet of Things
(Apply concept to the
business situation)
3 Digital disruption CO2, Lectures with PPTs Evaluate, Quiz
7 Short
and strategies for a CO3, Apply
digital CO4 Answers
transformation.
• Understand the
underlying patterns of
successful digital
disruptors.
• What disruptive
technologies such as
Artificial Intelligence
can transform the
business landscape?
• Understand the
underlying patterns of
successful digital
disruptors.
4 Future of CO1, Lectures with PPTs Understand Quiz
8 Short
Technology CO4 , Analyze
Innovation Answers
• What will influence
our future in the
following five years?
• What are those
inventions that will
change the world
within five or ten
 years from now;
similar to what has
changed it during the
last 10 years
5 Best Practices for CO2, Lectures with PPTs Evaluate, Quiz
8 Short
Digital CO3, Apply
Transformation: CO4 Answers
Business Case
Studies
McKinsey’s five
keys to success:
• What are the best
practices as identified
by McKinsey
research for
instituting successful
digital
transformation? What
are the difficulties in
following these
prescriptions?
• What does a leader
of digital
transformation have
to do to optimize for
success?
• What is the role of
equipping and
deploying new
technologies across a
business in creating a
successful
transformation?
• How do managers
need to transform
communication
channels?
• How can we
transform
organizational design
for digital
transformation?
6 Digital CO1, - Understand Quiz
8 Short
Transformation CO2, , Analyze,
Cases CO3, Evaluate Answers
CO4

CO-PO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO102.1 2 2 - 3 - -

CO102.2 2 3 3 - - 3

CO102.3 3 3 3 - 2 3

CO102.4 2 3 - 3 - 3

CO. 2.25 2.75 1.5 1.5 0.5 2.25

CO 2 3 2 2 2 2

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, put ‘-’

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Participation/
Attendance
Quizzes 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Assignments/ 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Presentation
Internal End 20 5 5 5 5
Term Exam
Internal 50 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy
95-100% 10 marks

90-94% 9 marks

85-89% 8 marks

80-84% 7 marks

75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company
1 Galliers, R.D., Strategic Information 2009 Routledge, New
Leidner, D.E. Management: Challenges and Fourth York,
(Eds) Strategies in Managing Edition
Information Systems

2 Parker, G.P.; Platform Revolution 2016 Norton &

Alstyne, Van, Company, New
M.W; Choudary York London
3 J.W. Ross, I.M. “How to Develop a Great Digital Vol. 58, MIT Sloan
Sebastian, C.M. Strategy” No. 2, Management
Beath Winter Review
2017

4 Arthur, W.B The Nature of Technology: What 2009 Free Press, New
it is and how it evolves York

5 Böhmann, T., Service Systems Engineering. 2014

Leimeister, J.M., Business & Information Systems
Möslein, K. Engineering

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No.
1 Digital Transformation in Business: A Comprehensive Guide (Medium
Article): https://medium.com/the-happy-startup-school/digital-
transformation-in-business-a-comprehensive-guide-1b3e63a648b0
2 Harvard Business Review Digital Transformation Section:
https://hbr.org/topic/digital-transformation
3 MIT Sloan Management Review: Digital Transformation Section:
https://sloanreview.mit.edu/topic/digital-transformation
4 McKinsey Digital: https://www.mckinsey.com/business-functions/mckinsey-
digital/
MOOCs:
MOOC Web site address
Resources
1 Coursera:
a. "Digital Transformation in the Age of Industry 4.0" by Accenture
b. "Digital Transformation Strategy" by Boston University

2 edX:
a. "Digital Transformation and Emerging Technologies" by University of
Maryland

b. "Digital Transformation: From AI and IoT to Cloud, Blockchain, and

Cybersecurity" by University of Virginia
 3 LinkedIn Learning:

a. "Digital Transformation: Strategy" by Michael Gale

b. "Digital Transformation: Building a Technology Roadmap" by Phil Gold

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 and PO1 Applying management theories to understand digital transformation.

Mapped at 2
CO1 and PO2 Analytical thinking to evaluate digital transformation implications.
Mapped at 2
CO1 and PO4 Understanding global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects.
Mapped at 3
CO2 and PO1 Applying management knowledge for digital readiness.
Mapped at 2
CO2 and PO2 Analytical thinking for proposing strategies.
Mapped at 3
CO2 and PO3 Learning and applying new technologies.
Mapped at 3
CO2 and PO6 Leading and collaborating in digital transformation strategies.
Mapped at 3
CO3 and PO1 Using frameworks to solve business problems.
Mapped at 3
CO3 and PO2 Analytical thinking for design and execution.
Mapped at 3
CO3 and PO3 Productivity in applying new technologies.
Mapped at 3
CO3 and PO5 Contributing to business literature.
Mapped at 2
CO3 and PO6 Leading and collaborating in execution.
Mapped at 3
CO4 and PO1 Critical thinking to solve problems.
Mapped at 2
CO4 and PO2 Data-based decision making.
Mapped at 3
CO4 and PO4 Analyzing global, economic, legal, and ethical challenges.
Mapped at 3
CO4 and PO6 Leading teams to overcome challenges.
Mapped at 3

Mapped by: D e e l i p P a t i l - A s s i s t a n t Professor- BVDU- IM, Kolhapur

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA CBCS w.e.f.-Year2022 –2023
Semester Course Course Title
Code
IV BA04 Applied Data Visualization for Business Decisions

Type of Credits Evaluation Marks

Course
Core Elective 3 CES UE:CA = 50 : 50

Course Objectives:
To understand the fundamentals of data visualization and its significance in the context of business
decision-making.
 To Gain proficiency in using various data visualization tools and software to create effective visual
representations.
 To develop skills to analyze and interpret data to uncover insights and trends through data
visualization techniques.
 To learn techniques to design visually appealing and informative data visualizations that effectively
communicate business insights. 
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course the students shall be able to
CO1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of data visualization principles, techniques, and best
practices for business decision-making.
CO2: Utilize various data visualization tools and software to create visually compelling and interactive
visualizations.
CO3: Analyse and interpret complex data sets using data visualization techniques to identify patterns,
trends, and outliers.

Unit Sub Unit Sessions CO Teaching Cognition Evaluation

Numbe Methodolog Level Tools
r y
1 Introduction to Data 8 CO1 Lecture with Understand End Term
Visualization and Business PPT’s Internals:
Decision-Making Short
 Understanding the role of Answers
data visualization in business
decision making
 Exploring the benefits and
challenges of data
visualization
 Overview of popular data
visualization tools and
Software
2 Data Visualization Principles 8 CO2 Lecture with Understand End Term:
and Best Practices PPT and +Analyze Applied
 Principles of effective data Practical with Questions,
visualization design case study Long
 Choosing the right Answers
visualization types for
different data scenarios
 Colour theory and effective
use of colour in data
visualization
 Designing visually appealing
and user-friendly dashboards
 Use Excel and Power BI
3 Exploratory Data Analysis and 8 CO2 Lecture with Understand End Term:
 Visualization &CO3 PPT and +Analyze Applied
 Techniques for exploratory Practical with Questions,
data analysis using case study Long
visualization Answers
 Creating histograms, scatter
plots, and box plots to
analyse data distributions
and relationships
 Using heat maps and tree
maps to explore patterns and
hierarchies in data
 Use Excel and Power BI
4 Dashboard Design and 7 CO2 Lecture with Understand End Term:
Interactive Visualization &CO3 PPT and +Analyze Applied
 Principles of effective Practical with Questions,
dashboard design for case study Long
business decision-making Answers
 Creating interactive
dashboards using data
visualization tools
 Incorporating filters,
parameters, and interactivity
in visualizations
 Use Power BI
5 Geographic Data Visualization 6 CO3 Lecture with Understand End Term:
 Mapping geographic data PPT and +Analyze Applied
using choropleth maps, Practical with Questions,
bubble maps, and heat maps case study Long
 Incorporating interactive Answers
elements and tooltips for
geospatial analysis
 Communicating spatial
patterns and
relationships through
visualizations
 Use Power BI
6 Data Visualization for 8 CO2 Lecture with Understand End Term:
Business Presentations &CO3 PPT and +Analyze Applied
• Designing visually Practical with Questions,
compelling and impactful case study Long
presentations with data Answers
visualizations
• Storytelling techniques for
presenting data insights to
stakeholders
• Communicating data-driven
recommendations and
insights effectively

Advanced Visualization
Techniques
• Network visualization and
graph analysis for
understanding complex
relationships
 • Text visualization for
analysing text-based data
and sentiment analysis
• Interactive storytelling
through data visualizations
• Use Power BI

CO-PO MAPPING
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO102.1 2 2 - - 1 1

CO102.2 2 - 2 1 - -

CO102.3 2 2 - 3 1 2

CO. 2 1.33 0.66 1.66 0.66 1

CO 2 1 1 2 1 1

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, If no correlation, put ‘-’

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 100%
Total: 100%

Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3

Class Participation/
10 02 04 04
Attendance
Quizzes/Problem
20 05 05 10
Solving
Practical
20 05 05 10
Demonstration

Internal 50 12 14 24
End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy
95-100% 10 marks

90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Title of the Book Year Publisher

Author Edition Company
1 Andy Kirk Data Visualization: A Handbook for SAGE Publication
Data Driven Design"
2 Kieran Healy Data Visualization: A Practical Princeton University
Introduction Press

3 Alexandru C. Telea Data Visualization: Principles and CRC Press

Practice"
4 Brett Powell Mastering Microsoft Power BI:
Expert techniques for effective data
analytics and business intelligence
5 Wayne Winston, Microsoft Excel 2019 Data Analysis Microsoft Press
and Business Modeling

Online Resources:
Online Web site address
Resources No.
1 1. Data Visualization Catalogue: https://datavizcatalogue.com/

2 Tableau Public Gallery: https://public.tableau.com/en-us/gallery

3 Data-to-Viz: https://www.data-to-viz.com/

4 Storytelling with Data: https://www.storytellingwithdata.com/

MOOCs:
Resources Web site address

1 Coursera:
• "Data Visualization with Python" by University of Michigan
• "Data Visualization and Communication with Tableau" by Duke
University
• "Data Visualization and D3.js" by University of Washington

2 edX:
• "Data Visualization and D3.js" by UC San Diego
• "Introduction to Data Science and Visualization" by University of
California, Berkeley
"Data Visualization for All" by Trinity College Dublin
 3 FutureLearn:
• "Data Visualization for All" by University of Sheffield
• "Data Visualization: A Practical Approach for Absolute Beginners"
by University of Strathclyde
• "Understanding Data Visualisation" by University of Southampton

4 LinkedIn Learning:
• "Data Visualization: Storytelling" by Bill Shander
• "Data Visualization for Data Analysis and Reporting" by Curt Frye
• "Learning Data Visualization with D3.js" by Ray Villalobos
Elective: Event Management

Mapped by: M s . K i s h o t i B u d h a l e , Assistant Professor- BVDU- IM, Kolhapur

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy

Appendix:

Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 &PO1 Understanding data visualization principles enables professionals to effectively

Mapped at 2 communicate insights to decision-makers, aiding in problem-solving and strategic
planning.
CO1 & PO2 The importance of data visualization in nurturing analytical and critical thinking
Mapped at 2 skills, which are essential for making informed data-based decisions in various
business contexts. This alignment ensures that students are equipped with the
necessary competencies to analyse and interpret data effectively, thereby enhancing
their problem-solving capabilities.
CO1 & PO5 While proficiency in data visualization can enhance communication and
Mapped at 1 collaboration within teams, it may not directly contribute to leadership effectiveness.
CO1 & PO2 Emphasizes understanding data visualization principles for business decision-
Mapped at 2 making, directly contributing to fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities
required for data-based decision making.
CO1 & PO6
While understanding data visualization principles is valuable for effective
Mapped at 1
communication and collaboration within teams, the direct correlation may
be limited.
CO2 & PO1
Utilizing data visualization tools directly supports applying management
Mapped at 2
theories and practices to solve business problems. Level 2 suggests a
significant alignment, as proficiency in using visualization tools is crucial
for effective decision-making.
CO2 & PO3
Utilizing data visualization tools aligns with the ability to learn new
Mapped at 2
technologies with ease and be productive at all times.
CO2 & PO4
While utilizing visualization tools may indirectly support understanding
Mapped at 1
global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business, the direct
correlation may be limited.
CO3 & PO3
Analysing and interpreting complex datasets directly aligns with learning
Mapped at 2
new technologies and being productive. Level 2 indicates a significant
correlation, as effectively analysing data often involves utilizing
 technological tools.
CO3 & PO1
Analysing and interpreting complex datasets directly supports applying
Mapped at 2
management theories and practices to solve business problems. Level 2
suggests a strong alignment between the two.
CO3 & PO2
Analyzing and interpreting complex datasets directly contributes to
Mapped at 2
fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision
making.
CO3 & PO4
Analyzing and interpreting complex datasets directly supports
Mapped at 3
understanding, analyzing, and communicating global, economic, legal, and
ethical aspects of business . Level 3 indicates a very strong alignment, as
data analysis is crucial for addressing various business aspects.
CO3 & PO5
While analyzing complex datasets may indirectly support reading, writing,
Mapped at 1
and contributing to business literature , the direct correlation may be
limited.
CO3 & PO6
Analyzing and interpreting complex datasets contributes to leading oneself
Mapped at 2
and others in achieving organizational goals within a team environment.

Mapped by: Dr.Dextre Assoicate Professor- BVDU- IMRDA,Sangli

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 GElective: Event Management

Semester Course Code Course Title

IV EM-03 Customer Relationship Management in Event
Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
To aware need of risk management in event operations;
To know the fundamental issues and application of risk management in event; and
To understand the risk management models

Learning Outcomes :
Apart from traditional classroom teachings, students go through various Event
Workshops, Event Practical. At the end of the subject, the student will have the
competence in understanding the basic Principles of event management

Sessi
COs Teaching
U ons Cognition Evaluatio
Contents Numbe Methodolo
nit (Hrs. Level n Tools
r gy
)
1 Customer Relationship Management 8 Co1 Lecture with Understand End Term:
Definition, Determinants of CRM - Ppts Applied
Questions
Stages in the development of Presentatio
Customer Relationship - Functions of ns
CRM -Role of CRM - Significance of
CRM.
2 Customer Relationship Management 8 Co1 Lecture with Case Study
Value chain - Goals of CRM - Stages Ppts , End
Case Study Term:
of CRM value - Customer Psychometric Understand Applied
Acquisition and Retention.. Tools Analyse Questions
Presentatio
ns
3 Customer Relationship Management 8 Co1 Lecture with Case Study
Value chain - Goals of CRM - Stages PPTs , End
Case Study Term:
of CRM value - Customer Understand Applied
Acquisition and Retention. Analyse Questions
Presentatio
ns
4 Customer portfolio strategy - 8 Co1 Lecture with Case Study
Customer life cycle - Concepts of PPTs , End
Case Study Term:
customersatisfaction and loyalty - Understand Applied
Customer loyalty programs.. Apply Questions
Presentatio
ns
5 Information technology for 8 Co2 Lecture with Understand Case Study
CRM - Origin of CRM PPTs Apply , End
Case Study Term:
technology - CRMapplications - Applied
Technology for the CRM value Questions
Presentatio
 chain. ns
6 Case Studies and Presentation 5 Co2 Lecture with Understand Case Study
PPTs Apply , End
Case Study Term:
Applied
Questions
Presentatio
ns

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 2 3 3 2 - 3
CO2 2 2 - 3 1 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2

Class Participation/ Attendance 10 5 5

Case study discussion 10 5 5

Assignments/ Projects 10 5 5
Presentations 10 5 5
Internal End Term Exam 10 5 5
Internal 50 25 25
End Term (Univ) 50
Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books: -
 Sr. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
No. Edition Company
01 Francis Buttle Customer Relationship 2008. Butterworth
Management ; Concepts Heinemann,
and Tools
02 Peter E.Tarlow, Customer Relationship 2003 Butterworth
Management: Heinemann,
Perspectives from the
market place,
03 Kristin Anderson, Carol Kerr, Customer Relationship 2011 Mc.Graw
Management Hills
04 Kotler, Philip , Marketing Management 2006 PHI, New
Delhi
Online Resources:
Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress
1 https://www.uou.ac.in/sites/default/files/slm/HM-402.pdf
2 http://managementstudyguide.com/lms/course/view.php?id=291
3 https://www.techtarget.com/searchcustomerexperience/definition/CRM
-customer-relationship-management

MOOCs:
Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress
1 https://swayam.gov.in/

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO 1 & PO1 Students taking part in event and workshops can provide students with experience This gives numerous
Mapped at 2 opportunity to apply management theories and help develop the ability to solve business problems.
CO1 & PO2 Mapped Students attending event workshops and practicals often develop critical thinking and data-based decision
at 3 making
CO1 & PO3 Mapped Use of new technology in event management and learning new technologies.
at 3
CO1 & PO4 Mapped Better understanding on the legality of business especially in event management.
at 3
CO1 & PO5 Mapped Apart from traditional classroom teachings, students go through various Event Workshops, Event Practicals.
at Does not Align with Read, write, and contributing to Business Literature
CO1 & PO6 Mapped Taking part in workshops and practical involves teamwork and leadership experiences, thus the students will
at 3 develop the ability to lead and contribute effectively to a team environment.
CO2 & PO1 Mapped Better Understanding the principles of event management and applying management theories in practices in
at 2 event planning and execution.
CO2 & PO2 Mapped Developing critical thinking and decision-making skills by studying event management
at 2
CO2 & PO3 Mapped Learning new technologies with ease and be productive at all times do not align with understanding the basic
at Principles of event management
CO2 & PO4 Mapped Understanding legal and ethical considerations in event management is essential as students would need to
at 3 understand legal implications in event management.
CO2 & PO5 Mapped Read, write, and contribute to Business literature, low level of alignment as students may contribute to
at 1 literature or knowledge development in the future
CO2 & PO5 Mapped Expertise and Competence in event management involve leadership and teamwork, aligning with this
at 3 learning outcome.

Mapped by: Dr.Dextre Assoicate Professor- BVDU- IMRDA,Sangli

BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective: Event Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV EM-04 Human Resources In Event Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
To understand the importance of human resources in the event management
environment;
To acquire the knowledge and skills of human resources practices; and
To enlighten and appreciate role of human resources in organizing an event.
Learning Outcomes :
At the end of the subject, the student will have the competence in understanding the human
resource challenges, problems and opportunities faced by an organization in planning and
execution of an event and see where recruiting the right people, training
them and motivating them can make all the difference in this customer service oriented
environment.

Teaching Cognition
Session Topic CO Methodology (As per Evaluation
(hrs.) Number Tools
Taxonomy)
Human Resource Management for
8 Events: Concept of human
resources management -Context Lecture with Understand End Term:
and key issues of people in an event CO 1 PPTs Applied
organization organizing system Questions
and functions of HR in event
management HR Structure and
Strategy - HRM in the context of
both mega events and smaller scale
events.
8 Human resources planning for
event: Manpower planning Job CO 1 Lecture with Apply
analysis in event operations - Ppts (Analyse) Quiz
Recruitment sources, methods - Quiz End Term
Skill testing and selection of people Internals: Short
for specific event. Answers
 8 Preparing human resources for
event: Induction.-Training of Lecture Case
employees Training needs CO 1 Case Create Presentation
identification Training methods Activity Activity
and evaluation of training End Term:
Theory
Promotions Performance and
Applied
potential appraisal - Career
development Personnel
empowerment. Safety, welfare
and employees health.
8 Wage and salary administration:
Meaning Purpose developing Lectures with Analyse Activity
wage and salary structure Job CO 1 PPTs End Term:
evaluation Working conditions Theory
Services. Performance of Applied
Evaluation Methods of evaluation
- Employee morale -Stress
management and quality of work
life.
8 Labour Laws Applicable to Event
management organizations: Trade
Unions Managing Conflicts CO 1 Lecture with Understand End Term:
Disciplinary Process Collective PPTs Applied
Bargaining - Questions
Compensation Act, 1923
Industrial Disputes Act, 1947
Trade Union Act, 1926 PF and
Bonus Act.
5 Case Studies and Presentation CO 1 Lecture Evaluate Case
Case Presentation
Activity Activity

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 2 2 2 3 2 3

CO 2 2 2 3 2 3
1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -
(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

CO1
Parameter Marks

Class Participation/
Attendance 10 10
Live project club
activity 5 5
Case study discussion
10 10
Assignments/ Projects
5 5
Internal End Term
Exam 20 20
Internal
50 50
End Term (Univ)
50 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
Reference Books : -
Sr. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher
No. Edition Company
1 Lynn Van der Wagen Human Resource 2006. Butterworth
Management for Events: Heinemann,
Managing the event
workforce (Events
Management)
2 Venkata Ratnam CS & Srivatsava Personnel Management and 2003 Tata Mc-
BK, Human Resources, Graw Hill,
New Delhi,
3 S.K.Chakravarthy Managerial Effectiveness 1987 TMH, New
and Quality and Work Life Delhi,.
4 Kotler, Philip , Marketing Management 2006 PHI, New
Delhi
 Online Resources:
Online Websiteaddress
ResourcesNo
1 https://study.com/academy/lesson/human-resources-management-in-event-
conference-planning.html
2 https://brauss.in/hrm-basic-notes.pdf
3 https://www.uou.ac.in/sites/default/files/slm/HM-402.pdf

MOOCs:
Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress
1 https://swayam.gov.in/

Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems is
possible only if managers understand the Human Resource challenges, problems and opportunities
Mapped at 2 faced by the organization.
CO1 & PO 2 Planning and execution of event would be delivered through case studies and projects to foster
Mapped at 2 analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.

CO1 & PO 3 Helps to understand how event manager within organizations learn and cope with change to be
Mapped at 2 productive.

CO1 & PO 4 Understand the Human resource challenges, problems and opportunities faced by organization in
Mapped at 3 planning and execution of event and communicate in the business world globally is important.

CO1 & PO5 Understand the expected right people, training them and motivating them in business world can lead to
Mapped at 2 Read, write, and contribute to Business literature is aligned at medium level.

CO1 & PO6 Understand the expected behavior of Event Manager in business world and ability to lead themselves
Mapped at 3 and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.

Mapped by: Dr. Dhanashre Jadhav,Assistant Professor,Yashwantrao Mohite Institute of

Management, Karad
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV HM-03 Hospitality Marketing Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
To define the role of marketing and discuss its core concept
To identifythe service characteristics and management strategies that has an impact on
hospitality marketing
To understand the importance of service qualityand customer satisfaction in winning
customers and outperforming competitors.
To understand the various models ofconsumer behavior and the factors affecting the same.
To understand the advertising, promotional and customer handling strategies for food and
beverage.

Learning Outcomes :
To understand the concept of marketing and selling
To learn the importance of advertising, sales promotion, personal selling, guest handling,
customer relations in hotel industry

U Sessi Mark COs Teaching Cognition Evaluatio

ni ons s Numb Methodology Level n Tools
t Topic (Hrs er
)
1 Marketing conceptual 8 CO2 Lecture with Understan Quiz End
framework-marketing Ppts Quiz d Term
environment customer Internals:
oriented organization Short
marketing interface with Answers
other functional areas
marketing in a globalized
environment. -Marketing Mix
2 Definition - Difference 8 CO 1 Lecture with Analyze Quiz End
between goods and Services - Ppts Quiz Term
Characteristics of Internals:
services- management Short
strategies for service business Answers
- role of employees in
Service process - Internal
marketing.
 3 Customer Value and CO3,C Lecture with Create Quiz End
satisfaction - Five gap model O2 Ppts Quiz Term
of service quality - Internals:
Benefits of service quality - 8 Short
Retaining customers, Answers
handling customer
complaints - Relationship
marketing -Monitoring and
measuring customer
satisfaction
4 Definition - Consumer 8 CO 1 Lecture with Understan Activity
Behavior models - Factors Ppts Quiz d, End
affecting Consumer Analyze Term:
Behavior - Cultural, Social, Theory
Personal, Psychological Applied
5 Guest handling special 8 CO 3 Lecture with Understan Activity
occasion - Adverting Ppts Quiz d, End
promoting - Analyze Term:
Theory
merchandising
Applied
food and beverage -
overview identifying the
media - Layout and
design of advertisement -
highlighting the message
- Target audience - food
and wine display -
promoting room service -
Telephone selling -
persuasive and
Suggestive selling. Guest
handling identifying
guest needs
Maintaining guest history
card and records -
Effective public
relationship - Effective
Social skills -
personalization. Special
occasions - Type of
special occasions -
Creativity and Innovation
-Special menu - planning
- Coordinating the
activities
6 CO 1 Lecture with Evaluate Case
 Ppts Quiz Study ,
Case Studies and Presentation Newspape
r
Article
End
Term:
Applied
Questions

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO 3 - - 2 - -

CO 1 1 - - 2 1

CO 2 1 3 - - -

CO 1 - - 1 - 1

CO. 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO 2 1 1 1 1 1

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club
5 3 2
activity
Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
 Assignments/
5 2 3
Projects
Internal End Term
20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5
Exam

Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks

Reference Books : -

Sr. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher Company
No. Edition
1 Philip Kotler, Bowen and Marketing for Prentice -Hall Inc.
Makens Hospitality& Tourism
2 Neil Wearne HospitalityMarketing Hospitality Press Pvt
Ltd. - Australia
3 M.K. Ram Pal & S.L. Gupta Services Marketing Galgotia Publishing
Concept,Application
& Cases Co. - New
Delhi

Online Resources:

Online Websiteaddress
ResourcesNo
1 https://www.classcentral.com/course/edx-managing-marketing-in-the-
hospitality-and-tourism-industry-7332
2 https://study.com/academy/course/hospitality-marketing.html

MOOCs:

Online Websiteaddress
ResourcesNo
1 https://swayam.gov.in/
Appendix: Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to understand the basic principles of Marketing and explain marketing concepts.
CO1 & PO1 are
mapped at 3

CO1 & PO 2 are

mapped at 0

CO1 & PO3 are

mapped at 0
CO1 & PO4 are Students will be able to develop the marketing strategy as a part of simulation.
mapped at 2
CO1 & PO5 are
mapped at 0
CO1 & PO6 are
mapped at 0
CO2 & PO1 are The students will be able to differentiate between Need and Want.
mapped at 1
O2 & PO2 are The students will be able to define the basic principles of marketing mix.
mapped at 1
CO2 & PO3 are
mapped at 0
CO2 & PO4 are
mapped at 0
CO2 & PO5 are The students will be able to prepare the frame work of Marketing initiatives and decisions.
mapped at 2
CO2 & PO6 are The students will be able to define the basic principles of marketing mix.
mapped at 1
CO3 & PO1 are The students will be able to explain the hospitality product and value added services.
mapped at 2
CO3 & PO2 are Students will be able to develop the marketing strategy as a part of simulation.
mapped at 1
O3 & PO3 are Students will be able to understand the basic principles of Marketing and explain marketing concepts
mapped at 3
CO3 & PO4 are
mapped at 0
CO3 & PO5 a
mapped at 0
CO3 & PO6 are
mapped at 0
CO4& PO1are Interpret the value chain linkage in hotel Industry, Customer expectation from
mapped at 1 Hospitality services.
O4 & PO2 are .
mapped at
CO4 & PO3 are
mapped at 0
CO4 & PO4 are Explain about pricing, Services pricing policy.
mapped at 1
CO4 & PO5 are
mapped at 0
CO4 & PO6 are The students will be able to explain and apply the different means of reaching the organizational goals and how to
mapped at 1 work in a team.

Mapped by: Dr.Ashima Deshpande Assistant professor BVDU- Hotel Management ,Pune
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective: Hospitality Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV HM-04 Accommodation Operations Management
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
Course Objectives :
To define the role of marketing and discuss its core concept
To identifythe service characteristics and management strategies that has an impact on
hospitality marketing
To understand the importance of service qualityand customer satisfaction in winning
customers and outperforming competitors.
To understand the various models ofconsumer behavior and the factors affecting the same.
To understand the advertising, promotional and customer handling strategies for food and
beverage.

Learning Outcomes :
To understand the concept of marketing and selling
To learn the importance of advertising, sales promotion, personal selling, guest handling,
customer relations in hotel industry

U Sessio COs Teaching

Cognition Evaluatio
n Contents ns Numbe Methodolo
Level n Tools
it (Hrs.) r gy

1 Role of House Keeping in the Hotel 8 Lecture with Understand Quiz

Function of the House Keeping Ppts End Term
department Quiz Internals:S
Organization of House Keeping hort
department in small, medium and large Answers
Hotel Duties and responsibilities of
various personnel
2 Cleaning equipment Cleaning agents 8 Lecture with Quiz
Methods of cleaning Cleaning Ppts End Term
public areas and standard supplies Case Study Internals:S
Daily cleaning, Evening service Psychometric Apply hort
Tools (Analyse) Answers
Spring cleaning
End Term:
Keys: computerized key cards Control
of keys.
 Dealing with guests Lost and found
3 Linen & Uniforms Function of linen 8 Lecture with Analyse Presentatio
room Types of linen & Uniforms PPTs ns
Storage and handling Laundry and Case Study End Term
dry cleaning Layout- Flow process Exams:
Laundry equipment and agents
4 Purchasing in Housekeeping -Selection 8 Lectures Evaluate Group
and purchase of recycled and non- with PPTs Activity
recycled inventory items. controlling
costs Inventories and record keeping Group End Term
Activity Exam:
Budgeting Types of budgets
Video Cases
5 Flower arrangement Use and 8 Lecture Create Presentatio
importance Case n
Interior decoration - Furniture Activity Activity
End Term:
arrangement Colour and lighting Theory
Wall covering - Floor covering Applied
Types of carpet Maintenance of
carpet.

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 - - 2 - - 1

CO2 - - 2 - - 1

CO3 - - 2 - - 1

CO4 - - - - - -

CO. - - 1.5 0.75

CO - - 2 1

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Class Participation/
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Attendance
Live project club
activity
Case study
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
discussion
Assignments/
10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Projects
Internal End Term
20 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5
Exam

Internal 50 13.5 12.5 14.5 9.5

End Term (Univ) 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
Reference Books: -

Sr. Name of the Author Title of the Book Year Publisher Company
No. Edition
1 Colin Dix Accommodation
Operations
2 Jane Fellows Housekeeping
Supervision
3 Zulfikar Mohammed Introduction to Tourism
& Hotel Industry

Online Resources:

Online Websiteaddress
ResourcesNo
1 https://www.mlsu.ac.in/econtents/1186_e-
book%20of%20Hotel_management_and_operations.pdf
2 https://study.com/academy/course/hotel-lodging-management-operations.html
 MOOCs:

Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress

1 https://swayam.gov.in/

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 and PO1 --------------------

mapped at 0
CO1 and PO2 -----------------------
mapped at 0
CO1 and PO3 Being able to perform the procedures in standard manner using latest technology
mapped at 2
CO1 and PO4 --------------------------
mapped at 0
CO1 and PO5 -----------------------
mapped at 0
CO1 and PO6 To understand the role of housekeeping department as a team within the organization and perform
mapped at 1 effectively to achieve organizational goals
CO2 and PO1 -----------------------
mapped at 0
CO2 and PO2 -----------------------
mapped at 0
CO2 and PO3 Being able to use the technology in purchasing and managing inventories
mapped at 1
CO2 and PO4 -----------------------
mapped at 0
CO2 and PO5 -----------------------
mapped at 0
CO2 and PO6 Use of effective purchasing procedures to implement cost control to achieve organizational goals
mapped at 1

CO3 and PO1 ----------------------

mapped at 0
CO3 and PO2 ----------------------
mapped at 0
CO3 and PO3 Use of technology in linen room and laundry operations
mapped at 2
CO3 and PO4 ----------------------
mapped at 0
CO3 and PO5 ----------------------
mapped at 0
CO3 and PO6 Use of SOPs to achieve clean and hygienic surroundings which adds to customer satisfaction being one
mapped at 1 of goals of the organisation
CO4 and PO1 ----------------------
mapped at 0
CO4 and PO2 ----------------------
mapped at 0
CO4 and PO3 ----------------------
mapped at 0
CO4 and PO4 ----------------------
mapped at 0
CO4 and PO5 ----------------------
mapped at 0
CO4 and PO6 ----------------------
mapped at 0
Mapped by: Prof. Prajkta Parasnis Assistant professor BVDU- Hotel Management ,Pune
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective: Sports Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester Course Code Course Title
IV SM 03 Sports Sponsorships
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
CourseObjectives:
Understand that sponsorships play an important role in sports at all levels;
Be able to discuss the positive and negative consequences of sponsorships on sports;
Be aware that the sponsors often perceive their support differently than sponsoring
organizations;
Understand the Brand Spiral as it relates to developing sport sponsorship plans;
Apply effective marketing strategies to sell sport sponsorships; 6
Apply course concepts to a case study and a final project; Understand that digital
technology and changing consumer behavior are change

LearningOutcomes:
Syllabus is focused on developing, selling, and successfully executing sport
sponsorships to meet the branding and financial needs of both sponsoring organizations
and sponsors. Topics include brand event alignment, identifying potential sponsors,
sales planning, negotiation, management, adding value, digital technologies, and
tracking

Session
(hrs.) Topic CO Teaching Cognition Evaluation
Numbe Methodology (As per Tools
r
Taxonomy
)
Meaning of sponsorship
8 Sports and sponsorship CO1 Lecture with Understand End Term
Sports events likely to be ppt Exam: Short
sponsored Major sponsors case and
in sports Team sponsors situation
and individual sponsors. based
Concept of Sports questions
sponsorship.
Objectives of Sports
 Sponsorship
Components of Sports
Sponsorship.
8 Benefits of sponsorship CO2 Lecture with Analyse Case
Effects of sponsorship How Ppts and Presentation
to get sponsors for- group Activity End
table tennis, discussion Term: Theory
football, Applied
badminton
Cricket
Sponsor Proposal-
guidelines
8 Advertising and CO3 Activity End
Sponsorship. Analyze Term: Theory
Developing Sponsorship Applied
proposal.
Sponsorship foundation.
Developing and Selling the
Sponsorship Proposal.
Assessment of sponsorship
opportunities.
Leveraging techniques for
sponsorship.
8 Ambush marketing. CO4 Evaluate
Sponsorship evaluation:
dentifying reasons for
sponsorship failure and
success.
Special sponsorship forms: End Term
Venue Naming Rights, Exam: Short
Licensing, and case and
situation
Endorsement.
based
Social media and big data in
questions
sport marketing and
sponsorship. Ethical issues
in sport marketing and
sponsorship.
8 What is broadcasting CO5 Create
The basics of sports Case
broadcasting rights, Presentation
Where does the money Activity End
go, Sports Leagues and Term: Theory
their broadcasting rights Applied
Benefits to the
broadcaster
Who are the media
 providers
How do they fund
sports
Media provider owner
of sports teams
Why do media
providers own teams
Benefits to a media
provider owning a team

8 Meaning of CO1 Lecture with Understand End Term

sponsorship ppt Exam: Short
Sports and sponsorship case and
Sports events likely to situation
be sponsored Major based
sponsors in sports Team questions
sponsors and individual
sponsors.
Concept of Sports
sponsorship.
Objectives of Sports
Sponsorship
Components of Sports
Sponsorship.

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 2 1 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 2 3

CO3 3 2 - 2 3

CO4 3 - 2 1 3

CO5 3 1 - 1 3

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)

Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping

Parameter Marks CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Class 10 2 2 2 2 2
attendance
Project 5 2 3

Assignment 5 2 3

Case study 10 2 2 2 2 2

Midterm 20 4 4 4 4 4
exam
50

50

Written 50 10
exam

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
Reference Books:
Sr. Name of the Author Titleof the Book YearAdd Publisher
No. ition Company
01 WimLagae SportsSponsorshipandMarketi 2005
ngCommunicationsa
EuropeanPerspective
02 John A. Fortunato Sports Sponsorship: Principles 2013
and Practices
03 KimSkildum-Reid TheCorporateSponsorshipToo 2012
lkitPaperback
04 LynnR.Kahle;ChrisRileyLawr SportsMarketingandthePsycho 2004
enceErlbaumAssociates logyofMarketingCommunicati
on

MOOCs:
Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress
1 https://www.my-mooc.com

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge and sports sponsorship concept would be delivered through lectures for
discussing special characteristics of sports sponsorship.
Mapped at 3
CO1 & PO 2 To assist in developing marketing mix strategies and tools in the marketing through sports, events and
Mapped at 2 the marketing of sports.

CO1 & PO 3 Helps to understand how an individual draft a proposal for sponsorship with financial needs.
Mapped at 1

CO1 & PO 4 Helps to understand how an individual operate marketing in sports and sponsorship.
Mapped at 3

CO1 & PO5 Communicate effectively with the business community and with market. Make effective presentations
Mapped at 3 and give and receive clear instructions.

CO2 & PO1 Ability to understand different methods of identification of marketing and playing a role of a leader.
Mapped at 3

CO2 & PO2 Apply the knowledge of marketing needs and identify the exact situation of the market.
Mapped at 3

CO2 & PO3 Sponsorship and experiential marketing proposals with a brand activation
Mapped at 2 strategy that develop financial growth of business organization.

CO2 & PO4 Understand, analyses, control and operate the market needs and demand.
Mapped at 2

CO2 & PO5 Effective communication and also able to ana

Mapped at - 3

CO3 & PO1

Mapped at 3 Application of proper knowledge and skill of sports sponsorship to develop effective leadership and
 also problem solving skills.
CO3 & PO2 Entrepreneurs / corporate / managers as leaders need to learn new technologies and strategies of
Mapped at 2 marketing.

CO3 & PO3

Mapped at - Use of different methods of marketing for financial growth of sports organizations.

CO3 & PO4 To Understand, analyses, and operate different sponsorship alternative.
Mapped at 3

CO3 & PO5 To communicate effectively with the market for activating sponsorship and broadcasting in sports.
Mapped at 3

CO4 & PO1 Application of proper knowledge and right attitude for sponsorship opportunities and broadcasting in
Mapped at 3 sports.

CO4 & PO2 To manage sports marketing strategies, brand activation and broadcasting in sports.
Mapped at 2

CO4 & PO3 Helps to assessment of different types of sponsorship in sports for financial benefits of sports
Mapped at 1 organization.

CO4 & PO4 To Understand, analyses, control and operate different activities in sponsorship.
Mapped at

CO4 & PO5 To have an effective communication with business community and present sponsorship strategy
Mapped at clearly.

CO5 & PO1 Application of proper knowledge and right attitude to adjust with new technology and changing in
Mapped at 3 behavior of sports fan.

CO5 & PO2 Helps students to understand about different aspect of marketing strategy. Also to provide value to the
Mapped at 1 sponsors.

CO5 & PO3 Ability to develop proactive thinking so as to perform effectively and deal with changing behavior of
Mapped at sports fan and set financial goal accordingly.
CO5 & PO4 Awareness of market and understand digital technology and consumer behavior in the operation
Mapped at 1 management.

CO5 & PO5 To communicate effectively with sponsors and sports fan for developing new strategy about
Mapped at 3 endorsement and sponsorship.

Mapped by: Dr. Santosh Pawar Associate Professor BVDU- Physical Education,Pune
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy
 Elective: Sports Management

Programme: MBA (GENRAL) CBCS - Revised Syllabus w.e.f. - Year 2022 2023
Semester CourseCode CourseTitle
IV SM-04 Managing Sports Organization
Type Credits Evaluation Marks
Core Elective 3 UE:IE 50:50
CourseObjectives:
To Define and understand management and organization
To describe and demonstrate the skills necessary in the management of an
organization
To apply the functions of planning, organizing, leading, and evaluating to a variety of
sport organizations
To demonstrate the concepts of strategic planning and resource allocation
To demonstrate effective knowledge of leadership theory and application.

LearningOutcomes:
Students will be able to demonstrate basic knowledge and understanding of
fundamental principles requisite for professional success in the sport management
profession. These include, but are not limited to, management theories, sport law,
sport marketing, sport communication, operations management, accounting
practices, and sport.

Session
(hrs.) Topic CO Teaching Cognition Evaluation
Numbe Methodology (As per Tools
r
Taxonomy
)
Sports Organization- Definition of
8 Sports Organization, Organization
Goals, Importance of CO 1 Lecture with Understand End Term:
understanding Organization PPTs Applied
Goals & effectiveness. Questions
8
Environment- Meaning, Nature of Lecture with Apply
Organizational Environment, CO 1 Ppts (Analyse) Quiz
Macro Environment & Micro Quiz End Term
Environment, Relationship Internals: Short
Answers
 Environment.

8 Sports Organization Culture-

Meaning of Organization Culture, Lecture Case
Strong VS. Weak organizational CO 1 Case Create Presentation
culture, Learning Organizational Activity Activity
End Term:
Culture, THICK & THIN
Theory
Organizational Culture, Managing Applied
a Sports
Organizational Culture.
8 Sports Organization Strategy-
Meaning, Deliberate & Emergent Lectures with Analyse Activity
Strategies, Strategy Formulation & CO 1 PPTs End Term:
Implementation, SWOT analysis. Case Theory
Activity Applied

8 Dealing With Organizational

Change-Meaning of Group Activity
Organizational change, Planned CO 1 Lecture with Understand End Term:
Change, Resistance to change PPTs Applied
Overcoming Resistance to change Questions
& plementation, Managing

STRESS in work Place.

5 Assignments On Sports Group Activity
Organization- CAB, IFA, Bengal CO 1 Video Cases Create Case
Lawn Tennis Association, SAI etc. Case Evaluate Presentation
Activity Activity

PO-CO Mapping
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6

CO1 2 2 3 3 3 2

CO 2 2 3 3 3 2

1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High, if -

(Rationale in Appendix)
Evaluation
Internals: 50%
Externals: 50%
Total: 100%
Internal Assessment Mapping
CO1
Parameter Marks

Class Participation/
Attendance 10 10
Live project club
activity 5 5
Case study discussion
10 10
Assignments/ Projects
5 5
Internal End Term Exam
20 20
Internal
50 50
End Term (Univ)
50 50

Attendance Policy:
Percentage Marks
95-100% 10 marks
90-94% 9 marks
85-89% 8 marks
80-84% 7 marks
75- 79% 6 marks
Reference Books:

Sr.No. Name of the Author Titleof the Book YearAddition Publisher

Company
1 Ruben Acosta Hernandez Managing Sports 2002 Human
Organizations Kinetics
2 Janet.B. Parks & Jerome Contemporary Sports 2007 Human
Quarterman management Kinetics
MOOCs:
Online ResourcesNo Websiteaddress
1 https://www.my-mooc.com

Appendix:Rationale for Mapping Program Outcomes and Course Outcomes:

CO1 & PO1 Application of the knowledge of management theories and practices understanding of fundamental
principles of sport management for professional success in the sport management.
Mapped at 2
CO1 & PO 2 Planning and execution of management theories would be delivered through case studies and projects to
Mapped at 2 foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.

CO1 & PO 3 Helps to understand how sport law, sport marketing, sport communication learn and cope with change
Mapped at 2 to be productive.

CO1 & PO 4 Understand the resource challenges, problems and opportunities faced by sport management in planning
Mapped at 3 and execution of event and communicate in the sports profession globally is important.

CO1 & PO5 Understand the expected right people, training them and motivating them in various sport events and
Mapped at 2 cope up with recent innovative practices followed in various sport events.

Understand the sport practices undertaken in international level and develop the ability to lead
CO1 & PO6
themselves for the achievements in various sport events and contributing effectively to build a team
Mapped at 3
environment.

Mapped by: Prof. Prassna Rasal,Assistant Professor,Yashwantrao Mohite Institute of Management,

Karad
BOS Chairperson: Prof. Dr. R.U. Kanthe Dean: Prof. Dr. Premashish Roy